Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Part IV. Salayatana-Vagga.
Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1894



Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996



NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.



ANNOTATED VERSION



STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added):
SN_n.n(n),n.n = Saüyutta-Nikāya_division.GLOBAL SN-book number(INTERNAL book number in THIS division of the SN),chapter.section



#<...># = BOLD
%<...>% = ITALICS
*<...>* = SUPERSCRIPT
\<...>\ = REDLINE




___________________________________________________________________

THIS TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!   
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE. 
                                       
Text converted to Classical Sanskrit Extended (CSX) encoding:
                                       
description             character  =ASCII   
                                       
long a                  ā             224   
long A                  â             226   
long i                  ã             227   
long I                  ä             228   
long u                  å             229   
long U                  æ             230   
vocalic r               į             231   
vocalic R               č             232   
long vocalic r          é             233   
vocalic l               ë             235   
long vocalic l          í             237   
velar n                 ī             239   
velar N                 đ             240   
palatal n               ¤             164   
palatal N               Ĩ             165   
retroflex t             ņ             241   
retroflex T             ō             242   
retroflex d             ķ             243   
retroflex D             ô             244   
retroflex n             õ             245   
retroflex N             ö             246   
palatal s               ÷             247   
palatal S               ø             248   
retroflex s             ų             249   
retroflex S             ú             250   
anusvara                ü             252   
capital anusvara        ũ             253   
visarga                 ū             254   

long e                  š             185   
long o                  ē             186   
l underbar              ×             215   
r underbar              Ÿ             159   
n underbar              ­             173   
k underbar              É             201   
t underbar              Â             194   
                                       
Other characters of the CSX encoding table are not included.
Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order 
to facilitate word search.             

For a comprehensive list of CSX and other GRETIL encodings 
and formats see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil.htm

___________________________________________________________________






Saüyutta-Nikāya Vol. IV

#<[page 001]>#
%<1>%
Saüyutta-Nikāya

#<DIVISION IV Saëāyatana-vaggo>#

Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa || ||

#<BOOK I SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTAM (XXXV)>#

#<SECTION I MæLAPAĨĨâSA>#

#<CHAPTER I ANICCA-VAGGO PATHAMO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).1 (1) Aniccam1; ajjhattam>#
1 Evaü me sutaü || ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yaü viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi Bhikkhaveti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhå Bhagavato paccassosuü || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü ||
yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā ||
yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņ-
ņhabbam || ||
4 Sotam aniccaü || yad aniccaü || la ||
5 Ghānam aniccaü || yad aniccaü || la ||
6 Jivhā aniccā\<*<1>*>/ || yad aniccam- -sammappa¤¤āya daņ-
ņhabbaü || ||
7-8 Kāyo anicco || Mano anicco || yad aniccam taü
dukkhaü || yaü dukkham tad anattā || yad anattā taü
Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü
yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B aniccam
>/
#<[page 002]>#
%<2                    SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA              [XXXV. 1. 9>%
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cak-
khusmimpi nibbindati || sotasmimpi- || ghānasmimpi- ||
jivhāya pi- || kāyasmim pi- || manasmim pi nibbindati ||
nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiü
vimuttamhãti\<*<1>*>/ ¤āõam hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brah-
macariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).2 (2) Dukkham1; ajjhattam>#
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad
anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na
meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya
daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Sotaü dukkhaü || || Ghānam dukkhaü || || Jivhā
dukkhaü || || Kāyo dukkho ||
8 Mano dukkho || yam dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā
taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam
etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü ||pe|| nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).3 (3) Anattā\<1>/; ajjhattam>#
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || yad anattā taü Netam
mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaü yathā-
bhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Sotam anattā || || Ghānam anattā || || Jivhā anattā ||
Kāyo anattā ||
8 Mano anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham
asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤-
¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).4 (4) Aniccam\<2>/; bāhiram>#
3 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā\<*<2>*>/ || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü ||
yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vimuttamiti always
2 S1-3 råpaü . . . aniccaü
>/
#<[page 003]>#
%<XXXV. 6. 9]             ANICCA-VAGGO PATHAMO                    3>%
neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü
sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoņņhabbā ||
8 Dhammā aniccā || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü
dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso
hamasmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sam-
mappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako råpesu
pi nibbindati || Saddesu pi- || Gandhesu pi- || Rasesu pi- ||
Phoņņhabbesu pi- || Dhammesu pi nibbindati || nibbindaü
virajjati virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim vimuttamhãti
¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü
karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).5 (5) Dukkham\<2>/; bāhiram>#
3 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā\<*<1>*>/ || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā ||
yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtam sammappa¤¤āya daņņhab-
baü || ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoņņhabbā ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā || yad dukkhaü tad anattā || yad
anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti
Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).6 (6) Anattā2; bāhiram>#
3 Råpā\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave anattā || yad anattā taü Netam
mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathā-
bhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoņņhabbā ||
8 Dhammā anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sam-
mappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 råpaü . . . dukkhaü 
2 S1-3 råpaü
>/
#<[page 004]>#
%<4                    SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA              [XXXV. 7. 3>%

#<SN_4,35(1).7 (7) Aniccam3; ajjhattam>#
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam atãtānāgataü || ko pana
vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passaü bhikkhave sutavā
ariyasāvako atãtasmim pi\<*<1>*>/ cakkhusmim anapekho hoti ||
anāgataü cakkhuü nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cak-
khussa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || ||
4-5 Sotam aniccaü || Ghānam aniccaü ||
6 Jivhā aniccā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nāya || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atãtāya jivhāya anapekho hoti || anāgatam jivham nābhi-
nandati || paccuppannāya jivhāya nibbidāya virāgāya niro-
dhāya patipanno hotãti || ||
7 Kāyo anicco || pa ||
8 Mano anicco atãtānāgato || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atãtasmiü manasmiü anapekho hoti || anāgatam manaü
nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya patipanno hotãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).8 (8) Dukkham3; ajjhattam>#
3-7 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atãtānāgataü ko
pana vādo paccuppannassa || Evam passam bhikkhave
sutavā ariyasāvako atãtasmiü cakkhusmiü anapekho hoti ||
anāgataü cakkhuü nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cak-
khussa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti ||
pe\<*<2>*>/ || ||
8 Mano dukkho atãtānāgato || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atãtasmiü cakkhusmiü anapekho hoti || anāgataü cakkhuü
nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virā-
gāya nirodhāya paņipanno hotãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).9 (9) Anattā3; ajjhattam>#
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atãtānāgataü || ko pana
vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B1-2 2More complete in B1-2
>/
#<[page 005]>#
%<XXXV. 11. 3]          ANICCA-VAGGO PATHAMO                     5>%
ariyasāvako atãtasmiü cakkhusmim anapekho hoti || anā-
gatam cakkhum nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cakkhussa
nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti\<*<1>*>/ || pe || ||
6-7 Jivhā anattā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nāya || pe ||\<*<2>*>/ paņipanno hoti || || Kāyo anattā\<*<3>*>/ || ||
8 Mano anattā atãtānagato || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atãtasmiü manasmiü anapekho hoti || anāgatam manaü
nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya paņipanno hotãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).10 (10) Aniccam4 bāhiram>#
3 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo
paccuppannānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā
ariyasāvako atãtesu råpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate råpe\<*<4>*>/
nābhinandati || paccuppannānaü råpānaü nibbidāya virā-
gāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || ||
4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || phoņņhabbā ||
8 Dhammā aniccā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atãtesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme\<*<5>*>/
nābhinandati || paccuppannānam dhammānaü nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hotãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).11 (11) Dukkham4 bāhiram>#
3 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo
paccuppannānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā
ariyasāvako atãtesu råpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate råpe
nābhinandati || paccuppannānaü råpānaü nibbidāya virā-
gāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti\<*<6>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 hotãti 
2 Complete in B1-2
3 These words in B2 only
4 So S1-3, B2; B1 anāgatesu råpesu; both here and further on
5 B1 (only) anāgatesu dhammesu here and further on
6 B1 hotãti; the remainder is to be found in S1-3 only
>/
#<[page 006]>#
%<6                SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                [XXXV. 11. 4>%
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā\<*<1>*>/ atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccup-
pannānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atãtesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme
nabhinandati || paccuppannānam dhammānaü nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hotãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).12 (12) Anattā4; bāhiram>#
3 Rupā bhikkhave anattā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo
paccuppannānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā
ariyasāvako atãtesu råpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate råpe
nābhinandati || paccuppannānaü råpānaü nibbidāya virā-
gāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā ||
8 Dhammā anattā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppan-
nānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atãtesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme nābhi-
nandati || paccuppannānaü dhammānaü nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya paņipanno hotãti || ||
Aniccavaggo pathamo\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānaü || ||
Aniccaü Dukkham Anattā ca || ||
tayo ajjhattabāhirā || ||
Yad aniccena tayo vuttā ||
te te ajjhattabāhirā ti || ||

#<CHAPTER II YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).13 (1) Sambodhena1>#
1 Sāvatthi\<*<3>*>/ || ||
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa\<*<4>*>/

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 nukho instead of dukkhā
2 Pathamo and the sequel are missing in S1-3
3 In S1-3 only
4 B1 sambodhānabhi-; B2 sambodhāya anabhi-; ya being added
underneath
>/
#<[page 007]>#
%<XXXV. 13. 10]            YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO                            7>%
bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Ko nu kho cakkhussa
assādo || ko ādãnavo || kiü nissaraõaü || Ko sotassa || pe || Ko
ghānassa || Ko jivhāya: Ko kāyassa || Ko manassa assādo ||
ko ādinavo || kiü nissaraõan ti || ||
3-5 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Yaü kho
cakkhuü paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassam || ayam
cakkhussa assādo || || Yaü cakkhum aniccaü dukkhaü
viparināmadhammaü || ayaü cakkhussa ādãnavo || || Yo
cakkhusmiü chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü || idam
cakkhussa nissaraõaü || pe ||
6-7 Yaü jivham paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassam ||
ayaü jivhāya assādo || || Yaü jivhā aniccā dukkhā vipariõā-
madhammā || ayaü jivhāya ādãnavo || || Yo jivhāya chanda-
ragavinayo chandarāgapahānaü || idaü jivhāya nissaraõaü ||
la ||
8 Yaü manam\<*<1>*>/ paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassam
ayam manassa assādo || || Yam mano anicco dukkho vipari-
õāmadhammo || ayam manassa ādãnavo || Yo manasmiü
chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü || idaü manassa
nissaraõaü || ||
9 Yāva kãva¤cāham\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave imesaü channam ajjhat-
tikānam āyatanānam evam assādaü ca assādato ādãnavaü
ca ādãnavato nissaraõaü ca nissaraõato yathābhåtaü
nābbha¤¤āsiü\<*<3>*>/ || neva tāvāham bhikkhave sadevake loke
samārake sabrahmake sassamaõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya sade-
vamanussāya anuttaraü sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho
ti\<*<4>*>/ pacca¤¤āsiü || ||
10 Yato ca kho ham bhikkhave imesaü channam ajjhat-
tikānam āyatanānam evam assādam assādato ādãnavaü ca
ādãnavato nissaraõaü ca nissaranato yathābhåtam abbha¤-
¤āsiü || athāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sa-
brahmake sassamaõabrāhmaniyā pajāya sadevamanussāya
anuttaraü sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti pacca¤¤ā-
siü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 manasaü
2 B1-2 kiva¤o; S3 jãva¤o
3 B nabbha- always 
4 ti is missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 008]>#
%<8                   SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA              [XXXV. 13. 11>%
11 Ĩāõaü ca me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me
cetovimutti\<*<1>*>/ ayam antimā jati natthidāni punabbhavoti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).14 (2) Sambodhena2>#
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā\<*<2>*>/ anabhisambuddhassa
bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Ko nu kho råpānam
assādo || ko ādãnavo || kiü nissaraõaü || ko saddānaü || la || ||
Ko gandhānaü || || Ko rasānaü || || Ko poņņhabbānaü || ||
Ko dhammānam assādo || ko ādãnavo || kim nissaraõanti || ||
3 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Yaü kho
råpe\<*<3>*>/ paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassam || ayaü
rupānam assādo || || Yaü råpā aniccā dukkhā vipariõāma-
dhammā || ayaü dhammānam ādãnavo || || Yo råpesu
chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü idam råpānaü
nissaraõaü || ||
4-7 Yaü Sadde || Gandhe || Rase || Phoņņhabbe || ||
8 Dhamme paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassaü ayam
assādo || || Yaü dhammānam aniccā dukkhā vipariõāmad-
dhammā || ayaü dhammānam ādãnavo || Yo dhammesu
chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü || idam dhammānaü
nissaraõaü || ||
9-10 Yāva kãva¤cāham\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhave imesaü channam
bāhirānam āyatanānam evam assādaü ca assādato ādãnavaü
ca ādãnavato nissaraõaü ca nissaraõato yathābhåtaü
nābbha¤¤āsiü || pe || abbha¤¤āsiü\<*<5>*>/ || ||
11 Ĩāõa¤ca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me
cetovimutti\<*<6>*>/ ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavoti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).15 (3) Assādena1>#
2 Cakkhussāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariü ||
yo cakkhussa assādo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā cakkhussa
assādo pa¤¤āya me so\<*<7>*>/ sudiņņho || || Cakkhussāham

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 B2 omit ceto
2 B2 adds ya as before
3 S1-3 råpaü
4 As in the preceding text
5 complete in B1-2 till pacca¤¤āsiü
6 B2 omits ceto
7 S1-3 eso almost always; B2 always
>/
#<[page 009]>#
%<XXXV. 16. 2]            YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO                          9>%
bhikkhave ādãnavapariyesanam acariü || yo cakkhussa
ādãnavo tad ajjhagamaü ||yāvatā cakkhussa ādãnavo pa¤¤āya
me so sudiņņho || || Cakkhussāham bhikkhave nissaraõapari-
yesanam acariü || yam cakkhussa nissaraõaü tad ajjhaga-
maü || yāvatā cakkhussa nissaraõam pa¤¤āya me taü\<*<1>*>/
sudiņņhaü || ||
3-4 Sotassāham bhikkhave || || Ghānassāham bhik-
khave || ||
5 Jivhāyāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariü ||
yo jivhāya assādo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā jivhāya assādo
pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Jivhāyāham bhikkhave ādãna-
vapariyesanam acariü || yo jivhāya ādãnavo tad ajjhagamaü ||
yāvatā jivhāya ādãnavo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Jivhā-
yāham bhikkhave nissaraõapariyesanam acariü || yaü
jivhāya nissaraõaü tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā jivhāya
nissaraõam pa¤¤āya me taü\<*<2>*>/ sudiņņhaü || ||
6 Kāyassa || pe ||
7 Manassāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariü ||
Yo manassa assādo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā manassa
assādo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Manassāham bhikkhave
ādãnavapariyesanam acariü || yo manassa ādãnavo tad
ajjhagamaü || yāvatā manassa ādãnavo pa¤¤āya me so
sudiņņho || || Manassāham bhikkhave nissaraõapariyesanam
acariü || yam manassa nissaraõaü tad ajjhagamaü ||
yāvatā manassa nissaraõam pa¤¤āya me taü sudiņņham || ||
8-9 Yāva kiva¤cāham bhikkhave imesaü channam
ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assādaü ca assādato ādãnavaü
ca ādãnato nissaraõaü ca nissaraõato yathābåtaü nābbha¤-
¤āsiü || pe || abbha¤¤āsim || ||
10 Ĩāõa¤ca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me
cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavo ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).16 (4) Assādena2>#
2 Rupānāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariü || yo
råpānam assādo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā råpānam assādo
pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Råpānāham bhikkhave

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 etam always
2 S1-3 etaü here only
>/
#<[page 010]>#
%<10                   SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA              [XXXV. 16. 3>%
ādãnavapariyesanam acariü || yo råpānam ādãnavo tad
ajjhagamaü || yāvatā råpānam ādãnavo pa¤¤āya me so
sudiņņho || || Rupānāham bhikkhave nissaraõapariyesanam
acariü || yaü råpānaü nissaraõaü tad ajjhagamaü ||
yāvatā råpānaü nissaraõam pa¤¤āya me taü sudiņ-
ņhaü || ||
3-6 Pe || ||
7 Dhammānāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariü ||
yo dhammānam assādo tad ajjhagamaü || yā yāvatā dhammā-
nam assādo pa¤¤āya meso sudiņņho || || Dhammānāham
bhikkhave ādãnavapariyesanam acariü || yo dhammānam
ādãnavo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā dhammānam ādãnavo
pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Dhammānāham bhikkhave
nissaraõapariyesanam acariü || yaü dhammānaü nissara-
õaü tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā dhammānaü nissaraõam
pa¤¤āya me tam sudiņņhaü || ||
8-9 Yāva kiva¤cāham bhikkhave imesaü channam
bāhãrānam āyatanānam assāda¤ca assādato ādãnava¤ca
ādãnavato nissaraõa¤ca nissarānato yathābhåtaü nābbha¤-
¤āsiü || pe || abbha¤¤āsiü || ||
10 Ĩāõa¤ca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me
cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavo ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).17 (5) No cetena1>#
2 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa assādo abhavissa || na
yidaü sattā cakkhusmiü sārajjeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa assādo tasmā sattā cakkhusmiü
sārajjanti || ||
3 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa ādãnavo abhavissa ||
nayidam sattā cakkhusmiü nibbindeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa ādãnavo tasmā sattā cakkhusmiü
nibbindanti || ||
4 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa nissaraõam abha-
vissa || na yidaü sattā cakkhusmā nissareyyuü || || Yasmā
ca kho bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa nissaraõaü tasmā sattā
cakkhusmā nissaranti || ||
5-7 No cedam bhikkhave sotassa assādo abhavissa ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 011]>#
%<XXXV. 17. 21]                 YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO                         11>%
8-10 No cedam bhikkhave ghānassa ādãnavo abhavissa ||
11 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya assādo abhavissa ||
nayidaü sattā jivhāya sārajjeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi jivhāya assādo tasmā sattā jivhāya sāraj-
janti || ||
12 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya ādãnavo abhavissa || na
yidaü sattā jivhāya nibbindeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi jivhāya ādãnavo tasmā sattā jivhāya nib-
bindanti || ||
13 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya nissaraõam abhavissa ||
na yidam sattā jivhāya nissareyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi jivhāya nissaraõaü tasmā sattā jivhāya
nissaranti || ||
14-16 No cedam bhikkhave kāyassa assādo abhavissa || ||
17 No cedam bhikkhave manassa assādo abhavissa || na
yidaü sattā manasmiü sārajjeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi manassa assādo tasmā sattā manasmiü
sārajjanti || ||
18 No cedam bhikkhave manassa ādãnavo abhavissa || na
yidaü sattā manasmiü nibbindeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi manassa ādãnavo tasmā sattā manasmiü
nibbindanti || ||
19 No cedam bhikkhave manassa nissaraõaü abha-
vissa || nayidam sattā manasmā nissareyyuü || ||Yasmā ca
kho bhikkhave atthi manassa nissaraõaü tasmā sattā ma-
nasmā nissaranti || ||
20 Yāva kãva¤ca bhikkhave sattā imesaü channam
ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assāda¤ca assādato ādãnava¤ca
ādãnavato nissaraõa¤ca nissaraõato yathābhåtam nāb-
bha¤¤āsuü\<*<1>*>/ || neva tāva bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā
sabrahmakā sassamaõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevamanus-
sāya nissaņā visaüyuttā vippamuttā\<*<2>*>/ vimariyādikatena\<*<3>*>/
cetasā vihariüsu || ||
21 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imesaü channam
ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assāda¤ca assādato ādãnava¤ca
ādãnavato õissaraõa¤ca nissaraõato yathābhåtam abha¤¤ā-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 -bha¤¤aüsu
2 In B1-2 only
3 B1 vipari- always
>/
#<[page 012]>#
%<12                      SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA              [XXXV. 18. 2>%
suü || atha kho\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā
sabrahmakā sassamaõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevamanus-
sāya nissaņā visaüyuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viharan-
tãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).18 (6) No cetena2>#
2 No cedam bhikkhave råpānam assādo abhavissa ||
nayidaü sattā råpesu sārajjeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhik-
khave atthi råpānam assādo tasmā sattā råpesu sāraj-
janti || ||
3 No cedam bhikkhave råpānam ādãnavo abhavissa ||
nayidaü sattā råpesu nibbindeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi råpānam ādãnavo tasmā sattā råpesu nib-
bindanti || ||
4 No cedam bhikkhave råpānam nissaraõam abhavissa ||
nayidam sattā råpehi nissareyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhik-
khave atthi råpāõaü nissaraõaü tasmā sattā råpehi nis-
saranti || ||
5-7 No cedam bhikkhave Saddānaü || ||
8-10 Gandhānaü || ||
11-13 Rasānaü ||
14-16 Phoņņhabbānaü || ||
17 Dhammānam assādo abhavissa || nayidaü sattā dham-
mesu sārajjeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi
dhammānam assādo tasmā sattā dhammesu sārajjanti || ||
18 No cedam bhikkhave dhammānam ādãnavo abha-
vissa || nayidaü sattā dhammesu nibbindeyyuü || Yasmā
ca kho bhikkhave atthi dhammānam ādãnavo tasmā sattā
dhammesu nibbindanti || ||
19 No cedam bhikkhave dhammānaü nissaraõam abha-
vissa || na yidaü sattā dhammehi nissareyyuü || || Yasmā
ca kho bhikkhave atthi dhammānaü nissaraõaü tasmā
sattā dhammehi nissaranti || ||
20 Yāva kãva¤ca bhikkhave sattā imesaü channam
bāhirānam āyatanānam assāda¤ ca assādato ādãnava¤ca
ādãnavato nissaraõa¤ ca nissaraõato yathābhåtaü nāb-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B1-2
>/
#<[page 013]>#
%<XXXV. 20. 2]               YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO                 13>%
bha¤¤aüsu || neva tāva\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā
samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya
sadevamanussāya nissaņā visaüyuttā vippamuttā vimari-
yādikatena cetasā vihariüsu || ||
21 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imesaü channam bāhi-
rānam āyatanānam assāda¤ca assādato ādãnava¤ca adãna-
vato || pa || yathabhåtam abbha¤¤aüsu || atha kho bhik-
khave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassa-
maõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaņā visaü-
yuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viharantã ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).19 (7) Abhinandena1>#
2 Yo bhikkhave cakkhum abhinandati dukkhaü so
abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so duk-
khasmāti vadāmã || pe || Yo jivham abhinandati dukkhaü
so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so
dukkhasmā ti vadāmi\<*<2>*>/ || || Yo manam abhinandati duk-
khaü so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto
so dukkhasmāti vadāmi || ||
3 yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuü nābhinandati dukkhaü
so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaü nābhinandati Parimutto so
dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo jivhaü nābhinandati duk-
khaü so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaü nābhinandati Pari-
mutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo manaü nābhinan-
dati dukkhaü so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaü nābhinandati
Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmã ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).20 (8) Abhinandena2>#
2 Yo bhikkhave råpe abhinandati dukkhaü so abhinan-
dati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti
vadāmi || ||
Yo sadde || gandhe || rase || phoņņhabbe || dhamme abhi-
nandati dukkhaü so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinan-
dati Aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 tāvāhaü (haü being added underneath)
2 B1-2 add ||la ||
>/
#<[page 014]>#
%<14                    SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA               [XXXV. 20. 3>%
3 Yo ca kho bhikkhave råpe nābhinandati dukkhaü so
nābhinandati || yo dukkhaü nābhinandati Parimutto so
dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo sadde || gandhe || rase || phoņ-
ņhabbe || dhamme nābhinandati dukkhaü so nābhinandati ||
yo dukkhaü nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti
vadāmã ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).21 (9) Uppādena1>#
2 Yo bhikkhave cakkhussa uppādo ņhiti abhinibbatti
pātubhāvo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaü ņhiti jarāmara
nassa pātubhāvo || ||
3-4 Yo sotassa || la || Yo ghānassa ||
5-6 Yo jivhāya || Yo kāyassa || ||
7 Yo manassa uppādo ņhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo ||
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaü ņhiti jarāmaraõassa pātu-
bhāvo || ||
8 Yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhussa nirodho våpasamo
atthagamo || dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaü våpasamo
jarāmaraõassa atthagamo || ||
9-13 Yo sotassa || Yo manassa nirodho våpasamo
atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānam våpasamo jarā-
maraõassa atthagamo ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).22 (10) Uppādena2>#
2 Yo bhikkhave råpānam uppādo ņhiti abhinibbatti
pātubhavo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaü ņhiti jarāmara-
õassa pātubhāvo || ||
3-4 Yo saddānaü || Yo gandhānaü ||
5-6 Yo rasānaü || Yo poņņhabbānaü ||
7 Yo dhammānam uppādo ņhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaü ņhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaü ņhiti jarāmaraõassa pātu-
bhāvo || ||
8 Yo ca kho bhikkhave råpānaü nirodho våpasamo
atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaü nirodho våpasamo
maraõassa atthagamo || ||
9-12 Yo saddānaü || Yo gandhānaü || yo rasānaü ||
Yo poņņhabbānaü ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 015]>#
%<XXXV. 24. 6]              SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO                    15>%
13 Yo dhammānaü nirodho våpasamo atthagamo || duk-
khasseso nirodho rogānaü våpasamo jarāmaraõassa attha-
gamo ti || ||
Yamakavaggo dutiyo || ||
Tassuddānaü\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Sambodhena duve vuttā || Assādena apare dve ||
No cetena dve vuttā || Abhinandena apare dve ||
Uppādena dve vuttā || Vaggo tena pavuccatāti || ||

#<CHAPTER III SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).23 (1) Sabba>#
1 Sāvatthi -- Tatra -- voca\<*<2>*>/ --
2 Sabbaü vo bhikkhave dessissāmi || tam suõātha || ||
3 Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbaü || || Cakkhuü ceva råpā ca\<*<3>*>/ ||
Sota¤ca saddā ca\<*<4>*>/ || Ghāna¤ca gandhā ca\<*<5>*>/ || Jivhā
rasā ca || Kāyo ca phoņņhabbā ca || Mano ca dhammā ca || ||
Idam vuccati bhikkhave sabbaü || ||
4 Yo bhikkhave evam vadeyya || Aham etaü sabbam
paccakkhāya a¤¤aü sabbam pa¤¤āpessāmãti || tassa vācā-
vatthur\<*<6>*>/ evassa || puņņho ca na sampāpeyya\<*<7>*>/ || uttari¤ca
vighātaü āpajjeyya || || Tam kissa hetu || yathā tam bhik-
khave avisayasminti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).24 (2) Pahāna1>#
2 Sabbappahānāya\<*<8>*>/ vo bhikkhave dhammaü desissāmi ||
taü suõātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbappahānāya dhammo || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave pahātabbaü || råpā pahātabbā ||
cakkhuvi¤¤āõam pahātabbaü || cakkhusamphasso pahā-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Tassuddānam and the sequel is to be found in B1-2 only
2 In S1-3 only
3 S1-3 råpaņņha¤ca
4 S1-3 sadda¤ca
5 S1-3 gandha¤ca
6 B1 -vatthukam; B2 vatthum
7 B1-2 sampāyeyya
8 B1 sabbaü pa- always; B2 once at the end
>/
#<[page 016]>#
%<16                       SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA              [XXXV. 24. 7>%
tabbo || || Yam pidaü\<*<1>*>/ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppaj-
jati\<*<2>*>/ vedayitaü sukhaü vā\<*<3>*>/ dukkhaü vā adukkam asu-
khaü vā || tam pi pahātabbam || pe || ||
7-8 Jivhā pahātabbā || Rasā pahātabbā || jivhāvi¤¤ā-
õam pahātabbaü || jivhāsamphasso pahātabbo || yam pidaü
jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā
dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi\<*<4>*>/ pahātab-
baü || ||pe|| ||
9 Mano pahātabbo || dhammā pahātabbā || manovi¤¤ā-
õam pahātabbaü || manosamphasso pahātabbo || yam pidam
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukham vā
dukkhaü vā adukkham asukham vā || tam pi pahātab-
baü || ||
10 Ayaü kho bhikkhave sabbappahānāya dhammo ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).25 (3) Pahāna2>#
2 Sabbam abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahānāya vo bhikkhave
dhammaü desissāmi || taü sunātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbam abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahā-
nāya dhammo || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbaü ||
råpā abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbā\<*<6>*>/ || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam
abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbaü || cakkhusamphasso abhi¤¤ā
pari¤¤ā pahātabbo || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati veddayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham
asukhaü vā || tam pi abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbam || pe ||
7-8 jivhā abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbā || rasā abhi¤¤ā
pari¤¤ā pahātabbā || jivhāvi¤¤āõaü abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahā-
tabbaü || jivhāsamphasso abhi¤¤a pari¤¤ā pahātabbo ||
yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkham vā adukkham asukhaü vā tam pi
abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbam || pe ||
9 mano abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbo || dhammā abhi¤¤ā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 yamidam always
2 S1-3 uppajjanti always
3 S1 inserts tam
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 omit ti
6 This phrase is missing in S3
>/
#<[page 017]>#
%<XXXV. 26. 11]        SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO.          17>%
pari¤¤ā pahātabbā || manovi¤¤āõam abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahā-
tabbaü || manosamphasso abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbo ||
Yam pidaü manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam
pi abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbaü || ||
10 Ayam kho bhikkhave sabbam abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahā-
nāya dhammo ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).26 (4) Parijānāna1>#
2 Sabbam bhikkhave anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirāja-
yaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhavyāya || ||
3 Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbam\<*<1>*>/ anabhijānaü aparijānaü
avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave anabhijānaü aparijānaü avi-
rājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || råpe
anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü\<*<2>*>/ appajahaü abhabbo
dukkhakkhayāya || cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || la || cakkhusamphas-
saü || la || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassa || la || dukkhakkha-
yāya || || pe || ||
7-8 Jivham anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü
appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rase ||\<*<3>*>/ la || jivhā-
vi¤¤āõam || pe || jivhāsamphassaü || la || Yam pidam jivhā-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukham vā duk-
khaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi anabhijānaü
aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkha-
yāya || || Kāyaü || ||
9 Manam anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appaja-
haü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || dhamme || manovi¤¤āõam ||
manosamphassaü || la || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham
asukhaü vā || tam pi anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü
appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
10 Idaü kho bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānaü aparijā-
naü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
11 Sabba¤ca kho bhikkhave abhijānaü parijānaü virā-
jayaü pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B1-2
2 Missing in S1-3
3 In S1-3 only
>/
#<[page 018]>#
%<18            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA         [XXXV. 26. 12>%
12 Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbam abhijānam parijānaü virā-
jayaü pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
13-15 Cakkhum bhikkhave abhijānaü parijānaü virāja-
yaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya ||\<*<1>*>/ råpe abhijānaü-
obhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam abhijānaü-
obhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Cakkhusamphassam abhijānaü-
obhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Yaü pidaü cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkham vā
adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi abhijānaü parijānaü virā-
jayam pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || pe || ||
16-17 Jivham abhijānaü parijānaü virājayaü pajahaü
bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rase || la || jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || jivhā-
samphassaü || la || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasuk-
haü vā || tam pi\<*<2>*>/ abhijānaü virājayaü pajahaü
bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Kāyam\<*<3>*>/ || ||
18 Manam abhijānaü parijānaü virājayaü pajahaü
bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || dhamme || manovi¤¤āõaü || ma-
nosamphassam || la || Yam pidam\<*<4>*>/ manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham
asukhaü vā || tam pi abhijānaü parijānaü virājayaü paja-
haü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya\<*<5>*>/ || ||
19 Idaü kho bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaü parijānam
virājayam pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti\<*<6>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).27 (5) Parijānāna2>#
2 Sabbam bhikkhave anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirāja-
yaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
3 Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānam aparijānaü
avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
4-6 Yaü ca kho\<*<7>*>/ cakkhu ye\<*<8>*>/ ca råpā ya¤ca cakkhuvi¤-
¤āõam ye ca cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || pe || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase is repeated in S3
2 S3 inserts jānaü
3 S1-3 --pe--
4 These words from manosamphassaü are missing in S1-3
5 This number 18 is repeated in S1-3
6 S1-3 dukkhakkhayāti
7 In S1-3 only
8 S1-8 yo
>/
#<[page 019]>#
%<XXXV. 28. 7]      SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO               19>%
7-8 Yā ca jivhā ye ca rasā ya¤ca jivhāvi¤¤āõaü ye ca
jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || pe || ||
9 Yo ca kāyo ye ca poņņhabbā ya¤ca kāyavi¤¤āõaü ye
ca kāyavi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || ||
10 Yo ca mano ye ca dhammā ya¤ca manovi¤¤āõam ye
ca manovi¤¤aõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || ||
11 Idaü kho bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānaü aparijā-
naü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
12 Sabbam ca kho\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhave abhijānaü parijānam
virājayaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaü parijānaü virāja-
yaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
13-15 Ya¤ca bhikkhave cakkhum ye ca råpā ya¤ca
cakkhuvi¤¤āõam ye ca cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā ||
pe || ||
16-17 Yā ca jivhā ye ca rasā ya¤ca jivhāvi¤¤āõaü ye ca
jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || pe || ||
18 Yo ca mano ye ca dhammā yaü ca manovi¤¤āõaü ye
ca manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || ||
19 Idaü kho bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaü parijānaü
virājayaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).28 (6) âdittam>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Gayāyaü viharati Gayāsãse
saddhim bhikkhusahassena || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Sabbaü
bhikkhave ādittaü || Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbam\<*<2>*>/ ādittaü || ||
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave ādittam || råpā ādittā || cakkhu-
vi¤¤āõam ādittaü || cakkhusamphasso āditto || yam pidaü
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā
dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi ādittaü || ||
Kena ādittaü || ||\<*<3>*>/ Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādit-
taü || jātiyā jarāya maraõena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi
domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi || pe ||
6-7 Jivhā ādittā || rasā ādittā || jivhāvi¤¤āõam ādittaü ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 only
2 Missing in B
3 S1-3 insert (or repeat) ādittam here and further on
>/
#<[page 020]>#
%<20            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA        [XXXV. 28. 8>%
jivhāsamphasso āditto || yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham
asukhaü vā tam pi ādittaü || || Kena ādittam || Rāgagginā
dosagginā mohagginā ādittam || jātiyā jarāya maraõena
sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi uyāyāsehi ādit-
tanti vadāmi || pe || ||
8 Mano āditto dhammā ādittā manovi¤¤āõam ādittaü
manosamphasso āditto || yam pidam manosamphassapac-
cayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā aduk-
kham asukhaü vā tam pi ādittaü || || Kena ādittam || ||
Pāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaü jātiyā jarāya
maraõena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upā-
yasehi ādittanti vadāmi || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cak-
khusmim pi nibbindati || råpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuvi¤-
¤āne pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || yam
pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü su-
kham vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukham vā tasmim pi
nibbindati || la ||\<*<1>*>/ yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā upaj-
jati vedayitaü- -tasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaü viraj-
jati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiü vimuttamhãti\<*<2>*>/
¤ānaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü
karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātã ti || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā attamanā te bhikkhå Bhagavato
bhāsitam abhinandunti || ||
11 Imasmiü ca pana veyyākaraõasmiü bha¤¤amāne
tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni
vimucciüsåti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).29 (7) Andhabhåtam>#
1 Evam me sutam ||\<*<3>*>/ Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rāja-
gahe viharati Veëuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā Bhikkhå āmantesi || Sabbam bhik-
khave andhabhåtam\<*<4>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 --pe-- and more complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 vimuttam iti as usual
3 In B1-2 only
4 B1-2 addhabhutam always
>/
#<[page 021]>#
%<XXXV. 30. 2]          SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO                          21>%
Ki¤ca bhikkhave andhabhåtaü || ||
3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave andhabhåtaü || råpā andhabhåtā ||
cakkhuvi¤¤āõam andhabhåtam || cakkhusamphasso andha-
bhåto || yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā upajjati
vedayitaü sukkhaü vā bukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü
vā tam pi andhabhåtam || || Kena andhabhåtam || ||\<*<1>*>/ Jāti-
yā jarāya maraõena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanas-
sehi upāyasehi andhabhåtan ti vadāmi || la ||
6 Jivhā andhabhåtā rasā andhabhåtā jivhāvi¤¤āõam
andhabhåtam jivhāsamphasso andhabhåto || yam pidam
jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā
dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tam pi andhabhåtaü || ||
Kena andhabhåtaü || || Jātiyā jarāya- -upāyāsehi andha-
bhåtanti vadāmi || la ||
7 Kāyo andhabhåto || ||
8 Mano andhabhåto || dhammā andhabhåtā || manovi¤¤ā-
õam andhabhåtam || manosamphasso andhabhåto || yampi-
dam manosamphassa paccayā appajjati vedayitaü sukhaü
vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tam pi andhabhå-
taü || || Kena andhabhåtam || || Jātiyā jarāya- -upāyāsehi
andhabhåtanti vadāmi || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || råpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhu-
vi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe ||
Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tasmim pi
nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimut-
tasmiü vimuttamhãti\<*<2>*>/ ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãnā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyaü kataü karanãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).30 (8) Sāruppa>#
2 Sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasāruppaü\<*<3>*>/ vo\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhave

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert here andhabhåtam always as ādittam in
the preceding sutta
2 S1-3 vimuttamiti
3 B1 -samugghāņa- always
4 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 022]>#
%<22            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                 (XXXV. 30. 3>%
paņipadaü desissāmi || tam suõātha suõāhukam manasi karo-
tha bhāsissāmãti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
3 Katamā ca bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasmugghāta
sāruppā paņipadā || ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhuü na ma¤¤ati cak-
khusmiü na ma¤¤ati cakkhuto na ma¤¤ati Cakkhu meti
na ma¤¤ati || || Råpe na ma¤¤ati råpesu na ma¤¤ati råpato
na ma¤¤ati Råpā meti na ma¤¤ati || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü
na ma¤¤ati cakkhuvi¤¤āõasmiü na ma¤¤ati cakkhuvi¤¤ā-
õato na ma¤¤ati Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam me ti na ma¤¤ati || ||
Cakkhusamphassaü na ma¤¤ati cakkhusamphassasmiü
na ma¤¤ati cakkhusamphassato na ma¤¤ati Cakkhusam-
phasso\<*<2>*>/ me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Yam pidaü cakkhusaü-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü
vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤ati tasmim pi
na ma¤¤ati tato pi na ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || ||
pe ||
7-8 Jivhaü na ma¤¤ati jivhāya na ma¤¤ati jivhato na
ma¤¤ati Jivhā me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Rase na ma¤¤ati rasesu-
-rasato na ma¤¤ati Rasā me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Jivhā vi¤-
¤ānaü na ma¤¤ati jivhi¤¤āõasmiü na ma¤¤atijivhāvi¤-
¤āõato na ma¤¤ati Jivhāvi¤¤āõam me ti na ma¤¤ati || ||
Jivhāsamphassaü na ma¤¤ati jivhāsamphassasmiü na
ma¤¤ati jivhāsamphassato na ma¤¤ati Jivhāsamphasso me
ti na ma¤¤ati || || Yampidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā up-
pajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asu-
khaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤ati tasmim pi na ma¤¤ati tato
pi na ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || pe ||
9 Manaü na ma¤¤ati manasmiü na ma¤¤ati manato
na ma¤¤ati Mano me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Dhamme na
ma¤¤ati dhammesu na ma¤¤ati dhammato na ma¤¤ati
Dhammā me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Manovi¤¤āõam na ma¤-
¤ati manovi¤¤āõasmiü na ma¤¤ati manovi¤¤āõato na
ma¤¤ati Manovi¤¤āõam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Manosam-
phassaü na ma¤¤ati manosamphassasmiü na ma¤¤ati
manosamphassato na ma¤¤ati Manosamphasso me ti na

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sādhukam etc. is missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 -phassaü
>/
#<[page 023]>#
%<XXXV. 31. 8 ]         SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO                            23>%
ma¤¤ati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā upajjati
vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü
vā || tam pi na ma¤¤ati tasmim pi na ma¤¤ati tato pi na
ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || ||
10 Sabbaü na ma¤¤ati sabbasmiü na ma¤¤ati sabbato
na ma¤¤ati Sabbaü me na ma¤¤ati || ||
11 So evam ama¤¤amāno na ki¤ci loke upādiyati || anu-
pādiyaü na paritassati aparitassaü paccatta¤¤eva parinib-
bāyati ||\<*<1>*>/ Khãõājāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõã-
yaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātã ti || ||
12 Ayaü kho bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasamugghāta-
sāruppā paņipadā ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).31 (9) Sappāya1>#
2 Sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasappāyaü vo bhikkhave
paņipadaü desissāmi taü suõātha || ||
3 Katamā ca sā bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasamugghāta-
sappāyā\<*<2>*>/ paņipadā || ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhuü na ma¤¤ati cak-
khusmiü na ma¤¤ati cakkhuto na ma¤¤ati Cakkhu me ti
na ma¤¤ati || || råpe na ma¤¤ati || pe || || cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü
na ma¤¤ati || || cakkhusamphassaü na ma¤¤ati || || Yam
pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü su-
khaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi na
ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Yaü hi bhikkhave
ma¤¤ati yasmiü ma¤¤ati yato ma¤¤ati yam Me ti ma¤-
¤ati || tato taü hoti a¤¤athā || a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto\<*<3>*>/
loko bhavam evābhinandati || || pe || ||
7-8 Jivhaü na ma¤¤ati jivhāya na ma¤¤ati jivhāto na
ma¤¤ati Jivhā me ti na ma¤¤ati || || rase na ma¤¤ati ||
jivhāvi¤¤āõam na ma¤¤ati || jivhāsamphassaü na ma¤-
¤ati || ||\<*<4>*>/ Yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 -nibbayã; S3 adds ti
2 S1-3 -sappāya
3 B2 vidhavasatto; S1-3 bhavayanto; both always
4 S1-3 have rasesu --pe-- instead of jivhāvi¤¤ānam, etc.
>/
#<[page 024]>#
%<24                       SAėâYATANA-SAMYUTTA                 (XXXV. 31. 9>%
vedayitaü\<*<1>*>/ sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü
vā || tam pi na ma¤¤ati tasmim pi na ma¤¤ati tato pi\<*<2>*>/ na
ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤-
¤ati yasmiü ma¤¤ati yato ma¤¤ati yam Me ti ma¤¤ati ||
tato taü hoti a¤¤athā || a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto loko
bhavam evābhinandati || || pe || ||
9 Manaü na ma¤¤ati manasmiü na ma¤¤ati manato na
ma¤¤ati Mano me ti na ma¤¤ati || dhamme || mano
vi¤¤āõam || manosamphassam || || Yam pidam\<*<3>*>/ -Tam me
ti na ma¤¤ati || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤¤ati || yasmim
ma¤¤ati || yato ma¤¤ati || yam Me ti ma¤¤ati || tato taü
hoti a¤¤athā || a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto loko bhavam
evābhinandati || ||
10 Yāvatā bhikkhave khandhadhātu āyatanaü tam
pi\<*<4>*>/ na ma¤¤ati tasmim pi na ma¤¤ati tato pi na ma¤-
¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || so evaü na ma¤¤amāno\<*<5>*>/ na
ki¤ci loke upādiyati anupādiyaü na paritassati aparitassaü
paccatta¤¤eva parinibbāyati || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brah-
macariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajā-
nāti || ||
11 Ayaü kho sā bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasamugghāta-
sappāyā paņipadā ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).32 (10) Sappāya2>#
2 Sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņi-
padaü desissāmi taü suõātha || ||
3 Katamā ca sa bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasamugghāta-
sappāyā paņipadā || ||
4-6 Taü kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave cakkhu niccaü vā
aniccaü vā ti || ||
Aniccaü bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Complete in B1-2; missing altogether in S1-3
4 S1-3 āyatanātampi, with erasures in S3
5 B1-2 ama¤¤amāno instead of na ma-
>/
#<[page 025]>#
%<XXXV. 32. 9]              SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO                          25>%
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkham viparināmadhammaü kallaü
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Råpā || la || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || || Cakkusamphasso nicco vā
anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati veda-
yitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā ||
tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü
nu tam anupassituü Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante ||pe|| ||
7-8 Jivhā niccā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || la ||
Rasā || Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || || Jivhāsamphasso || la || Yam
pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü
dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi niccaü vā
aniccaü vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || la || ||
9 Mano ||dhammā || pa || manovi¤¤āõaü || mano samphasso
nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi
niccam aniccaü vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante ||
Yam panāniccam dukkham vā taü sukhaü vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti ||
No hetam bhante || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 026]>#
%<26             SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA       [XXXV. 32. 10>%
10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cak-
khusmim pi nibbindati råpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuvi¤¤āõe
pi nibbindati || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham
asukhaü vā tasmim pi nibbindati || || pe || ||
Jivhāya pi nibbindati || rasesu pi || la || Yam pidaü jivhā-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü
vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tasmim pi nibbindati manasmim
pi nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manovi¤¤āõe pi
nibbindati manosamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam pidam
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā
dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tasmim pi nibbindati
nibbindaü virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiü vimuttam
iti ¤āõaü hoti || || khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü
kataü karaõiyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti ti || ||
11 Ayaü kho sā bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasamugghāta-
sappāyā paņipadā ti || ||
Sabbavaggo tatiyo\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānam\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Sabbaü ca dve pi pahānā\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Parijānā apare duve\<*<3>*>/ ||
âdittam andhabhåtaü ca\<*<4>*>/ ||
Sāruppā dve ca sappāyā\<*<5>*>/ ||
Vaggo tena pavuccati\<*<6>*>/ || ||

#<CHAPTER IV JâTIDHAMMA-VAGGOCATUTTHO|| || >#

#<SN_4,35(1).33 (1) Jāti>#
1 Sāvatthi || || Te Tatra kho || ||
2 Sabbam bhikkhave jātidhammaü || ki¤ca bhikkhave
sabbaü\<*<7>*>/ jātidhammaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 sabbam pahānena
3 S1-3 parijānaü apare dve; B1 parijānāpare
4 B addhabhåtam
5 S1-3 sāruppaü sappāya dve
6 S1-3 tenavuccatã ti
7 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 027]>#
%<XXXV. 38]            JâTIDHAMMA-VAGGO CATUTTHO                    27>%
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave jātidhammaü || || Råpā jāti-
dhammā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam jātidhammaü || || Cakkhu-
samphasso jātidhammo || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā
adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi jātidhammam ||pe|| ||
6 Jivhā || || Rasā || || Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || || Jivhāsamphas-
so || || Yaü pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü
vā || tam pi jātidhammaü || || pe || ||
7 Kāyo ||pe|| ||
8 Mano jātidhammo || || Dhammā jātidhammā || || Mano-
vi¤¤āõaü jātidhammaü || || Manosamphasso jātidham-
mo || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü va adukkham asukhaü
vā || tam pi jātidhammaü || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || pe ||\<*<1>*>/ nāparam itthattāyati pajānātã
ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).34 (2) Jarā>#
Sabbam bhikkhave jarādhammaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).35 (3) Vyādhi>#
Sabbam bhikkhave vyādhidhammaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).36 (4) Maraõa>#
Sabbam bhikkhave maraõadhammaü\<*<2>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).37 (5) Soko>#
Sabbam bhikkhave sokadhammaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).38 (6) Saükilesa>#
Sabbam bhikkhave saükilesadhammaü\<*<3>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 More complete in B1-2, which add at the end saīkhittam,
rather, it seems, with respect to the ollowing suttas,
although the same word be added to each of them
2 S1-3 add --pe--
3 B1-2 saükilesika-
>/
#<[page 028]>#
%<28                     SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA             [XXXV. 39>%

#<SN_4,35(1).39 (7) Khaya>#
Sabbam bhikkhave khayadhammaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).40 (8) Vaya>#
Sabbam bhikkhave vayadhammaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).41 (9) Samudaya>#
Sabbam bhikkhave samudayadhammaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).42 (10) Nirodha>#
Sabbam bhikkhave nirodhadhammaü\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Jātidhammavaggo catuttho || ||
Tassuddānaü\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Jāti Jarā Vyādhi Maraõaü ||
Soko ca Saīkileso ca\<*<3>*>/ ||
Khaya -- Vaya -- Samudayam\<*<4>*>/ ||
Nirodhadhammena te dasā ti || ||

#<CHAPTER V ANICCA-VAGGO PAĨCAMO>#
Sāvatthi || Tatra kho\<*<5>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).43 (1) Aniccam>#
Sabbam bhikkhave aniccam\<*<6>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).44 (2) Dukkham>#
Sabbam bhikkhave dukkhaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).45 (3) Anattā>#
Sabbam bhikkhave anattā ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3, B1-2 adding only saīkhittam as in
the preceding ones
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1-2 Sankilesiyaü
4 S1-3 add dhammam to each of these three words
5 In B1-2 only
6 Complete in S1-3
>/
#<[page 029]>#
%<XXXV. 52. 7]            ANICCA-VAGGO PAĨCAMO                  29>%

#<SN_4,35(1).46 (4) Abhi¤¤eyyam>#
Sabbam bhikkhave abhi¤¤eyyaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).47 (5) Pari¤¤eyyam>#
Sabbam bhikkhave pari¤¤eyyaü\<*<1>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).48 (6) Pahātabbam>#
Sabbam bhikkhave pahātabbaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).49 (7) Sacchikātabbam>#
Sabbam bhikkhave sacchikātabbaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).50 (8) Abhi¤¤āpari¤¤eyyam>#
Sabbam bhikkhave abhi¤¤āpari¤¤eyyaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).51 (9) Upaddutam>#
Sabbam bhikkhave upaddutaü || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).52 (10) Upassaņņhaü>#
2 Sabbam bhikkhave upassaņņhaü ||\<*<2>*>/ Ki¤ca bhikkhave
upassaņņhaü || ||
3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave upassaņņham || || Råpā upas-
saņņhā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam upassaņņhaü || || Cakkhu-
samphasso upassaņņho || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā
adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi upassaņņham || la ||
5 Jivhā upassāņņhā || || Rasā upassaņņhā || || Jivhāvi¤¤ā-
õam upassaņņhaü || || Jivhāsamphasso upassaņņho || || Yam
pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü
vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi upassaņ-
ņhaü || ||
6 Kāyo upassaņņho || ||
7 Mano upassaņņho || || Dhammā upassaņņhā || || Mano-
vi¤¤āõam upassaņņhaü || || Manosamphasso upassaņņho || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted in S1
2 B1-2 upasaņņham always
>/
#<[page 030]>#
%<30                  SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 52. 8>%
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi
upassaņņhaü || ||
8 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati ||pe||\<*<1>*>/ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||
Aniccavaggo pa¤camo || ||
Tassa uddānam\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Aniccaü Dukkham Anattā ||
Abhi¤¤eyyaü Pari¤¤eyyaü || ||
Pahātabbaü Sacchikātabbaü ||
Abhi¤¤ātam pari¤¤eyyaü\<*<3>*>/ ||
Upaddutaü Upassaņņham\<*<4>*>/ ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatãti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Saëāyatanavagge Pa¤¤āsako pathamo\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Sutavaggam ca No cetam ||
Sabbam vaggaü Janānica\<*<7>*>/ ||
Aniccavaggena\<*<8>*>/ pa¤¤āsaü ||
Pa¤camo tena pavuccatãti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
PAĨĨâSAKO DUTIYO

#<CHAPTER I AVIJJâ-VAGGO PATHAMO>#
Sāvatthi || la10 ||

#<SN_4,35(1).53 (1) Avijjā>#
2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Much more complete in B1-2
2 B1-2 Tassuddānaü
3 S1-3 Abhi¤¤eyyam, omitting pari¤¤eyyam
4 B1-2 upasaņņhaü
5 B2 pavuccati; S1-3 vuccatãti
6 S1-3 have only Paņhamo pa¤¤aso, all the rest is to be found
in B1-2 only
7 B1 janāniccaü
8 B1 -vaggo
9 B2 pavuccati
10 In B1-2 only
>/
#<[page 031]>#
%<XXXV. 55. 9]               AVIJJâ-VAGGO PATHAMO           31>%
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Kathan nu kho bhante jānato katham
passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjatãti || ||
4 Cakkhuü kho\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato avijjā
pahiyyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || Råpe aniccato jānato passato
avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || ||
Cakkhusamphassaü || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā
adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato
avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || ||
5-8 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhaü || || Kāyaü || ||
9 Manam aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā
uppajjati || || Dhamme || || Manovi¤¤āõaü || || Manosam-
phassaü || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukham vā ||
tam pi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppaj-
jati || ||
10 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato avijjā pahiy-
yati vijjā uppajjatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).54 (2) Samyojanā1>#
3 Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato katham passato samyo-
janā\<*<2>*>/ pahiyyantãti || ||
4-9 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato
saüyojanā pahiyyanti || || Råpe || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || ||
Cakkhusamphassaü || || pe || Yam pidam manosamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā
adukkham asukhaü vā || tampi aniccato jānato passato
saüyojanā pahiyyanti || ||
10 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato saüyojanā
pahiyyantãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).55 (3) Samyojanā2>#
3 Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato katham passato saüyo-
janā samugghātam gacchantãti || ||
4-9 Cakkhuü kho\<*<3>*>/ bhikkhu anattato jānato passato

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B2 -janāni always
3 In B1-3 only
>/
#<[page 032]>#
%<32                   SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 55. 10>%
samyojanā samugghātaü gacchanti || || Råpe anattato || ||
Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam anattato || || Cakkhusamphassam anat-
tato || || pe || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā ||
tam pi anattato jānato passato samyojanā samugghātaü
gacchanti || ||
10 Evaü kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato saüyojanā
samugghātam gacchantãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).56-57 (4-5) Asavā1-2>#
3-10 Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato katham passato
āsavā pahiyyantãti || la || ||
âsavā samugghātaü gacchantãti || la\<*<1>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).58-59 (6-7) Anusayā1-2>#
3 Kathaü- -anusayā pahiyyantãti || la || || -anusayā
samugghātam gacchantãti || ||
4 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhave anattato jānato passato
anusayā samugghātaü gacchanti ||
5-8 Sotam || Ghānaü || Jivhaü || Kāyaü ||
9 Manaü || || Dhamme || || Manovi¤¤āõaü || Mano-
samphassaü || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham
asukhaü vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato anusayā
samugghātaü gacchanti || ||
10 Evaü kho\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhu jānato evam passato anusayā
samugghāņam gacchantãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).60 (8) Pari¤¤ā>#
2 Sabbupādānapari¤¤āya\<*<3>*>/ vo bhikkhave dhammaü
desissāmi taü suõātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapari¤¤āya
dhammo || ||
4 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü ||
tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || || Evam-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Much more complete in S1-3 inserts here bhikkhave
3 S3 sabbupadānapari¤¤eyyaü always
>/
#<[page 033]>#
%<XXXV. 61. 9. ]             AVIJJâ-VAGGO PATHAMO          33>%
passaü bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi
nibbindati || råpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi
nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimokkhā pari¤¤ātam me upādānanti pajānāti || ||
5-8 Sotaü ca paņicca sadde ca uppajjati || Ghānaü ca
paņicca gandheca || Jivhaü ca paņicca rase ca || || Kāyaü ca
paņicca phoņņhabbe ca || ||
9 Manam ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤ā-
õaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || ||
Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako manasmim pi
nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manovi¤¤āõe pi
nibbindati || manosamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimokkhā\<*<1>*>/ pari¤¤ātam me upādānanti pajānāti || ||
10 Ayaü kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapari¤¤āya\<*<2>*>/ dham-
moti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).61 (9) Pariyādinnaü1>#
2 Sabbupādānapariyādānāya vo bhikkhave dhammaü
desissāmi || taü suõātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya
dhammo || ||
4-6 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati\<*<3>*>/ cakkhuvi¤¤ā-
õam || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || ||
Evam passaü bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim
pi nibbindati || råpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi
nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü viraj-
jati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimokkhā pariyādinnam me upādā-
nanti pajānāti || pe || ||
7-8 Jivhaü ca paņicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāvi¤¤āõam ||
la ||
9 Manaü ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤ā-
õaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || ||
Evam passaü bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako manasmim pi
nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manovi¤¤āõe pi

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 vimokkha always
2 S3 pari¤¤āta
>/
#<[page 034]>#
%<34                  SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 61. 10>%
nibbindati || manosamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimokkhā pariyādinnam me upādānanti pajānāti || ||
10 Ayaü kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya\<*<1>*>/
dhammoti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).62 (10) Pariyādinnam2>#
2 Sabbupādānapariyādānāya vo bhikkhave dhammam
desissāmi || taü suõātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya
dhammo ||
4 Taü kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave cakkhuü niccaü vā
aniccam vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Rupā || la || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || || Cakkhusamphasso || ||
Yam pidaü cakkhusampassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü-
-niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
5-8 Sotam || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano || dhammā || manovi¤¤āõaü || manosam-
phasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü
vā || tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 -pariyādā; S3 -pariyādāna
>/
#<[page 035]>#
%<XXXV. 63. 3]               MIGAJâLAVAGGO DUTIYO          35>%
10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || råpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõe
pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam
pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tasmim pi
nibbindati || la || Jivhāya pi nibbindati || rasesu pi nibbindati ||
jivhāvi¤¤āõe pi || jivhāsamphasse pi || || Yam pidam jivhāsam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati || la ||
Manasmim pi nibbindati || manovi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati ||
manosamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam pidam manosam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü
vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbin-
daü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim vimuttam
iti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü
kataü karaõãyam || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
11 Ayaü kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya
dhammoti || ||
Avijjāvaggo pathamo\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Avijjā Samyojanā dve ||
âsavena dve vuttā\<*<2>*>/ ||
Anusayā apare dve\<*<3>*>/ ||
Pari¤¤ā dve Pariyādinnaü\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatãti || ||

#<CHAPTER II MIGAJâLAVAGGO DUTIYO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).63 (1) Migajālena1>#
1 Sāvatthinidānam || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo yena Bhagavā || la ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Ekavihārã ekavihārãti bhante vuccati ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 chaņņho
2 S1-3 âsavā apare dve
3 S1-3 Anusayena dve vuttā
4 S1-3 pariyādiõõena te dasāti (the rest missing)
>/
#<[page 036]>#
%<36                  SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA          [XXXV. 68. 4>%
kittāvatā nu kho bhante ekavihārã hoti || kittāvatā ca pana
Sadutiyavihārã\<*<1>*>/ hoti || ||
4 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu
abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam
abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati nandi ||
nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti || Sārāge sati saüyogo hoti ||
nandisaüyojanasaüyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiya-
vihārãti vuccati ||
5-6 || la ||
7-8 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce bhikkhu
abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhato || tassa tam
abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati nandi ||
nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti || Sārāge sati saüyogo hoti ||
nandisaüyojanasaüyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiya-
vihārãti vuccati || || la ||
9 Santi kho Migajāla manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa
tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati
nandi || nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti sārāge sati saüyogo hoti
nandisaüyojanasaüyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiya-
vihārãti vuccati || ||
10 Evaüvihārãca Migajāla bhikkhu ki¤cāpi ara¤¤e vana-
patthāni\<*<2>*>/ pantāni senāsanāni paņisevati appasaddāni
appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhaseyyakāni paņi-
sallāõasāruppāni || atha kho sadutiyavihārãti vuccati ||
11 Tam kissa hetu || || Taõhā hissa dutiyā sāssa\<*<3>*>/
apahãnā || tasmā sadutiyavihārãti vuccati || ||
12-14 Santi ca kho Migajāla cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā
kantāmanāpāpiyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce bhik-
khu nābhinandati nābhivadati nā\<*<4>*>/ ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa
tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato nandi
nirujjhati || nandiyā asati sārāgo na hoti || sārāge asati

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 saddutiya- always
2 B1 ara¤¤evanapattāni
3 B1 sāyam always
4 B1 omits na
>/
#<[page 037]>#
%<XXXV. 64. 9]               MIGAJâLAVAGGO  DUTIYO         37>%
saüyogo na hoti || nandisaüyojanavisaüyutto kho Migajāla
bhikkhu ekavihārãti vuccati || la ||
15-16 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la ||
17 Santi kho Migajāla manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati ||
tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato
nandi nirujjhati || nandiyā asati sārāgo na hoti || sārāge
asati saüyogo na hoti || nandisaüyojanavisaüyutto kho
Migajāla bhikkhu ekavihārãti vuccati || ||
18 Evaüvihārã ca Migajāla bhikkhu ki¤cāpi gāmante
viharati ākiõõe\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhåhi bhikkhunãhi upāsakehi upā-
sikāhi rājåhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ||
atha kho ekavihārãti vuccati || ||
19 Tam kissa hetu || || Taõhā hissa dutiyā sāssa pahãnā
tasmā\<*<2>*>/ ekavihārãti vuccatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).64 (2) Migajāla>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saü-
khittena dhammaü desetu || yam aham dhammaü sutvā
eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4-6 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa
tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati
nandi || nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Migajālāti
vadāmi || la ||
7-8 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la || ||
9 Santi kho Migajāla manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa
tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 ākiõno
2 S3 tassa
>/
#<[page 038]>#
%<38                  SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA               [XXXV. 64. 10>%
nandi || nandisamudavā dukkhasamudayo Migājalāti
vadāmi || ||
10-12 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati ||
tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato
nandi nirujjhati || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Migajālāti
vadāmi || ||
13-14 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā iņņhā
kantā || pe ||
15 Santi kho Migajāla manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati ||
tassa taü anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato
nandi nirujjhati || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Miga-
jālāti vadāmãti || ||
16 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhagavato bhāsitam
abhinanditvā anumoditvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || ||
17 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo eko våpakaņņho appamatto
ātāpã pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kula-
puttā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti || tad
anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaü diņņheva dhamme
sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khãõā
jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãya nāparam
itthattāyāti abbha¤¤asi || ||
18 A¤¤ataro va panāyasmā Migajālo arahataü ahosãti ||

#<SN_4,35(1).65 (3) Samiddhi (1)>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2-3 Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi yena Bhagavā || pa ||
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Māro Māroti vuccati || kittā-
vatā nu kho bhante {Māro} vā\<*<1>*>/ assa\<*<2>*>/ Mārapa¤¤atti vā ti || ||
4 Yattha kho Samiddhi atthi cakkhum atthi råpā atthi

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 B2 ayaü always
>/
#<[page 039]>#
%<XXXV. 68. 9]                MIGAJâLAVAGGO DUTIYO           39>%
cakkhuvi¤¤āõam atthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā ||
atthi tattha Māro vā Mārapa¤¤atti vā || ||
5-6 Atthi sotaü-\<*<1>*>/ atthi ghānam-\<*<1>*>/ ||
7-8 Atthi jivhā atthi rasā atthi jivhāvi¤¤āõam atthi
jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha Māro vā
Mārapa¤¤atti vā || || Atthi kāyo || ||
9 Atthi mano atthi dhammā atthi manovi¤¤āõam atthi
manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha Māro vā
Mārapa¤¤atti vā || ||
10-12 Yattha ca kho Samiddhi natthi cakkhu natthi
råpā natthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü natthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ā-
tabbā dhammā || natthi tattha Māro vā Mārapa¤¤atti vā ||
la ||
13-14 Natthi jivhā natthi rasā natthi jivhāvi¤¤āõaü
natthi jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha
Māro vā Mārapa¤¤atti vā || la ||
15 Natthi mano natthi dhammā natthi manovi¤¤āõaü
natthi manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha
Māro vā Mārapa¤¤atti vā ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).66 (4) Samiddhi2>#
3-15 Satto satto ti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho
bhante satto vā assa sattapa¤¤atti vā ti || la ||

#<SN_4,35(1).67 (5) Samiddhi3>#
3-15 Dukkhaü dukkhanti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā
nu kho bhante dukkhaü vā assa dukkhapa¤¤atti vā ti ||
la ||

#<SN_4,35(1).68 (6) Samiddhi4>#
3 Loko lokoti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante
loko vā assa lokapa¤¤atti vā ti || ||
4-9 Yattha kho Samiddhi atthi cakkhum atthi råpā
atthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõam atthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā
dhammā || atthi tattha loko vā lokapa¤¤atti vā || || la || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B1-2; missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 040]>#
%<40                SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 68. 10>%
Atthi mano atthi dhammā atthi manovi¤¤āõaü atthi mano-
vi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha loko vā loka-
pa¤¤atti vā || ||
10-15 Yattha ca kho Samiddhi natthi cakkhu natthi
råpā natthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõam natthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõa-
vi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha loko vā loka-
pa¤¤atti vā || || la || || natthi jivhā natthi rasā || pe || natthi
mano natthi dhammā natthi manovi¤¤āõaü natthi mano-
vi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha loko vā loka-
pa¤¤atti vā ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).69 (7) Upasena>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca
Upaseno Rājagahe viharanti sãtavane sappasoõķikapab-
bhāre || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upasenassa kāye
āsãviso patito hoti || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Upaseno bhikkhå āmantesi || || Etha
me āvuso imaü kāyam ma¤cakam āropetvā bahiddhā
nãharatha purāyam kāyo idheva vikirati seyyathāpi bhåsa\<*<1>*>/-
muņņhãti || ||
4 Evaü vutte āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Upasenam
etad avoca || || Na kho pana mayam passāma āyasmato
Upasenassa kāyassa vā a¤¤athattam indriyānaü vā vipari-
õāmaü || ||
5 Atha panāyasmā Upaseno evam āha || || Etha me
āvuso imaü kāyam ma¤cakam āropetvā bahiddhā nãha-
ratha purāyam kāyo idheva vikirati seyyathāpi bhåsa-
muņņhãti || ||
6 Yassa nuna āvuso Sāriputta evam assa Ahaü cak-
khunti Mama cakkhunti vā || la || Ahaü jivhā ti vā Mama
jivhāti vā || || Aham mano ti vā Mama manoti vā || tassa
āvuso Sariputta siyā kāyassa vā a¤¤athattam indriyānaü
vā pariõāmo || || Mayha¤ca kho āvuso Sāriputta na evaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B2; B1 bhusa- always; S1 bhåsa- here only; S3 håsa-;
further on S1-3 husa or håsa
>/
#<[page 041]>#
%<XXXV. 70. 4]             MIGAJâLAVAGGO DUTIYO            41>%
hoti || Ahaü cakkhunti vā Mama cakkhunti vā || la ||
Ahaü jivhāti vā Mama jivhāti va || || Ahaü manoti vā
Mama manoti vā || tassa mayham\<*<1>*>/ āvuso Sāriputta kiü
kāyassa vā a¤¤athattam bhavissati indriyānaü vā vipari-
õāmoti || ||
7 Tathā hi\<*<2>*>/ panāyasmato Upasenassa dãgharattam
ahaükāra-mamaükāra-mānānusayā susamåhatā ||\<*<3>*>/ tasmā
āyasmato Upasenassa na\<*<4>*>/ evaü hoti || Ahaü cakkhunti vā
Mama cakkhunti vā || || Ahaü jivhāti vā Mama jivhāti vā || ||
Aham mano ti vā Mama mano ti vā || ||
8 Atha kho te bhikkhå āyasmato Upasenassa kāyam
ma¤cakam āropetvā bahiddhā nãhariüsu || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmato Upasenassa kāyo tattheva vikiri\<*<5>*>/
seyyathāpi bhåsamuņņhã ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).70 (8) Upavāna>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā Upavāno\<*<6>*>/ yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Upavāno Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sandiņņhiko dhammo sandiņņhiko
dhammoti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante sandiņ-
ņhiko dhammo ti || akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü
veditabbaü vi¤¤åhãti || ||
4 Idha pana Upavāõa\<*<7>*>/ bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā
råpapaņisaüvedã ca hoti {råparāgapaņisaüvedã} ca || santaü
ca ajjhattaü råpesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattam råpesu rāgo
ti pajānāti || || Yantaü Upavāna bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü
disvā {råpapaņisaüvedã} ca hoti {råparāgapaņisaüvedã} ca ||
santaü ca ajjhattaü råpesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattam
råpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || evam pi kho Upavāna sandiņņhiko
dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü vedi-
tabbo vi¤¤åhãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 inserts ca kho
2 S3 inserts no
3 B1 -nusayo susamuhato
4 S3 omits na
5 B2 vikiriyati
6 B1 Upavāna; B2 Upavāõa-o both always; S1-3 are wavering
7 S1-3 Idhupavāõa
>/
#<[page 042]>#
%<42                    SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA          XXXV. 70. 5>%
5-6 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu || la ||
7-8 Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā rasapaņisaüvedã ca hoti
rasarāgapaņisaüvedã ca || santaü ca ajjhattaü rasesu
rāgaü Atthi me ajjhattaü rasesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yan-
tam Upavāna bhikkhu jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā {rasapaņisaü-
vedã} ca hoti rasarāgapaņisaüvedã ca || santaü ca ajjhattaü
rasesu rāgaü. Atthi me ajjhattaü rasesu rāgoti pajānāti ||
evam pi kho Upavāna sandiņņhiko dhammo hoti akāliko
ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || la || ||
9 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaü
vi¤¤āya dhammapaņisaüvedã ca hoti dhammarāgapaņi-
saüvedã ca || santaü ca ajjhattam dhammesu rāgam Atthi
me ajjhattaü dhammesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yantam
Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya dhamma-
paņisaüvedã ca hoti dhammarāgapaņisaüvedi ca || santaü
ca ajjhattam dhammesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattaü dham-
mesu rāgoti pajānāti || evampi kho Upavāna sandiņņhiko
hoti || la || paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || ||
10 Idha panā Upavāna\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā
råpapaņisaüvedã hi kho\<*<2>*>/ hoti no ca råparāgapaņisaüvedã ||
asantaü ca ajjhattaü råpesu rāgaü Natthi me ajjhattaü
råpesu\<*<3>*>/ rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yan tam Upavāna Bhikkhu
cakkhunā råpaü disvā råpapaņisaüvedã hi kho hoti no ca
{råparāgapaņisaüvedã} || asantaü ca ajjhattaü råpesu rāgaü
Natthi me ajjhattaü råpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || evam pi kho
Upavaõa sandiņņhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko
opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || ||
11-14 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu sotena saddaü ||
ghānena gandhaü || jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā rasapaņisaüvedã
hi kho hoti no ca rasarāgapaņisaüvedã || asantaü ca ajjhat-
taü rasesu rāgaü Natthi me ajjhattaü rasesu rāgoti
pajānāti || la ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Idhupavāõa (S3 -na) as before
2 B1-3 ca instead of hi kho here only; B2 heva instead of hi,
always
3 S3 repeats two other times the words rāgaü natthi- -råpesu
>/
#<[page 043]>#
%<XXXV. 71. 9]               MIGAJâLAVAGGO DUTIYO          43>%
15 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaü
vi¤¤āya dhammapaņisaüvedã hi kho hoti || no ca dham-
marāgapaņisaüvedã || asantaü ca ajjhattam dhammesu
rāgaü Natthi me ajjhattaü dhammesu rāgo ti pajā-
nāti || || Yantam Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaü
vi¤¤āya {dhammapaņisaüvedã} hi kho hoti || no ca dhamma-
rāgapaņisaüvedã || asantaü ca ajjhattaü dhammesu rāgam
Natthi me ajjhattaü dhammesu rāgoti pajānāti || evaü kho
Upavāna sandiņņhiko dhammo hoti kāliko ehipassiko opa-
nayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).71 (9) Chaphassāyatanikā1>#
2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyata-
nānaü samudaya¤ ca atthagama¤ ca assāda¤ ca ādãnava¤
ca nissaraõa¤ ca yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || avusitaü tena
brahmacariyaü ārakā so imasmā dhammavinayā ti || ||
3 Evaü vutte a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiü\<*<1>*>/ || aha¤hi bhante
channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ ca atthagama¤ ca
assāda¤ ca ādãnava¤ ca nissaraõa¤ ca yathābhåtaü nappa-
jānāmãti || ||
4-6 Taü kiü ma¤¤asi bhikkhu || || Cakkhum etam
mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassassã ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu ettha ca te bhikkhu Cakkhu netaü mama
neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaü yathābhåtaü
sammappa¤¤āya sudiņņham bhavissati || esevanto duk-
khassa || la || ||
7-8 Jivhā etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti
samanupassasi || || No hetam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu ettha ca te bhikkhu Jivhā netam mama
neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaü yathābhåtaü
sammappa¤¤āya sudiņņhaü bhavissati || esevanto duk-
khassa || la || ||
9 Manam- -esevanto dukkhassā ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 anassassam always
2 9 is complete in B, missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 044]>#
%<44                       SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 72. 2>%

#<SN_4,35(1).72 (10) Chaphassayātanikā2>#
2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhu channam phassāyata-
nānaü samudāya¤ ca atthagama¤ ca assāda¤ ca ādãnava¤
ca nissaraõa¤ ca yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || avusitaü tena
brahmacariyam ārakā so\<*<2>*>/ imasmā dhammavinayāti || ||
3 Evaü vutte a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiü || aha¤hi bhante
channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ ca atthagama¤ca
assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü nappa-
jānāmãti || ||
4-6 Taü kim ma¤¤asi bhikkhu Cakkhuü netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassasãti || || Evam
bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Cakkhu netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaü yathābhåtam
sammappa¤¤āya sudiņņhaü bhavissati || evan te etaü
pathamam phassāyatanam pahãnam bhavissati āyatim
apunabbhavāya || la || ||
7-8 Jivhā netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti
samanupassasãti || || Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Jivhā netam mama
neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaü yathābhåtaü
sammappa¤¤āya sudiņņham bhavissati || evante etam catut-
tham phassāyatanam pahãnam bhavissati āyatim apunab-
bhavāya || || pa || ||
9 Manaü netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti
samanupassasãti || || Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Mano netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaü yathābhåtaü
sammappa¤¤āya sudiņņham bhavissati || evam te etaü
chaņņham phassāyatanam pahãnam bhavissati āyatim apu-
nabbhavāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).73 (11) Chaphassāyatanikā3>#
2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāya-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Yo- bhikkhave is missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 ārakāvaso here and further on
>/
#<[page 045]>#
%<XXXV. 78. 10]              MIGAJâLAVAGGO DUTIYO          45>%
tanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca
nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtam nappajānāti || avusitam tena
brahmacariyam ārakā so imasmā dhammavinayā ti || ||
3 Evaü vutte a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiü\<*<1>*>/ || aha¤hi bhante
channam phassayātanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca
assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü nappa-
jānāmãti || ||
4 Taü kim ma¤¤asi bhikkhu || cakkhuü niccaü vā
aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yaü panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallan
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || || No etam bhante || ||
5-8 Sotam || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo ||
9 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallan
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante
\<*<10>*>/ Evam passam bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü
virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiü vimuttam iti
¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitaü brahmacariyaü kataü
karaõãyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||
Migajālavaggo dutiyo\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Tassa uddānaü || ||
Migajālena dve vuttā ||
Cattāro ca Samiddhinā ||
Upaseno Upavāõo\<*<3>*>/ ca ||
Chaphassāyatanikā tayo ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 anassātam --pe--; B1-2 add panassassaü
2 S1-3 sattamo
3 B1 upavāno
4 B1 tatiyo ti
>/
#<[page 046]>#
%<46                  SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 74. 1>%

#<CHAPTER III GILâNAVAGGO TATIYO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).74 (1) Gilāna1>#
1 Sāvatthi nidānaü\<*<1>*>/ || ||
2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || la ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Amukasmim bhante vihāre a¤¤ataro bhikkhu
navo appa¤¤āto\<*<2>*>/ ābādhiko dukkhito bāëhagilāno || sādhu
bhante Bhagavā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaīkamatu anu-
kampam upādāyāti || ||
4 Atha kho Bhagavā navakavāda¤ca sutvā gilānavā-
da¤ca\<*<3>*>/ appa¤¤āto bhikkhåti iti viditvā yena so bhikkhu
tenupasaīkami || ||
5 Addasā kho so\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhu Bhagavantaü dårato va\<*<5>*>/
āgacchantaü || disvāna ma¤cake sama¤copi\<*<6>*>/ || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || alam
āgacchantaü || disvāna ma¤cake sama¤capi\<*<7>*>/ || santimāni āsanāni
pa¤¤attāni tatthāhaü nisãdissāmãti || Nisãdi Bhagavā pa¤-
¤atte āsane || ||
7 Nisajja kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || ||
Kacci\<*<8>*>/ te bhikkhu khamanãyaü || kacci yāpanãyaü ||\<*<9>*>/ kacci
dukkhā vedanā paņikkamanti no atikkamanti || patikammo-
sānam pa¤¤āyati no abhikkamoti || || Na me bhante kha-
manãyaü na yāpanãyaü || bāëhā me dukkhā vedanā abhik-
kamanti no paņikkamanti || abhikkamosānam pa¤¤āyati no
paņikkamoti || ||
8 Kacci te bhikkhu na ki¤ci kukkuccaü na koci vip-
paņisāroti || ||
Taggha me bhante anappakaü kukkuccam\<*<10>*>/ anappako
vippaņisāroti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1-2 apa¤¤āto always
3 S1-3 add sutvā
4 Omitted by S1 and B1
5 Missing in B1
6 B1-2 samadhosi always; B1 samidhosi here only
7 S1 sama¤casi here only
8 B2 Kicci always
9 S1-3 ||pe || instead of kacci yā-
10 S1 anappakukkuccaü
>/
#<[page 047]>#
%<XXXV. 75. 10]              GILâNAVAGGO  TATIYO           47>%
9 Kacci pana tvaü\<*<1>*>/ attā sãlato na\<*<2>*>/ upavadatãti || ||
No hetam bhante\<*<3>*>/ || ||
10 No ce kira tvam bhikkhu attā sãlato upavadati || atha
bhikkhu\<*<4>*>/ {kismiü} ca te kukkuccam ko ca\<*<4>*>/ vippaņisāroti || ||
Na khvāham bhante sãlavisuddhattham Bhagavatā
dhammaü desitam ājānāmãti || ||
11 No ce kira tvam bhikkhu sãlavisuddhattham mayā
dhammaü desitaü ājānāsi || atha kimatthaü carahi\<*<5>*>/ tvam
bhikkhu mayā dhammaü desitam ājānāsãti ||
Rāgavirāgatthaü khvāham bhante Bhagavatā dhammaü
desitam ājānāmãti || ||
12 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || Sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu
rāgavirāgattham mayā dhammaü desitam ājānāsi || rāga-
virāgattho hi bhikkhu mayā dhammo desito || ||
13 Taü kim ma¤¤asi bhikkhu cakkhum niccaü aniccaü
vāti || Aniccam bhante || la || Sotaü || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo ||
Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü viparināmadhammaü kallan
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Evam passam bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi\<*<6>*>/ nibbindati || pe ||\<*<7>*>/ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||
15 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamano so bhikkhu Bhaga-
vato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmiü ca pana veyyākaraõas-
miü bha¤¤amāne tassa bhikkhuno virajaü vãtamalaü
dhammacakkhum udapādi || || Yaü ki¤ci samudaya-
dhammaü sabbantaü nirodhadhammanti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).75 (2) Gilāna2>#
1-10 [Exacky the same as in the preceding Sutta]

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 te always
2 Missing in B
3 S3 Nakho me bhante attā sãlato upavadatã ti
4 S3 omits bhikkhu and kho ca
5 S3 carasi always
6 In S1-3 only
7 More complete in B 1-2
>/
#<[page 048]>#
%<48                  SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 75. 11>%
\<*<11>*>/ No ce kira tvam bhikkhu sãlavisuddhattham mayā
dhammam desitam ājānāsi || atha kimatthaü carahi tvam
bhikkhu mayā dhammaü desitam ajānāsãti || ||
Anupādāparinibbāõatthaü khvāham bhante Bhagavatā
dhammaü desitaü ājānāmãti || ||
12 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho pana\<*<1>*>/ tvam bhik-
khu anupādāparinibbāõattham mayā dhammaü desitam
ājānāsi || anupādāparinibbānattho hi bhikkhu mayā
dhammo desito || ||
13-14 [As in the preceding]
15 Idam avoca Bhagavā || || Attamano\<*<2>*>/ so bhikkhu
Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmi¤ca pana veyyā-
karaõasmim bha¤¤amāne tassa bhikkhussa\<*<3>*>/ anupādāya
āsavehi cittaü vimuccatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).76 (3) Rādha1>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rādho || la ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saükhit-
tena dhammaü desetu || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavato dhammaü
sutvā eko våpakaņņho appamattako ātāpã pahitatto viharey-
yanti || ||
4 Yaü kho Rādha aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-7 Ki¤ca Rādha aniccaü || || Cakkhuü kho Rādha
aniccam || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Råpā aniccā || ||
Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || || Cakkhusamphasso || || Yampidaü
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā
dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccam tatra
te chando pahatabbo || la || ||
8-9 Jivhā\<*<4>*>/ || Kāyo || ||
10 Mano anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo || dhammā ||
manovi¤¤āõaü || manosamphasso || Yampidam mano-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā duk-
khaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccaü\<*<5>*>/ tatra
te chando pahātabbo ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 omits pana
2 S3 adds ca
3 Missing in S3
4 Complete in S1-3
5 S1 dukkhaü
>/
#<[page 049]>#
%<XXXV. 79. 4]               GILâNAVAGGO TATIYO            49>%
11 Yaü kho Rādha aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo
ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).77 (4) Rādha2>#
4 Yaü kho Rādha dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-10 Ki¤ca Rādha dukkhaü || || Cakkhu kho Rādha duk-
khaü || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Råpā || || Cakkhuvi¤-
¤āõaü || || Cakkhusamphasso || pe\<*<2>*>/ || Yam pidam manosam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü
vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi dukkhaü || tatra te
chando pahātabbo || ||
11 Yaü kho Rādha dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātab-
boti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).78 (5) Rādha3>#
4 Yo kho Rādha anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-9 Ko ca Rādha anattā || Cakkhuü kho Rādha anattā ||
tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Råpā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤ā-
õaü || || Cakkhusamphasso || || Yampidam cakkhusam-
phassapaccayā || la || ||
10 Mano anattā || || Dhammā || || Manovi¤¤āõaü || ||
Manosamphasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham
asukhaü vā || tampi anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
11 Yo kho Rādha anattā || tatra te chando pahātabboti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).79 (6) Avijjā (1)>#
2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Atthi nu kho bhante eko dhammo yassa
pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || ||
Atthi kho bhikkhu kho dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno
avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || ||
4 Katamo pana bhante eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhik-
khuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 11 is missing in S3
2 Less abridged in B1-2
>/
#<[page 050]>#
%<50                  SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 79. 5>%
Avijjā kho bhikkhu eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno
avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || ||
5 Katham pana bhante jānato katham passato bhik-
khuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajatãti || ||
6 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato bhik-
khuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || Råpe || la || Yam-
pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati sukhaü vā
dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccato
jānato passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjati || ||
7-11 Jivhā || Mano\<*<1>*>/ || ||
12 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato bhikkhuno
avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).80 (7) Avijjā2>#
1-5 [As in the preceding]
6 Idha bhikkhu\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhuno sutaü hoti Dhammā nālam
abhinivesāyāti || ||\<*<3>*>/ Eva¤ce tam bhikkhu bhikkhuno sutaü
hoti Sabbe dhammā\<*<4>*>/ nālam abhinivesāyāti || so sabbam\<*<5>*>/
dhammam abhijānāti || sabbaü dhammam abhi¤¤āya
sabbaü dhammam parijānāti\<*<6>*>/ || sabbaü dhammam pari¤-
¤āya sabbanimittāni a¤¤ato passati || cakkhum a¤¤ato pas-
sati || råpe || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || cakkhusamphassaü || || pe || ||
yam pidaü mano samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü va || tam pi
a¤¤ato passati || ||
7 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato bhikkhuno
avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).81 (8) Bhikkhu>#
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkamiüsu || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Jivhā and Mano are complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 bhikkhave
3 S3 inserts so here
4 S1 dhamma; S3 dhamme
5 S1-3 sabba always
6 This phrase is missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 051]>#
%<XXXV. 81. 11]              GILâNAVAGGO TATIYO            51>%
etad avocuü || || Idha no bhante a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā
amhe evam pucchanti || Kim atthi yam āvuso Samane
Gotame\<*<1>*>/ brahmacariyam vussatãti || || Evam puņņhā ma-
yam bhante tesam a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam
vyākaroma || Dukkhassa kho āvuso pari¤¤attham\<*<2>*>/ Bhaga-
vati brahmacariyaü vussatãti || || Kacci mayam bhante
evam puņņhā evaü vyākaramānā vuttavādino ve\<*<3>*>/ Bhagavato
homa || na ca Bhagavantam abhåtena abbhācikkhāma ||
dhammassa cānudhammaü vyākaroma || na ca koci saha-
dhammiko vādānuvādo\<*<4>*>/ gārayhaü ņhānam āgacchatã ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
4 Taggha tumhe bhikkhave evam puņņhā evaü vyākara-
mānā vuttavādino ceva me hotha || na ca mam abhåtena
abbhācikkhatha dhammassa cānudhammaü vyākarotha ||
na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaü ņhānam
āgacchati || Dukkhassa hi bhikkhave pari¤¤attham mayi
brahmacariyaü vussati || ||
5 Sace pana vo bhikkhave a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evam
puccheyyuü || Katamam pana tam āvuso dukkhaü yassa\<*<6>*>/
pari¤¤āya Samaõe Gotame brahmacariyam vussatãti || ||
Evaü puņņhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam a¤¤atitthiyānaü
paribbājakānam evaü vyākareyyātha || ||
6-11 Cakkhuü kho āvuso dukkhaü || tassa pari¤¤āya
Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussati || Råpā || la || || Yam pi-
daü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjativedayitaü sukhaü
vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi dukkhaü
tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyam vussati || || Mano
dukkho || la || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppaj-
jati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asu-
khaü vā || tam pi dukkhaü tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati
brahmacariyaü vussati || ||\<*<7>*>/ Idaü kho tam āvuso duk-
khaü || tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyam
vussati || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 Samano Gotamo
2 B1-2 pari¤¤attam
3 S3 ce; B1-2 ceva
4 S1-3 vādānupāto always
5 S1-3 āgacchantãti
6 Missing in S3
7 S1-3 vussatãti; the rest of the paragraph is missing
>/
#<[page 052]>#
%<52                   SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA          [XXXV. 81. 12>%
12 Evam puņņhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam a¤¤atitthiyā-
nam paribbājakānam evam vyākareyyāthāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).82 (9) Loko>#
2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā || la || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Loko loko ti bhante vuccati || || Kittāvatā
nu kho bhante loko ti vuccatãti || ||
Lujjatãti kho bhikkhu tasmā loko ti vuccati || || Ki¤ca
lujjati || ||
4-9 Cakkhu kho\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhu\<*<1>*>/ lujjati || || Råpā lujjanti || ||
Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü lujjati || || Cakkhusamphasso lujjati || pe || ||
Yam pidaü manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhaü asukhaü vā || tam pi
lujjati || ||
10 Lujjatãti kho bhikkhu tasmā lokoti vuccatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).83 (10) Phagguno>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā Phagguno || la ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Phagguno Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
4-6 Atthi nu kho bhante taü\<*<2>*>/ cakkhuü yena cakkhu-
nā atãte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapa¤ce chinnavaņume
pariyādiõõavaņņe\<*<3>*>/ sabbadukkhavãtivatte pa¤¤āpayamāno
pa¤¤āpeyya || la || ||
7-8 Atthi nu kho bhante sā jivhā yāya jivhāya atãte
buddhe parinibbute || la || pa¤¤āpeyya || la || ||
9 Atthi nu kho bhante mano || yena manena atãte buddhe
parinibbute chinnapapa¤ce chinnavaņume pariyādiõõavaņņe
sabbadukkhavãtivatte pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyyāti || ||
10-12 Natthi kho tam Phagguna cakkhuü yena cak-
khunā atãte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapa¤ce chinna-
vaņume pariyādiõõavaņņe sabbadukkhavãtivatte pa¤¤āpa-
yamāno pa¤¤āpeyya || la || ||
13-14 Natthi kho sā Phagguna jivhā yāya jivhāya atãte
buddhe parinibbute || pe || pa¤¤āpeyya || la || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1 -ādinnavatte
>/
#<[page 053]>#
%<XXXV. 84. 11]         CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO             53>%
15 Natthi kho so Phagguna mano yena manena atãte
buddhe parinibbute chinnapapa¤ce chinnavaņume pariyā-
diõõavaņņe sabbadukkhavãtivatte pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤ā-
peyyāti || ||
Gilānavaggo tatiyo\<*<1>*>/ ||
Tassa uddānaü || ||
Gilānena dve vuttā || Rādhena apare tayo ||
Avijjāya\<*<2>*>/ ca dve vuttā || Bhikkhu Loko Phagguno ti || ||

#<CHAPTER IV CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).84 (1) Paloka>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā ânando yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā ânando Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Loko loko ti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā
nu kho bhante loko ti vuccatã ti || ||
4 Yaü kho ânanda palokadhammam ayaü vuccati
ariyassa vinaye loko || || Ki¤ca ânanda palokadhammaü || ||
5-7 Cakkhuü kho ânanda palokadhammaü || || Råpā
palokadhammā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü palokadhammaü || ||
Cakkhusamphasso palokadhammo || || Yampidaü cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā || la || tam pidam palokadhammam || || la ||
8-9 Jivhā palokadhammā || || Rasā palokadhammā || ||
Jivhāvi¤¤āõam palokadhammaü || Jivhāsamphasso palo-
kadhammo || || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā || la || ||
10 Mano palokadhammo || || Dhammā palokadhammā || ||
Manovi¤¤āõaü palokadhammaü || || Manosamphasso pa-
lokadhammo || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppaj-
jati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü
vā || tam pi palokadhammaü || ||
11 Yaü kho ânanda palokadhammam ayaü vuccati
ariyassa vinaye lokoti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 aņņhamo
2 S1-3 avijjāyā
>/
#<[page 054]>#
%<54                  SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 85. 2>%

#<SN_4,35(1).85 (2) Su¤¤a>#
2-3 Atha kho āyasmā ânando || la || Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Su¤¤o loko su¤¤o loko ti bhante vuccati || Kittā-
vatā nu kho bhante su¤¤o loko\<*<1>*>/ ti vuccati || ||
4 Yasmā ca kho ânanda su¤¤am attena vā attaniyena
vā || tasmā Su¤¤o loko ti vuccati || || Ki¤ca ânanda su¤¤am
attena vā attaniyena vā || ||
5-10 Cakkhuü kho ânanda su¤¤aü attena vā attani-
yena vā || || Råpā su¤¤ā attena vā attaniyena vā || || Cak-
khuvi¤¤āõaü su¤¤am attena vā attaniyena vā || || Cak-
khusamphasso su¤¤o attena vā attaniyena vā || pe || ||
Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi
su¤¤am attena vā attaniyena vā || ||
11 Yasmā ca kho ânanda su¤¤am attena va attaniyena
vā || tasmā Su¤¤o loko ti vuccatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).86 (3) Saīkhitta>#
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā ânando || la || Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saü-
khittena dhammaü desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaü
sutvā\<*<2>*>/ eko vupakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharey-
yan ti || ||
4-6 Taü kim ma¤¤asi ânanda || || Cakkhuü niccaü vā
aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallan
nu tam samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Råpā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || || Aniccā bhante || || pe || ||
Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || pe ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedāyitaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 omits loko
2 S3 has desetvā instead of sutvā and repeats yam ahamo -desetvā
>/
#<[page 055]>#
%<XXXV. 87. 4]               CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO          55>%
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi
niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallan
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
7-9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || Aniccā bhante || || la ||
Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || || Jivhāsamphasso || la || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi
niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõamadhammaü kallan
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 Evam passam ânanda sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || la || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati ||
pe || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati veda-
yitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā ||
tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā
vimuccati || Vimuttasmiü vimuttam iti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā
jāti vusitaü brahmacariyaü kataü karanãyaü nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).87 (4) Channa>#
1 Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā
ca Mahā-Cundo āyasmā ca Channo Gijjhakåņe pabbate
viharanti || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Channo ābādhiko
hoti dukkhito bāëhagilāno || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaõhasamayam paņi-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 056]>#
%<56                  SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 87. 5>%
sallānā vuņņhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Cundo tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Cundam etad avoca || ||
âyāmāvuso\<*<1>*>/ Cunda yenāyasmā Channo tenupasaīkamis-
sāma gilānapucchakā ti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Mahā-Cundo āyasmato
Sāriputtassa paccassosi || ||
5 Atha kho āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Cundo
yenāyasmā Channo tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā
pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdiüsu || ||
6 Nisajja kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantaü Channam
etad avoca || || Kacci te āvuso Channa khamanãyaü kacci
yāpanãyaü kacci dukkhā vedanā paņikkamanti no abhikka-
manti || patikkamo sānam pa¤¤āyati no abhikkamo ti || ||
7 Na me āvuso Sāriputta khamanãyaü na yāpanãyaü ||
bāëhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paņikkamanti ||
abhikkhamo sānam pa¤¤āyati no paņikkamo ti || ||
8 Seyyathāpi āvuso balavā puriso tiõhena sikharena\<*<2>*>/
muddhānam\<*<3>*>/ abhimattheyya\<*<4>*>/ || evam eva kho āvuso
adhimattā vātā muddhānam upahananti\<*<5>*>/ || || Na me āvuso
khamanãyaü na yāpanãyam || pe || no paņikkamo ti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi āvuso balavā puriso daëhena varatta-
khaõķena sãse sãsaveņhaü\<*<6>*>/ dadeyya || evam eva kho āvuso
adhimattā me\<*<7>*>/ sãse vedanā\<*<8>*>/ || || Na me āvuso khamanã-
yaü na yāpanãyaü || pe || no patikkamo ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
10 Seyyathāpi āvuso dakkho goghātako vā goghātakan-
tevāsã vā tiõhena govikantanena kucchiü parikanteyya\<*<10>*>/ ||
evam eva kho me\<*<11>*>/ āvuso adhimattā vātā kucchim pari-
kantanti\<*<12>*>/ || || Na me āvuso khamanãyaü || pe || no paņik-
kamo ti || ||
11 Seyyathāpi avuso dve balavanto\<*<13>*>/ purisā dubbala-
taram purisaü nānābāhāsu gāhetvā aīgārakāsuyā santā-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ayamā-
2 B1 pi khaggena
3 B1-2 muddhani
4 B1 S3 abhimatteyya
5 B1-2 uhananti
6 B1 -vedham; B2 -gevaü
7 B1 vātā
8 B1-2 sãsavedanā
9 B1-2 omit ti
10 B2 Oteyyuü
11 In B2 only
12 B2 -kantenti
13 S1-3 balavante
>/
#<[page 057]>#
%<XXXV. 87. 15]         CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO               57>%
peyyuü samparitāpeyyuü\<*<1>*>/ || evam eva kho me\<*<2>*>/ āvuso
adhimatto kāyasmiü dāho\<*<3>*>/ || || Na me āvuso khamanãyaü
na yāpanãyaü || bāëhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti na
paņikkamanti || abhikkamo sānam pa¤¤āyati no paņikkamo
ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
12 Sattham āvuso Sāriputta āharissāmi nāvakaīkhāmi
jãvitunti || ||
13 Mā āyasmā Channo sattham āharesi\<*<5>*>/ || || yāpetāyasmā
Channo yāpentam mayam āyasmantaü Channaü icchā-
ma\<*<6>*>/ || || Sace āyasmato Channassa natthi sappāyāni
bhojanāni || aham āyasmato Channassa sappāyāni bhoja-
nāni pariyesissāmi || || Sace āyasmato Channassa natthi
sappāyāni bhesajjāni || aham āyasmato Channassa sappāyāni
bhesajjāni pariyesissāmi || || Sace āyasmato Channassa
natthi patiråpā upaņņhākā || aham āyasmantaü Channam
upaņņhahissāmi || || Mā āyasmā Channo sattham āharesi ||
yāpetāyasmā Channo yāpentam mayam āyasmantaü
Channam icchāmā ti || ||
14 Na me\<*<7>*>/ āvuso Sāriputta natthi sappāyāni bhojana-
nāni atthi me sappāyāni bhojanāni || na pi me natthi\<*<8>*>/
sappāyāni bhesajjāni\<*<9>*>/ atthi me sappāyāni bhesajjāni\<*<9>*>/ ||
na pi me natthi patiråpā upaņņhākā atthi me patiråpā
upaņņhākā || || Api ca me āvuso satthā pariciõõo dãgharattaü
manāpeneva no amanāpena || etaü hi āvuso sāvakassa
patiråpaü || || Yam satthāram paricareyya manāpeneva no
amanāpena tam\<*<10>*>/ anupavajjam Channo bhikkhu sattham
āharissatãti evam etam āvuso Sāriputta dhārehã ti || ||
15 Puccheyyāma mayam āyasmantam Channam\<*<11>*>/ ki¤cid
eva desaü sace āyasmā Channo okāsam karoti pa¤hassa
veyyākaraõāyā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B1
2 In B2 only
3 S1-3 ķāho
4 B1 omits ti
5 B1-2 āharasi always; B2 omits sattham here
6 B1 icchāmmāti
7 S1-3 Ime instead of Na me
8 S1-3 repeat atthi me sappāyāni bhojānāni (S1 omitting me)
9 S1-3 bhojanāni
10 Missing in S1-3
11 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 058]>#
%<58                  SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 87. 16>%
Pucchāvuso Sāriputta sutvā vedissāmāti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
16 Cakkhum āvuso Channa cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü cakkhu-
vi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Etam mama eso ham asmi
eso me attāti samanupassasi || Sotam || Ghānam || || Jivham\<*<2>*>/
āvuso Channa jivhāvi¤¤āõaü jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe
dhamme Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanu-
passasi || Kāyam || Manam āvuso Channa manovi¤-
¤āõam manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Etam mama eso
ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassasãti || ||
17 Cakkhum āvuso Sāriputta cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü cakkhu-
vi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi
na meso attāti samanupassāmi || Sotam || Ghānam || Jivham
āvuso Sāriputta jivhāvi¤¤āõam jivhāvi¤¤āõa vi¤¤ātabbe
dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti
samanupassāmi || Kāyam || Manam āvuso Sāriputta mano-
vi¤¤āõam manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmã ti || ||
18 Cakkhusmim āvuso Channa cakkhuvi¤¤āõe cakkhu-
vi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu kiü disvā kim abhi¤¤āya
cakkhuü cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe-
dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti sama-
nupassasi || Sotasmim || Ghānasmim || Jivhāya āvuso Channa
jivhavi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu kiü disvā kim abhi¤-
¤āya jivhaü jivhāvi¤¤āõaü jivhāvi¤¤ātabbe dhamme
Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanu-
passasi || Kāyasmim āvuso || Manasmim āvuso Channa
manovi¤¤āõe manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu kiü
disvā kim abhi¤¤āya manam manovi¤¤āõe manovi¤¤āõa-
vi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi nameso
attāti samanupassasã ti || ||
19 Cakkhusmim āvuso Sāriputta cakkhuvi¤¤āõe cakkhu-
vi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu nirodham disvā nirodham
abhi¤¤āya cakkhu cakkhuvi¤¤āõam cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ā-
tabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti samanupassāmi || Sotasmiü || Ghānasmiü || Jivhāya
āvuso Sāriputta jivhāvi¤¤āõe jivhāvi¤¤āõaü jivhāvi¤¤āõa-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 vedissāmãti; S3 desissāmāti
2 S1-3 jivhā
>/
#<[page 059]>#
%<XXXV. 87. 26]             CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO           59>%
vi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti samanupassāmi || Kāyasmim || Manasmim āvuso
Sāriputta manovi¤¤āõe manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbesu dham-
mesu nirodhaü disvā nirodham abhi¤¤āya manam mano-
vi¤¤āõam manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmãti || ||
20 Evaü vutte āyasmā Mahā-Cundo āyasmantaü Chan-
nam etad avoca || || Tasmā ti ha āvuso Channa idam pi
tassa Bhagavato sāsanam niccakappaü sādhukam manasi
kātabbaü || || Nissitassa calitam anissitassa calitaü\<*<1>*>/
natthi || calite asati passaddhi hoti || passaddhiyā sati nati
na hoti || natiyā asati agatigati\<*<2>*>/ na hoti || agatigatiyā\<*<3>*>/ asati
cutupapāto na hoti || cutupapāte\<*<4>*>/ asati nevidha na huraü
na ubhayam antarena esevānto dukkhassāti || ||
21 Atha kho āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Cundo
āyasmantaü Channam iminā ovādena ovāditvā uņņhāyasanā
pakkamiüsu || ||
22 Atha kho āyasmā Channo acirapakkantesu tesu āyas-
mantesu sattham āharesi || ||
23 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
24 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || âyasmatā bhante Channena sattham
āharitaü || tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo ti || ||
Nanu te Sāriputta Channena bhikkhunā sammukhā yeva
anupavajjatā vyākatā ti || ||
25 Atthi bhante Pubbavijjhanam\<*<5>*>/ nāma Vajjigāmo ||
tatthāyasmato Channassa mittakulāni suhajjakulāni upavaj-
jakulānãti || ||
26 Honti hete Sāriputta Channassa bhikkhuno mittaku-
lāni\<*<6>*>/ suhajjakulāni upavajjakulāni || na kho panāham Sāri-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 omits ani- calitaü
2 B1-2 āgati-
3 S1-3 -gatiü
4 S1-3 cutåppā te: cutåppātona hoti is missing in S1
5 S1-3 pubbaviciraü
6 S3 omits Channassa bhikkhuno mitta; S1 Channasa only
>/
#<[page 060]>#
%<60                SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA             [XXXV. 88. 2>%
putta ettāvatā Sa-upavajjo\<*<1>*>/ ti vadāmi || || Yo kho Sāriputta
ta¤ ca kāyaü nikkhipati a¤¤a¤ca kāyam upādiyati || tam
ahaü Sa-upavajjo ti vadāmi || tam Channassa bhikkhuno
natthi || || Anupavajjaü Channena bhikkhunā sattham
āharitanti evam etam Sāriputta dhārehãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).88 (5) Puõõa>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā Puõõo\<*<3>*>/ yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Puõõo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saükhittena
dhammaü desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaü sutvā
eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Santi kho Puõõā cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce bhikkhu
abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam abhi-
nandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati nandi ||
nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Puõõāti vadāmi || ||
Santi kho Puõõa sotavi¤¤eyyā saddā || || Ghānavi¤¤eyyā
gandhā || || Jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || || Kāyavi¤¤eyyā phoņ-
ņhabbā || || Santi kho Puõõa manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa
tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati
nandi || nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Puõõāti vadāmi ||
5 Santi ca kho Puõõa cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühita rajanãyā || ta¤ce\<*<3>*>/ bhikkhu
nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya\<*<4>*>/ tiņņhati || tassa tam
anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato\<*<5>*>/ niruj-
jhati nandi\<*<6>*>/ || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Puõõāti vadāmi ||
pe || || Santi kho Puõõa manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sā
2 S3 Punno here only
3 S1-3 ta¤ca
4 S1-3 na ajjhosāya
5 S3 inserts here nnandãnirujjhāsāya tiņņhato
6 S1-3 have nandã nirujjhati here and further on
>/
#<[page 061]>#
%<XXXV. 88. 9]           CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO             61>%
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati ||
tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato
nirujjhati nandi || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Puõõāti
vadāmi || ||
6 Iminā tvam Puõõa mayā saīkhittena ovādena ovādito
katamasmiü janapade viharissasãti || ||
Atthi\<*<1>*>/ bhante Sunāparanto\<*<2>*>/ nāma janapado tatthāham
viharissāmãti || ||
7 Caõķā kho Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā pharusā
kho Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā || sace tvam\<*<3>*>/ Puõõa
Sunāparantakā manussā akkosissanti paribhāsissanti tatra
te Puõõa kinti bhavissatã ti || ||
Sace mam bhante Sunāparantakā manussā akkosissanti
paribhāsissanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā
vatime\<*<4>*>/ Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunā-
parantakā manussā || yam maü nayime pāõinā pahāraü
dentãti || evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata
bhavissatãti || ||
8 Sace pana te Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā pāõinā
pahāram dassanti tatra pana\<*<5>*>/ te Puõõa kinti bhavissatã-
ti || ||
Sace mam bhante Sunāparantakā manussā pāõinā pahā-
raü dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime
Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparan-
takā manussā || yam maü na yime leķķunā pahāraü
dentãti || Evam ettha bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha
Sugata bhavissatã ti || ||
9 Sace pana te Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā leķķunā
pahāraü dassanti tatra pana te Puõõa kinti bhavissatãti || ||
Sace me bhante Sunāparantakā manussā leķķunā
pahāraü dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā
vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunā-
parantakā manussā || Yam maü na yime daõķena pahāraü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 inserts me
2 S1-3 waver between Sunā-, Sånā-, Suõā-, Såõā-
3 B1 yaütaü
4 S3 vative; S1 vatikāme
5 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 062]>#
%<62             SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 88. 10>%
dentãti || Evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha
Sugata bhavissatãti || ||
10 Sace pana te Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā daõķena
pahāram dassanti tatra pana te Puõõa kinti bhavissatãti || ||
Sace me bhante Sunāparantakā manussā daõķena
pahāram dassanti\<*<1>*>/ tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā
vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunā-
parantakā manussā || yam maü na yime satthena pahāraü
dentãti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata
bhavissatãti || ||
11 Sace pana te Puõõa Sunāparantakā satthena pahāraü
dassanti tatra pana te Puõõa Kinti bhavissatãti || ||
Sace me bhante Sunāparantakāmanussāsatthena pahāraü
dassanti\<*<2>*>/ tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime
Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparan-
takā manussā || yam maü na yime tiõhena\<*<3>*>/ satthena jãvitā
voropentãti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha
Sugata bhavissatãti || ||
12 Sace pana tvam\<*<4>*>/ Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā
tiõhena satthena jãvitā\<*<5>*>/ voropessanti tatra pana te Puõõa
kinti bhavissatãti || ||
Sace mam\<*<6>*>/ bhante Sunāparantakā manussā tiõhena
satthena jãvitā voropessanti tatra me evam bhavissati ||
Santi kho tassa\<*<7>*>/ Bhagavato sāvakā kāyena ca jãvitena
ca aņņhiyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakam
pariyesanti || tam me idaü apariyiņņha¤¤eva\<*<8>*>/ satthahāra-
kam laddhanti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha
Sugata bhavissatãti || ||
13 Sādhu sādhu Puõõa sakkhasi\<*<9>*>/ kho tvam iminā
damåpasamena samannāgato Sunāparantakasmiü jana-
pade vatthuü || yassadāni tvam Puõõa kālam ma¤¤asãti || ||
14 Atha kho āyasmā Puõõo Bhagavato vacanam abhi-
nanditvā anumoditvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivāde-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 dassenti here and further on
2 S3 has dassenti here only
3 Missing in B1
4 B1-2 te
5 S3 inserts na here
6 B1-2 me
7 Missing in S1-3
8 S1-3 aparoyiņņhaü mamevā (or vaceva? in S1)
9 B1-3 sakkhissasi
>/
#<[page 063]>#
%<XXXV. 89. 8]         CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO                           63>%
tvā padakkhiõaü katvā senāsanaü saüsāmetvā pattacãva-
ram ādāya yena Sunāparanto janapado || tena cārikam
pakkāmi || || Anupubbena cārikaü caramāno yena Sunā-
paranto janapado tad avasari || tatra sudam āyasmā Puõõo
Sunāparantasmiü janapade viharati || ||
15 Atha kho āyasmā Puõõo teneva antaravassena pa¤ca-
mattāni upāsakasatāni paņipādesi ||\<*<1>*>/ teneva antaravassena\<*<2>*>/
tisso vijjā sacchākāsi || teneva anataravassena parinibbāyi || ||
16 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkamiüsu || pe || ||
17 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam
etad avocuü || || Yo\<*<3>*>/ so bhante Puõõo nāma kulaputto
Bhagavatā saükhittena ovādena ovādito so kālaü kato ||
tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo ti || ||
Paõķito bhikkhave Puõõo kulaputto ahosi || paccapādi\<*<4>*>/
dhammassa cānudhammam\<*<5>*>/ na ca maü\<*<6>*>/ dhammādhika-
raõaü vihesesi || || Parinibbuto bhikkhave Puõõo kulaputto-
ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).89 (6) Bāhiyo>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || la || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Bāhiyo Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saī-
khittena dhammaü desetu || yam aham Bhagavato
dhammaü sutvā eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pāhi-
tatto vihareyyan ti || ||
4-8 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Bāhiya cakkhuü niccaü vā
aniccaü vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukkaü vāti || ||
Dukkhaü bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü viparināmadhammaü kallaü
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S3; S1 paņipaddņsi; B1 paņivedesi; B2 paņidesesi
2 S1 inserts vata
3 Missing in S1-3
4 B1 saccavādã
5 S1-3 dhammassānudhammaü
6 S1 na pi
7 B2 Bāhãriyo-a always
>/
#<[page 064]>#
%<64               SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                     [(XXXV. 89. 9>%
No hetam bhante || ||
Råpā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante
Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || || Cakkhusamphasso || la || ||
9 Yam idam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayi-
taü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukham vā || tam
pi niccaü vā aniccaü vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü viparināmadhammaü kallan
nu tam anupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 Evam passaü Bāhiya\<*<1>*>/ sutavā ariyasāvako cak-
khusmim pi || råpesu pi || cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi || cakkhusam-
phasse pi || pe || yampidam manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukkhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham
asukhaü vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati ||
virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim pã vimuttam iti ¤āõaü
hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü kara-
õãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo Bhagavato bhāsitam abhi-
nanditvā anumoditvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivā-
detvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || ||
12 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo eko vupakaņņho appamatto
ātāpã pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kula-
puttā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti ||
tadanuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaü diņņheva dhamme
sayam abhi¤¤āya sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataü karaõãyaü
nāparam itthattāyāti abbha¤¤āsi || ||
13 A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā Bāhiyo arahataü ahosãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).90 (7) Eja1>#
2 Ejā bhikkhave rogo ejā gaõķo ejā sallaü || tasmā ti ha
bhikkhave tathāgato anejo viharati vãtasallo || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 Bāhãra here only
2 B1-2 viharati
>/
#<[page 065]>#
%<XXXV. 90. 11]           CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO                         65>%
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave bhikkhu ce pi ākaīkheyya
anejo vihareyya vãtasalloti ||
4 Cakkhuü na ma¤¤eyya cakkhusmiü na ma¤¤eyya
cakkhuto na ma¤¤eyya Cakkhu me ti na ma¤¤eyya || ||
Råpe na ma¤¤eyya || råpesu na ma¤¤eyya || råpato na
ma¤¤eyya || Råpā me ati na ma¤¤eyya || || Cakkhuvi¤¤ā-
õaü na ma¤¤eyya cakkhuvi¤¤āõasmiü na ma¤¤eyya
cakkhuvi¤¤āõato na ma¤¤eyya Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam me ti
na ma¤¤eyya || || Cakkhusamphassaü na ma¤¤eyya cak-
khusamphassasmiü na ma¤¤eyya cakkhusamphassato
na ma¤¤eyya Cakkhusamphasso me ti na ma¤¤eyya || ||
Yampidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitam
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi
na ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤-
¤eyya Tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || ||
5-6 Sotaü na ma¤¤eyya || || Ghānaü na ma¤¤eyya || ||
7 Jivhaü na ma¤¤eya || Jivhā na ma¤¤eyya || Jivhāto
na ma¤¤eyya || Jivhā me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Rase na
ma¤¤eyya || pe || Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü na ma¤¤eyya || Jivhā-
samphassaü na ma¤¤eyya || || Yampidaü jivhāsamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā
adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤eyya tasmim
pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤¤eyya Tam me ti na
ma¤¤eyya || ||
8 Kāyaü na ma¤¤eyya || ||
9 Manaü na ma¤¤eyya manasmiü na ma¤¤eya manato
na ma¤¤eyya Mano me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Dhamme
na ma¤¤eyya || || Manovi¤¤āõaü || || Manosamphassaü || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati || vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi
na ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤-
¤eyya tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || ||
10 Sabbaü na ma¤¤eyya || sabbasmiü na ma¤¤eyya ||
sabbato na ma¤¤eyya || Sabbam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || ||
11 So evam ama¤¤amāno\<*<1>*>/ na ki¤ci pi\<*<2>*>/ loke upādiyati ||
anupādiyaü na paritassati || aparitassaü paccatta¤¤eva

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nama¤¤māno
2 Missing in B1-2
>/
#<[page 066]>#
%<66                      SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA            [XXXV. 91. 2>%
parinibbāyati || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataü
karaõãyaü nāparam itthāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).91 (8) Eja2>#
2 Ejā bhikkhave rogo ejā gaõķo ejā sallaü || tasmā ti ha
bhikkhave tathāgato anejo viharati vãtasallo || ||
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave bhikkhu\<*<1>*>/ ākaīkheyya anejo
vihareyya vãtasallo ti || ||
4-6 Cakkhuü na ma¤¤eyya || cakkhusmiü na ma¤¤eyya
cakkhuto na ma¤¤eyya || Cakkhu me ti na ma¤¤eyya || ||
Råpe na ma¤¤eyya || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || || Cakkhusam-
phassaü || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppaj-
jati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü
vā || tam pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤¤eyya Tam me ti
na ma¤¤eyya || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤¤ati yasmim
ma¤¤ati yato ma¤¤ati yam Me ti ma¤¤ati || tato taü hoti
a¤¤athā || a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto\<*<2>*>/ loko bhavam evābhi-
nandati || pe ||
7-8 Jivhaü na ma¤¤eyya jivhāya na ma¤¤eyya jivhato
na ma¤¤eyya Jivhā me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Rase na ma¤-
¤ati || || Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || || Jivhāsamphassaü || || Yam
pidaü jivhā samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü su-
khaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na
ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤¤eyya
Tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤¤ati
yasmiü ma¤¤ati yato ma¤¤ati yam Me ti ma¤¤ati || tato
taü hoti a¤¤athā a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto loko bhavam
evābhinandati || pe || ||
9 Manaü na ma¤¤eyya manasmiü na ma¤¤eyya
manato na ma¤¤eyya Mano me ti na ma¤¤eyya || ||
Dhamme || || Manovi¤¤āõaü || || Manosamphassaü || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na
ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya Tam me ti na ma¤-
¤eyya || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤¤ati tasmim ma¤¤ati ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert ce pi
2 B2 vibhava- always
>/
#<[page 067]>#
%<XXXV. 93. 3]       CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO                           67>%
yato ma¤¤ati yam Me ti ma¤¤ati tato taü hoti a¤¤athā ||
a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || ||
10 Yāvatā bhikkhave khandhā dhātu āyatanā ||\<*<1>*>/ tam pi na
ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤¤eyya
Tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || so evam ama¤¤amāno na ki¤ci
loko upādiyati || anupādiyaü na paritassati || aparitassaü
paccatta¤¤eva parinibbāyati || || Khãõā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyā ti
pajanātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).92 (9) Dvayam1>#
2 Dvayaü vo bhikkhave desissāmi || taü suõātha || ||
Ki¤ci bhikkhave dvayaü || ||
3 Cakkhu¤ca råpā\<*<2>*>/ ca || Sota¤ceva saddā\<*<3>*>/ ca || Ghāna¤-
ceva gandhā\<*<4>*>/ ca || Jivhā ca rasā ca || Kāyo ca phoņņhabbā\<*<5>*>/
ca || Mano\<*<6>*>/ ca dhammā\<*<7>*>/ ca || || Idaü vuccati\<*<8>*>/ bhikkhave
dvayaü || ||
4 Yo\<*<9>*>/ bhikkhave evaü vadeyya Aham etaü dvayam
paccakkhāya a¤¤aü\<*<10>*>/ dvayam pa¤¤āpessāmãti || tassa vācā-
vatthukam\<*<11>*>/ evassa puņņho ca na sampāyeyya\<*<12>*>/ || uttari¤ca
vighātam āpajjeyya || ||
5 Taü kissa hetu || yathā tam bhikkhave avisayas-
minti\<*<13>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).93 (10) Dvayam2>#
2 Dvayam bhikkhave paņicca vi¤¤āõaü sambhoti || ||
Katha¤ca bhikkhave dvayam paņicca vi¤¤āõaü sam-
bhoti || ||
3 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤ā-
õaü\<*<14>*>/ || || Cakkhu aniccam vipariõāmi\<*<15>*>/ a¤¤athābhāvi ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B 1-2 khandha-; B2 -āyatanaü
2 S1-3 råpa¤
3 S1-3 saddaī
4 S1 gandho; S3 gandha¤
5 S1-3 poņņhabbo
6 S3 mana¤; omitted with ca by S1
7 S3 dhamme
8 S3 vo
9 S1 vo; S3 ve
10 S1-3 a¤¤a
11 So B1 (okap); B2 -vatthud; S1-3 vatthur
12 S1 samphāyeyya; B2 sampāseyya
13 S1 assasāminti
14 S3 adds avi¤¤ānaü
15 S1-3 -õāmaü; B1 has only vipari
>/
#<[page 068]>#
%<68                      SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA              [XXXV. 93. 4>%
råpā aniccā vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino Itthetaü
dvayaü cala¤ceva\<*<1>*>/ vyaya¤ca\<*<2>*>/ aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤a-
thābhāvi || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athā-
bhāvi || || Yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhuvi¤¤āõassa
uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariõāmã
a¤¤athābhāvã || aniccaü kho pana bhikkhave paccayam
paņicca uppannaü\<*<3>*>/ cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || kuto niccam
bhavissati || || Yā\<*<4>*>/ kho bhikkhave imesam tiõõam dhammā-
naü saīgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave\<*<5>*>/
cakkhusamphasso || cakkhusamphasso pi anicco vipariõāmã
a¤¤athābhāvã || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhusamphas-
sassa uppādāya so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariõāmã
a¤¤athābhavã || aniccaü kho pana bhikkhave paccayam
paņicca uppanno cakkhusamphasso kuto nicco bhavissati ||
Phuņņho\<*<6>*>/ bhikkhave vedeti phuņņho ceteti phuņņho
sa¤jānāti || itthete pi\<*<7>*>/ dhammā calā ceva vyayā ca aniccā
vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino || ||
4 Sota¤ ca paticca saddecuppajjati sotavi¤¤āõaü || pe || ||
5 Ghāna¤ca paņicca gandhe cuppajjati ghānavi¤¤āõaü ||
pe || ||
6 Jivha¤ca paņicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāvi¤¤āõam ||
jivhā aniccā vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || rasā aniccā vipari-
õāmino a¤¤athābhāvino || itthetaü dvayaü cala¤ceva
vyaya¤ceva aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvi || jivhāvi¤¤ā-
õam aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvi || || Yo pi hetu yo
paccayo jivhāvi¤¤āõassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo
anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || aniccaü kho pana bhik-
khave paņicca uppannaü jivhāvi¤¤ānaü kuto niccam
bhavissati || || Yā kho bhikkhave imesam tiõõaü dhammā-
naü saīgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaü vuccati jivhāsam-
phasso || jivhāphasso pi anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābāvã || ||
Yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhasamphassassa uppādāya || so
pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 calamevaca
2 B1-2 vyadha; S3 vyāya, almost always
3 S1-3 samuppannaü
4 B1 yo always
5 Missing in B1-2
6 So; B1-3 puņņho always
7 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 069]>#
%<XXXV. 93. 9)            CHANNAVAGGO CUTUTTHO                          69>%
aniccam\<*<1>*>/ kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paņicca uppanno
jivhāsamphasso kuto nicco bhavissati || || Phuņņho bhikkhave
vedeti phuņņho ceteti phuņņho sa¤jānāti || iņņhete pi dhammā
calā ceva vyayā aniccā vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino || ||
7 Kāya¤ca paņicca phoņņhabbe cuppajjati kāyavi¤¤ā-
õaü || ||
8 Mana¤ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤āõam ||
mano anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || dhammā aniccā
vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino || itthetaü dvayaü cala¤ceva
vyaya¤ca aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvi || manovi¤¤ā-
õam aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvã || || Yo pi hetu yo
pi paccayo manovi¤¤āõassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi
paccayo anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || aniccaü kho
pana bhikkhave paccayam paņicca uppannam manovi¤¤ā-
õaü kuto niccaü bhavissati || || Yā kho bhikkhave imesaü
tiõõaü dhammānaü saīgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaü
vuccati manosamphasso || mano samphasso pi anicco vipa-
riõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || || Yo pi hetu yo pi accayo mano-
samphassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco
vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || Aniccaü kho pana bhikkhave
paccayam paņicca uppanno manosamphasso kuto nicco
bhavissati || || Phuņņho bhikkhave vedeti phuņņho ceteti
phuņņho sa¤jānāti || itthete pi dhammā calā ceva vyayā ca
aniccā vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino || ||
9 Evaü kho bhikkhave dvayam paņicca vi¤¤āõam sam-
bhotãti || ||
Channavaggo catuttho || ||
Tassuddānaü || ||
Paloka\<*<2>*>/ Su¤¤o\<*<3>*>/ Saükhittam\<*<4>*>/ ||
Channo\<*<5>*>/ Puõõo ca Bāhiyo\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Ejeneva\<*<7>*>/ ca dve vuttā\<*<8>*>/ ||
Dvayehi apare dve ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 anicco
2 B2 saloka
3 B1-2 Su¤¤ā
4 S1-3 saükhitte
5 S3 chaõõo
6 Bāhãyo
7 S3 ejaõa
8 S1-3 vuttaü
>/
#<[page 070]>#
%<70                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                      (XXXV. 94. 2>%

#<CHAPTER V SAėAVAGGO PAĨCAMO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).94 (1) Saügayha1>#
2 Cha yime bhikkhave phassāyatanā adantā aguttā arak-
khitā asaüvutā dukkhādhivāhā\<*<1>*>/ honti || || Katame cha || ||
3-5 Cakkhuü bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam agut-
tam arakkhitam asaüvutaü dukkhādhivāhaü hoti || la || ||
6-7 Jivhā bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam aguttam
arakkhitam asaüvutam dukkhādhivāhaü hoti || la || ||
8 Mano bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam aguttam
arakkhitam asaüvutam dukkhādhivāhaü hoti || ||
9 Ime kho bhikkhave cha phassāyatanā adantā aguttā
arakkhitā asaüvutā dukkhādhivāhā honti || ||
10 Cha yime bhikkhave phassāyatanā sudantā suguttā
surakkhitā susaüvutā sukhādhivāhā honti || || Katame cha || ||
11-13 Cakkhuü bhikkhave phassāyatanaü sudantaü
suguttaü surakkhitaü susaüvutaü sukhādhivāhaü hoti ||
la || ||
14-15 Jivhā bhikkhave phassāyatanaü sudantaü sugut-
taü surakkhitaü susaüvutaü sukhādhivāhaü hoti || la || ||
16 Mano bhikkhave phassāyatanaü sudantaü suguttaü
surakkhitaü susaüvutaü sukhādhivāhaü hoti || ||
17 Ime kho bhikkhave cha phassāyatanā sudantā suguttā
surakkhitā susaüvutā sukhādhivāhā\<*<2>*>/ hontãti || ||
18 Idam avoca Bhagavā || pe || etad avoca satthā || ||
Chaëeva phassāyatanāni bhikkhavo ||
asaüvuto yattha dukkhahaü\<*<3>*>/ nigacchati ||
tesa¤ ca ye {saüvaraõam} avediüsu\<*<4>*>/ ||
saddhādutiyā viharantānavassutā ||\<*<1>*>/ ||
Disvāna råpāni manoramāni\<*<5>*>/ ||
atho pi disvā amanoramāni\<*<5>*>/ ||
manorame rāgapathaü\<*<6>*>/ vinodaye ||
nacappiyam\<*<7>*>/ me ti manaü padosaye ||\<*<2>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 -vahā, vahaü always
2 B1 -ādhigarā
3 B2 sukhaü
4 B1 avedisuü; B2 avediüsuü
5 S1-3 manopamāni
6 S1-3 -pathā
7 S1-3 nacāppiyam here and further on
>/
#<[page 071]>#
%<XXXV. 94. 18]          SAėAVAGGO PAĨCAMO                            71>%
Sadda¤ca sutvā dutiyam\<*<1>*>/ piyāppiyaü ||
piyamhi sadde na samucchito\<*<2>*>/ siyā ||
athappiye\<*<3>*>/ dosagataü vinodaye ||
na cappiyam me ti manam padosaye ||\<*<3>*>/ ||
Gandha¤ca ghātvā\<*<4>*>/ surabhim\<*<5>*>/ manoramaü ||
atho pi ghātvā asucim akantiyaü ||
akantiyasmim paņighaü vinodaye ||
Chandānunãto\<*<6>*>/ na ca kantiye siyā ||\<*<4>*>/ ||
Rasa¤ ca bhotvā sādita¤ ca sādu¤ ca\<*<7>*>/ ||
atho pi bhotvāna asādum ekadā ||
sāduü rasaü\<*<8>*>/ nājjhosāya bhu¤jati\<*<9>*>/ ||
Virodhaü asādåsu\<*<10>*>/ no padaü saye ||\<*<5>*>/ ||
Phassena phuņņho\<*<11>*>/ na sukhena majje\<*<12>*>/ ||
dukkhena phuņņho pi na sampavedhe\<*<13>*>/ ||
phassadvayaü sukhadukkhe upekho\<*<14>*>/ ||
anānuruddho aviruddha kenaci ||\<*<6>*>/ ||
Papa¤casa¤¤ā itarãtarā narā ||
papa¤cayantā upayanti sa¤¤ino ||
manomayam gehasita¤ca sabbaü ||
panujja nekkhammasitam\<*<15>*>/ irãyati\<*<16>*>/ ||\<*<7>*>/ ||
Evam mano chassu yadā subhāvito\<*<17>*>/ ||
phuņņhassa\<*<18>*>/ cittaü na vikampate\<*<19>*>/ kvaci ||
te rāgadose\<*<20>*>/ abhibhuyya bhikkhavo ||
bhavattha\<*<21>*>/ jātimaraõassa pāragā ti ||\<*<8>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 dihayaü
2 S3 pamucchito; B2 sumu¤cito
3 B1-2 sthopiye
4 B1-2 ghatvā
5 S1 surati
6 B1 chandānito; B2 channāduniko
7 S1-3 bhu¤ca
8 S1-3 sārasaü -mittong duü
9 S1-3 bhu¤je
10 S3 asādhuså; B2 āyādåsu; B1 āsāduma
11 B2 phuņņhe
12 S3 majjhena
13 B1-2 -vadhi
14 B1-2 upekkhe
15 B2 nikkhamma-; S1-3 -sitaühi
16 B2 iriyati; S1-3 iriyatãti
17 S1-3 subhāvitā
18 S3 phuņņhassu
19 S1 vikampite; S3 vikampaõe
20 S1-3 rāgadosaü; B1-3 add hi
21 So B1; B2 bhavata; S1-3 bhavā
>/
#<[page 072]>#
%<72             SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                       [XXXV. 95. 2>%

#<SN_4,35(1).95 (2) Saügayha2>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto\<*<1>*>/ yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaīkami || pe ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saükhit-
tena dhammaü desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaü
sutvā eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpi pahitatto viharey-
yanti || ||
4 Ettha dāni Mālukyaputta kiü dahare bhikkhå vak-
khāma || yatrahi nāma tvam bhikkhu jiõõo vuddho mahal-
lako addhagato vayo anuppatto saükhittena ovādaü yāca-
sãti || ||
5 Ki¤cāpaham bhante jiõõo vuddho mahallako addhagato
vayo anuppatto desetu me bhante\<*<2>*>/ Bhagavā saükhittena
dhammaü desetu Sugato saükhittena dhammaü || appeva-
nāmahaü\<*<3>*>/ Bhagavato bhāsitassa attham ājāneyyaü ||
appevanāmaham Bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assanti || ||
6 Tam kim ma¤¤asi Mālukyaputta || || Ye te cakkhuvi¤-
¤eyyā råpā adiņņhā adiņņhapubbā na ca passasi || na ca te
hoti Passeyyanti || atthi te tattha\<*<4>*>/ chando vā rāgo vā
pemaü\<*<5>*>/ vāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
7 Ye te sotavi¤¤eyyā saddā assutā assutāpabbā na ca
suõāsi || na ca te hoti Suõeyyanti || atthi te tattha chando
vā rāgo vā pemanti || || No hetam bhante || ||
8 Ye te ghānavi¤¤eyyā ganadhā aghāyitā aghāyitapubbā
na ca ghāyasi ||\<*<6>*>/ na ca te hoti Ghāyeyyanti || atthi te tattha ||
la || ||
9 Ye te jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā asāyitā asāyitapubbā na ca
sāyasi ||\<*<7>*>/ na ca te hoti Sāyeyyanti || atthi te tattha || la || ||
10 Yetekāyavi¤¤eyyā phoņņhabbā asamphuņņhā asampuņ-
ņhapubbā na ca phusasi || na ca te hoti Phuseyyanti || atthi
te tattha || la || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B1-2; S1 Māluükya- always; S3 Māëuükya twice; besides Malu-
(or Māluü) kya and sometimes kyā
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B2 -nāmāham
4 S1-3 add tatra
5 B1-2 pemo always
6 B1 ghāyisi
7 B1 sāyisi; S3 isāyasi
>/
#<[page 073]>#
%<XXXV. 95. 14]          SAėAVAGGO PAĨCAMO                             73>%
11 Ye te manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā avi¤¤ātā avi¤¤ātapubbā
na ca vijānāsi || na ca te hoti vijāneyyanti || atthi te tattha\<*<1>*>/
chando vā rāgo vā pemaü vāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
12 Ettha ca te Mālukyaputta\<*<2>*>/ diņņha-suta-muta-vi¤¤ā-
tabbesu dhammesu diņņhe diņņhamattaü bhavissati || sute
sutamattam bhavissati || mute mutamattam bhavissati ||
vi¤¤āte vi¤¤ātamuttam bhavissati || ||
13 Yato kho te Mālukyaputta diņņha-suta-muta-vi¤¤ātab-
besu dhammesu diņņhe diņņhamattam bhavissati || sute
sutamattam bhavissati || mute mutamattam bhavissati ||
vi¤¤āte vi¤¤ātamattam bhavissati || tato tvam Mālukya-
putta\<*<3>*>/ na tena || || Yato\<*<4>*>/ tvam Mālukyaputta\<*<3>*>/ na tena\<*<5>*>/ ||
tato tvam Mālukyaputta\<*<3>*>/ na tattha || || Yato tvam Mālukya-
putta\<*<3>*>/ na tattha\<*<6>*>/ || tato tvam Mālukyaputta nevidha\<*<7>*>/ na
huram na ubhayamantarena\<*<8>*>/ || esevanto dukkhassāti || ||
14 Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saükhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ||
Råpaü disvā sati\<*<9>*>/ muņņhā || piyanimittam\<*<10>*>/ manasi
karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa\<*<11>*>/ tiņņhati || ||
Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā råpasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu paha¤¤ati || ||
Evam ācinato dukkhaü || ārā nibbānaü vuccati ||\<*<1>*>/ ||
Saddaü sutvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || ||
Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā saddasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu paha¤¤ati || ||
Evam ācinato dukkhaü || ārā nibbānaü vuccati ||\<*<2>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 etthame mālukyaputto (S1 -puttā)
3 S1-3 -putte
4 S3 tato
5 Missing in S3
6 Missing in S3 from yato
7 S3 -puttenavidha
8 S1-3 ubhayantarena
9 S1 satã always
10 B1 piyaü- always
11 S1-3 ajjhosāya always
>/
#<[page 074]>#
%<74                    SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA               [XXXV. 95. 14>%
Gandhaü ghātvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi
karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || ||
Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā gandhasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu paha¤¤ati ||
Evam ācinato dukkhaü || ārā nibbānaü vuccati ||\<*<3>*>/ ||
Rasam bhotvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || ||
Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā rasasambhavā ||
la || ārā nibbānaü vuccati ||\<*<4>*>/ ||
Phassam phussa\<*<1>*>/ sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi
karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || ||
Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā phassasambhavā ||
la || ārā nibbānaü vuccati ||\<*<5>*>/ ||
Dhammaü ¤atvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittaü manasi
karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati ||
Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā dhammasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu paha¤¤ati ||
Evam ācinato dukkham || ārā nibbānam vuccati ||\<*<6>*>/ ||
Na so rajjati råpesu || råpaü disvā patissato\<*<2>*>/ ||
virattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || ||
Yathāssa passato råpaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü ||
khãyati no pacãyati || evaü so carati sato || ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaü || santike nibbānaü vuccati ||\<*<7>*>/ ||
Na so rajjati saddesu || saddaü sutvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || ||
Yathāssa suõato saddaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü ||
khãyati no pacãyati || evam so carati sato ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaü || santike nibbānaüvuccati ||\<*<8>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 phassā here and further on
2 B1-2 paņissato always
>/
#<[page 075]>#
%<XXXV. 95. 15]           SAėAVAGGO PAĨCAMO                              75>%
Na so rajjati gandhesu || gandhaü ghātvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca na cājjhosa tiņņhati || ||
Yathāssa ghāyato gandhaü || secato cāpi vedanaü ||
khãyati no pacãyati || evaü so carati sato || ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaü || santike nibbāna vuccati ||\<*<9>*>/ ||
Na so rajjati rasesu || rasam bhotvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || ||
Yathāssa sāyato rasaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü ||
|| pa || santike nibbānaü vuccati ||\<*<10>*>/ ||
Na so rajjati phassesu || phassamphussa patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || taü ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || ||
Yathāssa phusato\<*<1>*>/ phassaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü || ||
pa || santike nibbānaü vuccati ||\<*<11>*>/ ||
Na so rajjati dhammesu || dhammaü ¤atvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca nājjhosa tiņņhati ||
Yathāssa vijānato dhammaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü ||
khãyati no pacãyati || {evaü} so carati sato || ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaü || santike nibbānaü vuccatã
ti ||\<*<12>*>/ ||
Imassa kho ham bhante Bhagavatā saükhittena bhā-
sitassa evaü vitthārena attham ājānāmãti || ||
15 Sādhu sādhu Mālukyaputta || sādhu kho tvam Mālu-
kyaputta\<*<2>*>/ mayā saükhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham
ājānāsi || ||
Råpaü disvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto ||
sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati ||
Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā råpasambhavā ||
abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu paha¤¤ati ||
Evam ācinato dukkham || ārā nibbānaü vuccati ||\<*<1>*>/ ||
|| pe ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 phussato
2 sādhu kho- -putta is missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 076]>#
%<76            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                [XXXV. 95. 16>%
Na so rajjati dhammesu || dhammaü ¤atvā patissato ||
virattacitto vedeti || taü ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || ||
Yathāssa vijānato dhammaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü ||
khãyati no pacãyati || evaü so carati sato ||
Evam apacinato dukkhaü || santike nibbānaü vuccatã-
ti ||\<*<12>*>/ ||
Imassa kho Mālukyaputta mayā saükhittena bhāsitassa
evaü vitthārena attho daņņhabboti || ||
16 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto Bhagavato bhāsitam
abhinanditvā anumoditvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || ||
17 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto eko våpakaņņho
appamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yas-
satthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyam
pabbajjanti tadanuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaü diņ-
ņheva dhamme sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja
vihāsi || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü kara-
õãyam || nāparam itthattāyāti abbha¤¤āsi || ||
18 A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā Mālukyaputto\<*<1>*>/ arahataü
ahosãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).96 (3) Parihānam>#
2 Parihānadhamma¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi apari-
hānadhamma¤ca cha ca\<*<2>*>/ abhibhāyatanāni || ||
3 Katha¤ca bhikkhave parihānadhammo hoti ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā råpaü disvā
uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā\<*<3>*>/ sarasaīkappā\<*<3>*>/
saüyojaniyā || || Taü ce\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhu adhivāseti na pajahati
na vinodeti na vyantikaroti\<*<2>*>/ na\<*<5>*>/ anabhāvam gameti || vedi-
tabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi kusalehi
dhammehi || parihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhagavāti || || la || ||
7-8 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya rasam
sāyitvā uppajjati || pa || ||
9 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dham-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 mālukylaputto
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Missing in S1-3 always
4 S1-3 ca
5 B1 vyantiü- always
>/
#<[page 077]>#
%<XXXV. 96. 26]          SAėAVAGGO PAĨCAMO                             77>%
maü vi¤¤āya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaī-
kappā saüyojaniyā || || Taü ce bhikkhu adhivāseti napaja-
hati na vinodeti na vyantikaroti na anabhāvaügameti ||
veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā parihāyāmi kusalehi
dhammehi || parihānaü hetam vuttam Bhagavatā ti || ||
10 Evaü kho bhikkhave parihānadhammo hoti || ||
11 Katha¤ca bhikkhave aparihānadhammo hoti || ||
12-14 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā råpaü disvā
uppajjanti pāpakā akusala dhammā sarasaīkappā saüyo-
janiyā || || Taü ce bhikkhave bhikkhu nādhivaseti pajahati
vinodati vyantikaroti anabhāvaü gameti || veditabbam etam
bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi ||
aparihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || || la || ||
15-16 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya
rasaü sāyitvā uppajjanti || la || ||
17 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dham-
maü vi¤¤āya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sara-
saīkappa saüyojaniyā || || Taü ce bhikkhave bhikkhu
nādhivaseti pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaü
gameti || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na pari-
hāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaü hetaü vuttam
Bhagavatāti || ||
18 Evam kho bhikkhave aparihānadhammo hoti || ||
19 Katamāni ca bhikkhave cha abhibhāyatanāni || ||
20-24 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā råpaü disvā
nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā saüyo-
janiyā || || Veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Abhi-
bhåtam etam āyatanaü || abhibhāyatanaü hetam vuttam
Bhagavatā ti || || gha || ||
25 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dham-
maü vi¤¤āya nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sara-
saīkappā saüyojaniyā || || veditabbam etam bhikkhave
bhikkhunā Abhibhåtam etam āyatanaü || abhibhāyatanaü
hetaü vuttam Bhagavatā ti || ||
26 Imāni vuccanti bhikkhu cha abhibhāyatanānãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 078]>#
%<78                SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                 [XXXV. 97. 1>%

#<SN_4,35(1).97 (4) Pamādavihārã>#
1 Sāvatthi nidānam || pa\<*<1>*>/ ||
2 Pamādavihāriü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi appamā-
davihariü ca || taü suõātha || ||
3 Kathaü ca bhikkhave pamādavihārã hoti || ||
4-6 Cakkhundriyam {asaüvutassa}\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave viharato
cittaü vyāsi¤cati cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu || tassa vyā-
sittacittassa pāmujjaü na hoti || pāmujje asati pãti na
hoti || pãtiyā asati passaddhi na hoti || passaddhiyā asati
dukkhaü viharati\<*<3>*>/ || dukkhino cittaü na samādhiyati ||
asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti || dhammānam
apātubhāvā\<*<4>*>/ pamādavihārã tveva\<*<5>*>/ saīkhaü gacchati ||
la || ||
7-8 Jivhindriyam asaüvutassa bhikkhave viharato cit-
taü vyāsi¤cati jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rasesu || tassa vyāsitta-
cittassa || la || pamādavihārã tveva saīkhaü gacchati || la || ||
9 Manindriyam asaüvutassa\<*<6>*>/ bhikkhave viharato cit-
taü vyāsi¤cati manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu || tassa vyā-
sittacittassa pāmujjaü na hoti || pāmujje asati pãti na hoti ||
pãtiyā asati passaddhi na hoti || passaddhiyā asati dukkhaü
viharati || dukkhino cittaü na samādhiyati || asamāhite citte
dhammā na pātubhavanti\<*<7>*>/ dhammānam apātubhāvā
pamādavihārã tveva saīkhaü gacchati ||
10 Evaü kho bhikkhave pamādavihārã hoti || ||
11 Kathaü ca bhikkhave appamādavihārã hoti || ||
12-14 Cakkhundriyaü\<*<8>*>/ saüvutassa bhikkhave viharato
cittaü na vyāsi¤cati cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu || || Tassa
avyasittacittassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati ||
pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü
vediyati\<*<9>*>/ || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || samahite citte

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In B2 only
2 S1 -driyāsamvu always
3 B1 hoti always
4 S3 napātu-; S1 has neither na nor a; both here only
5 S1-3 teva always
6 S1-3 manindriyāsaü-
7 S1-3 -bhagantu; B1 -honti
8 S1-3 -driya always
9 B1-2 viharati
>/
#<[page 079]>#
%<XXXV. 98. 14 ]          SAėAVAGGO PAĨCAMO                      79>%
dhammā pātubhavanti || dhammānam pātubhāvā appa-
mādavihārã tveva saīkhaü gacchati || la || ||
15-16 Jivhindriyaü saüvutassa bhikkhave viharato
cittaü na vyāsi¤cati || la || appamādavihārã tveva saīkhaü
gacchati || || Kāyindriya- || ||
17 Manindriyaü saüvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaü
na vyāsi¤cati manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu tassa avyāsittā-
cittassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãti-
manassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü
vediyati\<*<1>*>/ || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || samāhite citte
dhammā pātubhavanti || dhammānam pātubhāvā appamā-
davihārã tveva saīkhaü gacchati || ||
18 Evaü kho bhikkhave appamādavihārã hotãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).98 (5) Saüvara>#
2 Saüvara¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi\<*<2>*>/ asaüvara¤ca ||
taü suõātha || ||
3 Katha¤ca bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || ||
4-6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Taü ce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || vedi-
tabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi\<*<3>*>/ kusalehi
dhammehi || parihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhagavatā ti || la || ||
7-8 Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la ||
9 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Taü ce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || vedi-
tabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi kusalehi
dhammehi || parihānam hetaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||
10 Evaü kho bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || ||
11 Katha¤ca bhikkhave saüvaro hoti || ||
12-14 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Taü ce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati ||
veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vedeti
2 B2 desessāmi
3 S1-3 parihāyāyāmi
>/
#<[page 080]>#
%<80                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA            [XXXV. 98. 15>%
kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhaga-
vatāti || ||
15-16 Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la || ||
17 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Taü ce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati ||
veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi
kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhaga-
vatāti || ||
18 Evaü kho bhikkhave saüvaro hotãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).99 (6) Samādhi>#
2 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhito bhikkhave
bhikkhu yathābhåtam pajānāti || ||
3 Ki¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || ||
4-8 Cakkhum aniccan ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Råpā
aniccā ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam anic-
canti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Cakkhusamphasso anicco ti
yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā aduk-
kham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccaü yathābhåtam pajānāti || ||
la || ||
9 Mano anicco ti\<*<1>*>/ yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Dhammā || ||
Mano vi¤¤āõaü || || Manosamphasso || || Yam pidam mano-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā duk-
khaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccan ti yathā-
bhåtam pajānāti || ||
10 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhito bhikkhave
bhikkhu yathābhåtam pajānātã ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).100 (7) Paņisallāõa>#
2 Paņisallāõam\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || patisallãõo\<*<3>*>/
bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhåtam pajānāti || ||
3 Ki¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || ||
4-9 Cakkhum aniccanti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Råpā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 aniccanti
2 S1 patisallāõe; S3 patisallānohi
3 B1-2 S1 -lāõo
>/
#<[page 081]>#
%<XXXV. 101. 8]              SAėAVAGGO PAĨCAMO                81>%
aniccāti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam anic-
canti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Cakkhusamphasso anicco ti
yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Yam pidam manosamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā\<*<1>*>/
adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccan ti yathābhåtam
pajānāti || ||
10 Paņisallāõam\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || paņisal-
lāno\<*<3>*>/ bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhåtam pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).101 (8) Natumhāka1>#
2 Yam pi\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhave na tumhākaü tam pajahatha ||
taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
3 Ki¤ca bhikkhave na tumhākaü || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave na tumhākaü || tam pajahatha ||
taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Rupā na
tumhākaü || te pajahatha || te vo pahãnā\<*<5>*>/ hitāya sukhāya
bhavissanti || ||\<*<6>*>/ Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam na tumhākaü tam pajā-
hatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Cak-
khusamphasso na tumhākaü || tam pajahatha || so vo pa-
hãno\<*<7>*>/ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Yam pidaü cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü
vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na tumhākaü tam paja-
hatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || la || ||
7-8 Jivhā na tumhākam || tam pajahatha || sā vo pahãnā
hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Rasā na tumhākaü te paja-
hatha || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Jivhā-
vi¤¤āõam na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü
hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Jivhāsamphasso na tumhā-
kaü tam pajahatha || so vo pahãno\<*<8>*>/ hitāya sukhāya bhavis-
sati || || Yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati veda-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1 patisallāõe; the phrase till āpajjatha is missing in S3
3 B1 -sallāõe; no MS. has -sallãno (or sallãõo)
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B1 inserts digharattaü
5 B1 bhavissati
7 S1-3 tam vo pahãnaü
8 S1-3 pahãnā, twice in S3
>/
#<[page 082]>#
%<82                SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA             [XXXV. 101. 9>%
yitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā ||
tam pi na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü
hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || la || ||
9 Mano na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || so vo pahãno
hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Dhammā na\<*<1>*>/ tumhākaü te
pajahatha || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
Manovi¤¤āõaü na tumhākam tam pajahatha || taü vo
pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Manosamphasso
na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || so vo pahãno hitāya su-
khāya bhavissati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham
asukhaü vā || tam pi na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo
pahãnam hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiü Jetavane tiõa-
kaņņhasākhāpalāsaü taü jano hareyya vā\<*<2>*>/ ķaheyya vā
yathāpaccayaü vā kareyya || api nu tumhākam evam assa
Amhe jano harati vā ķahati vā\<*<3>*>/ yathāpaccayaü vā karotã
ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Taü kissa hetu || ||
Na hi no hetam bhante attā vā attaniyaü vā ti || ||
11-16 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhu na tumhākaü
tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnam hitāya sukhāya bhavis-
sati || || Råpā na tumhākaü || pe || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || ||
Cakkhusamphasso || || pa || || Yam pidam manosamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā aduk-
kham asukhaü vā || tam pi na tumhākaü tam pajahatha ||
taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).102 (9) Natumhākam2>#
[The same as 2-9 of the preceding Sutta] 4

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 pa
3 S3 āharati paccāharati paccahati vā; S1 harati paķahati paķa
(or cca-) hati vā-- there seems to be a confusion of ķ and cc
4 This text differs only from the preceding by the suppression
of the ending upamā (10-16); therefore it would be better if
it had been put the first
>/
#<[page 083]>#
%<XXXV. 103. 6]              SAėAVAGGO PAĨCAMO              83>%

#<SN_4,35(1).103 (10) Uddako>#
2 Uddako\<*<1>*>/ sudam\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave Rāmaputto evaü vācam
bhāsati || ||
Idaü jātu vedagå || idaü jātu sabbaji ||
idaü jātu palikhitaü\<*<3>*>/ gaõķamålam palikhaõãti || ||
Taü kho\<*<4>*>/ panetam bhikkhave Uddako Rāmaputto avedagå
yeva samāno Vedagusmãti bhāsati || asabbajã yeva samāno
Sabbajismãti bhāsati || apalikhitaü yeva gaõķamålam pali-
khitam me gaõķamålan ti bhāsati || ||
3 Idha kho tam bhikkhave bhikkhu sammā vadamāno
vadeyya || ||
Idaü jātuvedagå idaü jātu sabbaji ||
idaü jātu palikhataü gaõķamålam\<*<5>*>/ palikhaõãti || ||
4 Katha¤ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu vedagå hoti || || Yato
kho bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaü samu-
daya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca assāda¤ca nissaraõa¤ca
yathābhåtam pajānāti || evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
vedagå hoti || ||
5 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaji hoti || || Yato
kho bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaü samu-
daya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca
yathābhåtam viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti || evaü kho
bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaji hoti || ||
6 Katha¤ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu apalikhitaü\<*<5>*>/ gaõķamå-
lam palikhitaü hoti || || Gaõķo ti kho bhikkhave imassetaü
cātumahābhåtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaü mātāpettika-
sambhavassa odanakummāsupacayassa aniccucchādana-
parimaddanabhedanaviddhaüsanadhammassa || || Gaõķa-
målan ti bhikkhave taõhāyetam adhivacanaü || || Yato kho
bhikkhave bhikkhuno taõhā pahãnā hoti || ucchinnamålā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 Udako always
2 S1 sukhaü
3 S1-3 apaliükhātaü; B2 apalikhitam; B1 palikhataü;
4 B1 vo
5 B2 idaü jatu apalikhitaü gaõķamålam palikhitaü me gaõķamålam
5 S1-3 anu (S3 õu) palikhatam
>/
#<[page 084]>#
%<84                SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA             [XXXV. 103. 7>%
tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā ||
evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno apalikhataü\<*<1>*>/ gaõķamålam
palikhitaü hoti || ||
7 Uddako sudam bhikkhave Rāmaputto evaü vācam
bhāsati || ||
Idaü jātu vedagå idaü jātu sabbaji ||
idaü jātu palikhitaü gaõķamålam palikhaõã ti || ||
Taü kho panetam bhikkhave Uddako Rāmaputto avedagå
yeva samāno Vedagåsmãti bhāsati || asabbajã yeva samāno
Sabbajãsmãti bhāsati || apalikhitaü\<*<2>*>/ yeva gaõķamålam
Palikhitam me\<*<3>*>/ gaõķamålanti bhāsati || ||
8 Idha kho tam bhikkhave bhikkhu sammāvadamāno
vadeyya || ||
Idaü jātu vedagå idaü jātu sabbaji ||
idaü jātu palikhitaü\<*<4>*>/ gaõķamålaü\<*<5>*>/ palikhaõã ti || ||
Saëavaggo pa¤camo\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānam\<*<7>*>/ || ||
Dve Saīgayhā\<*<8>*>/ Parihānaü ||
Pamādavihārã ca\<*<9>*>/ Saüvaro ||
Samādhi Patisallāna\<*<10>*>/ ||
Dve Natumhākena Uddako\<*<11>*>/ ti || ||
Dutiyapa¤¤āsake vagguddānaü\<*<12>*>/ || ||
Avijjā Migajālaü ca ||
Gilānaü Channam catutthakaü ||
Saëāvaggena pa¤¤āsaü ||
Dutiyo pa¤¤āsako ayan ti || ||
Pathamaka-sataü\<*<13>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 palikhatam
2 S3 apalikhāõaü
3 S3 palikānam yeva instead of palikhitam me
4 S3 B2 apalikhitaü
5 B2 inserts here palikhitame gaõķamålaü (as above p. 83 n. 4).
6 S1-3 chaëa (S3 la) vaggo dasamo put after the verse
7 S1-3 Tatra uddānaü--
8 S1 -gayha;S3 gayhaü
9 S1 pamādā-
10 B1-2 paņisallãnaü
11 B1 Udako; S1-3 rāmo
12 This title and the sequel is missing in S1-3
13 So S1 B1; missing in S3; B2 Dutiyapaõõāsake
>/
#<[page 085]>#
%<XXXV. 105. 7]            YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO             85>%
PAĨĨâSAũ TATIYAũ

#<CHAPTER I YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).104 (1) Yogakkhemi>#
2 Yogakkhemãpariyāyaü vo bhikkhave dhammapariyā-
yaü desissāmi || taü suõātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave yogakkhemipariyāyo || ||
4-8 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā pãyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Te Tathā-
gatassa pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā
āyatim anuppādadhammā || tesa¤ca pahānāya akkhāsi
yogaü || tasmā Tathāgato yogakkhemãti vuccati || || la || ||
9 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā
manāpā pãyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajaniyā || || Te Tathā-
gatassa pahãnā ucchimamålā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā
āyatim anuppāda dhammā || tesa¤ca pahānāya akkhāsi
yogaü || tasmā Tathāgato yogakkhemãti vuccati || ||
10 Ayaü kho bhikkhave yogakkhemipariyāyo dhamma-
pariyāyoti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).105 (2) Upādāya>#
2 Kismiü nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya uppajjati
ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhanti || ||
3 Bhagavaü målakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Cakkhusmiü vo bhikkhave sati cakkhuü upādāya
uppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhaü || la || Manasmiü sati
manam upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhaü || ||
5 Tam kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave cakkhuü niccaü vā
aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammam api
nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaü sukhaü duk-
khanti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
6 Sotaü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || ||
7 Ghānaü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 086]>#
%<86                   SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA          [XXXV. 105. 8>%
8-9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || || Kāyo || ||
10 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkhaü bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammam api
nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaü sukhaü duk-
khanti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhu-
smim pi nibbindati || la || manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nib-
bindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiü vimut-
tam iti ¤āõam hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü
kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).106 (3) Dukkha>#
2 Dukkhassa bhikkhave samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca
desissāmi || taü suõātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa samudayo ||
4-9 Cakkhu¤ ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤-
¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taõhā || ayaü dukkhassa samudayo || Sota¤
ca paņicca || || Ghāna¤ ca paņicca || || Jivha¤ ca paņicca || ||
Kāya¤ ca paņicca || || Mana¤ ca paņicca dhamme ca uppaj-
jati manovi¤¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgati phasso || phassapaccayā
vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || || Ayam kho bhikkhave
dukkhassa samudayo.
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa atthagamo ||
11 Cakkhuü ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤-
¤āõam || tiõõaü saīgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tassāyeva taõhāya asesavirāganiro-
dhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā
jarāmaraõaü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā niruj-
jhanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
nirodho hoti || ayaü dukkhassa atthagamo || ||
12-13 Sota¤ ca paņicca || || Ghāna¤ca paņicca || ||
14-15 Jivha¤ca paņicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāvi¤¤āõaü ||
la || Kāya¤ ca paņicca || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 087]>#
%<XXXV. 107. 16]          YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO                       87>%
16 Manam paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤āõam ||
tiõõaü saīgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpac-
cayā taõhā || tassāyeva taõhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādā-
nanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho bhavanirodhā
jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraõaü sokaparidevaduk-
khadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || || Ayam kho bhikkhave
dukkhassa atthagamo ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).107 (4) Loko>#
2 Lokassa bhikkhave samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ ca desis-
sāmi || taü suõātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || ||
4 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati\<*<1>*>/ cakkhuvi¤¤ā-
õaü || tiõõam saīgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taõhā || taõhāpaccayā upādānaü || upādāna-
paccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmara-
õaü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti ||
ayam lokassa samudayo ||
4-7 Sota¤ ca paņicca || || Ghāna¤ ca paņicca || || Jivha¤
ca paņicca || || Kāya¤ ca paņicca || ||
8 Mana¤ ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤ā-
õaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tanhāpaccayā upādānaü || upādāna-
paccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayājāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraõaü
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ayaü
kho bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || ||
9 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa atthagamo || ||
10-15 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca upajjati cakkhuvi¤-
¤ānaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tassāyeva taõhāya asesavirāgani-
rodhā upādānanirodho || pe || ||\<*<2>*>/ Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
16 Ayaü kho bhikkhave lokassa atthagamoti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 cuppajjati always
2 More complete in B1-2
>/
#<[page 088]>#
%<88                      SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 108. 2>%

#<SN_4,35(1).108 (5) Seyyo>#
2 Kismiü nu kho bhikkhave sati kiü upādāya kiü
abhinivissa Seyyoham asmã ti vā hoti || Sadiso ham asmã ti
vā hoti || Hãnohamasmã ti vā hotã ti || ||
3 Bhagavaü målakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
4-9 Cakkhusmiü kho bhikkhave sati cakkhum upādāya
cakkhum abhinivissa Seyyo ham asmã ti vā hoti || Sadãso
ham asmã ti vā hoti Hãno ham asmã ti vā hoti || pa || Ma-
nasmiü sati manam upādāya manam abhinivissa Seyyo
ham asmã ti vā hoti || Sadiso ham asmã ti vā hoti || Hãno
ham asmã ti vā hoti || ||
10 Taü kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave || Cakkhuü niccaü vā
aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü api nu
tam anupādāya Seyyo ham asmãti vā assa Sadiso ham
asmãti vā assa Hãno ham asmãti vā assāti || ||
No hetam bhante
11 Sotaü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || ||
12 Ghānaü niccam vā aniccā vā ti || ||
13 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
14 Kāyo nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
15 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya Seyyo hamasmãti va assa Sadiso ham asnå
ti vā assa Hãno ham asmãti assā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
16 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cak-
khusmim pi nibbindati || la || manasmim pi nibbindati || ||
Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || pe || nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 089]>#
%<XXXV. 111. 13]          YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO                   89>%

#<SN_4,35(1).109 (6) Saüyojana>#
2 Saüyojaniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi saüyo-
jana¤ ca || taü suõātha || ||
3 Katame ca bhikkhave saüyojaniyā dhammā katama¤
ca saüyojanaü || ||
4-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave saüyojaniyo dhammo || yo
tattha chandarāgo || tam tattha saüyojamaü || || la || Jivhā
saüyojaniyo dhammo || || Mano saüyojaniyo dhammo || yo
tattha chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || ||
10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave saüyojaniyā dhammā idaü
saüyojananti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).110 (7) Upādānam>#
2 Upādāniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi upādāna¤
ca || taü suõātha || ||
3 Katame ca bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā katama¤
ca\<*<1>*>/ upādānaü || ||
4-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha
chandarāgo taü tattha upādānaü || pa || || Jivhā upādāniyo
dhammo || la || || Mano upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha
chandarāgo taü tattha upādānaü || ||
10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā idam
upādānanti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).111 (8) Pajānam1>#
2-7 Cakkhum bhikkhave anabhijānaü aparijānaü
avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Sotaü ||
Ghānam || Jivhaü || Kāyam || Manam anabhijānaü aparijā-
naü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya ||
8-13 Cakkhu¤ ca\<*<2>*>/ kho bhikkhave abhijānam parijānaü
virājayam pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Sotaü ||
Ghānaü || Jivhaü || Kāyam || Manam abhijānam parijānaü
virājayaü pajaham bhabbo\<*<3>*>/ dukkhakkhayāyāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -mti ca
2 S1-3 cakkhuca
3 B2 fasils here, two sheets waning
>/
#<[page 090]>#
%<90                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA              [XXXV. 112. 2>%

#<SN_4,35(1).112 (9) Pajānam2>#
2-7 Råpe bhikkhāve ānabhijānaü aparijānam avirāja-
yam appajaham abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Sadde ||
Gandhe || Rase || Phoņņhabbe || Dhamme anabhijānam apari-
jānam avirājayam appajaham abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
8-13 Råpe ca kho bhikkhave abhijānam parijānaü
virājayam pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Sadde ||
Gandhe || Rase || Phoņņhabbe || Dhamme abhijānam parijā-
naü virājayam pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).113 (10) Upassuti>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Ĩātike viharati Gi¤jakāva-
sathe || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā rahogato patisallãõo imam dham-
mapariyāyam abhāsi || ||
3 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõam ||
tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpac-
cayā taõhā || tanhāpaccayā upādānaü || pe || Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4-7 Sota¤ca paņicca || Ghāna¤ca paņicca || Jivha¤ca
paņicca || Kāya¤ca paņicca || ||
8 Mana¤ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤-
¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taõhā || taõhāpaccayā upādānaü || pe || Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
9 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü ||
tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpac-
cayā taõhā || tassāyeva taõhāya asesavirāganirodhā upā-
dānanirodho || pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhak-
handhassa nirodho hoti || ||
10-13 Sota¤ca paticca || || Ghāna¤ca paņicca || || Jivha¤ca
paņicca || || Kāya¤ca paņicca || ||
14 Mana¤ca paņicca dhamme ca upajjati manovi¤-
¤āõam || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tassāyeva taõhāya asesavirāgani-
rodhā upādānanirodho || pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa
dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 091]>#
%<XXXV. 114. 7]          LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO                     91>%
15 Tena kho pana samayena a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhaga-
vato upassuti ņhito\<*<1>*>/ hoti || ||
16 Addasā kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum upassutiü thi-
taü || ||
17 Disvāna tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Assosi\<*<2>*>/ tvam
bhikkhu imaü dhammapariyāyanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Uggaõhāhi tvam bhikkhu imaü dhammapariyāyaü ||
pariyāpuõāhi tvam bhikkhu imaü dhammapariyāyaü ||
dhārehi tvam bhikkhu imaü dhammapariyāyaü || attha-
saühito yam\<*<3>*>/ bhikkhu dhammapariyāyo ādibrahmacari-
yakoti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Yogakkhemivaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Yogakkhemi Upādāya || Dukkhaü loko ca Seyyo ca || ||
Saüyojanam Upādānaü || Dve Pajānaü\<*<5>*>/ Upassutãti\<*<6>*>/ || ||

#<CHAPTER II LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).114 (1) Mārapāsa1>#
2-7 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü
vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa
vasaügato\<*<7>*>/ || || Paņimukkassa Mārapāso baddho\<*<8>*>/ so Māra-
bandhanena yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || pa || Santi
bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā
piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãya || || Ta¤ce\<*<9>*>/ bhikkhu
abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati ayaü vuccati
bhikkhave bhikkhu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaügato || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B upasuti; S1-3 upassutiü both always
2 S3 inserts no
3 Missing in S3
4 S1 -cariyiko
5 S1-3 parijānam
6 B upasutãti
7 S1 vasagato always
8 B bandho always
9 S1-3 ta¤ca
>/
#<[page 092]>#
%<92                      SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA             [XXXV. 114. 8>%
Paņimukkassa Mārapāso baddho so Mārabandhanena ya-
thākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || ||
8-13 Santi ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce\<*<1>*>/
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya\<*<2>*>/ tiņņhati ||
ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na āvāsagato\<*<3>*>/ Mārassa
na Mārassa vasaügato || || Ummukkassa Mārapāso mutto
so Mārabandhanena na\<*<4>*>/ yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato ||
la ||\<*<7>*>/ Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya tiņņhati ||
ayaü vuccati bhikkhave na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa
vasaügato || || Ummukkassa Mārapāso mutto so Māraban-
dhanena na\<*<5>*>/ yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimatoti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).115 (2) Mārapāsa2>#
2-7 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhik-
khu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü
vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu baddho cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesa
råpesu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaügato yathākāma-
karaõãyo pāpimato || pa || || Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā
dhammā || pe || ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave
bhikkhu baddho manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu āvāsagato
Mārassa Mārassa vasaügato yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpi-
mato || ||
8-13 Santi ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā
iņņhā- -rajaniyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivā-
dati na ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhik-
khu mutto cakkhuvi¤¤eyyehi råpehi na āvāsagato Mārassa
na Mārassa vasaügato || na yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato ||
pa || || Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || pa || || Santi
bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā- -rajanãyā || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B nājjhosāya
2 B nāvāsagato
3 Missing in S1-3 411 (jivhā) is complete in B
5 Missing in S1, written and erased in S3
>/
#<[page 093]>#
%<XXXV. 116. 6]       LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO                   93>%
Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya
tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu mutto manovi¤-
¤eyyehi dhammehi na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa
vasaügato na yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).116 (3) Lokakāmaguõa1>#
2 Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaü\<*<1>*>/ ¤ātay-
yaü daņņhayyaü pattayyan ti\<*<2>*>/ vadāmi || na ca panāham
bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyaü\<*<3>*>/
vadāmãti || ||
Idam vatvā Bhagavā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram pāvisi || ||
3 Atha kho tesam bhikkhånam acirapakkantassa Bha-
gavato etad ahosi || || Idaü kho no āvuso Bhagavā saīkhit-
tena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā
uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gama-
nena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyaü daņņhayyam pattayyam ti
vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam
dukkhassa antakiriyaü vadāmãti || || Ko nu kho imassa Bha-
gavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena atthaü
vibhajjeyyāti || ||
4 Atha kho tesam bhikkhånam etad ahosi || || Ayaü
kho āyasmā ânanda satthu ceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito
ca vi¤¤ånaü sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti ca āyasmā ânando
imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa
vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü || yaü nåna mayaü yenā-
yasmā ânando tenupasaīkameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā
āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņipuccheyyāmāti || ||
5 Atha kho te bhikkhå yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaī-
kamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā ânandena saddhiü
sammodiüsu || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyam vãtisā-
retvā ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || ||
6 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå āyasmantam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B lokassantam always
2 So S1-3; B1 ¤āteyyaü diņņheyyaü patteyyanti both always;
when S1-3 have patteyan, e is erased
3 S1-3 dukkhassanta- here and there
>/
#<[page 094]>#
%<94                      SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA            [XXXV. 116.  7>%
ânandam etad avocuü || Idaü kho no āvuso ânanda
Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham
avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhik-
khave gamanena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyam daņņhayyam
pattayyan ti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā
lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyam vadāmãti || || Tesam
no āvuso acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaü
kho no āvuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā
vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram
paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gamaõena lokassa antam
¤ātayyaü daņņhayyam pattayyanti\<*<1>*>/ vadāmi || na ca panā-
ham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaü dukkhassa antakiri-
yaü vadāmã ti || ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena
uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa
vitthārena atthaü vibhajeyyāti || || Tesaü no āvuso amhā-
kam etad ahosi || || Ayaü kho āvuso āyasmā ânando satthu\<*<2>*>/
ceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca\<*<3>*>/ vi¤¤ånaü sabrahmacārã-
naü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando imassa Bhagavatā saīkhit-
tena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa
vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü || yaü nuna mayaü yenā-
yasmā ânando tenupasaīkameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā
āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņipuccheyyāmāti || ||
Vibhajatāyasmā ânando ti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko\<*<4>*>/ sāragavesã
sārapariyesanaü caramāno rukkhassa tiņņhato sāra-
vato atikkammeva målam atikkamma khandhaü sākhā-
palāse\<*<5>*>/ sāram pariyesitabbam ma¤¤eyya\<*<6>*>/ evam sampa-
dam idam āyasmantānaü satthari sammukhãbhåte tam
Bhagavantam atisitvā amhe\<*<7>*>/ etam attham paņipucchi-
tabbam ma¤¤etha || || So āvuso\<*<8>*>/ Bhagavā jānaü jānāti
passaü passati || cakkhubhåto ¤āõabhåto dhammabhåto
brahmabhåto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa
dātā dhammassāmã tathāgato || || So ceva panetassa kālo
ahosi yam Bhagavantaü yeva etam attham paņipucchey-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 pattayiyanti
2 Missing in S1
3 Omitted dy S1-3
4 B1 sāratthako
5 S1-3 -palāso
6 S1 ma¤¤e
7 B1 tummhe
8 S1 hāvuso
>/
#<[page 095]>#
%<XXXV. 116. 11]         LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO                      95>%
yātha || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākareyya tathā taü\<*<1>*>/ dhārey-
yathā ti || ||
8 Addhāvuso ânanda Bhagavā jānaü jānāti passam
passati || cakkhubhåto ¤āõabhåto dhammabhåto brahma-
bhåto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dham-
massāmã tathāgato || so ceva kālo ahosi yam Bhagavantaü
yeva etam attham paņipuccheyyāma || yathā no Bhagavā
vyākareyya tathā naü dhāreyyāma || || Api cāyasmā
ânando satthu ceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca vi¤¤ånaü
sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando imassa Bhaga-
vatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham
avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü || vibhajatāyasmā
ânando agaruü karitvā ti || ||
9 Tena hāvuso suõātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhā-
sissāmãti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato ânandassa
paccassossuü || ||
10 âyasmā ânando etad avoca || || Yaü kho vo\<*<2>*>/ āvuso
Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena atthaü
avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhik-
khave gamanena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyam daņņhayyam
pattayyanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā
lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyam vadāmã ti || imassa
khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņ-
ņhassa vitthāreõa attham avibhattassa\<*<3>*>/ vitthāreõa evam\<*<4>*>/
ājānāmi || ||
11 Yena kho āvuso lokasmiü lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã\<*<5>*>/
ayam vuccati ariyassa vinaye loko || || Kena cāvuso lokas-
miü lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã || Cakkhunā kho āvuso lokas-
miü lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã || Sotena kho avuso || pe ||
Ghānena kho āvuso || Jivhāya kho āvuso lokasmiü lokasa¤¤ã
hoti lokamānã || Kāyena kho āvuso || Manena kho āvuso lokas-
miü lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã || || Yena kho āvuso lokasmiü
lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã || ayaü vuccati ariyassa vinaye
loko || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 vo
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1 inserts evaü
4 Missing in B
5 S3 -māõã always
>/
#<[page 096]>#
%<96                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                [XXXV. 116. 12>%
12 Yaü kho vo āvuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam
uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihā-
ram paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaü
¤ātayyam daņņhayyam pattayanti vadāmi || na ca panāham
bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaü dukkhassa antakiriyaü
vadāmãti || imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saīkhittena
uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa
evaü vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ākaīkhamānā ca pana
tumhe āyasmanto Bhagavanta¤¤eva upasaīkamitvā etam
attham paņipuccheyyātha || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākaroti
tathā naü dhāreyyāthā ti || ||
Evam āvuso\<*<1>*>/ ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato ânandassa
paņissutvā uņņhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü
nisãdiüsu || ||
13 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho ti bhikkhå Bhagavantam
etad avocuü || ||
Yaü kho pana bhante Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam
uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihā-
ram paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaü
¤ātayyam daņņhayyaü pattayyanti\<*<2>*>/ vadāmi || na ca panā-
ham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaü dukkhassa antakiri-
yaü vadāmãti || tesaü no bhante amhākam acirapakkhan-
tassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaü\<*<3>*>/ kho no āvuso
Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham
avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhik-
khave gamanena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyaü daņņhayyam
pattayanti\<*<4>*>/ vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā
lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyaü vadāmãti || ko nu
kho imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa
vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü\<*<5>*>/ vibhaj-
jeyyāti ||
14 Tesaü no bhante amhākam etad ahosi || || Ayaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 reappearing here, the gap is over
2 B1-2 have ¤ateyyaü diņņheyyaü patteyanti
3 B1 etam
4 S3 pattayiyanti once more
5 S1-3 omit avibhattassa- -atthaü
>/
#<[page 097]>#
%<XXXV. 117. 3. ]        LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO                       97>%
kho āyasmā ânando satthuceva {saüvaõõito} sambhāvito
ca vi¤¤ånaü sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando
imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa
vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibha-
jituü || Yannåna mayaü yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaī-
kameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam etam
attham paņipuccheyyāmāti || || Atha kho mayam bhante
yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkamimha || upasaīkamitvā
āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņipucchimha || ||
15 Tesaü no bhante āyasmatā ânandena imehi ākārehi
imehi padehi imehi vya¤janehi attho vibhatto ti || ||
Paõķito bhikkhave ânando mahāpa¤¤o bhikkhave
ânando\<*<1>*>/ || maü ce pi tumhe bhikkhave etam attham
paņipuccheyyātha aham pi ca tam evam eva vyākareyyaü
yathā\<*<2>*>/ tam ânandena vyākataü || || Eso ceva tassa\<*<3>*>/
attho evaü ca\<*<4>*>/ dhāreyyāthā ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).117 (4) Lokakāmaguõa2>#
2 Pubbe\<*<5>*>/ me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa
bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Ye me pa¤cakāmaguõā
cetaso samphuņņhapubbā atãtā niruddhā vipariõatā || tatra\<*<6>*>/
me cittam bahulaü gaccheyya paccuppannesu vā appaü vā
anāgatesu || || Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Ye
me pa¤cakāmaguõā cetaso samphuņņhapubbā atãtā niruddhā
vipariõatā || tatra me attaråpena appamādo saticetaso
ārakkho karaõãyo || ||
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave tumhākam pi ye te pa¤ca-
kāmaguõā cetaso samphuņņhapubbā atãtā niruddhā vipa-
riõatā || tatra vo cittam bahulaü gacchamānaü gaccheyya
paccuppannesu vā appaü vā anāgatesu || || Tasmā ti ha
bhikkhave tumhākaü pi ye vo pa¤cakāmaguõā cetaso

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit mahāpa¤¤o- -Anando
2 S1 vyākareyyātha
3 S1-3 khovetassa instead of ceva tassa
4 S1-3 eva ca taü instead of evaü ca
5 S3 adds va
6 S3 inserts vā; B2 kho
7 S1-3 vo instead of ye te
>/
#<[page 098]>#
%<98                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA      [XXXV. 117. 4>%
sampuņņhapubbā atãtā niruddhā viparinatā tatra vo atta-
råpehi appamādo saticetaso ārakkho karaõãyo\<*<1>*>/ || ||
4 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye\<*<2>*>/ āyatane veditabbe || || Yattha
cakkhuü ca nirujjhati råpasa¤¤āca\<*<3>*>/ virajjati\<*<4>*>/ ye āyatane
veditabbe || pa || Yattha jivhā ca nirujjhati rasasa¤¤ā ca
virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || || Yattha mano ca nirujjhati
dhammasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe\<*<5>*>/ ye āyatane
veditabbe ti || ||
5 Idam vatvā Bhagavā uņņhāyasanā vihāram pāvãsi || ||
6 Atha kho tesam bhikkhånam acirapakkantassa Bhaga-
vato etad ahosi || || Idaü kho no āvuso Bhagavā saī-
khittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā
uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave
ye āyatane veditabbe\<*<6>*>/ || Yattha cakkhu¤ca nirujjhati råpa-
sa¤¤ā ca\<*<7>*>/ virajjati\<*<7>*>/ ye āyatane veditabbe || pe || Yattha
jivhānirujjhati rasasa¤¤ā ca virajjati āyatane veditabbe || ||
Yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye
āyatane veditabbe || ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena
uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhittassa
vitthāresna atthaü vibhajjeyyāti || ||
7 Atha kho tesam bhikkhånam etad ahosi || Ayaü kho
āyasmā ânando satthuceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca
vi¤¤ånaü sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando
imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthā-
rena attham avibhatassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü ||
Yaü nåna mayam yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkamey-
yāma || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam etam attham paņipuc-
chayyāmāti || ||
8 Atha kho te bhikkhå yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaī-
kamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā ânandena saddhiü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase (from tasmā ti ha bhikkhave) is omitted in B1
2 B1-2 se instead of ye always
3 S1-3 -sa¤a¤ca always in this paragraph less abridged than in B
4 B1 nirujjhati always
5 B1 omits ye āyatane veditabbe
6 S1 repeats here Idaü vatvā- -ye āyatane veditabbe
7 S1-3 have -sa¤¤ā ca in this part and further on
>/
#<[page 099]>#
%<XXXV. 117. 12]     LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO                         99>%
sammodiüsu || sammodanãyaü kathaü vãtisāretvā ekam
antaü nisidiüsu || ||
9 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå āyasmantam
ânandam etad avocuü || || Idaü kho no āvuso ânanda
Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham
avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Tasmā ti ha
bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu¤ca ni-
rujjhati råpasa¤¤ā ca nirujjhati || ye āyatane veditabbe || pe ||
yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca nirujjhati ye
āyatane veditabbe\<*<1>*>/ || ye āyatane veditabbe ti\<*<1>*>/ || || Tesaü
no avuso amhākam acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad
ahosi || Idaü kho no\<*<2>*>/ āvuso Bhagavā sakhittena uddesam
uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vi-
hāram paviņņho || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane
veditabbe || yattha cakkhu¤ca nirujjhati råpasa¤¤ā ca
nirujjhati ye āyatane vaditabbe || pe || yattha mano ca
nirujjati dhammasa¤¤ā ca nirujjati ye āyatane vedi-
tabbeti || Ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa
uddiņņhassa || pe || vihārena atthaü vibhajjeyyāti || || Tesaü
no āvuso amhākam etad ahosi || Ayaü kho āyasamā ânando
satthu ceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca vi¤¤ånaü sabrah-
macārãnaü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando imassa Bhagavatā
saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham
avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü || || Yaü nåna
mayaü yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkameyyāma || upa-
saīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņi-
puccheyyāmāti || vibhajatāyasmā ânando ti || ||
10-11 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko sāragavesã
sārapariyesanaü caramāno mahato rukkhassa || la\<*<3>*>/ ||
vibhajatāyasmā ânando agaruü karitvāti || ||
12 Tena āvuso suõātha sādhukam manasi karotha
bhāsissāmãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 adds ti; B1 omit the phrase as before, and also further on
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Complete in S1-3-- See the preceding sutta, paragraph 7 (p. 94)
>/
#<[page 100]>#
%<100            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA               [XXXV. 117. 13>%
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato ânandassa
paccassosuü || ||
13 âyasmā ânando avoca || || Yaü kho\<*<1>*>/ avuso Bhagavā
saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibha-
jitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave
ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu¤ca nirujjati råpa-
sa¤¤ā ca virajjati || ye āyatane veditabbe || la || yattha mano
ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe ||
ye āyatane veditabbe ti || imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā
saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vittharena attham avi-
bhattassa evaü\<*<2>*>/ vitthārena attham ājānāmi || || Saëāyatana-
nirodhaü kho āvuso Bhagavatā sandhāya bhāsitaü || tas-
māti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu¤ca
nirujjhati råpasa¤¤āca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pe ||
yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye
āyatane veditabbe || ye āyatane veditabbe ti || ||
14 Imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saīkhittena udde-
sassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa evam
vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ākaīkhamānā ca pana tumhe
āyasmanto Bhagavanta¤¤eva upasaīkamitvā etam attham
paņipuccheyyātha || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākaroti tathā naü
dhāreyyathā ti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato ânandassa
paņissutvā uņņhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü
nisãdimsu || ||
15 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam
etad avocuü || Yaü kho no bhante Bhagavā saīkhittena
uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyā-
sanā vihāram paviņņho || Tasmā tiha bhikkhave ye āyatane
veditabbe || yattha cakkhu¤ca nirujjhati råpasa¤¤ā ca
virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pe || yattha mano ca ni-
rujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe ye
āyatane veditabbe\<*<3>*>/ ti || || Tesaü no bhante amhākam
acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || Idaü kho no

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 idaü kho no
2 Missing in B1-2
3 B1 does not repeat ye (se) āyatane veditabbe
>/
#<[page 101]>#
%<XXXV. 118. 3]       LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO            101>%
āvuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena
attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Tasmāti
ha bhikkhave\<*<1>*>/ pe āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu ca
nirujjhati råpasa¤¤ā ca nirujjhati ye āyatane veditabbe ||
yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca nirujjhati ye
āyatane veditabbe ye āyatane veditabbe ti || || Ko nu kho
imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthā-
rena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajeyyāti ||
16 Tesaü no bhante amhākam etad ahosi || ayaü kho
āyasmā ânando satthu ceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca
vi¤¤ånam sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando
imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa
vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibha-
jitum || yannåna mayaü yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaī-
kameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam etam
attham paņipuccheyyāmāti || ||
17 Atha kho mayam bhante yenāyasmā ânando tenu-
pasaīkamimha || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam
etam attham paņipucchimha || tesaü no bhante āyasmatā
ânandena imehi ākārehi imehi padehi imehi vya¤janehi
attho vibhatto ti || ||
Paõķito bhikkhave ânando mahāpa¤¤o bhikkhave ânan-
do\<*<2>*>/ || ma¤ce pi tumhe bhikkhave etam attham paņipucchey-
yātha aham pi tam evam eva vyākareyyaü yathā pi tam
ânandena vyākatam || Eso ceva tassa attho eva¤ca naü
dhāreyyāthāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).118 (5) Sakka>#
1 Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjha-
kåņe pabbate || ||
2 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam atthāsi || ||
3 Ekam antaü ņhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert here bhikkhu
2 mahāpa¤¤o- is missing in S1; S3 has --pe--
>/
#<[page 102]>#
%<102            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 118. 4>%
yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbā-
yanti || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce
sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||
4 Santi kho devānam inda cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce
bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa
tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato tannissitaü
vi¤¤āõaü hoti tadupādānaü || Saupādāno devānam inda
bhikkhu no parinibbāyati || ||
5-8 Santi kho devānam inda Sota- || Ghāna- || Jivhāvi¤-
¤eyya rasā- || gha || Kāya- || ||
9 Santi kho devānam inda manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā-
-rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjho-
sāya tiņņhati tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya
tiņņhato tannissitaü vi¤¤āõaü hoti tadupādānaü || Sau-
pādāno devānam inda bhikkhu no parinibbāyati || ||
10 Ayaü kho devānam inda hetu ayam paccayo || yena-
m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ||
11-16 Santi ca kho devānam inda cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā
iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ||
Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya\<*<2>*>/
tiņņhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjho-
sāya\<*<3>*>/ tiņņhato na taü nissitaü vi¤¤āõaü hoti na tadupā-
dānam || Anupādāno devānaminda bhikkhu parinibbāyati || ||
Santi kho devānam inda jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la || Santi
kho devānam inda manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā- -raja-
nãyā || || Ta¤ce\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nāj-
jhosāya\<*<5>*>/ tiņņhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato
anajjhosāya tiņņhato na taü nissitaü vi¤¤āõaü hoti na
tadupādānam || Anupādāno devānam inda bhikkhu parinib-
bāyati || ||
17 Ayaü kho devānam inda hetu ayam paccayo yena-
m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ta¤ca
2 B1 najjho; B2 nājjho-
3 B2 nājjho- here and further on
4 ta¤ca
5 B1 najjho-
>/
#<[page 103]>#
%<XXXV. 120. 4]         LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO           103>%

#<SN_4,35(1).119 (6) Pa¤casikha>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjha-
kåņe pabbate ||
2 Atha kho Pa¤casikho Gandhabbaputto\<*<1>*>/ yena Bhagavā
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
3 Ekam antam ņhito kho Pa¤casikho Gandhabbaputto
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parib-
bāyanti || ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhe-
kacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyanti || ||
4-16 Santi kho Pa¤casikha cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā || || (yathā
purimakaü suttantaü vitthāretabbo\<*<2>*>/) || ||
17 Ayaü kho Pa¤casikha hetu ayam paccayo || yena-m-
idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).120 (7) Sāriputta>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaü viha-
rati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yenāyasmā Sāriputto
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena sad-
dhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãti-
sāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu āyasmantaü
Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Saddhivihāriko\<*<3>*>/ āvuso Sāri-
putta bhikkhu sikkham paccakkhāya hãnāyāvatto ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
4 Evam etam\<*<5>*>/ āvuso hoti indriyesu aguttadvārassa
bhojane amatta¤¤åno jāgariyam ananuyuttassa || so\<*<6>*>/ vatā-
vuso bhikkhu indriyesu aguttadvāro bhojane amatta¤¤u

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 Gandhabbadevaputto always
2 This mention applied by S1-3 to the first article only,
I apply to the whole sutta, which is the mere repetition of
the preceding one
3 B2 saddhiü-
4 S3 hãnāyavattotãti
5 B1-2 hetam
6 S1-3 yo; B2 puts yāvajãvaü before so
>/
#<[page 104]>#
%<104            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 120. 5>%
jāgariyam ananuyutto yāvajãvam paripuõõam parisuddham
brahmacariyaü santānessātãti netaü ņhānaü vijjati || ||
5 So\<*<1>*>/ vatāvuso bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro bhojane
matta¤¤å jāgariyam anuyutto yāvajãvaü paripuõõam pari-
suddham brahmacariyam santānessatãti ņhānam etaü vij-
jati\<*<2>*>/ ||
6 Kathaü cāvuso indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || || Idhā-
vuso bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā na nimittaggāhã hoti
nānuvya¤janaggāhã || yatodhikaraõam\<*<3>*>/ enam cakkhundri-
yam asaüvutaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuü\<*<4>*>/ || tassa saüvarāya paņi-
pajjati || rakkhati cakkhundriyaü cakkhundriye saüvaram
āpajjati || || Sotena saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaü
ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || Kāyena poņņhabbam
phusitvā || || Manasā dhammam vi¤¤āya na nimittaggāhã
hoti nānuvya¤janaggāhã || yatodhikaraõam enam manin-
driyam asaüvutaü viharantaü abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuü || tassa saüvarāya paņipaj-
jati || rakkhati manindriyaü manindriye saüvaram āpaj-
jati || ||
Evaü kho āvuso indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || ||
7 Kathaü cāvuso bhojane matta¤¤å hoti || || Idāvuso
bhikkhu paņisaīkhāyoniso āhāram āhāreti || neva davāya na
madāya na maõķanāya na vibhåsanāya yāvad eva imassa
kāyassa ņhitiyā yāpanāya vihiüsuparatiyā\<*<5>*>/ brahmacariyā-
nuggahāya iti purāõa¤ca vedanam paņihaīkhāmi\<*<6>*>/ nava¤ca
vedanaü na uppādessāmi\<*<7>*>/ yātrā\<*<8>*>/ ca me bhavissati anavaj-
jatā ca phāsuvihāro cā ti || ||
Evam kho āvuso bhojane matta¤¤å hoti || ||
8 Kathaü cāvuso jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || || Idhāvuso
bhikkhu divasaü caīkamena nisajjāya āvaraõãyehi dham-
mehi cittam parisodheti || rattiyā pathamaü yāmaü caī-
kamena nisajjāya āvaraõåyehi dhammehi cittam pariso-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Yo
2 S1-3 vijjatãti
3 S1-3 yatvādhi- here and further on
4 S1-3 anvāssaveyyuü
5 S3 vihiüsåparatiyāya
6 B2 paņisaīkāmi
7 B1-2 uppādissāmi
8 B1-2 yatrā
>/
#<[page 105]>#
%<XXXV. 121. 5]       LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO             105>%
dheti || rattiyā majjhimaü yāmaü dakkhiõena passena sãha-
seyyaü kappeti pāde pādam accādhāya sato sampajāno
uņņhānasa¤¤am manasikaritvā || rattiyā pacchimaü yāmam
paccuņņhāya caīkamena nisajjāya āvaraõãyehi dhammehi
cittam parisodheti || ||
Evam kho āvuso jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || ||
9 Tasmā ti āvuso evaü sikkhitabbam Indriyesu guttad-
vārā bhavissāma bhojane matta¤¤uno jāgariyam anuyuttā
ti || ||
Evam hi te avuso sikkhitabbanti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).121 (8) Rāhula>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evaü
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Paripakkā\<*<1>*>/ kho Rāhulassa
vimuttiparipācaniyā dhammā || yaü nånāham Rāhulam
uttariü\<*<2>*>/ āsavānaü khaye vineyyanti || ||
3 Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā pat-
tacãvaram ādāya\<*<3>*>/ Sāvatthiyam piõķāya caritvā pacchā-
bhattam piõķapātapatikkanto āyasmantaü Rāhulam āman-
tesi || || Gaõhāhi Rāhula nisãdanaü yenandhavanaü tenu-
pasaīkamissāma divāvihārāyāti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavato paņissutvā
nisãdanam ādāya Bhagavantam piņhito piņhito anubandhi || ||
4 Tena kho pana samayena anekāni devatāsahassāni
Bhagavantam anubandhāni bhavanti\<*<4>*>/ || || Ajja Bhagavā
āyasmantaü Rāhulaü uttariü āsavānaü khaye vinessatã-
ti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā Andhavanam ajjhogahetvā a¤¤ata-
rasmiü rukkhamåle pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdi || āyasmā pi kho
Rāhulo Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sakkānu
2 B1-2 omit Rāhulaü and have uttari
3 S1-3 insert here Sāvatthiyam piõķāya pāvisi
4 B1 honti
>/
#<[page 106]>#
%<106                    SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA        [XXXV. 121. 6>%
Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho āyasmantaü Rāhulam Bhagavā
etad avoca || ||
6 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Rāhula || Cakkhuü niccaü vā
aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || || Duk-
kham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kal-
laü nu taü samanupassitum Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Råpā niccā vā aniccā\<*<1>*>/ vāti || || Aniccā\<*<2>*>/ bhante || ||pe|| ||
Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam
bhante || ||
Cakkhusamphasso nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco
bhante || ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanā-
gatam sa¤¤āgataü saīkhāragatam vi¤¤āõagataü || tam pi
niccaü vā aniccaü vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkham viparināmadhammaü kal-
laünu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi
eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
7-8 Sotam || || Ghānaü || ||
9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vāti || Aniccā bhante || gha ||
Yam pidaü jivhā samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataü
sa¤¤āgataü saīkhārāgataü vi¤¤āõagataü tampi niccaü
vā aniccaü vāti || || Aniccam bhante ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kal-
laünu taü samanupassituü Etaü mama eso ham asmi
eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
10 Kāyo || ||
11 Mano nicco vā anicco vāti || || Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || || Duk-
kham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõamadhammam kal-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 råpaü niccaü vā aniccaü
2 S1-3 aniccaü
>/
#<[page 107]>#
%<XXXV. 122. 1]         LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO          107>%
laü nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi
eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Dhammā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante || pe || ||
Manovi¤¤āõam || || Manosamphasso || ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanā-
gatam sa¤¤āgataü saīkhāragataü vi¤¤āõagatam || tam pi
niccam vā aniccaü vāti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || || Duk-
kham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammam kallan
nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
12 Evam passaü Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mimpi nibbindati råpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi
nibbindati cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || yam pidam
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataü sa¤¤ā-
gataü saīkhāragataü vi¤¤āõagataü tasmim pi nibbindati ||
pa || Jivhāya pi- -nibbindati || || Kāyasmim pi nibbindati ||
Manasmim pi nibbindati dhammesu pi nibbindati mano-
vi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati manosamphasse pi nibbindati || yam
pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataü
sa¤¤āgataü saīkhāragataü vi¤¤āõagatam || tasmim pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
Vimuttasmiü vimuttamiti ¤āõaü hoti || Khãnā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyam nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātãti || ||
13 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamano āyasmā Rāhulo Bha-
gavato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmiü ca pana veyyākara-
õasmiü bha¤¤amāne āyasmato Rāhulassa anupādāya
āsavehi cittaü vimucci\<*<1>*>/ || anekānaü ca devatāsahassānaü
virajaü vãtamalaü dhammacakkhuü udapādi || || Yaü
ki¤ci samudayadhammaü sabbantaü nirodhadhammanti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).122 (9) Saüyojanam>#
1 Saüyojaniye ca\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi saü-
yojana¤ ca || tam suõātha || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1; B1-2 S3 vimuccati
2 S1-3 omit ca
>/
#<[page 108]>#
%<108                    SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA        [XXXV. 122. 2>%
2 Katame ca bhikkhave saüyojaniyā dhammā katamaü
saüyojanaü || ||
3 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ime vuccanti
bhikkhave saüyojaniyā dhammā || || Yo tattha chandarāgo
taü tattha saüyojanaü || ||
4-7 Santi bhikkhave sotavi¤¤eyyā saddā || || Ghāna-
vi¤¤eyyā gandhā || || Jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || || Kāyavi¤¤eyyā
poņņhabbā || ||
8 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || ime vuccanti
bhikkhave bhikkhave saüyojaniyā\<*<1>*>/ dhammā || || Yo tattha
chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanan ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).123 (10) Upādānam>#
1 Upādāniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi upādāna¤
ca || tam suõātha || ||
2 Katame ca bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā katamam
upādānaü || ||
3-8 Santi bhikkhave-\<*<2>*>/ -ime vuccanti bhikkhave upādāniyā
dhammā || || Yo tattha chandarāgo taü tattha upādānan ti || ||
Lokakāmaguõavaggo dutiyo\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānam\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Mārapāsena dve vuttā || ||
Lokakāmaguõena\<*<5>*>/ ca || ||
Sakko Pa¤casikho ceva ||
Sāriputto ca Rāhulo ||
Saüyojanaü Upādānaü || ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 upādāniyā; in S3 there was saü¤ojaõiyā; but the letters
saü¤oja have been erased, and upādā written underneath
between the lines
2 As in the preceding text, upādāniyā-upādānam being substituted
to saüyojaniyā-saüyojanaü
3 Put at the end in S1-3 as usual
4 S1-3 tatru-
5 S1-3 lokokāma-
>/
#<[page 109]>#
%<XXXV. 125. 16]        GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO             109>%

#<CHAPTER III GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).124 (1) Vesāli>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Vesāliyaü viharati Mahāvane
Kuņāgārasālāyaü || ||
2 Atha kho Uggo gahapati Vesāliko yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaīkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho Uggo gahapati Vesāliko
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || ko nu ko bhante hetu ko
paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no pari-
nibbāyanti || ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhe-
kacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||
4-9 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā-
-saupādāno gahapati bhikkhu no parinibbāyati\<*<1>*>/ || ||
10 Ayaü kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhe-
kacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ||
11-16 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā rupā iņņhā-
-anupādāno gahapati bhikkhu parinibbāyati\<*<1>*>/ || ||
17 Ayaü kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhe-
kacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti\<*<2>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).125 (2) Vajji>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Vajjãsu viharati Hatthi-
gāme || ||
2 Atha kho Uggo gahapati Hatthigāmako yena Bhagavā ||
pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü kho Uggo gahapati Hatthigāmako Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo
yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinib-
bāyanti || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idha-
kacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||
4-16 Yathā purimasuttantam evaü vitthāretabbaü ||
pe || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S above Sakka 118 (pp. 101-2)
2 This sutta is the same as 118, the word gahapati being
put instead of devānam inda
>/
#<[page 110]>#
%<110                    SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA       [XXXV. 125. 17>%
17 Ayaü kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo || yena-m-
idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).126 (3) Nālanda>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaü\<*<1>*>/ viharati
Pāvārikambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Upāli gahapati yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Upāli gahapati Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-
idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || || Ko
pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņ-
ņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||
4-16 Yathā purimasuttantam evaü vitthāretabbaü\<*<2>*>/ || ||
17 Ayaü kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhe-
kacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).127 (4) Bhāradvāja>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Piõķolabhāradvājo Kosambi-
yaü viharati Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho rājā Udeno\<*<3>*>/ yenāyasmā Piõķolabhāradvājo
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Piõķolabhāra-
dvājena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārā-
nãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Udeno āyasmantam
Piõķolabhāradvājaü etad avoca || || Ko nu kho Bhāra-
dvāja hetu ko paccayo || yenime daharā bhikkhå suså kāla-
kesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā
anikãlitāvino\<*<4>*>/ kāmesu yāvajãvam paripuõõam parisuddham
brahmacariyaü caranti addhāna¤ca āpādentãti || ||
4 Vuttaü kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā
passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe bhik-
khave mātumattãsu mātucittam upaņņhapetha bhaginãmat-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 Nāëo; S3 Nālo; B2 Naëo
2 S1-3 have only vitthāretabbaü
3 B1 uteno always
4 B1 aniki-; B2 anaki- both; here and further on
>/
#<[page 111]>#
%<XXXV.  127. 7]          GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO             111>%
tãsu\<*<1>*>/ bhaginãcittam upaņņhapetha dhãtumattãsu dhãtucittam
upaņņhapethāti || || Ayam pi kho Mahārāja hetu ayam pac-
cayo yenime\<*<2>*>/ daharā bhikkhå suså kālakesā bhadrena
yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikãëitāvino
kāmesu yāvajãvam paripuõõam parisuddham brahmacari-
yaü caranti addhāna¤ca āpādentãti || ||
5 Lolaü kho\<*<3>*>/ Bhāradvāja cittam appekadā mātumattãsu
pi lobhadhammā uppajjanti bhaginãmattãsu pi lobhadhammā
uppajjanti bhaginãmattãsu pi lobhadhammā uppajjanti || ||
Atthi nu kho\<*<4>*>/ Bharadvāja a¤¤o ca hetu a¤¤o ca paccayo ||
yenime daharā bhikkhå suså kālakesā || pe || addhāna¤ca
āpādentãti || ||
6 Vuttaü kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā
passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe
bhikkhave imam eva kāyam uddham pādatalā adho kesa-
matthakā tacapariyantam\<*<5>*>/ påraü nānappakārassa asucino
paccavekkhatha || atthi imasmiü kāye kesā lomā nakhā
dantā taco maüsaü nahārå aņņhã aņņhimi¤jā\<*<6>*>/ vakkaü
hadayaü yakanaü kilomakam pihakam papphāsam antam
antaguõam udariyaü karãsam pittam semham pubbo lohi-
tam sedo medo assu vasā kheëo siīghāõikā lasikā muttanti || ||
Ayam pi\<*<7>*>/ kho Mahārāja hetu ayam paccayo yenime
daharā bhikkhå suså kālakesā || pe || addhānam ca āpādenti || ||
7 Ye te\<*<8>*>/ bho Bhāradvāja bhikkhå bhāvitakāyā bhāvita-
sãlā bhāvitacittā bhāvitapa¤¤ā tesaü taü sukaraü\<*<9>*>/ hoti ||
Ye ca kho te bho Bhāradvāja bhikkhå abhāvitakāyā abhā-
vitasãlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapa¤¤ā tesaü taü dukkaraü
hoti || || Appekadā bho Bhāradvāja asubhato manasi karis-
sāmāti\<*<10>*>/ subhato va\<*<11>*>/ āgacchati || || Atthi nu kho Bhāra-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 bhagãni-; B2 also not always
2 S1-3 yename several times
3 B1 adds bho
4 B1-2add bho
5 S1-3 ta¤capari-,and further on ta¤co
6 B1-2 -mi¤jaü
7 Missing in B1-2
8 B1 Yehi
9 S1-3 dukkaraü, na (before dukkaraü) being added between
the lines in S3
10 B1 karissāmãti
11 S3 vā
>/
#<[page 112]>#
%<112            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA      [XXXV. 127. 8>%
dvāja a¤¤o ca kho hetu a¤¤o ca paccayo yenime daharā
bhikkhå suså kālakesā || pe || addhānaü ca āpadentãti || ||
8 Vuttaü kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā
passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe
bhikkhave indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha || cakkhunā råpaü
disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha mānuvya¤janaggāhino ||
yatvādhikaraõam enaü cakkhundriyam asaüvutam viha-
rantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvā-
saveyyuü tassa saüvarāya paņipajjatha || rakkhatha cak-
khundriyaü cakkhundriye saüvaram āpajjatha || || Sotena
saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya
rasaü sāyitvā || Kāyena phoņņhabbam phusitvā || Manasā
dhammaü vi¤¤āya mā nimittagāhino ahuvattha mānuvya¤-
janaggāhino || yatvādhikaraõam enam manindriyam asaü-
vutaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā
dhammā anvāsaveyyuü || tassa {saüvarāya} paņipajjatha ||
rakkhatha manindriyam manindriye saüvaram āpajjathā-
ti || || Ayaü kho Mahārāja hetu ayam paccayo yenime
daharā bhikkhå suså kālakesā || pe ||\<*<1>*>/ addhānaü ca āpāden-
ãti || ||
9 Acchariyam bho Bhāradvāja abbhutam bho Bhāra-
dvāja yāva subhāsitaü cidam\<*<2>*>/ bho Bhāradvāja tena Bhaga-
vatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || Esa ceva
bho\<*<3>*>/ Bhāradvāja hetu esa paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhå
suså kāëakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena
vayasā anikãëitāvino kāmesu yāvajãvam paripuõõam parisud-
dham brahmacariyaü caranti addhānaü ca āpādenti || ||
10 Aham pi\<*<4>*>/ bho Bhāradvāja yasmiü samaye arakkhite-
neva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaņ-
ņhitāya satiyā asaüvutehi indriyehi antepuraü\<*<5>*>/ pavisāmi ||
ativiya maü\<*<6>*>/ tasmiü samaye lobhadhammā parisahanti ||
yasmi¤ca khvāham bho Bhāradvāja samaye rakkhiteneva
kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaņņhitāya

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B1-2
2 Missing in B2; S1-3 idam
3 B1-2 esevakho bho
4 B1-2 inserts kho
5 B1-2 antepåram always
6 S3 mayaü
>/
#<[page 113]>#
%<XXXV. 129. 3]        GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO           113>%
satiyā saüvutehi indriyehi antepuram pavisāmi || na maü
tathā\<*<1>*>/ tasmiü samaye lobhadhammā parisahanti || ||
11 Abhikkantam bho Bhāradvāja abhikkantam bho
Bhāradvāja || seyyathāpi bho Bharadvāja nikujjitaü vā
ukkujjeyya paņicchannaü vā vivareyya måëhassa vā mag-
gam ācikkheyya andakāre vā telapajjotaü dhāreyya cakkhu-
manto råpāni dakkhintãti ||\<*<2>*>/ evam evam\<*<3>*>/ bhotā Bhāradvā-
jena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bho
Bhāradvāja tam Bhagavantam saraõaü gacchāmi dham-
maü cā bhikkhusaīghaü ca || upāsakam mam bhavaü
Bhāradvājo dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü ga-
tanti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).128 (5) Soõo>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Soõo gahapatiputto yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Soõo gahapatiputto Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo
yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbā-
yanti || ko pana hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā
diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||
Yathā purimasuttantam evaü vitthāretabbaü\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Ayaü kho Soõa hetu ayam paccayo || yena-m-idhekacce
sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).129 (6) Ghosita>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ânando Kosambiyaü viharati
Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Ghosito gahapati yenāyasmā ânando tenu-
pasaīkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Ghosito gahapati āyasman-
tam ânandam etad avoca || || Dhātunānattaü dhātunā-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tattha
2 B1-2 dakkhantãti as usual
3 B2 S3 etam
4 See Nos. 118 and 119,124-126;-- much more complete in S1 than
in B1-3, in S3 than in S1
>/
#<[page 114]>#
%<114            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA            [XXXV. 129. 4>%
nattanti bhante ânanda vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante
dhātunānattaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || ||
4 Saüvijjati kho gahapati cakkhudhāturåpā ca manāpā
cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü ca sukhavedaniyam phassam\<*<1>*>/ paņicca up-
pajjati sukhā\<*<2>*>/ vedanā || || Saüvijjati kho gahapati cakkhu-
dhāturåpā ca amanāpā cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü ca dukkhavedani-
yam phassam paņicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Saüvijjati
kho gahapati cakkhudhāturåpā ca upekhāņņhāniyā\<*<3>*>/ cakkhu-
vi¤¤āõaü ca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam\<*<4>*>/ phassam paņicca
uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
5 Saüvijjati kho gahapati sotadhātu || ||
6 Saüvijjati kho gahapati ghānadhātu || ||
7 Saüvijjati kho gahapati jivhādhāturasā ca manāpā
jivhāvi¤¤āõaü ca sukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca up-
pajjati sukhāvedanā || || {Saüvijjati} kho gahapati jivhādhā-
turasā ca amanāpā jivhāvi¤¤āõaü ca dukkhavedaniyam
phassam paņicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || {Saüvijjati}
kho gahapati jivhādhāturasā ca upekhāņņhāniyā jivhāvi¤¤ā-
õaü ca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca
uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
8 Kāyadhātu || ||
9 {Saüvijjati} kho gahapati manodhātudhammā ca ama-
nāpā manovi¤¤āõam ca dukkhavedaniyam phassam paņic-
ca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Saüvijjati kho gahapati
manodhātudhammā ca amanāpā manovi¤¤āõaü ca duk-
khavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || ||
Saüvijjati kho gahapati manodhātudhammā ca upe-
khāņņhāniyā manovi¤¤āõa¤ca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam
phassam paņicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
10 Ettāvatā kho gahapati dhātunānattaü vuttam Bha-
gavatāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 passaü almost always
2 The MSS. waver between -khā and -kha
3 S3 -ņņhāõiyaü; B1 upekkhāvedaniyā always
4 The MSS. waver between -asukha-, asukhaü, and even asukhā-
>/
#<[page 115]>#
%<XXXV. 130. 9]         GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO          115>%

#<SN_4,35(1).130 (7) Haliddako>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno Avantãsu
viharati Kuraraghare pavatte\<*<1>*>/ pabbate || ||
2 Atha kho Hāliddikāni\<*<2>*>/ gahapati yenāyasmā Mahā-
Kaccāno tenupasaīkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Hāliddikāni\<*<3>*>/ gahapati
āyasmantam Mahā-Kaccānam etad evoca || || Vuttam idam
bhante Bhagavatā Dhātunānattam paņicca uppajjati phas-
sanānattam || phassanānattam paņicca uppajjati vedanānā-
nattanti || || Kathaü nu kho bhante dhātunānattam paņicca
uppajjati phassanānattaü || phassanānattam paņicca uppaj-
jati vedanānānattanti || ||
4 Idha gahapati bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā manā-
pam Itthetanti\<*<4>*>/ pajānāti cakkhuvi¤¤āõam sukhavedani-
yam ||\<*<5>*>/ sukhavedaniyam\<*<6>*>/ phassam paņicca uppajjati
sukhā vedanā || || Cakkhunā ca kho paneva\<*<7>*>/ råpaü disvā
amanāpam Itthetanti pajānāti cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü dukkha-
vedaniyaü || dukkhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati
dukkhā vedanā || || Cakkhunā kho paneva råpam disvā
upekhāņņhāniyaü\<*<8>*>/ Itthetanti pajānāti cakkhuvi¤¤āõam
adukkhamasukhavedaniyaü || adukkhamasukhavedaniyam
phassam paņicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā\<*<9>*>/ || ||
5-9 Puna ca paraü gahapati sotena saddaü sutvā || ||
Ghānena gandham ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || ||
Kāyena poņņhabbam phusitvā || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya
manāpaü Itthetanti pajānāti manovi¤¤āõaü sukhave-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 kusaghare sampavatte; B2 kulaghare pavatte
2 B1 Hāsindakāni; B2 Hāliddakānã
3 B2 Hāliddhakānã
4 B1 iņņhetanti always
5 B1 adds ca always
6 S1-3 do not repeat sukhavedaniyam, and further S3 never repeats
-vedaniyaü
7 B1 paneva always
8 B1 upekkhāvedaniyaü, as before, always
9 By a strange blunder, S1-3 insert here the two last parts of the
mano article, which reappear below in their right place
>/
#<[page 116]>#
%<116            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 130. 10>%
daniyaü || sukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati
sukhāvedanā || || Manasā kho paneva dhammaü vi¤¤āya
amanāpam Itthetanti pajānāti manovi¤¤āõaü dukkha-
vedaniyaü || dukkhavedaniyam phassam paticca uppajjati
dukkha vedanā || || Manasā kho paneva dhammaü vi¤¤āya
upekhāņņhāniyaü Itthetanti pajānāti manovi¤¤āõam
adukkhamasukhavedaniyaü || adukkhamasukhavedaniyam
phassam paņicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
10 Evaü kho gahapati dhātunānattam paņicca uppajjati
phassanānattaü || phassanānattam paņicca uppajjati ve-
danānānattanti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).131 (8) Nakulapitā>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Bhaggesu viharati Suü-
sumāragire\<*<1>*>/ Bhesakalāvane\<*<2>*>/ Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho Nakulapitā gahapati yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaīkami || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Nakulapitā gahapati Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo || yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme na
parinibbāyanti || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko pana paccayo
yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantã-
ti || ||
4-9 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā-\<*<3>*>/ || ||
10 Ayam kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-
idhekacce sattā diņņheva-dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ||
11-16 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuvinneyyā råpā- || ||
17 Ayam kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-
idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).132 (9) Lohicco>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno Avantãsu
viharati Makkarakaņe ara¤¤e\<*<4>*>/ kuņikāyaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 susu-; B2 -gãre
2 S1-3 -kaëā-
3 As in No. 118. This sutta being the sixth in which this subject
is dealt with, I do not repeat the usual development
4 B1 ara¤¤a
>/
#<[page 117]>#
%<XXXV. 132. 4]          GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO.           117>%
2 Atha kho Lohiccassa brāhmaõassa sambahulā antevā-
sikā kaņņhahārakā māõavakā yenāyasmato Mahā-Kaccā-
nassa ara¤¤akuņikā tenupasaīkamiüsu upasaīkamitvā
parito parito kuņikāyam\<*<1>*>/ anucaīkamanti anuvicaranti
uccāsaddā mahāsaddā kānici kānici selissakāni\<*<2>*>/ ka-
ronti\<*<3>*>/ || || Ime pana muõķakā samaõaka ibbhā kiõhā\<*<4>*>/
bandhupādāpaccā imesam bhāratakānaü\<*<5>*>/ sakkatā garu-
katā mānitā påjitā apacitāti || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno vihārā nikkhamitvā
te māõavake etad avoca || || Mā vo māõavakā saddam
akattha\<*<6>*>/ dhammaü vo bhāsissāmãti || ||
Evam vutte te māõavakā tuõhi ahesuü || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno te māõavake gāthāhi
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sãluttamā\<*<7>*>/ pubbatarā ahesuü ||
te brāhmaõā ye purāõaü saranti ||
guttāni dvārāni surakkhitāni ||
ahesuü tesaü abhibhuyya kodhaü ||\<*<1>*>/ ||
Dhamme ca jhāne ca ratā ahesuü ||
te brāhmaõā ye purāõaü saranti ||
ime ca vokkamma jappāmaseti\<*<8>*>/ ||
gottena mattā visamam caranti ||\<*<2>*>/ ||
Kodhābhibhåtā puthu-attadaõķā\<*<9>*>/ ||
virajjhamānā\<*<10>*>/ tasathāvaresu ||
aguttadvārassa bhavanti moghā ||
supineva\<*<11>*>/ laddham purisassa vittaü ||\<*<3>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 kuņikāya
2 B1 seleyyakāni
3 B1 karonti
4 B1-2 kaõhā
5 B1-2 bhara-
6 B1 Mā māõavā-; B2 Māõavakā saddam mākattha
7 S1-3 sãluttarā
8 S1-3 japā-
9 S1 puthå-; B1-2 suputhuttadaõķo
10 B1-2 virujjha-
11 S3 supinena
>/
#<[page 118]>#
%<118              SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA              [XXXV. 132. 5>%
Anāsakā thaõķilasāyikā ca ||
pātho sināna¤ca\<*<1>*>/ tayo ca vedā ||
kharājinaü jaņāpaīko ||
mantā sãlabbataü tapo\<*<2>*>/ ||\<*<4>*>/ ||
Kuhanā vaīkaü\<*<3>*>/ daõķā ca ||
udakā ca manāni\<*<4>*>/ ca ||
vaõõā\<*<5>*>/ ete brāhmaõānaü ||
katā ki¤cikkhabāvanā\<*<6>*>/ ||\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Cittaü ca susamāhitaü ||
vippasannam anāvilaü ||
akhilaü\<*<7>*>/ sabbabhåtesu ||
so maggo brahmapattiyāti ||\<*<6>*>/ || ||
5 Atha kho te māõavakā kupitā anattamanā yena
Lohicco brāhmaõo tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā
Lohiccam brāhmaõam etad avocuü || || Yagghe bhavaü
jāneyya samaõo Mahā-Kaccāno brāhmaõānam mante\<*<8>*>/
ekaüsena apavadati paņikkosatãti || ||
Evaü vutte Lohicco brāhmaõo kupito ahosi\<*<9>*>/ anatta-
mano || ||
6 Atha kho Lohiccassa brāhmaõassa etad ahosi || || Na
kho pana me tam\<*<10>*>/ patiråpaü yo ham a¤¤adatthu māõa-
vakānaü yeva sutvā samaõam Mahā-Kaccānam akkosey-
yaü\<*<11>*>/ paribhāseyyaü || yaü nånāham upasaīkamitvā
puccheyyanti || ||
7 Atha kho Lohicco brāhmaõo tehi mānavakehi sad-
dhiü yenāyasmā Maha-Kaccāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīka-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B1; B2 pātopināna¤ca; S1 pāposināna¤ca; S3 pāpāsināna¤ca
2 S1-3 add ca
3 S3 vaīka
4 B2 majjanāni; S3 has nāni; but one ma is put before udakā ca
5 S3 vaõõo
6 S1-3 ki¤cikkha (S3 ki¤cakkha)-bhādhanā
7 B2 akhãlaü
8 B2 mantam
9 S1-3 omit ahosi
10 B1 omits me; S1 omits pana
11 B1 inserts virujjheyyaü
>/
#<[page 119]>#
%<XXXV. 132. 10]        GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO          119>%
mitvā āyasmatā Mahā-Kaccanena saddhiü sammodi || sam-
modanãyaü kathaü sārānãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü
nisãdi || ||
8 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Lohicco brāhmaõo āyasman-
tam Mahā-Kaccānam etad avoca || || âgamaüsu nu\<*<1>*>/ khvidha
bho Kaccāna amhākaü sambahulā antevāsikā kaņņhahā-
rakā māõavakā ti || ||
âgamaüsu khvidha\<*<2>*>/ te brāhmaõa sambahulā antevāsikā
kaņņhaharakā māõavakā ti || ||
Ahu pana bhoto Kaccānassa tehi māõavakehi saddhiü\<*<3>*>/
kocid eva kathāsallāpoti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Ahu kho me\<*<5>*>/ brāhmaõa tehi māõavakehi saddhiü kocid
eva kathāsallāpo ti || ||
Yathā katham pana bhoto Kaccānassa tehi mānavakehi
saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpoti || ||
Evaü kho me brāhmaõa tehi māõavakehi saddhim ahosi
kathāsallāpo\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Sãluttamā pubbatarā ahesuü
te brāhmaõā ye purāõaü saranti || ||
pe ||
Akhilam sabbabhåtesu
So maggo brahmapattiyā ti || ||
Evaü kho me brāhmaõa tehi māõavakehi\<*<7>*>/ saddhim
ahosi kathāsallāpoti || ||
9 Aguttadvāro\<*<8>*>/ ti bhavaü Kaccāno āha || Kittāvatā nu
kho\<*<9>*>/ Kaccāna aguttadvāro hotãti || ||
10 Idha brāhmaõa ekacco cakkhunā råpaü disvā piya-
råpe råpe adhimuccati || appiyaråpe vyāpajjati || anupaņņhi-
tāya satiyā\<*<10>*>/ ca viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ ca cetovimuttim

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 omits nu
2 S1-3 insert nu
3 S1-3 omit saddhiü
4 S3 -sallāposoti
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 B1-2 add ti
7 Missing in B1-2
8 Repeated by B1
9 B inserts bho
10 S1-3 anupaņņhitakāya sati always
>/
#<[page 120]>#
%<120            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 132. 11>%
pa¤¤āvimuttim yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || yathāssa\<*<1>*>/ te
uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā na\<*<2>*>/ niruj-
jhanti || ||
11-14 Sotena saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandham ghā-
yitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoņņhabbam
phusitvā || ||
15 Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme adhi-
muccati || appiyaråpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitāya
satiyā ca viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤ā-
vimuttiü yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || yathāssa te uppannā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā na nirujjhanti || ||
16 Evaü kho brāhmaõa aguttadvāro hotãti || ||
17 Acchariyam bho Kaccāna abbhutam bho Kaccāna
yāva¤cidaü bhotā\<*<3>*>/ Kaccānena aguttadvāro va samāno\<*<4>*>/
aguttadvāro ti akkhāto || || Guttadvāro guttadvāro ti\<*<5>*>/ bha-
vaü Kaccāno āha || kittāvatā nu kho bho Kaccāna gutta-
dvāro hotãti || ||
18 Idha brāhmaõa bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā
piyaråpe råpe nādhimuccati || apiyaråpe råpe na vyāpajjati ||
upaņņhitāya satiyā\<*<6>*>/ ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca
cetovimuttiü pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti ||
yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā
nirujjhanti || ||
19-22 Sotena saddam sutvā || || Ghānena gandham ghā-
yitvā || || Jivhāya rasam sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoņņhabbam
phusitvā || ||
23 Manasā dhammam vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme nādhi-
muccati || appiyaråpe na vyāpajjati || upaņņhitāya satiyā ca
viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimut-
tiü yathābhåtam pajānāti || yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
24 Evam kho brāhmaõa guttadvāro hotãti || ||
25 Acchariyaü bho Kaccāna abbhutam bho Kaccāna

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yatthassa alays
2 S1-3 omit na here and further on
3 S3 bhokatā
4 S3 samaõo
5 S3 guttadvāro ti guttadvāro
6 S1-3 upa (S3 uppa here) ņņhita kāya sati
>/
#<[page 121]>#
%<XXXV. 133. 4]         GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO              121>%
yāva¤cidam bhotā Kaccānena guttadvāro ca samāno gutta-
dvāro akkhāto || || Abhikkantam bho Kaccāna abhikkan-
tam bho Kaccāna seyyathāpi bho Kaccāna nikujjitam vā
ukkujjeyya paņicchannaü vā vivareyya måëhassa vā mag-
gam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaü dhāreyya cak-
khumanto råpāni dakkhintãti ||\<*<1>*>/ evam eva\<*<2>*>/ bhotā Kaccāne-
na anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bho
Kaccāna tam Bhagavantam saraõaü gacchāmi dhamma¤
ca bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || Upāsakam mam bhavam Kac-
cāno dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gataü || ||
Yathā ca bhavaü\<*<3>*>/ Kaccāno Makkarakaņe upāsakakulāni
upasaīkamati || evam evaü Lohiccakulam upasaīkamatu ||
tattha ye māõavakā vā māõavikā vā bhavantaü Kaccānam
abhivādessanti paccupaņņhissanti āsanaü vā udakaü vā
dassanti tesaü tam bhavissati dãgharattaü hitāya sukhā-
yāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).133 (10) Verahaccāni>#
1 Ekaü samayaü āyasmā Udāyã\<*<4>*>/ Kāmaõķāyaü vihā-
rati Todeyyassa brāhmaõassa Ambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā antevāsã
maõavako yenāyasmā Udāyã tenupasaīkami || upasaīka-
mitvā āyasmatā Udāyinā saddhiü sammodi || sammoda-
nãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho taü māõavakam āyasmā
Udāyã dhammiyā kathāya sandessesi samādapesi samutte-
jesi sampahaüsesi || ||
4 Atha kho so māõavako āyasmatā Udāyinā dhammiyā
kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaüsito
uņņhāyāsanā yena Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā Verahaccānigottam brāhmaõim
etad avoca || || Yagghe bhoti jāneyya samaõo Udāyã dham-
maü deseti ādikalyāõam majjhekalyānaü pariyosānaka-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 dakkhanti
2 B1-2 evam evaü
3 S1 Bhagavaü and further on Bhagavantaü
4 S1-3 Udāyi always
>/
#<[page 122]>#
%<122                SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA    {nu}[XXXV. 135. 5>%
lyānaü sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalaparipuõõam parisud-
dham brahmacariyam pakāsetãti || ||
5 Tena hi tvam māõavaka mama vacanena samaõam
Udāyiü nimantehi svātanāya bhattenāti || ||
Evam hotã ti kho so māõavako Verahaccānigottāya
brāhmaõiyā patissutvā yenāyasmā Udāyã tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Adhi-
vāsetu kira bhavaü Udāyã amhākam\<*<1>*>/ ācariyabhariyāya
Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā svātanāya bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Udāyi tuõhibhāvena || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyã tassā rattiyā accayena pub-
banhasamayam nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Vera-
haccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā nivesanaü tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdi || ||
7 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã āyasmantam
Udāyiü paõitena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā
santappesi sampavāresi || ||
8 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã āyasmantam
Udāyim bhuttāviü oõitapattapāõiü pādukā ārohitvā ucce
āsane nisãditvā sãsam oguõņhitvā\<*<2>*>/ āyasmantam Udāyim
etad avoca || || Bhaõa samaõa dhammanti || ||
Bhavissati bhagini samayoti vatvā uņņhāyāsanā pak-
kāmi || ||
9 Dutiyam pi kho so māõavako yenāyasmā Udāyã
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Udāyinā sad-
dhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü katham sārāõãyam vãtisā-
retvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho
tam māõavakam āyasmā Udāyã dhammiyā kathāya san-
dassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaüsesi || ||
10 Dutiyam pi kho so māõavako āyasmatā Udāyinā
dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito
sampahaüsito uņņhāyāsanā yena Verahaccānigottā brāh-
maõã tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Verahaccānigottam
brāhmaõim etad avoca || || Yagghe bhoti jāneyya samaõo
Udāyã dhammaü deseti ādikalyāõam majjhekalyāõam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 āyasmākaü
2 S1-3 -kuõņhitā; B1-2 -guõķitvā
>/
#<[page 123]>#
%<XXXV. 133. 17]        GAHAPATIVAGGO  DUTIYO              123>%
pariyosānakalyāõam sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalapari-
puõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsetãti || ||
11 Evam eva\<*<1>*>/ pana tvam māõavaka samaõassa
Udāyissa vaõõam bhāsasi || samaõo panudāyã\<*<2>*>/ Bhaõa
samaõa\<*<3>*>/ dhammanti vutto samāno Bhavissati bhagini
samayo ti vatvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram\<*<4>*>/ pakkanto ti
\<*<12>*>/ Tathā hi pana tvam bhoti pādukā ārohitvā ucce
āsane nisãditvā sãsam oguõņhitvā\<*<5>*>/ etad avoca Bhaõa
samaõa dhammanti || dhammagaruno hi te bhavanto
dhammagāravāti || ||
13 Tena tvam māõavaka mama vacanena samaõam
Udāyim nimantehi svāyatanāya bhattenāti || ||
Evam bhotãti\<*<6>*>/ kho so māõavako Verahaccanigottāya
brāhmaõiyā paņissutvā yenāyasmā Udāyã tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || Adhivā-
setu kira bhavaü Udāyi amhākam\<*<7>*>/ ācariyabhariyāya\<*<8>*>/
Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā svātanāya bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Udāyã tunhibhāvena || ||
14 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyã tassā rattiyā accayena
pubbanhasamayaü nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena
Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā nivesanaü tenupasaī-
kami || Upasaīkamitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdi || ||
15 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã āyasmantam
Udāyim paõitena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā
santappesi sampavāresi || ||
16 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã āyasmantam
Udāyim bhuttāvim oõãtapattapāõim pādukā orohitvā nãce
āsane nisãditvā sãsaü vivaritvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad
avoca || Kisminnu kho bhante sati arahanto sukhadukkham
pa¤¤āpenti kismim asati arahanto sukhadukkhaü na
pa¤¤āpentãti || ||
17 Cakkhusmiü kho bhagini sati arahanto sukhaduk-
kham pa¤¤āpenti || Cakkhusmim asati arahanto sukhaduk-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 evaü
2 B1-2 omit pan
3 S1-3 omit samaõa
4 Missing in B1-2
5 S3 -kuõo
6 S3 hotãti
7 S1 asmākaü; S3 āyasmā akaü
8 S1-3 āca (S3-cca-)riyāya-
>/
#<[page 124]>#
%<124            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 133. 18>%
khaü na pa¤¤apenti || la || Jivhāya sati arahanto sukhaduk-
kham pa¤¤āpenti || jivhāya asati arahanto sukhadukkham na
pa¤¤apenti || la || || Manasmiü sati arahanto sukhadukkham
pa¤¤āpenti || manasmim asati arahanto sukhadukkham
na pa¤¤āpentãti || ||
18 Evaü vutte Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã āyasmantam
Udāyim etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam
bhante || seyyathāpi bhante nikujjitaü vā ukkujjeyya
paņicchannaü vā vivareyya måëhassa vā maggam ācik-
kheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaü dhāreyya cakkhumanto
råpāni dakkhintãti || evam eva ayyena Udāyinā anekapari-
yāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham ayya\<*<1>*>/ Udāyi tam\<*<2>*>/
Bhagavantaü saraõaü gacchāmi dhamma¤ca bhik-
khusaīgha¤ca || upāsikam mam ayyo Udāyã dhāretu ajja-
tagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatanti || ||
Gahapativaggo tatiyo\<*<3>*>/ ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Vesālã Vajji Nāëandā ||
Bhāradvāja\<*<4>*>/ Sono ca Ghosito ||
Hālindako\<*<5>*>/ Nakulapitā ||
Lohicco Verahaccānãti\<*<6>*>/ || ||

#<CHAPTER IV DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).134 (1) Devadahakhaõo>#
1 Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Devada-
hannāma Sakkānam\<*<7>*>/ nigame\<*<8>*>/ || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Nāham
bhikkhave sabbesa¤¤eva bhikkhånaü chasu phassāyata-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 bhante; S3 ayyam
2 S3 Udāyiõaü
3 Put at the end by S1-3
4 S1-3 rājā
5 B2 Hāliddhako; S1 Haliddāko; S3 Haliddikā
6 S1-3 Verahaccayatã; B2 -ccavāti
7 S1-3 sakyānam
8 S1 nigamo
>/
#<[page 125]>#
%<XXXV. 134. 11]        DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO             125>%
nesu appamādena karaõãyanti vadāmi || Na ca panāham
bhikkhave sabbesa¤¤eva bhikkhånaü chasu phassāyata-
nesu nāppamādena karaõãyanti vadāmi || ||
3 Ye te bhikkhave bhikkhå arahanto khãõāsavā vusita-
vanto katakaraõãyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parik-
khiõabhavasaüyojanā sammada¤¤ā vimuttā || tesāham
bhikkhave bhikkhånaü chasu phassāyatanesu nāppamādena
karaõãyanti vadāmi || || Taü kissa hetu || ||
4 Kataü\<*<1>*>/ tesam appamādena || abhabbā te pamajji-
tuü || ||
5 Ye ca kho te bhikkhave bhikkhå sekhā\<*<2>*>/ appattamā-
nasā anuttaraü yogakkhemam patthayamānā viharanti ||
tesāham bhikkhave bhikkhånaü chasu phassāyatanesu
appamādena\<*<3>*>/ karaõãyanti vadāmi || || Taü kissa hetu || ||
6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā manoramā pi
amanoramā pi || tyāssa phussaphussa cittaü na pariyādāya
tiņņhanti || cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaü hoti viriyam
asallãnaü || upaņņhitā sati asammuņņhā\<*<4>*>/ || passaddho kāyo
asāraddho || samāhitaü cittam ekaggaü || || Imaü khvāham
bhikkhave appamādaphalaü sampassamāno tesam bhik-
khånaü chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaõãyanti
vadāmi || ||
7,8,9,10 Pe || Santi bhikkhave jivhā- kāya- || ||
11 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā manoramā
pi amanoramā pi || tyāssa phussaphussa cittaü na pariyā-
dāya tiņņhanti || cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaü hoti viriyam
asallãnaü || upaņņhitā sati asammuņņhā\<*<5>*>/ || passaddho kāyo
asāraddho || samāhitaü cittam ekaggaü || || Imam khvāham
bhikkhave appamādaphalam sampassamāno tesam bhik-
khånam chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaõãyanti
vadāmãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 kataü (?); S3 nataü distinctly; B1-2 katham; corrected in
B2 to kataü
2 S1-3 ye kho
3 B1-2 nesāhaü bhi- -āyatanesu nāppamādena
4 S3 appamuņņhā
5 S3 apammuņņhā
>/
#<[page 126]>#
%<126                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                [XXXV. 135. 2>%

#<SN_4,35(1).135 (2) Saīgayha>#
2 Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaü vo bhikkhave khaõo
vo paņiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya || ||
3 Diņņhā mayā bhikkhave cha phassāyatanikā nāma
nirayā || || Tattha yaü ki¤ci cakkhunā\<*<1>*>/ råpam passati ||
aniņņharåpa¤¤eva\<*<2>*>/ passati no iņņharåpaü || akantaråpa¤-
¤eva passati no kantaråpaü || amanāparåpa¤¤eva passati
no manāparåpaü || || Yaü ki¤ci sotena saddaü suõāti || ||
Yaü ki¤ci ghānena gandhaü ghāyati || || Yaü ki¤ci jivhāya
rasaü sāyati || || Yaü ki¤ci kāyena phoņņhabbam phusati || ||
Yaü ki¤ci manasā dhammam vijānāti || aniņņharåpa¤¤e va
vijānāti no iņņharåpaü || akantaråpa¤¤eva vijānāti no
kantaråpaü || amanāparåpa¤¤eva vijānāti no manāpa-
råpaü || ||
Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaü vo bhikkhave khaõo vo
paņiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya || ||
4 Diņņhā mayā bhikkhave cha phassāyatanikā nāma
saggā || || Tattha yaü ki¤ci cakkhunā råpaü passati ||
iņņharåpa¤¤eva passati no aniņņharåpaü || kantaråpa¤¤eva
passati no akantaråpaü || manāparåpa¤¤eva passati no
amanāparåpaü || gha || Yam ki¤ci jivhāya sāyati || la || ||
Yaü ki¤ci manasā dhammaü vijānāti || iņņharåpa¤¤eva
vijānāti no aniņņharåpaü || kantaråpa¤¤eva vijānāti no
akantaråpaü || manāparåpa¤¤eva vijānāti no amāna-
råpaü || ||
Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaü vo bhikkhave khaõo vo
paņiladdho brahmacariyavāsāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).136 (3) Agayha>#
2 Råpārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā\<*<3>*>/ råpasamuditā ||
råpavipariõāmavirāganirodhā dukkhaü\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhave deva-
manussā viharanti || || Saddārāmā || || Gandhārāmā || ||
Rasārāmā || || Phoņņhabbārāmā || Dhammārāmā bhikkhave

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tattha cakkhunā yaü ki¤ci
2 S1-3 ariņņha
3 S1-3 devā- always
4 B1-2 dukkhā always
>/
#<[page 127]>#
%<XXXV. 136. 4]         DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO             127>%
devamanussā dhammaratā dhammasamuditā || dhamma-
vipariõāmavirāganirodhā dukkhaü bhikkhave devama-
nussā viharanti || ||
3 Tathāgato ca kho bhikkhave arahaü sammāsambuddho
råpānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãna-
va¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü viditvā na råpārāmo na
råparato na råpasamudito ||\<*<1>*>/ råpavipariõāmavirāganirodhā
sukhaü\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave Tathāgato viharati || || Saddānaü || ||
Gandhānaü || || Rasānaü || || Phoņņhabbānaü || || Dham-
mānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca
nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü viditvā na dhammārāmo na
dhammarato na dhammasamudito dhammavipariõāma-
virāganirodhā\<*<3>*>/ sukho\<*<4>*>/bhikkhave tathāgato viharatãti || ||
4 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaü vatvā\<*<5>*>/ Sugato athāparam
pi etad avoca satthā || ||
Råpā saddā gandhā rasā || phassā dhammā ca kevalā || ||
iņņhā kantā manāpā ca || yāvatatthãti vuccati\<*<6>*>/ ||\<*<1>*>/ ||
Sadevakassa lokassa || ete vo sukhasammatā ||
Yattha cete nirujjhanti || taü tesaü dukkhasammataü ||\<*<2>*>/ ||
Sukhaü diņņham ariyehi\<*<7>*>/ || sakkā yassa nirodhanaü\<*<8>*>/ ||
paccanãkam idaü hoti || sabbalokena dassanam\<*<9>*>/ ||\<*<3>*>/ ||
Yam pare sukhato āhu || tad ariyā āhu dukkhato ||
yam pare dukkhato āhu || tad ariyā sukhato vidå ||\<*<4>*>/ ||
Phassadhammaü durājānaü\<*<10>*>/ || sammuëhettha\<*<11>*>/ avid-
dasu ||
nivutānaü\<*<12>*>/ tamo hoti || andhakāro apassataü ||\<*<5>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 inserts na
2 S3 repeats sukhaü; B1-2 have sukho
3 S3 dhammanavipariõāmanavirāga-
4 So B1-2, S3; S1 sākho
5 B1-2 vatvāna
6 B2 vuccanti; S3 yāvaütthãti vuccatã
7 S3 sukhanti diņņhemariyehi
8 S1-3 sakkāyassuparodhanaü
9 B1-2 passataü
10 S1-3 phassā-; B1-2 passa- duvijānaü
11 S1-3 sampamuëhettha
12 S3 nivitāõaü
>/
#<[page 128]>#
%<128            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 136. 5>%
Sata¤ca vivaņaü hoti || āloko passatam idha ||
santikena vijānanti || mahādhammassa\<*<1>*>/ kovidā ||\<*<6>*>/ ||
Bhavarāgaparetehi || bhavasotānusāribhi\<*<2>*>/ ||
Māradheyyānupannehi || nāyam dhammo\<*<3>*>/ susambud-
dho\<*<4>*>/ ||\<*<7>*>/ ||
Ko nu a¤¤atra-m-ariyehi || padaü sambuddham arahati ||
Yam padaü sammada¤¤āya || parinibbanti anāsavāti ||8 ||
5 Råpārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā råparatā råpasa-
muditā || råpaviparināmavirāganirodhā dukkhā bhikkhave
devamanussā viharanti || || Saddārāmā || || Gandhārāmā || ||
Rasārāmā || || Phoņņhabbārāmā || || Dhammārāmā bhikkhave
devamanussā dhammaratā dhammasamuditā || dhamma-
pariõāmavirāganirodhā dukkhā bhikkhave devamanussā
viharanti || ||
6 Tathāgato ca bhikkhave arahaü sammāsambuddho
råpānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādina-
va¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü viditvā na råpārāmo
na råparato na råpasamudito ||\<*<5>*>/ råpavipariõāmavirāgani-
rodhā sukho bhikkhave tathāgato viharati || || Saddānaü || ||
Gandhānam || || Rasānaü || || Phoņņhabbānaü || || Dham-
mānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca
nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü viditvā na dhammārāmo na
dhammarato na dhammasamudito\<*<5>*>/ || dhammavipariõāma-
virāganirodhā sukho bhikkhave Tathāgato viharatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).137 (4) Palāsinā1>#
2 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo
pahãnam hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Ki¤ca bhikkhave na
tumhākam || ||
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave na tumhākaü tam pajahatha ||
taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || la || || Jivhā na

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 magā-
2 B1-2 bhavayogānu-
3 B1 maggo
4 B1-2 -budho
5 S1-3 insert na here
>/
#<[page 129]>#
%<XXXV. 139. 3]         DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO             129>%
tumhākam tam pajahatha || sā vo pahãnā\<*<1>*>/ hitāya sukhāya
bhavissati || la || || Mano na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || So
vo pahãno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiü Jetavane tiõakaņ-
ņhasākhāpalāsam taü jano hareyya vā ķaheyya vā yathā-
paccayaü vā kareyya api nu tumhākam evam assa Amhe
jano harati vā ķahati vā yathāpaccayam vā karotãti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Na hi no etam bhante attā vā attaniyaü vā ti || ||
10 Evam eva vo kho bhikkhave cakkhuü na tumhākaü
tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati ||
Sotaü || || Ghānaü || Jivhā || pe || Mano na tumhākaü tam
pajahatha || so vo pahãno hitāya sukhāya bhavissatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).138 (5) Palāsinā2>#
2 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo
pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
Ki¤ca bhikkhave na tumhākam || ||
3-8 Råpā bhikkhave na tumhākaü te pajahatha || te vo
pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā na tumhākaü te paja-
hatha || || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiü Jetavane tiõa-
kaņņhaü || la ||
10 Evam eva kho bhikkhave råpā na tumhākaü te
pajahatha || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā
na tumhākaü te pajahatha || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya
bhavissantãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).139 (6) Hetunā ajjhatta1>#
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü || yo pi hetu yo pi pac-
cayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi\<*<2>*>/ anicco || aniccasambhåtam
bhikkhave cakkhuü kuto niccam bhavissati || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 taüvopahãnaü
2 S3 inserts paccayo
>/
#<[page 130]>#
%<130            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 139. 4>%
4-5 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || ||
6-7 Jivhā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya
uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhåtā bhikkhave jivhā
kuto niccā bhavissati || la || ||
8 Mano anicco || yo pi bhikkhave hetu yo pi paccayo
manassa uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhåto bhik-
khave\<*<1>*>/ mano kuto nicco bhavissati || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || la || || Jivhāya pi nibbindati || la || ||
Manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || pe ||
nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).140 (7) Hetunā ajjhatta2>#
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaü || yo pi hetu yo pi
paccayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasam-
bhåtam bhikkhave cakkhuü kuto sukham bhavissati || ||
Sotaü || || Ghānaü || ||
6-7 Jivhā dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya
uppādāya kuto sukhā bhavissati || || Kāyo || pe || ||
8 Mano dukkho || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo manassa
uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhåto bhikkhave mano
kuto sukho bhavissati || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).141 (8) Hetunā ajjhatta3>#
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi pac-
cayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhåtam
bhikkhave cakkhuü kuto attā bhavissati || || la || ||
6-7 Jivhā anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya
uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhåtā bhikkhave jivhā
kuto attā bhavissati || ||
Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo manassa

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 131]>#
%<XXXV. 144. 8]         DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO             131>%
uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhåto bhikkhave mano
kuto attā bhavissati || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).142 (9) Hetunā bāhira1>#
3 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo
råpānam uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhåtā bhik-
khave råpā kuto niccā bhavissanti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Poņņhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dhammā-
nam uppādaya so pi anicco || aniccasambhåtā bhikkhave
dhammā kuto niccā bhavissanti || ||
9 Evam passam || la ||\<*<1>*>/ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).143 (10) Hetunā bāhira2>#
3 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo
rupānam uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhåtā bhik-
khave råpā kuto sukhā bhavissanti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dham-
mānam uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhåtā bhik-
khave dhammā kuto sukhā bhavissanti || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).144 (11) Hetunā bāhira3>#
3 Råpā bhikkhave anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo
rupānam uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhåtā bhik-
khave råpā kuto attā bhavissanti || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dham-
mānam uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhåtā bhikkhave
dhammā kuto attā bhavissanti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
>/
#<[page 132]>#
%<132            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                [XXXV. 144. 9>%
9 Evam passam || pe ||\<*<1>*>/ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||
Devadahavaggo catuttho\<*<2>*>/ ||
Tassuddānaü || ||
Devadahakhaõo Saīgayha\<*<3>*>/ ||
Agayha\<*<4>*>/ dve honti\<*<5>*>/ Palāsinā\<*<6>*>/ ||
Hetunā pi tayo vuttā || ||
Duve\<*<7>*>/ ajjhatta-bāhirāti || ||

#<CHAPTER V NAVAPURâöAVAGGO PAĨCAMO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).145 (1) Kammam>#
2 Navapurāõāni bhikkhave kammāni desissāmi kam-
manirodham kammanirodhagāmini¤ca paņipadaü || tam
suõātha sādhukam manasikarotha bhāsissāmãti\<*<8>*>/ || ||
3 Katamam bhikkhave purāõakammaü\<*<9>*>/ || ||
Cakkhum bhikkhave purāõakammam abhisaīkhatam
abhisa¤cetayitaü vedaniyaü daņņhabbam || pa || Jivhā
purāõakammam\<*<10>*>/ abhisaīkhatā abhisa¤cetayitā vedaniyā
daņņhabbā || la || Mano purāõakammaü\<*<11>*>/ abhisaīkhato abhi-
sa¤cetayito vedaniyo daņņhabbo\<*<12>*>/ || ||
Idaü vuccati bhikkhave purāõakammaü || ||
4 Katama¤ca bhikkhave navakammaü\<*<13>*>/ || || Yaü kho
bhikkhave etarahi kammaü karoti kāyena vācāya manasā
idam vuccati bhikkhave navakammaü || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave kammanirodho || || Yo kho bhik-
khave kāyakammavacãkamma manokammassa\<*<14>*>/ nirodhā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B1-2
2 Put at the end by S1-3
3 S1-3 sagayha; B2 saügayha; B1 pagayha
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B2 hoti
6 S1-3 palāsinaü; B1 ma (B2 pa-)õasinā
7 S1-3 te kho
8 sādhukamo -ti is omitted by S1-3
9 S1-3 purāõaü- always
10 B1 -kammā
11 B1 -kammo
12 While S1-3 do not omit Sotaü . . . Ghānam . . . Kāyo, they omit
Mano . . .
13 S1-3 navaü kammaü always
14 S1-3 Kāyakammaü vacãkammaü manokammaü
>/
#<[page 133]>#
%<XXXV. 146. 7]         NAVAPURâöAVAGGO PAĨCAMO            133>%
vimuttiü\<*<1>*>/ phusati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave kamma-
nirodho || ||
6 Katamā\<*<2>*>/ ca bhikkhave kammanirodhagāminã paņipa-
dā || ||
Ayam eva ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo seyyathãdam sam-
mādiņņhi sammāsaīkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto
sammāājãvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi || ||
Ayaü vuccati bhikkhave kammanirodhagāminã paņi-
padā || ||
7 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaü vo mayā purāõakam-
maü || desitaü navakammaü || desito kammanirodho || desitā
kammanirodhagāminã paņipadā || ||
8 Yaü kho bhikkhave satthārā karaõãyaü sāvakānaü
hitesinā anukampakena anukampam upādāya kataü\<*<3>*>/ vo\<*<4>*>/
tam mayā || ||
9 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamålāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni
jhāyatha\<*<5>*>/ bhikkhave mā pamādattha\<*<6>*>/ mā pacchāvippa-
tisārino ahuvattha || || Ayaü vo\<*<7>*>/ amhākam\<*<8>*>/ anusāsanãti\<*<9>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).146 (2) Sappāya1>#
2 Nibbānasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü dessis-
sāmi || taü sunātha || pa || || katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbā-
nasappāyā\<*<10>*>/ paņipadā || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhum aniccanti passati ||
Råpā aniccāti passati || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccanti passati ||
Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti passati || Yam pidaü cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā duk-
khaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā passati || tam pi Aniccanti
passati || ||
4-5 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || ||
6-7 Jivhā aniccāti passati || Rasā aniccāti passati ||
Jivhāvi¤¤āõam aniccanti passati || Jivhāsamphasso aniccoti

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 vimutti
2 S1-3 katamo
3 B2 has kataü kammaü (kampaü)
4 B1 kho instead of vo tam
5 B2 nijjhāyatha
6 B1-2 pahadattha
7 B1 kho; S3 o (?) between the lines
8 B2 tamhākaü
9 S3 anusāsatati
10 S1-3 -sappāya always
>/
#<[page 134]>#
%<134                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 146. 8>%
passati || Yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati veda-
yitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam
pi Aniccanti passati || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano aniccoti passati || Dhammā aniccāti passati ||
Manovi¤¤āõam aniccanti passati || Manosamphasso aniccoti
passati || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati veda-
yitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam
pi aniccanti passati || ||
9 Ayam kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paņipadāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).147 (3) Sappāya2>#
2 Nibbānasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü desissāmi ||
tam suõātha || pa || || katamā ca sā\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhave nibbānasappā-
yāpaņipadā || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhuü dukkhanti passati ||
Råpā dukkhāti passati || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü dukkhanti
passati || Cakkhusamphasso dukkhoti passati || Yam pidaü
cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā
dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tam pi dukkhanti
passati || ||
4-7 Sotaü || || Ghānam || || Jivhā dukkhā ti passati || ||
la || ||
8 Mano dukkhoti || Dhammā dukkhā ti || Manovi¤¤ā-
naü || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā
adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi Dukkhanti passati || ||
9 Ayaü kho sā bhikkhave sappāyā paņipadāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).148 (4) Sappāya3>#
2 Nibbānasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü desissāmi ||
taü sunātha || la || Katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā
paņipadā || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhum anattā ti passati ||
Råpā anattā ti passati || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam anattāti passati ||
Cakkhusamphasso anattā ti passati || Yam pidaü cakkhu-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit sā
>/
#<[page 135]>#
%<XXXV. 149. 9]         NAVAPURâöAVAGGO PAĨCAMO            135>%
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü || tampi Anattā ti
passati || ||
4-7 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā anattāti passati || ||
Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anattāti passati || Dhammā anattāti passati ||
Manovi¤¤āõaü || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam mano-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü
vā adukkhum asukhaü vā tam pi anattāti passati || ||
9 Ayaü kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paņipadāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).149 (5) Sappāya4>#
2 Nibbānasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü desissāmi ||
taü suõātha || la || ||
Katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā patipadā || ||
3 Taü kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave || cakkhuü niccaü vā
aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü
nu tam samanupassitum Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me
attāti || || No hetam bhante || ||
Rupā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante || Cakkhu-
vi¤¤āõam || Cakkhusamphasso || la || Yam pidam cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü
vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vā
ti || || Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü
nu tam samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti || || No hetam bhante
\<*<4>*>/-\<*<8>*>/ Sotam || || Ghānam || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano\<*<1>*>/ || ||
9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati råpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi
nibbindati || Cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe || || Yam
pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü su-
khaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tasmim

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Mano is complete in S1-3
>/
#<[page 136]>#
%<136                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                [XXXV. 149. 10>%
nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātãti || ||
10 Ayaü kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paņipadā ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).150 (6) Antevasi>#
3 Anantevāsikam\<*<1>*>/ idam bhikkhave brahmacariyaü
vussati anācariyakaü || ||
4 Santevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaü
na phāsuü\<*<2>*>/ viharati || Anantevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu
anācariyako\<*<3>*>/ sukham\<*<4>*>/ phāsuü viharati || ||
5 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu santevāsiko sācariyako
dukkhaü na phāsuü viharati || ||
6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā råpaü disvā
uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā sa¤¤oja-
niyā tyassa\<*<5>*>/ antovasanti antassa vasanti\<*<6>*>/ pāpakā akusalā
dhammā ti || tasmā Santevāsiko\<*<7>*>/ ti vuccati || || Te\<*<8>*>/ naü
samudācaranti || samudācaranti nam\<*<9>*>/ pāpakā akusalā
dhammā ti || tasmā Sācariyako ti vuccati || la || ||
7-8 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno sotena saddaü
sutvā || ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || ||
9-10 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya
rasaü sāyitvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaī-
kappā sa¤¤ojaniyā || pe || || Puna ca param bhikkhave
bhikkhuno kāyena phoņņhabbam phusitvā || ||
11 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā
dhammam vi¤¤āya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā\<*<10>*>/
sarasaīkappā sa¤¤ojaniyā || tyassa antovasanti antassa

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Antevāsikam
2 B1-2 phāsu always
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3; add vā
5 S1-3 tyāssa always
6 S1 anvassa (S3 anvāssa-) vasanti
7 S1 sā antevāsiko; S3 has the same, a being erased, whence sānte-
8 S1-3 tena
9 S1-3 omit samudācaranti naü
10 Missing in S1; written but erased in S3
>/
#<[page 137]>#
%<XXXV. 150. 20]         NAVAPURâöAVAGGO PAĨCAMO           137>%
vasanti\<*<1>*>/ pāpakā akusalā dhammā || tasmā Santevāsiko\<*<2>*>/ ti
vuccati || te naü\<*<3>*>/ samudācaranti samudācaranti nam\<*<4>*>/
pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Sācariyako ti vuccati || ||
12 Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu santevāsiko\<*<5>*>/ sācariyako
dukkhaü na phāsuü viharati || ||
13 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu anantevāsiko anācari-
yako sukham phāsuü viharati || ||
14 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā råpaü disvā na
uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā sa¤¤o-
janiyā || tyassa na antovasanti nāssa antovasanti pāpakā
akusalā dhammāti tasmā Antevāsiko ti vuccati || || Te na
naü\<*<6>*>/ samudācaranti na\<*<7>*>/ samudācaranti nam pāpakā
akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Anācariyako ti vuccati || ||
15-18 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno sotena
saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya
rasaü sāyitvā || || Kāyena poņņhabbam phusitvā || ||
19 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā
dhammaü vi¤¤āya nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā\<*<8>*>/
sarasaīkappā sa¤¤ojaniyā tyassa na antovasanti\<*<9>*>/ nassa
antovasanti\<*<10>*>/ pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Anantevā-
siko ti vuccati || || Te na naü samudācaranti na samudā-
caranti nam\<*<11>*>/ pāpakā akusalā dhammāti tasmā Anācariyako
ti vuccati || ||
20 Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu anantevāsiko anā-
cariyako sukham phāsuü viharati || ||
Anantevāsikam idam bhikkhave brahmacariyaü vuccati\<*<12>*>/
anācariyakaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 anvāssavasanti; the word, written between the lines in S3,
is not very distinct
2 S1 sā antevasiko as before; S3 antevāsiko; B2 sānte-
3 S1 tenataü
4 S3 omits samudācaranti naü
5 So B1 S3; S1 B2 sāntevasãko
6 B2 te nenaü
7 S1 inserts tam between na and samudo omitting the ollowing naü;
S3 omits the whole
8 Missing in S1-3
9 S1-3 antova (S3-vā-)sissanti
10 S1-3 antevasanti
11 S1 na naü samudācaranti; missing in S3
12 B1-2 vussati
>/
#<[page 138]>#
%<138                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                [XXXV. 150. 21>%
21 Santevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaü
na phāsuü viharati || anantevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu anā-
cariyako sukham phāsuü viharatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).151 (7) Kimatthiya>#
3 Sace vo bhikkhave a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evam
puccheyyuü || Kim atthi yam āvuso samaõe Gotame
brahmacariyaü vussatãti || evam puņņhā tumhe bhikkhave
tesam a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evaü vyākarey-
yātha || ||
4 Dukkhassa kho āvuso yassa pari¤¤āya\<*<1>*>/ Bhagavati
brahmacariyaü vussatãti || ||
5 Sace pana vo bhikkhave a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evam
puccheyyuü || || Katamam pana tam avuso\<*<2>*>/ dukkham
yassa pari¤¤āya samaõe Gotame brahmacariyaü vussatãti ||
evam puņņhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam a¤¤atitthiyānam
paribbājakānam evam vyākareyyātha || ||
6-11 Cakkhuü kho āvuso dukkhaü tassa pari¤¤āya
Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussati || Råpā dukkhā tesam
pari¤¤āya brahmacariyaü vussati || Cakkhusamphasso
dukkho tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussa-
ti || ||\<*<3>*>/ Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati
vedayitaü sukhaü vā adukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü
vā tam pi dukkhaü || tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahma-
cariyaü vussati || ||
12 Idaü kho āvuso dukkhaü yassa pari¤¤āya Bhaga-
vati brahmacariyaü vussatãti || ||
13 Evam puņņhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam a¤¤atitthiyā-
nam paribbājakānam evaü vyākareyyāthāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).152 (8) Atthi nu kho pariyāyo>#
3 Atthi nu kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam
āgamma bhikkhu a¤¤atreva\<*<4>*>/ saddhāya a¤¤atra ruciyā
a¤¤atrānussavā a¤¤atrākāraparivitakkā a¤¤atra diņņhi-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pari¤¤attham
2 B1 panāvuso
3 So S1-3; less abridged in B1-2
4 S1-3 a¤¤attho always
>/
#<[page 139]>#
%<XXXV. 152. 11]      NAVAPURâöAVAGGO PAĨCAMO         139>%
nijjhānakhantiyā a¤¤am vyākareyya || Khãnā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātã ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
4 Bhagavammålakā no bhante dhammā || pe\<*<2>*>/ || ||
5 Atthi bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma
bhikkhu a¤¤atreva saddhāya a¤¤atra diņņhinijjhānakhan-
tiyā a¤¤aü vyākareyya || Khãnā jāti vusitam brahmacari-
yaü kataü karaõãyam nāparam itthattāyā ti pajanātãti || ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam
āgamma bhikkhu a¤¤atreva saddhāya || pe || a¤¤atra diņņhi-
nijjhānakhantiyā a¤¤aü vyākaroti Khiõā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||
7 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā
santam vā ajjhattaü rāgadosamohaü Atthi me ajjhattaü
rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantam vā ajjhattaü rāgadosa-
mohaü Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || ||
Yantam\<*<3>*>/ bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpam disvā santam
vā ajjhattaü rāgadosamohaü Atthi me ajjhattaü rāgado-
samohoti pajānāti || asantaü vā ajjhattam rāgadosamohaü
Natthi me ajjhattaü rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || api nu me
bhikkhave dhammā saddhāya vā veditabbā ruciyā vā vedi-
tabbā anussavena vā veditabbā ākāraparivitakkena vā vedi-
tabbā diņņhinijjhānakhantiyā vā veditabbā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Nanu me bhikkhave dhammā pa¤¤āya disvā veditabbā
ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Ayaü kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma
bhikkhu a¤¤atreva saddhāya a¤¤atra ruciyā a¤¤atrānus-
savā a¤¤atrākāraparivitakkā a¤¤atradiņņhinijjhānakhantiyā
a¤¤aü vyākaroti Khãõā jati vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü
karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānāti || ||
8-11 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhu sotena saddaü
sutvā || pe || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü
sāyitvā\<*<4>*>/ || || Kāyena poņņhabbam phusitvā || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pajānāmãti always
2 So S1-3; complete in B1-2
3 S1-3 santam
4 10 (Jivhāya . . .)is complete in B1-2
>/
#<[page 140]>#
%<140            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 152. 12>%
12 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhu manasā dhammaü
vi¤¤āya santaü vā ajjhattam rāgadosamoham. Atthi me aj-
jhattaü rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantaü vā ajjhattaü
rāgadosamohaü Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamoho ti
pajānāti || || Yam tam bhikkhave bhikkhu manasā dhammaü
vi¤¤āya santaü vā ajjhattam rāgadosamohaü Atthi me
ajjhattaü rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantaü vā ajjhattaü
rāgadosamohaü Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamoho ti
pajānāti || api nu me bhikkhave dhammā saddhāya vā vedi-
tabbā || pe || diņņhinijjhānakhantiyā vā veditabbāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Nanu me bhikkhave dhammā pa¤¤āya disvā veditabbā-
ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
13 Ayam pi kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam
āgamma bhikkhu a¤¤atreva saddhāya a¤¤atra ruciyā
a¤¤atrānussavā a¤¤atrākāraparivitakkā a¤¤atra diņņhinij-
jhānakhantiyā a¤¤aü vyākaroti || Khãõā jāti vusitam brah-
macariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajā-
nātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).153 (9) Indriya>#
2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || Indriyasampanno indriyasampanno ti vucca-
ti || kittāvatā nu kho bhante indriyasampanno hotãti || ||
4 Cakkhundriye ce bhikkhu udayavyayānupassã\<*<1>*>/ viha-
ranto cakkhundriye nibbindati || Sotindriye || Ghānindriye ||
Jivhindriye || Kāyindriye || Manindriye ce bhikkhu udaya-
vyayānupassã viharanto manindriye nibbindati || nibbindaü
virajjati || la || Vimutasmi vimuttamhãti ¤ānaü hoti || Khãnā
jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü || kataü karaõãyaü nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
5 Ettāvatā kho bhikkhu indriyasampannoti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 udayabbayā-
>/
#<[page 141]>#
%<XXXV. 154. 9]         NAVAPURâöAVAGGO PAĨCAMO            141>%

#<SN_4,35(1).154 (10) Kathika>#
2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Dhammakathiko dhammakathiko ti bhante
vuccati kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhammakathiko hotãti || ||
4 Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya nirodhāya
dhammaü deseti || Dhammakathiko bhikkhåti alaü vaca-
nāya || || Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya niro-
dhāya paņipanno hoti || Dhammānudhammapaņipanno bhik-
khåti alaü vacanāya || || Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindā\<*<1>*>/
virāgā\<*<1>*>/ nirodhā\<*<1>*>/ anupādā vimutto hoti || Diņņhadhamma-
nibbānappatto bhikkhåti alaü vacanāya || ||
5-8 Sotam || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāya || ||
9 Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
dhammaü deseti || Dhammakathiko bhikkhåti alaü vaca-
nāya || || Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya nirodhāya
paņipanno hoti || Dhammānudhammapaņipanno bhikkhåti
alaü vacanāya || || Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbindā\<*<2>*>/ virāgā
nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || Diņņhadhammanibbānap-
patto bhikkhåti alaü vacanāyāti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Navapurāõavaggo pa¤camo\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānaü || ||
Kammaü cattāri\<*<5>*>/ Sappāyā || Anantevāsi Kimatthiyā\<*<6>*>/ ||
Atthinukhopariyāyo || Indriya-Kathikena te dasāti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
Tatra Vagguddānaü\<*<8>*>/ ||
Yogakkhemi ca Loko ca ||\<*<9>*>/ Gahapati Devadahena ca ||
Navapurāõena pa¤¤āsaü || tatiyaü tena vuccatãti\<*<10>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add ya
2 S3 add ya between the lines
3 S1 B1 vacanāya
4 After the uddānam in S1-3
5 S1-3 ca (S1 cā-)riya
6 S1-3 -atthikā
7 S1-3 cāti instead of te-
8 Missing in B1-2
9 S1-3 -khema¤ca loka¤ca
10 S1-3 vuccati
>/
#<[page 142]>#
%<142                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA             [XXXV. 155. 3>%
PAĨĨâSAM CATUTTHAM

#<CHAPTER I NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).155 (1) Nandikkhaya1>#
3 Aniccaü yeva bhikkhave cakkhuü Aniccanti passati ||
sāyaü\<*<1>*>/ hoti sammādiņņhi || sammāsampassaü nibbindati
nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || ||
Nandirāgakkhayā cittam suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4-7 Aniccaü yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu sotaü Aniccanti
passati || ghānaü Aniccanti passati || jivham\<*<2>*>/ Aniccanti
passati || kāyam Aniccanti passati || ||
8 Aniccaü yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu manaü Aniccanti
passati || sāyaü hoti sammādiņņhi || sammāpassaü nibbin-
dati nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || ||
Nandirāgakkhayā cittam suvimuttanti vuccatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).156 (2) Nandikkhaya2>#
3 Anicce yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu råpe Aniccā ti pas-
sati || sāyaü hoti sammādiņņhi || sammāpassaü nibbin-
dati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || ||
Nandirāgakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4-8 Anicce yeva bhikkhave sadde || gandhe || rase || phoņ-
ņhabbe || dhamme Aniccā ti passati || sāyaü hoti sammādiņ-
ņhi || sammāpassaü nibbindati nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo
rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaü
suvimuttanti vuccatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).157 (3) Nandikkhaya3>#
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || cakkha-
niccataü\<*<3>*>/ ca yathābhåtaü samanupassatha || Cakkhum
bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto cakkhanicca-
taü\<*<3>*>/ ca yathābhåtaü samanupassanto cakkhusmim pi
nibbindati || nandikkhayo rāgakkhayo ragakkhayā nandik-
khayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccati || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sāssa always
2 S1-3 jivhā
3 S1-3 cakkhuaniccataü
>/
#<[page 143]>#
%<XXXV. 159. 3]         NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO          143>%
4-5 Sotam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || Ghā-
naü || ||
6 Jivham bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || jivhānic-
cataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassatha || jivham bhikkhave
bhikkhu yoniso manasi karotha || jivhāniccataü ca yathā-
bhåtaü samanupassatha || jivham bhikkhave bhikkhu
yoniso manasi karonto jivhāniccataü ca yathābhåtaü
samanupassanto jivhāya nibbindati || || pe || cittam suvimut-
tanti vuccati || ||
7-8 Kāyam || || Manam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karo-
tha || manāniccataü ca yathābhåtam samanupassatha || ||
Manam bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto manā-
niccataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassanto manasmimpi
nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandik-
khayo || nandirāgakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).158 (4) Nandikkhaya4>#
3 Råpe bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || råpāniccataü
ca yathābhåtaü samanupassatha || || Råpe bhikkhave
bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto råpāniccataü ca yathā-
bhåtaü samanupassanto råpesu pi nibbindati || nandik-
khayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirā-
gakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4-7 Sadde || || Gandhe || || Poņņhabbe || || Kāye || ||
8 Dhamme bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || dham-
māniccataü ca yathābhutaü samanupassatha || || Dhamme
bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto dhammānic-
cataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassanto dhammesu pi
nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandik-
khayo nandirāgakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).159 (5) Jãvakambavane1>#
1 Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Jãvakam-
bavane || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå amantesi Bhikkhavoti ||
la || ||
3 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhitassa bhik-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 144]>#
%<144            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 159. 4>%
khave bhikkhuno yathābhåtam okkhāyati || || Ki¤ca yathā-
bhåtam okkhāyati || ||
4 Cakkhum aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Rupā
aniccāti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam anic-
canti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti
yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassa-
paccayā uppajjati vedayitam || pe || tam pi Aniccanti yathā-
bhåtam okkhāyati || ||
5-8 Sotaü || Ghānaü || Jivhā || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano aniccoti yathābhutam okkhāyati || Dhammā
aniccāti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || la || Yam pidam mano
samphassapaccayā uppajjati sukkhaü vā dukkhaü vā aduk-
khamasukhaü vā || tam pi Aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhā-
yati || ||
10 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhitassa bhik-
khuno yathābhåtam okkhāyatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).160 (6) Jãvakambavane2>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Jãvakam-
bavane || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå amantesi || la || ||
3 Paņisallāõe\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || paņisallã-
õassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno yathābhåtam okkhāyati\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Ki¤ca yathābhåtam okkhāyati || ||
4 Cakkhu aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Råpā anic-
cāti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccanti
yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti yathā-
bhåtam okkhāyati || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā
vedayitam || pe || tam pi Aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhā-
yati || ||
5-8 Sotam || || Ghānam || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anicco ti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Dhammā ||
Manovi¤¤āõaü || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitam sukhaü vā dukkhaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 paņisallãno here and further on
2 S1-3 pakkhāyati always
>/
#<[page 145]>#
%<XXXV. 161. 10]        NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO          145>%
vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi Aniccanti yathabhåtam
okkhāyati || ||
10 Patisallāõe bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || patisallã-
õassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno yathabhåtam okkhāyatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).161 (7) Koņņhiko1>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko\<*<1>*>/ yena Bhagavā ||
pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā
saīkhittena dhammaü desetu || yam aham Bhagavato
dhammaü sutvā eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto
vihareyyanti || ||
Yaü kho Koņņhika aniccaü || tatra te chando pahā-
tabbo || || Ki¤ca Koņņhika aniccaü || ||
4 Cakkhuü kho\<*<2>*>/ Koņņhika aniccaü tatra te chando
pahātabbo || Rupā aniccā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cak-
khuvi¤¤āõam aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cak-
khusamphasso anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo || Yam
pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü su-
khaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi anic-
caü tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-6 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || ||
7 Jivhā aniccā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Rasā aniccā ||
Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || Jivhāsamphasso || Yam pidaü jivhā-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā duk-
khaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi aniccaü tatra te
chando pahātabbo || ||
8-9 Kāyo || || Mano anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Dhammā aniccā || Manovi¤¤āõaü aniccaü || manosamphasso ||
Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi
aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
10 Yam kho Koņņhika aniccaü tatra te chando pahātab-
boti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Koņņhito always
2 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 146]>#
%<146            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                [XXXV. 162. 2>%

#<SN_4,35(1).162 (8) Koņņhiko2>#
2-3 Atha kho || la || vihareyyanti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Yam kho Koņņhika dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
ki¤ca Koņņhika dukkhaü || ||
4 Cakkhuü kho\<*<2>*>/ Koņņhika dukkhaü tatra te chando
pahātabbo || Råpā dukkhā tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Cakkhusamphasso dukkho tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü
sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi
dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Sotaü dukkhaü || || Ghānaü dukkhaü || || Jivhā-
dukkhā || || Kāyo dukkho || ||
9 Mano dukkho tatra te chando pahātabbo || pe || Mano
samphasso- || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā up-
pajjati vedayitaü- || tam pi dukkhaü tatra te chando
pahātabbo || ||
10 Yaü kho Koņņhika dukkhaü tatra te chando pahā-
tabbo ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).163 (9) Koņņika3>#
2-3 Ekam antaü || la || vihareyyanti || ||
Yo kho Koņņhika anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Ko ca Koņņhika anattā || ||
4 Cakkhuü kho Koņņhika anattā tatra te chando pahā-
tabbo || Råpā anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhuvi¤-
¤āõam anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhusamphasso
anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo\<*<3>*>/ || || Yam pidam cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü
vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi anattā tatra te chando
pahātabbo || la ||
5-8 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Dhammā
anattā || Manovi¤¤āõaü || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 have Ekamantaü nisinno kho- -desetu --pe--
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 repeat here cakkhuvi¤¤āõam . . .
>/
#<[page 147]>#
%<XXXV. 165. 10]          NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO        147>%
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü || pe || tam pi
anattā tatra chando pahātabbo || ||
10 Yo kho Koņņhika anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo
ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).164 (10) Micchādiņņhi>#
2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato katham
passato micchādiņņhi pahãyatãti || ||
4-9 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato mic-
chādiņņhi pahãyati || råpe aniccato jānato passato micchādiņņhi
pahãyati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü aniccato jānato passato mic-
chādiņņhi pahãyati || cakkhusamphassam aniccato jānato
passato micchādiņņhi pahãyati || pa || Yam pidam mano-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü
vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato
micchādiņņhi pahãyati || ||
10 Evam kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato micchā-
diņņhi pahãyatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).165 (11) Sakkāya>#
2-3 Etad\<*<1>*>/ avoca || || Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato
katham passato sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyatãti || ||
4-9 Cakkhum kho bhikkhu dukkhato jānato passato
sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyati || råpe dukkhato jānato passato
sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü dukkhato jānato
passato sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyati || cakkhusamphassaü duk-
khato jānato passato sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyati || la || Yam
pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü
vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukkhaü vā || tam pi dukkhato
jānato passato sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyati || ||
10 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato micchādiņņhi
pahãyatãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Preceded in S1-3 by Ekam antam . . . Bhagavantam
>/
#<[page 148]>#
%<148                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 166. 2>%

#<SN_4,35(1).166 (12) Attano>#
2-3 Etad\<*<1>*>/ avoca || || Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato
katham passato attānudiņņhi pahãyatãti || ||
4 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhu anattato jānato passato attānu-
diņņhi pahãyati || råpe anattato jānato passato attānudiņņhi
pahãyati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam anattato jānato passato attānu-
diņņhi pahãyati || cakkhusamphassam anattato jānato passato
attānudiņņhi pahãyati || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham-
asukhaü vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato attānudiņņhi
pahãyati ||
5-8 Sotam || || Ghānaü || || Jivhaü || || Kāyaü || ||
9 Manam anattato jānato passato attānudiņņhi pahãyati ||
dhamme || manovi¤¤āõaü || manosamphassaü || yam pidam
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā
dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi anattato jānato
passato attānudiņņhi pahãyati ||
10 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato attānudiņņhi
pahãyatãti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Nandikkhayavaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānaü || ||
Nandikkhayena cattāro ||
Jãvakambavane duve\<*<3>*>/ ||
Koņņhikena\<*<4>*>/ tayo vuttā ||
Micchā Sakkāya Attano ti || ||

#<CHAPTER II SAōōHI-PEYYâLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO]>#

#<SN_4,35(1).167 (1) Chandena (aņņhārasa)1>#
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
ki¤ca bhikkhave aniccaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 As in the preceding sutta (p. 147, n. 1)
2 This number is missing in B1-2
3 S1-3 dve
4 51-3 koņņhitena
>/
#<[page 149]>#
%<XXXV. 168. 9]         SAōōHI-PEYYâLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO]     149>%
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam tatra vo chando pahā-
tabbo || || Sotaü || || Ghānam || ||
7-8 Jivhā aniccā || || Kāyo anicco || ||
9 Mano anicco tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo
ti || ||
(2) Chandena2
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo ||
ki¤ca bhikkhave aniccaü || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo rāgo pahā-
tabbo || || Sotaü || || Ghānam || ||
7-8 Jivhā aniccā tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || || Kāyo
anicco
\<*<9>*>/ Mano anicco tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo rāgo pahātabboti || ||
(3) Chandena3
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chandarāgo pahā-
tabbo || ki¤ca bhikkhave aniccaü || ||
4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chandarāgo
pahātabbo || || Sotam aniccaü || || Ghānaü || ||
7-8 Jivhā aniccā tatra vo chandarāyo pahātabbo || ||
Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anicco tatra vo chandarāyo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chandarāgo pahā-
tabbo ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).168 (4-6) Chandena4,5,6,>#
3 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ki¤ca bhik-
khave dukkhaü || ||
4 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaü tatra vo chando pahā-
tabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-6 Sotaü dukkhaü || || Ghānam || ||
7-8 Jivhā dukkhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano dukkho tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahā-
tabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 150]>#
%<150            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 168. 10>%
10 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).169 (7-9) Chandena7,8,9>#
3 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo
pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ki¤ca bhikkhave
anattā || ||
4 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
9 Mano anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahā-
tabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).170 (10-12) Chandena10,11,12>#
3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ki¤ca bhikkhave
aniccaü || ||
4 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || ||
9 Dhammā aniccā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo
pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave aniccam tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).171 (13-15) Chandena13,14,15>#
3 Yam bhikkhave dukkham tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ki¤ca bhik-
khave dukkhaü || ||
4 Rupā bhikkhave dukkhā || tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || ||
9 Dhammā dukkhā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo
pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 151]>#
%<XXXV. 173. 3. 9]       SAōōHI-PEYYâLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO]     151>%

#<SN_4,35(1).172 (16-18) Chandena16,17,18>#
3 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo
pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ko ca bhikkhave
anattā || ||
4 Råpā bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || ||
9 Dhammā anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo
pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
10 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).173 (19) Atãtena (nava)1>#
3-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü atãtaü || Sotaü || ||
Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || Mano anicco atãto || ||
10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhus-
mim pi nibbindati || sotasmim pi nibbindati || ghānasmim pi
nibbindati || jivhāya pi nibbindati || kāyasmiü pi || manasmim
pi nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati virāgā vimuccati Vimut-
tasmi vimuttamhãti ¤āõaü hoti || Khãõā jāti vusitam brah-
macariyam kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajā-
nātãti || ||
(20) Atãtena2
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam anāgataü || || Sotaü || ||
Ghānaü || || Jivhā aniccā anāgatā || Kāyo || || Mano anicco
anāgato || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātã-
ti || ||
(21) Atãtena3
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam paccuppannaü || So-
taü || || Ghānaü || ||
6-8 Jivhā aniccā paccuppannā || || Kāyo || || Mano anicco
paccuppanno || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātã-
ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 152]>#
%<152            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 174. 3>%

#<SN_4,35(1).174 (22-24) Atãtena4,5,6>#
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atãtam anāgatam
paccuppannaü || || sotam || || Ghānaü || ||
6-8 Jivhā dukkhā atãta anāgatā paccuppannā || || Kāyo || ||
Mano dukkho atãto anāgato paccuppanno || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).175 (25-27) Atãtena7,8,9>#
3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atãtam anāgatam paccup-
pannaü || || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || ||
6-8 Jivhā anattā || Kāyo || Mano atãto anāgato paccup-
panno || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthatāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).176 (28-30) Atãtena (nava)10,11,12>#
3-8 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā
aniccā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
9 Evam passaü || la || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).177 (31-33) Atãtena13,14,15>#
3-8 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā
dukkhā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
9 Evam passaü || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).178 (34-36) Atãtena16,17,18>#
3-8 Råpā bhikkhave anattā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā
anattā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).179 (37) Yadanicca (aņņhārasa)1>#
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam atãtaü || Yad aniccaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 153]>#
%<XXXV. 179. 3. 9]      SAōōHI-PEYYâLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO]      153>%
tam dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā tam
Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü
yathābhåtam sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Sotam aniccaü || || Ghānam aniccaü || || Jivhā
aniccā || || Kāyo anicco || ||
8 Mano anicco atãto || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü
dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü
sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
(38) Yadanicca2
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü anāgataü || yad aniccam
taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü
Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti || evam etaü
yathābhåtaü sammapa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Sotam aniccaü || || Ghānam aniccaü || || Jivhā anic-
cā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anicco anāgato || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü ||
yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü
sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü bhikkhave || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātãti || ||
(39) Yadanicca3
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam paccuppannaü || yad
aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad
anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti
evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anicco paccuppanno || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü ||
yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü
sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 154]>#
%<154            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 180. 3>%

#<SN_4,35(1).180 (40-42) Yadanicca4,5,6>#
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atãtam anāgatam pac-
cuppannam || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü
Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaü
yathābhutam sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā dukkhā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano dukkho atãto anāgato paccuppanno || || Yam
dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama Neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaü yathābhåtaü sam-
mappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).181 (43-45) Yadanicca7,8,9>#
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atãtam anāgatam paccup-
pannaü || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na
meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtam sammappa¤¤āya
daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || ||
8 Mano anattā atãto anāgato paccuppanno || Yad anattā
taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam
etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).182 (46-48) Yadanicca10,11,12>#
3 Rupā bhikkhave aniccā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā ||
Yad aniccaü taü dukkham || Yaü dukkhaü tad anattā
taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam
etaü yathābhåtaü sammapa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā aniccā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || yad anic-
caü taü dukkhaü yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā
taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam
etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 155]>#
%<XXXV. 184. 2. 9]       SAōōHI-PEYYâLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO]     155>%

#<SN_4,35(1).183 (49-51) Yadanicca13,14,15>#
3 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā ||
yam dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtam
sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā dukkhā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || yaü
dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü
sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthāttāyāti pajānātã-
ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).184 (52-54) Yadanicca16,17,18>#
3 Råpā bhikkhave anattā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā ||
yad anattā taü Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso
attāti || || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya
daņņhabbaü || ||
4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || ||
8 Dhammā anattā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || yad
anattā taü Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti ||
Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).185 (55) Ajjhatta (tayo)1>#
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü || || Sotaü || || Ghānaü ||
Jivhā || Kāyo || Mano anicco || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pājānātãti || ||
(56) Ajjhatta2
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaü || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || ||
Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano dukkho || ||
9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 156]>#
%<156                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 185. 3. 3>%
(57) Ajjhatta3
3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || ||
Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano dukkho || ||
9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).186 (58) Bāhira (tayo)1>#
3-8 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā aniccā || ||
9 Evam passaü || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||
(59) Bāhira2
3-8 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā dukkhā || ||
(60) Bāhira3
3-8 Råpā bhikkhave anattā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || ||
Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā aniccā || ||
9 Evam passam || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||
Saņņhi-peyyālaü samattaü\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānam\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Chandenaņņhārasā\<*<3>*>/ honti ||
Atãtena ca dve\<*<4>*>/ nava\<*<5>*>/ ||
Yadaniccāņņhārasā\<*<6>*>/ vuttā ||
Tayo ajjhatta-bāhirā\<*<7>*>/ ||
Peyyālo saņņhiko vutto\<*<8>*>/ ||
Buddhenādiccabandhunā ti || ||
Suttantāni saņņhi\<*<9>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -peyyālo samatto
2 S1-3 tatrudo
3 S1-3 Chandena aņņhā-
4 S1-3 vaņņhe instead of ca dve
5 S1 navā; S3 õavā; B2 na || pa ||
6 S1-3 aniccā aņņhā
7 B1 S1-3 ajjhattaü
8 S1-3 saņņhitā vuttā; S1 vutta
9 In B1-2 only; B2 has suttantānaü
>/
#<[page 157]>#
%<XXXV. 187. 2]         SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO            157>%

#<CHAPTER III SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).187 (1) Samuddo1>#
2 Samuddo samuddo ti bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano
bhāsati || || Neso bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo ||
mahā eso bhikkhave udakarāsi mahā\<*<1>*>/ udakaõõavo || ||
3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa råpa-
mayo vego || yo taü råpamayaü vegaü sahati ayaü
vuccati bhikkhave atari\<*<2>*>/ cakkhusamuddaü saåmiü\<*<3>*>/
sāvaņņaü\<*<4>*>/ sagāhaü sarakkhasaü tiõõo pāragato thale
tiņņhati brāhmaõo || || la || ||
6-7 Jivhā bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa rasamayo
vego || Yo taü rasamayaü vegaü sahati ayaü vuccati
bhikkhave atari jivhāsamuddaü saåmiü sāvaņņaü sagāhaü
sarakkhasaü tiõõo pāragato thale tiņņhati brāhmaõo || ||
la || ||
8 Mano bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa dham-
mamayo vego || yo taü dhammavegaü sahati ayaü vuccati
bhikkhave atari manosamuddaü saåmiü sāvaņņaü sa-
gāhaü sarakkhasaü tiõõo pāragato thale tiņņhati brāh-
maõo ti || ||
9 Idam avoca satthā\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Yo imaü samuddaü sagāhaü sarakkhasaü ||
saåmibhayaü\<*<6>*>/ duttaram accatari ||
So vedagå vusitabrahmacariyo\<*<7>*>/ ||
lokantagå pāragato ti vuccatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).188 (2) Samudda2>#
2 Samuddo samuddoti bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 -rāsiü; S1-3 repeat mahā
2 S3 atarã; B2 attani always
3 B1-2 saummim always
4 B2 sāvaņņham always
5 Missing in S1-3
6 So S1-3; B saummiü sāvaņņaü sabhayaü
7 B2 vusitaü brahmacariyaü
>/
#<[page 158]>#
%<158                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 188. 3>%
bhāsati || Neso bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo ||
mahā eso bhikkhave udakarāsi mahā udakaõõavo || ||
3-5 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajaniyā || ayaü vuccati
bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo ti || || Etthāyaü sade-
vako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaõabrāhmaõãpajā\<*<1>*>/
sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā\<*<2>*>/ tantā kulakajātā
guõaguõikajātā\<*<3>*>/ mu¤japabbajabhåtā apāyaü duggatiü
vinipātaü saüsāraü nātivattanti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
6-7 Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la ||
8 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ayaü vuccati
bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo || || Etthāyam sa-
devako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaõabrāhmaõã
pajā sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā tantā kulaka-
jātā guõaguõikajātā mu¤japabbajabhåtā apāyaü duggatiü
vinipātaü saüsāraü nātivattantãti\<*<5>*>/ 

#<SN_4,35(1).189 (3) Bālisiko>#
2 Yassa rāgo ca doso ca avijjā ca virājitā || so imaü
samuddaü sagāhaü\<*<6>*>/ sarakkhasaü saåmibhayaü\<*<7>*>/ dutta-
ram\<*<8>*>/ accatari\<*<9>*>/ || ||
Saīgātiko maccujaho niråpadhi ||
pahāya dukkham apunabbhavāya ||
atthaīgato so na pamāõam eti\<*<10>*>/ ||
amohayi maccurājanti bråmãti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave bāëisiko\<*<11>*>/ āmisagataü baëisaü
gambhãre udakarahade pakkhipeyya || tam enam\<*<12>*>/ a¤¤a-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -brahmaõiyā pajāya here only
2 B1-2 samuddā
3 So B2; B1 kulaguõņhikajātā; S1-3 gulāguõķikajātā
4 So B1; B2 S1-2 -vattati
5 See notes of numbers 3-5
6 S1-3 saīgahaü
7 B2 sabhayaü
8 B1 suduttaraü
9 B2 accarati
10 B2 samānam eti; B1 puneti
11 S1-3 bālisako
12 S1-3 kamena
>/
#<[page 159]>#
%<XXXV. 190. 2]              SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO          159>%
taro āmisacakkhu maccho gileyya || evaü hi so\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhave
maccho gilitabaëiso\<*<2>*>/ bāëisikassa anayam āpanno vyasanam
āpanno yathākāmakaraõãyo bāëisikassa || evam eva kho
bhikkhave cha yime baëisā lokasmiü anayāya sattānaü
vyābādhāya\<*<3>*>/ pāõinaü || || Katame cha ||
4-6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ ce bhikkhu
abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati ayaü vuccati
bhikkhave bhikkhu gilitabaliso\<*<4>*>/ Mārassa anayam āpanno
vyasanam āpanno yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || pa ||
7-8 Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || pe || ||
9 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā- -raja-
nãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya
tiņņhati ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu gilitabaëiso\<*<5>*>/
Mārassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathakāma-
karaõãyo pāpimato || ||
10-12 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce
bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya\<*<6>*>/ tiņņhati ||
ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na gilitabaliso Mārassa ||
abhedi baëisaü paribhedi baëisam\<*<7>*>/ na anayam āpanno na
vyasanam āpanno na yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || pa || ||
13-14 Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || pe || ||
15 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā-
-rajanãyā || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivādati nājjho-
sāya tiņņhati ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na giëitabaëiso
Mārassa || abhedi baëisaü paribhedi baëisaü na anayam
āpanno na yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).190 (4) Khãrarukkhena>#
2-6 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit hiso
2 B1 gilabaëiso; S3 has gita- and B2 gila omitting baëiso
3 B1-2 vadhāya
4 B1-2 gila (B2 ëa)baëiso
5 S1 gili-; B1-2 gila as before and afterwards
6 S1-3 na ajo
7 S1-3 omit paribhedi baëisam here only
>/
#<[page 160]>#
%<160            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 190. 7>%
vā cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso so
atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so
appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || tassa parittā ce pi\<*<1>*>/
cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā cakkhussa āpāthaü āgacchanti\<*<2>*>/
pariyādiyantevāssa\<*<3>*>/ cittaü || Ko pana vādo adhimattānaü || ||
Taü kissa hetu || Yo bhikkhave rāgo so atthi || yo doso so
atthi yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so
appahãno ||\<*<4>*>/ yo moho so appahãno || la || ||
7 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā
vā manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso
so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso
so appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || tassa parittā ce pi
manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti
pariyādiyantevāssa cittam || Ko pana vādo adhimattānaü || ||
Taü kissa hetu || || Yo bhikkhu rāgo so atthi || yo doso so
atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so
appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave khãrarukkho assattho vā nigro-
dho vā pilakkho\<*<5>*>/ vā udumbaro vā daharo taruõo komā-
rako || tam enam puriso tiõhāya kuņhāriyā\<*<6>*>/ yato\<*<7>*>/ yato
ābhindeyya\<*<8>*>/ āgaccheyya khãranti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Taü kissa hetu || ||
Yaü hi bhante khãraü tam atthãti || ||
9 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā
bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu yo rāgo so atthi ||
yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo
doso so appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || tassa parittā ce pi
cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā cakkhussa āpātham āgacchanti || pari-
yādiyantevāssa cittaü || ko pana vādo adhimattānaü || ||
Tam kissa hetu || yo bhikkhave\<*<9>*>/ rāgo so atthi || yo doso so

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ceto pi here only
2 So all the MSS.; B1-2always; S1-3 here only; further on gacchanti
3 B1-2 -vassa always
4 S1-3 insert --pe-- here
5 B1-2 milakkhu
6 B1-2 kudhāriyā always
7 B1-3 ato here only
8 So B2; the other MSS. abhindeyya
9 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 161]>#
%<XXXV. 190. 16]        SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO          161>%
atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so
appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || || Yassa kassaci bhik-
khave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu
rasesu yo rāgo so atthi || pe || || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave
bhikkhussa va bhikkhuniyā vā manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu
yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo
rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so appahãno || yo moho so appa-
hãno || || Tassa parittā ce pi manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā ma-
nassa āpātham āgacchanti\<*<1>*>/ pariyādiyantevassa cittaü || ko
pana vādo adhimattānam || || Taü kissa hetu || || Yo bhik-
khave rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi ||
yo rāgo so appahãno || pe || ||
10-12 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhik-
khuniyā vā cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu yo rāgo so natthi ||
yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno ||
yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || || Tassa\<*<2>*>/ adhi-
mattā ce pi cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā cakkhussa āpātham
āgacchanti\<*<3>*>/ nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || ko pana vādo
parittānaü || || Taü kissa hetu || yo bhikkhave rāgo so
natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so
pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || ||
13-15 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā
vā jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu || pe || manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu yo
rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo
rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || ||
Tassa adhimattā ce pi manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā manassa
āpātham āgacchanti nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || ko
pana vādo parittānaü || || Taü kissa hetu || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo
rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || ||
16 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave khãrarukkho assattho vā
nigrodho vā pilakkho\<*<4>*>/ vā udumbaro vā sukkho koëāpo
terovassiko || tam enaü puriso tiõhāya kuņhāriyā yato
yato ābhindeyya āgaccheyya āgaccheyya khãran ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 āgaccheyyanti; S3 gaccheyyanti
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1 gacchanti B1-2 milakkhu as before
>/
#<[page 162]>#
%<162            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 191. 1>%
No hetam bhante || ||
Taü kissa hetu || ||
Yaü hi bhante khãraü taü natthi || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā
bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuvi¤¤eyesu råpesu yo rāgo so natthi ||
yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno ||
yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || Tassa adhimattā
ce pi cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā cakkhussa āpātham āgacchanti ||
nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || Ko pana vādo parittānaü || ||
Taü kissa hetu || yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo
moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo
moho so pahãno || la || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa
vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rāsesu || pe || Yassa kas-
saci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā manovi¤¤ey-
yesu dhammesu yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo
moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo
moho so pahãno || || Tassa adhimattā ce pi manovi¤¤eyyā
dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti || nevassa cittam
pariyādiyanti || ko pana vādo parittānaü || || Taü kissa
hetu || yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so
natthi || Yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so
pahãno ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).191 (5) Koņņhiko>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca
Mahā-Koņņhiko\<*<1>*>/ Bārāõasiyaü viharanti Isipatane Miga-
dāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko sāyaõhasamayam
paņisallāõā vuņņhito yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiü sammodi ||
sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyam vãtisāretvā ekam antaü
nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko āyas-
mantam Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Kinnu kho āvuso
Sāriputta cakkhu råpānaü samyojanaü råpā cakkhussa
saüyojanaü || Jivhā rasānaü saüyojanaü rasā jivhāya

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Koņņhito as usual
>/
#<[page 163]>#
%<XXXV. 191. 6]         SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO          163>%
saüyojanaü || || Mano dhammānaü saüyojanaü dhammā
manassa saüyojananti || ||
4 Na kho āvuso Koņņhika cakkhu råpānaü saüyojanaü
na råpā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubha-
yam paticca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyoja-
naü || || Na jivhā rasānaü saüyojanaü na rasā jivhāya
saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati
chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || || Na mano dham-
mānaü saüyojanaü na dhammā manassa saüyojanaü ||
ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayaü paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo
taü tattha saüyojanaü || ||
5 Seyyathāpi āvuso kāëo ca balivaddo\<*<1>*>/ odāto ca bali-
vaddo ekena damena\<*<2>*>/ vā yottena vā saüyuttassu || Yo nu kho
evaü vadeyya || kālo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saü-
yojanaü || odāto balivaddo kāëassa balivaddassa saüyoja-
nanti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Na kho āvuso kāëo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saü-
yojanaü || na pi\<*<3>*>/ odāto balivaddo kāëassa balivaddassa
saüyojanaü || yena ca kho ekena damena\<*<4>*>/ vā yottena vā
saüyuttā || taü tattha saüyojanaü || || Evam eva kho
āvuso na cakkhuråpānaü saüyojanaü na råpā cakkhussa
saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppaj-
jati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || pe || Na jivhā
rasānam saüyojanaü || la || Na mano dhammānam saüyo-
janam na dhammā manassa saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha
tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha
saüyojanaü || ||
6 Cakkhu vā āvuso\<*<5>*>/ råpānaü saüyojanam abhavissa ||
råpā vā\<*<6>*>/ cakkhussa saüyojanaü\<*<7>*>/ || na yidaü brahmacariya-
vāso pa¤¤āyetha\<*<8>*>/ sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho
āvuso na cakkhu rupānaü saüyojanaü na råpā cakkhussa

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 -baddo
2 B1-2 dāmena
3 S1-3 nāpi
4 S1 dāmena as B1-2
5 S1 cakkhucāvuso; S3 cakkhu¤cāvuso
6 S1-3 omit vā
7 S1-3 add abhavissa
8 B1 pa¤¤āyati always
>/
#<[page 164]>#
%<164                SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA            [XXXV. 191. 7>%
samyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppaj-
jati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || tasmā brahmaca-
riyavāso pa¤¤āyati sammādukkhayāya ||\<*<1>*>/ pa || ||
Jivhā vā āvuso\<*<2>*>/ rasānaü saüyojanam abhavissa || rasā
vā jivhāya saüyojanaü || nayidaü\<*<3>*>/ brahmacariyavāso
pa¤¤āyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho āvuso
na jivhā rasānaü samyojanaü || na rasā jivhāya saüyoja-
naü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chan-
darāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || tasmā brahmacariyavāso
pa¤¤āyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || pa || || Mano vā avuso
dhammānaü saüyojanam abhavissa || dhammā vā manassa
saüyojanaü || nayidam brahmacariyavāso pa¤¤āyetha
sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho āvuso na mano
dhammānaü saüyojanaü || na dhammā manassa saüyo-
janaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati
chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || tasmā brahma-
cariyavāso pa¤¤āyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
7 Iminā\<*<4>*>/ petam\<*<5>*>/ āvuso pariyāyena veditabbaü || yathā
na cakkhu råpānaü saüyojanaü || na råpā cakkhussa
saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppaj-
jati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || pa || Na jivhā-
rasānaü saüyojanaü || pe || Na mano dhammānaü saü-
yojanam na dhammā manassa saüyojanaü || ya¤ca tattha
tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo || tam\<*<6>*>/ tattha
saüyojanaü || ||
8 Saüvijjati kho āvuso Bhagavato cakkhu || passati
Bhagavā cakkhunā råpaü || chandarāgo Bhagavato natthi ||
suvimuttacitto Bhagavā || pe || || Saüvijjati kho āvuso
Bhagavato jivhā || sāyati Bhagavā jivhāya rasaü || chan-
darāgo Bhagavato natthi || suvimuttacitto Bhagavā || ||
Saüvijjati kho āvuso Bhagavato mano || jānāti\<*<7>*>/ Bhagavā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In this part cakkhu and jivhā are awkwardly intermixed in S1-3
2 S1-3 Jivhācāvuso
3 B1 tasmā
4 So B1 only; S1-3, B2 tadaminā
5 B2 metaü
6 S1-3 omit taü
7 B1-2 vijānāti
>/
#<[page 165]>#
%<XXXV. 192. 4]         SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO               165>%
manasā dhammaü || chandarāgo Bhagavato natthi || suvi-
muttacitto Bhagavā\<*<1>*>/ ||
9 Iminā kho etam āvuso\<*<2>*>/ pariyāyena veditabbaü ||
yathā na cakkhu rupānaü saüyojanaü na råpā cakkhussa
saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppaj-
jati chandarāgo || taü tattha samyojanaü || || Na sotaü ||
Na ghānam || || Na jivhā rasānam saüyojanaü na rasā
jivhāya saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayaü paņicca
uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanam || || Na kāyo || ||
Na mano dhammānaü saüyojanaü || na dhammā manassa
saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati
chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojananti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).192 (6) Kāmabhå>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca ânando āyasmā ca Kāma-
bhå Kosambiyaü viharanti Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Kāmabhå sāyaõhasamayaü paņi-
sallāõā vuņņhito yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā ânandena saddhim sammodi ||
sammodanãyaü katham sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü
nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Kāmabhå āyas-
mantam ânandam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho āvuso
ânanda cakkhuü rupānam saüyojanaü råpā cakkhussa
saüyojanaü || pa || jivhā rasānaü saüyojanaü rasā
jivhāya saüyojanam || pa || || mano dhammānam saüyoja-
naü dhammā manassa saüyojananti || ||
4 Na kho āvuso Kāmabhå cakkhu råpānaü saüyojanaü
na råpā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || ya¤ca tattha tad ubha-
yam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taü tattha saüyo-
janaü || pa || || Na jivhā rasānaü saüyojanaü na rasā
jivhāya saüyojanaü || || Na mano dhammānaü saüyoja-
naü na dhammā manassa saüyojanaü || ya¤ca tattha tad
ubhayaü paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taü tattha saü-
yojanaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This paragraph is complete in B1-2
2 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 166]>#
%<166            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 192. 5>%
5 Seyyathāpi āvuso kāëo ca balivaddo odāto ca balivaddo
ekena dāmena\<*<1>*>/ vā yottena vā saüyuttā assu || || Yo nu
kho evaü vadeyya || kāëo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa
saüyojanaü odāto balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saüyo-
jananti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Na kho avuso kāëo balivaddo odatassa balivaddassa
saüyojanaü na pi odāto balivaddo kāëassa balivaddassa
saüyojanaü || yena ca kho te ekena dāmena vā yottena vā
saüyuttā || taü tattha saüyojanam || Evam eva kho āvuso
na cakkhu rupānaü saüyojanaü || na råpā cakkhussa
saüyojanaü || Na jivhā || pa || || Na mano || pa || || ya¤ ca
tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taü
tattha saüyojananti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).193 (7) Udāyã>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca ânando āyasmā ca Udāyã
Kosambiyaü viharanti Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyã sāyaõhasamayam paņisal-
lāõā vuņņhito yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkami || upa-
saīkamitvā- -vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Udāyã āyasmantam
ânandam etad avoca || Yatheva nu\<*<2>*>/ kho āvuso ânanda
ayaü kāyo Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena akkhāto vivaņo
pakāsito iti pi ayaü kāyo anattāti || sakkā evam evaü
vi¤¤āõam pidam ācikkhituü desetum pa¤¤āpetum paņņha-
petuü vivarituü vibhajituü uttānãkātum\<*<3>*>/ iti pidaü vi¤¤ā-
õam anattā ti || ||
Yatheva kho āvuso Udāyi ayaü kāyo Bhagavatā aneka-
pariyāyena akkhāto vivaņo pakāsito iti pāyam\<*<4>*>/ kāyo
anattāti || sakkā evam evaü\<*<5>*>/ vi¤¤āõam pi\<*<6>*>/ ācikkhituü
desetuü pa¤¤āpetum paņņhapetum vivarituü vibhajitum
uttānãkātum || iti pidaü vi¤¤āõam anattāti || ||
4-6 Cakkhu¤ca āvuso paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhu-
vi¤¤āõanti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So all the MSS. here and further on
2 S1 tatra
3 S3 uttāni- always
4 S1-3 piyaü
5 S1-3, B2 eva
6 B1 idaü
>/
#<[page 167]>#
%<XXXV. 193. 10]        SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO               167>%
Evam āvusoti || ||
Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca\<*<1>*>/ paccayo cakkhuvi¤¤āõassa\<*<2>*>/
uppādāya so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaü
sabbathā sabbam apariseso\<*<3>*>/ nirujjheyya api nu kho
cakkhuvi¤¤āõam pa¤¤āyethāti || ||
No hetam avuso || ||
Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhā-
taü vivaņam pakāsitam iti pidaü vi¤¤āõam anattā ti || pa || ||
7-8 Jivha¤cāvuso paņicca rase ca uppajjati jivhā-
vi¤¤āõanti || ||
Evam āvuso ti || ||
Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca paccayo jivhāvi¤¤āõassa uppādāya
so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaü sabbathā sabbam
apariseso nirujjheyya api nu kho jivhāvi¤¤āõam pa¤¤ā-
yethā ti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhā-
taü vivaņam pakāsitam iti pidaü vi¤¤āõam anattā ti || pa || ||
9 Mana¤cāvuso paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati mano-
vi¤¤āõanti || ||
Evam āvusoti || ||
Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca paccayo manovi¤¤āõassa uppā-
dāya || so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaü sabbathā
sabbam apariseso nirujjheyya api nu kho manovi¤¤āõam
pa¤¤āyethāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhā-
taü vivaņam pakāsitam iti pidaü vi¤¤āõam anattā ti || ||
10 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko sāragavesã sāra-
pariyesanaü caramāno tiõham kuņhārim\<*<4>*>/ ādāya vanam
paviseyya || so tattha passeyya mahantaü kadalikkhan-
dhaü ujuü navakam\<*<5>*>/ akukkukajātaü\<*<6>*>/ || tam evam måle

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 -vi¤¤āõaü
3 S1, B1 aparisesā always
4 B1-2 kudhārim
5 So B1; S1-3 ujukaü navaü; B2 navaü, the other word being
indistinct and erased
6 B1 akukkajaņajātaü; B2 akkujajātaü
>/
#<[page 168]>#
%<168            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 193. 11>%
chindeyya || måle chetvā agge chindeyya || agge chetvā
pattavaņņiü\<*<1>*>/ vinibbhujjeyya\<*<2>*>/ || || So tattha pheggum
nādhigaccheyya kuto sāram || ||
11 Evam eva kho āvuso bhikkhu chasu\<*<3>*>/ phassāyatanesu
nevattānaü na attaniyaü\<*<4>*>/ samanupassati || so evam\<*<5>*>/
asamanupassanto\<*<6>*>/ na ki¤ci loke upādiyati || anupādiyaü
na paritassati || aparitassaü paccattaü neva\<*<7>*>/ parinibbā-
yati || Khãnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karanãyaü
nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).194 (8) âdittena>#
1 âdittapariyāyaü vo bhikkhave dhammapariyāyaü
desissāmi tam suõātha || || Katamo ca so bhikkhave āditta-
pariyāyo dhammapariyāyo || ||
2 Varam bhikkhave tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sam-
pajjalitāya sajotibhåtāya cakkhundriyaü sampalimaņņhaü ||
na tveva cakkhuvi¤¤eyesu råpesu anuvya¤janaso nimittag-
gāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaü\<*<8>*>/ vā bhikkhave vi¤¤āõam
tiņņhamānaü tiņņheyya anuvya¤janassādagadhitam vā ||
tasmiü ce\<*<9>*>/ samaye kālaü kareyya ņhānam etaü vijjati ||
yaü dvinnaü\<*<10>*>/ gatãnaü a¤¤ataraü gatiü gaccheyya nira-
yaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā || ||
3 Imaü khvāham\<*<11>*>/ bhikkhave ādãnavaü disvā evaü
vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave tiõhena ayosaükunā ādittena
sampajjalitena sajotibhåtena sotindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü ||
na tveva sotavi¤¤eyyesu saddesu anuvya¤janaso nimittag-
gāho || nimittassādagadhitaü vā bhikkhave vi¤¤āõaü tiņ-
ņhamānaü tiņņheyya anuvya¤janassādagadhitaü vā || tas-
miü ce samaye kālam kareyya ņhānam etaü vijjati || yaü
dvinnaü gatãnam a¤¤ataraü gatiü gaccheyya nirayaü vā
tiracchānayoniü vā || ||
4 Imaü khvāham bhikkhave ādãnavam disvā evaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 -vaņņhaü
2 B1-2 vinibbajjeyya; B2 has a single j
3 S1-3 chassu
4 S1-3 nāttaniyaü
5 B2 eva
6 B1 samanu-
7 B1 paccatta¤¤eva; B2 paccatta¤ceva
8 S1-3 -gathitaü always
9 Missing in S1-3 always
10 B1 dinnaü always
11 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 169]>#
%<XXXV. 194. 7]         SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO          169>%
vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave tiõhena nakhacchedanena
ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhåtena ghānindriyaü sam-
palimaņņhaü || na tveva ghānavi¤¤eyyesu gandhesu anu-
vya¤janaso nimittaggāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaü vā bhik-
khave vi¤¤āõaü tiņņhamānaü tiņņheyya anuvya¤janassā-
dagadhitaü vā || tasmiü ce samaye kālaü kareyya ņhānam
etaü vijjati || yaü dvinnaü gatãnaü a¤¤ataraü gatiü
gaccheyya nirayaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā || ||
5 Imaü khvāham bhikkhave ādãnavaü disvā evaü
vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave tiõhena khurena ādittena
sampajjalitena sajotibhåtena jivhindriyaü sampalimaņ-
ņhaü na tveva jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rasesu anuvya¤janaso
nimittaggāho || Nimittassādagadhitaü vā bhikkhave vi¤¤ā-
õam tiņņhamānaü tiņņheyya || anuvya¤janassādagadhitaü
vā || tasmiü ce samaye kālaü kareyya || ņhānam etaü
vijjati || yaü dvinnaü gatãnam a¤¤ataraü gatiü gaccheyya
nirayaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā || ||
6 Imaü khvāham bhikkhave ādãnavaü disvā evaü
vadāmi\<*<1>*>/ || Varam bhikkhave tiõhāya sattiyā ādittāya sam-
pajjalitāya sajotibhåtāya kāyindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü ||
na tveva kāyavi¤¤eyyesu phoņņhabbesu anuvya¤janaso
nimittaggāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaü vā bhikkhave vi¤-
¤āõaü tiņņhamānaü tiņņheyya anuvya¤janassādagadhitaü
vā || tasmiü ce samaye kālaü kareyya ņhānam etam vijjati ||
yaü dvinnaü gatãnam a¤¤ataraü gatiü gaccheyya nira-
yaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā || ||
7 Imaü khvāhaü\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave ādãnavam disvā evam
vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave suttaü\<*<3>*>/ || suttaü kho panā-
ham bhikkhave va¤jhaü\<*<4>*>/ jãvitānam\<*<5>*>/ vadāmi aphalaü
jãvitānaü vadāmi momåhaü jãvitānam vadāmi\<*<6>*>/ || na
tveva tathāråpe vitakke vitakkeyya yathāråpānaü vitakkā-
naü vasaügato saīgham bhindeyya || || Imam khvāham

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 --pe-- instead of imaü- -vadāmi
2 S1 khavāhaü; S3 khumāhaü
3 B1-2 sottaü
4 S3 vaüjaü; B1 vajjam; B2 vajjham
5 S3 jãvitāya; and the sequel is missing till sajotibhåtāya
6 momåham . . . vadāmi is missing in S1
>/
#<[page 170]>#
%<170                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 194. 8>%
bhikkhave va¤jhaü jãvitānam\<*<1>*>/ ādãnavam disvā evaü
vadāmi || ||
8 Tattha\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako iti paņisa¤cik-
khati || ||
Tiņņhatu tāva tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampaj-
jalitāya sajotibhåtāya cakkhundriyaü sampalimaņņhaü ||
handāham idam eva manasi karomi || Iti cakkhum
aniccaü råpā aniccā cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccaü || cakkhu-
samphasso anicco || yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham
asukhaü vā tam pi aniccaü || ||
9 Tiņņhatu tāva tiõhena ayosaükunā ādittena sampajja-
litena sajotibhåtena sotindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü || handā-
ham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti sotam aniccaü saddā
aniccā sotavi¤¤āõam aniccaü sotasamphasso\<*<3>*>/ anicco || yam
pidaü sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü
vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tam pi aniccaü || ||
10 Tiņņhatu tāva tiõhena nakhacchedanena\<*<4>*>/ ādittena
sampajjalitena sajotibhåtena ghānindriyaü sampalimaņ-
ņhaü || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || Iti ghānam
aniccaü gandhā aniccā ghānavi¤¤āõam aniccaü ghāna-
samphasso anicco || yam pidaü ghānasamphassapaccayā
uppajjati vedayitaü || la || tam pi aniccaü || ||
11 Tiņņhatu tāva tiõhena khurena ādittena sampajjali-
tena sajotibhåtena jivhindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü || handā-
ham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti jivhā aniccā rasā
aniccā jivhāvi¤¤āõam aniccaü jivhāsamphasso anicco ||
yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü ||
pe || tam pi aniccaü || ||
12 Tiņņhatu tāva tiõhāya sattiyā ādittāya sampajjalitāya
sajotibhåtāya kāyindriyaü sampalimaņņham || handāham
idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti kāyo anicco phoņņhabbā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 va¤jhaü (written vajjaü) jãvitānam is to be found in B1 only
2 S1 tatra
3 This word and the sequel till ghānam aniccaü is missing both
in S1-3 by mistake rather than for abbreviating
4 B1 nasa-
>/
#<[page 171]>#
%<XXXV. 195. 4]         SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO               171>%
aniccā kāyavi¤¤āõam aniccaü kāyasamphasso anicco ||
Yam pidaü kāyasamphassapaccayā || pe || tam pi aniccaü || ||
13 Tiņņhatu tāva suttaü || handāham idam eva manasi
karomi || || Iti mano anicco dhammā aniccā manovi¤¤āõam
aniccaü manosamphasso anicco || yam pidam manosam-
phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü
vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tam pi aniccaü || ||
14 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako {cak-
khusmiü} nibbindati råpesu nibbindati cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi
nibbindati cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe || yam pidam
manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā
dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tasmim\<*<1>*>/ pi nibbindati || ||
Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiü
vimuttamhãti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahma-
cariyam kataü karanãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || ||
15 Ayaü kho bhikkhave ādittapariyāyo dhammapariyāyo
ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).195 (9) Hatthapādupamā1>#
1 Hatthesu bhikkhave sati ādānanikkhepanaü pa¤¤ā-
yati || pādesu sati abhikkamapatikkamo pa¤¤āyati || pabbesu
sati sammi¤janapasāraõam\<*<2>*>/ pa¤¤āyati || kucchismiü sati
jighacchā pipāsā pa¤¤āyati || ||
2 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhusmiü sati cakkhu-
samphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattam sukhaü dukkham ||
pe || jivhāya sati jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattaü
sukhaü dukkham || pa || manasmiü sati manosāmphassa-
paccayā uppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhaü\<*<3>*>/ || ||
3 Hatthesu bhikkhave asati ādānanikkhepanaü na
pa¤¤āyati || pādesu asati abhikkamapaņikkamo na pa¤¤ā-
yati || pabbesu asati sammi¤janapasāraõaü na pa¤¤āyati ||
kucchismim asati jighacchā pipāsā na pa¤¤āyāti ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhusmim asati cakkhu-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tam, the preceding words missing form yam pidam. . .
2 B1 sami¤jana-; B2 sama¤chana- both always
3 B1-2 add || la ||
>/
#<[page 172]>#
%<172            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 196. 1>%
samphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhaü
vā || pe || jivhāya asati jivhāsamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ||
pa || || Manasmim asati manosamphassapaccayā nuppajjati
ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhanti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).196 (10) Hatthapādupamā2>#
1-4 Hatthesu bhikkhave sati ādānanikkhepanaü hoti\<*<1>*>/ ||
pādesusati- -manosamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaü
sukhaü dukkhanti || ||
Samudda-vaggo2
Tassuddānaü3 || ||
Dve Samuddā Bāëasiko\<*<4>*>/ ||
Khãrarukkhena Koņņhiko\<*<5>*>/ ||
Kāmabhå Udāyã\<*<6>*>/ ceva ||
âdittena ca aņņhamam ||
Hatthapādupamā duve\<*<7>*>/ || ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatãti\<*<8>*>/ || ||

#<CHAPTER [IV] âSäVISAVAGGO PAĨCAMO>#

#<SN_4,35(1).197 (1) âsãviso>#
1-2 Evam me sutaü || ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthi-
yaü || pa || āmantesi || Bhagavā etad avoca\<*<9>*>/ || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave cattāro āsãvisā\<*<10>*>/ uggatejā ghora-
visā || || Atha puriso āgaccheyya jãvitukāmo amaritukāmo
sukhakāmo dukkhapaņikulo || tam enam\<*<11>*>/ evaü vadeyyuü || ||
Ime te ambho purisa cattāro āsãvisā uggatejā ghoravisā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The substitution of hoti for pa¤¤āyati is the only difference
between this sutta and the preceding one
2 In B1-2 only
3 S1-2 tatrudo
4 S1 bāëiasako; S3 bāëisiko
5 S1-3 koņņhito
6 B2, S1-3 Udāyã
7 S1-3 dveti
8 S1-3 Samuddavaggo samatto instead of Vaggo-
9 In B2 only
10 B1-2 āsi- always
11 S3 eõaü; S1 ena
>/
#<[page 173]>#
%<XXXV. 197. 6]              âSäVISAVAGGO             173>%
kālena kālaü vuņņhāpetabbā kālena kālaü nahāpetabbā\<*<1>*>/
kālena kālam bhojetabbā kālena kālam pavesetabbā\<*<2>*>/ || yadā
ca kho te ambho purisa imesaü catunnam āsãvisānam ugga-
tejānaü ghoravisānam a¤¤ataro vā a¤¤ataro vā kuppissati ||
tato tvam ambho purisa maraõam vā nigacchissasi\<*<3>*>/ mara-
õamattaü vā dukkhaü || yan te ambho purisa karaõãyaü
taü karohãti || ||
4 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhãto catunnam āsãvisā-
nam uggatejānaü ghoravisānaü yena vā tena vā palāye-
tha || tam enam vadeyyuü || || Ime te ambho purisa pa¤ca-
vadhakā paccatthikā piņņhito piņņhito anubaddhā\<*<4>*>/ yattheva
nam passissāma\<*<5>*>/ tattheva jãvitāvoropessāmāti || yan te
ambho purisa karaõãyaü taü karohãti || ||
5 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhãto catunnam āsãvisā-
nam uggatejānaü ghoravisānam bhãto pa¤cannaü vadha-
kānaü paccatthikānaü yena vā tena vā palāyetha || tam
enam evaü vadeyyuü || || Ayan te ambho purisa chaņņho
antaracaro vadhako ukkhittāsiko piņņhito piņņhito anubad-
dho yattheva nam passissāmi\<*<6>*>/ tattheva\<*<7>*>/ siro pātessāmã-
ti\<*<8>*>/ || yan te ambo purisa karaõãyaü taü karohãti || ||
6 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhãto catunnam āsãvisā-
nam uggatejānaü ghoravisānam bhãto pa¤cannam vadha-
kānam paccatthikānam bhãto chaņņhassa antaracarassa
vadhakassa ukkhittāsikassa yena vā tena vā palāyetha || so
passeyya su¤¤aü gāmaü ya¤¤ayad evaü gharaü paviseyya
rittaka¤¤eva paviseyya tucchaka¤¤eva paviseyya su¤¤a-
ka¤¤eva paviseyya || ya¤¤ayadeva bhājanam parimaseyya
tucchaka¤¤eva parimaseyya su¤¤aka¤¤eva parimaseyya ||
tam enam evam vadeyyuü || || Idāni ambho purisa imam
su¤¤agāmaü corā gāmaghātakā\<*<9>*>/ vadhissanti\<*<10>*>/ || yan te
ambho purisa karaõãyaü taü karohãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-3 nahā-
2 S1-3 saüvesetabbā
3 B1-2 nigacchasi; S1-3 nigacchissati
4 B1-2 anubandhā
5 S1-3 passāma
6 B1 passāmi; B2 passissati
7 B1 inserts te
8 B2 pātessatãti; S1-3 siro vapatissāmãti
9 So B1; B2 corāgāmaghātā; S1 corāghātā; S3 coraghātā
10 B1 pavãsanti
>/
#<[page 174]>#
%<174                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 197. 7>%
7 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhãto catunnam āsãvisā-
nam uggatejānaü ghoravisānam bhãto pa¤cannaü vadha-
kānam paccatthikānam bhãto chaņņhassa antaracarassa
vadhakassa ukkhittāsikassa bhãto corānaü gāmaghātakā-
naü\<*<1>*>/ yena va tena vā palāyetha || || So passeyya mahan-
tam udakaõõavam orimantãram sāsaīkaü sappaņibhayam
pārimantãraü khemam appaņibhayaü na cassa nāvā santā-
raõã uttārasetuvā\<*<2>*>/ apārāpāraügamanāya || ||
8 Atha kho so bhikkhave tassa purisassa evam assa
Ayaü kho mahā udakaõõavo orimantãram sāsaīkaü sap-
paņibhayam pārimantãraü khemam appaņibhayaü natthica\<*<3>*>/
nāvā santāranã uttārasetu vā aparāpāraügamanāya || ||
Yam nånāhaü tiõakaņņha-sākhā-palāsaü saīkaķķhitvā
kullam bandhitvā taü kullaü nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi
ca vāyamamāno\<*<4>*>/ sotthinā pāram gaccheyyan ti || ||
9 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso tiõa-kaņņha-sākhā-palā-
sam saükaķķhitvā kullam bandhitvā taü kullaü nissāya
hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraü gac-
cheyya || || tiõõo pāraīgato thale titthati brāhmaõo || ||
10 Upamā kho myāyam bhikkhave katā atthassa vi¤¤ā-
panāya ayaü cettha\<*<5>*>/ attho || ||
11 Cattāro āsãvisā uggatejā ghoravisā ti kho bhikkhave
catunnetam mahābhåtānam adhivacanaü || pathavãdhātuyā
āpodhātuyā tejodhātuyā vāyodhātuyā ||
12 Pa¤cavadhakā paccatthikā ti kho bhikkhave pa¤can-
netam upādānakkhandhānam adhivacanam seyyathãdaü
råpupādānakkhandhassa vedanupādānakkhandhassa sa¤-
¤upādānakkhandhassa saīkhārupādānakkhandhassa vi¤¤ā-
nupādānakkhandhassa || ||
13 Chaņņho antaracaro vadhako ukkhittāsiko ti kho bhik-
khave nandirāgassetam adhivacanaü || ||
14 Su¤¤o gāmo ti kho bhikkhave channam\<*<6>*>/ ajjhattikā-
nam adhivacanaü || cakkhuto ce pi nam bhikkhave paõķito
vyatto medhāvã upaparikkhati rittaka¤¤eva khāyati tuc-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -ghātānaü
2 B2 S3 uttara
3 B1 nacassa
4 S1-3 vāyā- always
5 S1-3 aya¤cevettha
6 B1-2 channetaü
>/
#<[page 175]>#
%<XXXV. 198. 3]         âSäVISAVAGGO             175>%
chaka¤¤eva khāyati su¤¤aka¤¤eva khāyati || pa || jivhato
ce pi nam bhikkhave || pa || manato ce pi nam bhikkhave
paõķito vyatto medhāvã upaparikkhati rittaka¤¤eva khāyati
tucchaka¤¤eva khāyati su¤¤aka¤¤eva khāyati || ||
15 Corā gāmaghātakā ti kho bhikkhave channam\<*<1>*>/ bāhi-
rānam āyatanānam adhivacanaü || cakkhu bhikkhave ha¤-
¤ati manāpāmanāpesu råpesu || sotam bhikkhave || la ||
ghānam bhikkhave || pa || jivhā bhikkhave ha¤¤ati manāpā-
manāpesu rasesu || kāyo bhikkhave || pa || mano bhikkhave
ha¤¤ati manāpāmanāpesu dhammesu || ||
16 Mahā udakaõõavo ti kho bhikkhave catunnam\<*<2>*>/
oghānam adhivacanaü || kāmoghassa bhavoghassa diņņho-
ghassa avijjoghassa || ||
17 Orimaü tãraü sāsaīkaü sappaņibhayan ti kho bhik-
khave sakkāyassetam adhivacanam || ||
18 Pārimaü tãraü khemam appaņibhayan ti kho bhik-
khave nibbānassetam adhivacanaü || ||
19 Kullan ti kho bhikkhave ariyassetam aņņhaīgikassa
maggassa adhivacanaü || seyyathãdam sammādiņņhiyā pa ||
sammāsamādhissa\<*<3>*>/ || ||
20 \<*<4>*>/Hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyāmo ti kho bhikkhave
viriyārambhassetam adhivacanaü || ||
21 Tiõõo pāraīgato thale tiņņhati brāhmaõo ti kho
bhikkhave arahato etam adhivacanan ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).198 (2) Rato>#
3 Tãhi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diņ-
ņheva\<*<5>*>/ dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati || yoni\<*<6>*>/
cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānam khayāya || || Katamehi tãhi ||
Indriyesu guttadvāro hoti\<*<7>*>/ || bhojane matta¤¤u jāgariyam
anuyutto || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 channetam
2 B1-2 catunnetaü
3 B1 sammādiņņhi || pa || samādhi
4 B1 puts tassa before hatthehi, perhaps on account of the ending
ssa of the preceding word
5 S1-3 diņņheceva
6 S1-3 yonã always
7 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 176]>#
%<176            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                [XXXV. 198. 4>%
4 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro
hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā na
nimittagāhã hoti nānuvya¤janaggāhã || yatvādhikaraõam
enaü cakkhundriyam asaüvutam viharantam abhijjhā
domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuü\<*<1>*>/ ||
tassa saüvarāya paņipajjati rakkhati cakkhundriyaü cak-
khundriye saüvaram āpajjati || || Sotena saddam sutvā || ||
Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || ||
Kāyena phoņņhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammaü
vi¤¤āya na nimittaggāhã hoti || yatvādhikaraõam enam
manindriyam asaüvutaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā
pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuü || tassa {saüvarāya}
paņipajjati rakkhati manindriyam manindriye {saüvaram}
āpajjati ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave subhåmiyaü cātumahāpathe
āja¤¤aratho\<*<2>*>/ yutto assa\<*<3>*>/ odhasatapatodo\<*<4>*>/ tam enaü dak-
kho\<*<5>*>/ yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhiråhitvā vāmena
hatthena rasmiyo\<*<6>*>/ gahetvā dakkhiõena hatthena patodam\<*<7>*>/
gahetvā yenicchakam yadicchakam sāreyya pi pacchāsārey-
ya\<*<8>*>/ pi || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imesaü
channam indriyānam ārakkhāya sikkhati || saüyamāya
sikkhati || damāya sikkhati\<*<9>*>/ upasamāya sikkhati || ||
Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro
hoti || ||
6 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhu bhojane matta¤¤u hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu paņisaīkhā yoniso āhāram
āhāreti || neva davāya na madāya na maõķanāya na vibhå-
sanāya yāvad eva imassa kāyassa ņhitiyā yāpanāya vihiü-
suparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya || iti purāõa¤ca vedanaü
paņihaīkhāmi navaü ca vedanaü na uppādessāmi\<*<10>*>/ || yātrā\<*<11>*>/
ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 anvāsaveyyuü
2 S1 āha¤¤ā-
3 B1-2 insert ņhito
4 S3 -dhasta- B1 -vantara- B2 -vattana-
5 B1 anurakkho
6 B1 rajjuyo
7 B2 pattodakaü
8 B1 hareyyapi -hareyya
9 damāya sikkhati is missing in B1
10 B1-2 uppādissāmã
11 B1-2 yatrā here and further on
>/
#<[page 177]>#
%<XXXV. 199. 4]              âSäVISAVAGGO             177>%
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso vaõam ālimpeyya yāvad
eva ropanatthāya\<*<1>*>/ || seyyathā\<*<2>*>/ vā pana akkham abbha¤-
jeyya yāvad eva bhārassa nittharaõatthāya\<*<3>*>/ || || Evaü kho
bhikkhave bhikkhu paņisaīkhāyoniso āhāram āhāreti || neva
davāya na madāya na maõķanāya na vibhåsanāya yāvad
eva imassa kāyassa ņhitiyā yāpanāya vihiüsuparatiyā
brahmacariyānuggahāya iti purāõaü ca vedanam paņihaī-
khāmi navaü ca vedanaü na uppādessāmi || yātrā ca me
bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti || ||
Evam kho bhikkhave bhikkhu bhojane matta¤¤u hoti || ||
8 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhu jāgariyam anuyutto
hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu divasaü caīkamena nisajjāya
āvaraõiyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || || Rattiyā
pathamaü yāmaü caīkamena nisajjāya āvaraõiyehi
dhammehi cittam parisodheti || rattiyā majjhimaü yāmam
dakkhiõena passena sãhaseyyam kappeti pāde pādam accā-
dhāya sato sampajāno uņņhānasa¤¤am manasi karitvā ||
rattiyā pacchimaü yāmam paccuņņhāya caīkamena nisaj-
jāya āvaraõiyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || ||
Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu jāgariyam anuyutto
hoti || ||
9 Imehi kho\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhave bhikkhu tãhi dhammehi saman-
nāgato bhikkhu diņņheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo
viharati yoni\<*<5>*>/ cassa āraddhā\<*<6>*>/ hoti āsavānaü khayāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).199 (3) Kummo>#
3 Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave kummo kacchapo sāyaõha-
samayam anunadãtãre gocarapasuto ahosi || siīgālo pi kho
bhikkhave sāyaõhasamayam anunadãtãre gocarapasuto
ahosi || ||
4 Addasā kho bhikkhave kummo kacchapo siīgālam
dårato va gocarapasutaü\<*<7>*>/ || disvāna soõķipa¤cimāni\<*<8>*>/

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 rohana-
2 S3 adds pi
3 B2 nittaraõa-
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 yonã
6 S1-3 āraddho
7 Missing in S1-3
8 B1-2 soõķipa¤ca- always
>/
#<[page 178]>#
%<178            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 199. 5>%
aīgāni sake kapāle samodahitvā appossukko tuõhãbhåto
saükasāyati ||
5 Siīgalo pi bhikkhave addasā kummaü kacchapam
dårato va || disvāna yena kummo kacchapo tenupasaīkami
upasaīkamitvā kummaü kacchapam paccupaņņhito\<*<1>*>/ ahosi || ||
Yadāyam kummo kacchapo soõķipa¤cimānam aīgānam
a¤¤ataraü vā a¤¤ataraü vā aīgam abhininnāmessati tat-
theva naü gahetvā uddālitvā khādissāmãti || ||
6 Yadā kho bhikkhave kummo kacchapo soõķipa¤cimā-
nam aīgānam\<*<2>*>/ a¤¤ataraü vā a¤¤ataraü vā aīgaü na
abhininnāmesi\<*<3>*>/ || atha siīgālo kummamhā nibbijja\<*<4>*>/ pakkāmi
otāram alabhamāno || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave tumhe pi Māro pāpimā
satatam samitam paccupaņņhito Appevanāmaham imesaü
cakkhuto vā otāraü labheyyaü || pa || jivhāto vā otāraü
labheyyaü || pa || manato vā otāraü labheyyanti || ||
8 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave indriyesu guttadvārā viha-
ratha || ||
Cakkhunā råpaü disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha
mānuvya¤janaggahino || yatvādhikaraõam enaü cakkhun-
driyam asaüvutaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuü || tassa saüvarāya paņipaj-
jatha || rakkhatha cakkhundriyam || cakkhundriye saüvaram
āpajjatha || || Sotena saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaü
ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoņņhab-
bam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya mā nimittag-
gāhino ahuvattha mā anuvya¤janaggāhino || yatvādhikara-
õam enam manindriyam asaüvutaü\<*<5>*>/ viharantam abhijjhā
domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuü || tassa
{saüvarāya} paņipajjatha || rakkhatha manindriyam || manin-
driye saüvaram āpajjatha || || Yato\<*<6>*>/ tumhe bhikkhave indri-
yesu guttadvārā viharissatha || atha tumhehi\<*<7>*>/ pi Māro
pāpimā nibbijja pakkamissati otāram alabhamāno kum-
mamhā va siīgālo ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 -ņhitaü
2 S3 puts here the negation na
3 B1 abhininnāmi
4 S1-3 nibbijjati
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 insert kho
7 S1-3 tumhe
>/
#<[page 179]>#
%<XXXV. 200. 3]         âSäVISAVAGGO             179>%
Kummo va\<*<1>*>/ aīgāni sake kapāle ||
samodaham bhikkhu manovitakko ||
anissito a¤¤am aheņhayāno\<*<2>*>/ ||
parinibbuto nupavadeyya ki¤ci\<*<3>*>/ ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).200 (4) Dārukkhandha1>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Kosambiyaü\<*<4>*>/ viharati
Gaīgāya nadiyā tãre || ||
2 Addasā kho Bhagavā mahantaü dārukkhandham
Gaīgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānaü || disvāna bhikkhå
āmantesi || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave amum mahantaü
dārukkhandham Gaīgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
3 Sace kho bhikkhave dārukkhandho\<*<5>*>/ na orimantãraü
upagacchati na pārimantãram upagacchati || na majjhe
saüsãdissati || na thale ussãdissati\<*<6>*>/ || na manussagāho\<*<7>*>/
bhavissati\<*<8>*>/ || na amanussagāho bhavissati || na āvaņņagāho
bhavissati || na antopåti bhavissati || evaü hi so bhikkhave
dārukkhandho samuddaninno bhavissati samuddapoõo
samuddapabbhāro || Taü kissa hetu || samuddaninno bhik-
khave Gaīgāya nadiyā soto samuddapoõo samuddapab-
bhāro || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave sace tumhe pi na
orimantãram upagacchatha || na pārimantãram upagac-
chatha\<*<9>*>/ || na majjhe saüsãdissatha || na thale ussãdissatha\<*<10>*>/ ||
na manussagāho hessatha || na amanussagāho hessatha\<*<11>*>/ ||
na āvaņņagāho hessatha\<*<10>*>/ || na antopåti bhavissatha || evaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 yathākummo
2 S3 aheņņha-; B1 apothamāno; B2 ahemayamāno
3 S1-3 na upa- -ki¤ci (S1 cã)
4 S1-3 Ayojjhāyaü
5 B1 rukkhakkhandho
6 B1 ussārissati; B2 uharissati always
7 S1-3 -ggāho always
8 B1 gahe-; B2 gahissati (or -tha) always
9 B1 upagacchetha . . . etha; S1 upagacchittha . . . atha;
S3 upagacchittha . . . ittha
10 S3 ussãtadi-; B1-2 ussāri-
11 B1 gahessatha; B2 gahissati; S1 gahessati
>/
#<[page 180]>#
%<180            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 200. 4>%
tumhe bhikkhave nibbānaninnā bhavissatha nibbānapoõā
nibbānapabbhārā || || Taü kissa hetu || nibbānaninnā bhik-
khave sammādiņņhi nibbānapoõā nibbānapabbhārā ti || ||
4 Evaü vutte a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kiü nu kho bhante orimantãram || Kim pārimantã-
raü || Ko majjhe\<*<1>*>/ saüsãdo\<*<2>*>/ || Ko thale ussādo\<*<3>*>/ || Ko ma-
nussagāho || Ko amanussagāho || Ko āvaņņagāho || Ko anto-
påtibhavo ti || ||
5 Orimantãran ti kho bhikkhu\<*<4>*>/ channetam ajjhattikā-
nam āyatanānam adhivacanaü || ||
6 Pārimantãran ti kho bhikkhu channaü\<*<5>*>/ bāhirānam
āyatanānam adhivacanaü || ||
7 Majjhe saüsãdo\<*<6>*>/ ti kho bhikkhu nandirāgassetam
adhivacanaü || ||
8 Thale ussādo ti kho bhikkhu asmimānassetam adhiva-
canaü || ||
9 Katamo ca bhikkhu manussagāho || || Idha bhikkhu
gihã saüsaņņho viharati || sahanandi sahasokã sukhitesu
sukhito dukkhitesu dukkhito uppannesu kiccakaraõãyesu
attanā\<*<7>*>/ tesu\<*<8>*>/ yogam āpajjati || ayam vuccati bhikkhu
manussagāho || ||
10 Katamo ca\<*<9>*>/ bhikkhu amanussagāho || || Idha bhikkhu
ekacco ekacco a¤¤ataraü devanikāyam paõidhāya brahma-
cariyaü carati || imināhaü sãlena vā vatena vā tapena vā
brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi deva¤¤ataro vā ti ||
ayaü vuccati bhikkhu amanussagāho || ||
11 âvaņņagāho ti kho bhikkhu pa¤cannetam kāmaguõā-
nam adhivacanaü || ||
12 Katamo ca bhikkhu antopåtibhāvo || || Idha bhikkhu
ekacco dussãlo hoti || pāpadhammo asuci saīkassarasamā-
cāro paņichannakammanto assamaõo samaõapaņi¤¤o

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-2 majjho
2 S1-3 saüsādo; B2 saüsarito
3 B1 ussāro
4 S1-3 bhikkhave
5 B1-2 channetaü
6 As before; majjho in S3 only
7 S1 attano
8 S1-3 have vo which seems to be erased in S3
9 Missing in S1
>/
#<[page 181]>#
%<XXXV. 201. 2]              âSäVISAVAGGO             181>%
abrahmacārã brahmacārãpaņi¤¤o antopåti avassuto ka-
sambujāto\<*<1>*>/ || ayaü vuccati bhikkhu antopåtibhavo ti ||
11 Tena kho pana samayena Nando gopālako Bhagavato
avidåre ņhito hoti || ||
12 Atha kho Nando gopālako Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Ahaü kho bhante orimantãram upagacchāmi || na pāri-
mantãram upagacchāmi || na majjhe saüsãdissāmi || na
thale ussãdissāmi\<*<2>*>/ || na maü\<*<3>*>/ manussagāho gahissati\<*<4>*>/ ||
na amanussagāho gahissati || na āvaņņagāho gahissati || na
antopåti bhavissāmi || labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato
santike pabbajjaü labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
13 Tena hi tvaü Nanda sāmikānaü gāvo niyyādehãti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Gamissanti bhante gāvo vacchagiddhiniyoti || ||
Niyyādeheva\<*<6>*>/ tvaü Nanda sāmikānaü gāvo ti || ||
14 Atha kho Nando gopālako sāmikānaü gāvo niyyā-
detvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Niyyāditā\<*<7>*>/ bhante samikā-
nam gāvo labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato santike pabbaj-
jaü labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
15 Alattha kho Nando gopālako Bhagavato santike
pabbajjam alattha upasampadaü || aciråpasampanno ca
panāyasmā Nando eko våpakaņņho || pe || ||
16 A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā Nando arahaü ahosi || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).201 (5) Dārukkhandho2>#
1 Evam me sutaü\<*<8>*>/ || ekaü samayam Bhagavā Kimbilā-
yaü\<*<9>*>/ viharati Gaīgāya nadiyā tire ||
2 Addasā kho Bhagavā mahantam dārukkhandhaü
Gaīgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānaü || disvāna bhikkhå
āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave amum ma-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 kasambukajāto
2 S1 saüsãdissāmi; B2 -sãdissāmi; B1 ussārissami
3 Missing in S1-3
4 B1-2 gahissati always
5 B1 niyyāte- always
6 S1-3 niyyādehivā
7 S1-2 niyyātitā; B1 niyyātā
8 Missing in B1-2
9 B2 kimilāyaü
>/
#<[page 182]>#
%<182            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 201. 3>%
hantaü dārukkhandhaü Gaīgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamā-
nan ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
3 Vitthāretabbaü || pe\<*<1>*>/ || ||
4 Evaü vutte\<*<2>*>/ āyasma Kimbilo\<*<3>*>/ Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kiü nu kho bhante orimantãram || || Vitthāretabbo ||
pe\<*<4>*>/ ||
12 Katamo ca Kimbila antopåtibhāvo || || Idha Kimbila
bhikkhu a¤¤ataraü saīkiliņņham āpattim āpanno hoti
yathāråpāya āpattiyā\<*<5>*>/ vuņņhānam pa¤¤āyati || ayaü
vuccati Kimbila antopåtibhāvoti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).202 (6) Avassuto>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavat-
thusmiü\<*<6>*>/ Nigrodhārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Kāpilavatthavānaü\<*<7>*>/ Sakyā-
naü\<*<8>*>/ navaü santhāgāram\<*<9>*>/ acirakāritaü hoti anajjhā-
vuņņhaü\<*<10>*>/ samaõena vā brāhmaõena vā kenaci vā
manussabhåtena || ||
3 Atha kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || ||
4 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bha-
gavantam etad avocuü || || Idha bhante Kāpilavatthavānaü
Sakyānam navaü santhāgāram acirakāritam anajjhāvut-
thaü samaõena vā brāhmaõena vā kenaci vā manussa-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1-3; B1 has only || pa || and B2 sace . . . na
orimaütiraü || la ||; see the preceding sutta
2 S1-3 vutto
3 B1-2 kimilo-la aloays
4 B1 has only || pa ||; B2 || la ||
5 B1 inserts here na which B2 puts after vuņņhānaü
6 B2 kappila- always
7 B1 kapilavatthuvāsinam-sino always
8 B1 sakkānaü
9 B1-2 sandhāgāraü always
10 B1 -vuņņhaü always
>/
#<[page 183]>#
%<XXXV. 202. 7]                âSäVISAVAGGO                183>%
bhåtena || tam bhante Bhagavā pathamam paribhu¤jatu ||
Bhagavatā pathamam paribhuttam pacchā Kāpilavatthavā
Sakyā paribhu¤jissanti || tad assa Kāpilavatthavānaü Sak-
yānam dãgharattam hitāya sukhāyāti ||
Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuõhibhāvena || ||
5 Atha kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bhagavato {adhivāsa-
naü} viditvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padak-
khiõaü katvā yena navaü santhāgāraü tenupasaīka-
miüsu || upasaīkamitvā sabbasanthariü santhāgāraü
santharitvā\<*<1>*>/ āsanāni pa¤¤āpetvā udakamaõikam patiņ-
ņhāpetvā telappadãpam āropetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuü || ||
Sabbasanthariü santhatam\<*<2>*>/ bhante santhāgāram āsa-
nāni pa¤¤attāni udakamaõiko patiņņhāpito || telappadãpo
āropito || yassadāni Bhagavā kālam ma¤¤atãti || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya
saddhim bhikkhusaīghena yena navaü santhāgāraü
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā\<*<3>*>/ santhā-
gāram pavisitvā majjhimam thambhaü nissāya puratthā-
bhimukho nisãdi || Bhikkhusaīgho pi kho pāde pakkhā-
letvā\<*<3>*>/ santhāgāram pavisitvā pacchimam\<*<4>*>/ bhittiü\<*<5>*>/ nissā-
ya puratthābhimukho nisãdi Bhagavantaü yeva purakkha-
tvā\<*<6>*>/ || || Kāpilavatthavā pi kho Sakyā pāde pakkhāletvā
santhāgāram pavisitvā puratthimam\<*<7>*>/ bhittiü nissāya
pacchāmukhā\<*<8>*>/ nisãdiüsu || Bhagavantaü yeva purakkha-
tvā ||
7 Atha kho Bhagavā Kāpilavatthave Sakye bahudeva
rattim dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādāpetvā sa-
muttejitvā sampahaüsetvā uyyojesi || || Abhikkantā kho
Gotamā ratti yassa dāni kālam ma¤¤athāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1-3; B1 puts dh instead of th; B2 has
sabbasandharaõasandhataü sandhāgāraü sandharitvā
2 So S3 and B1 (with change of th to dh); S1 omits santharim
(by blunder of the copyist); B2 sabbasandha raõasandhataü
3 B1-2 pakkhālitvā
4 S3 pacchim
5 S1 bhittaü
6 B1-2 purakkhitvā
7 S1-3 puratthim
8 B1-2 pacchimābhimukhā
>/
#<[page 184]>#
%<184            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA                [XXXV. 202. 8>%
Evam bhante ti kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bhagavato
paņissutvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padak-
khiõaü katvā pakkamiüsu || ||
8 Atha kho Bhagavā acirapakkantesu Kāpilavatthavesu
Sakyesu āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam āmantesi || ||
Vigatathãnamiddho\<*<1>*>/ kho Moggalāna bhikkhusaīgho pa-
ņibhātu\<*<2>*>/ taü Moggalāna bhikkhånaü dhammikathā\<*<3>*>/ ||
piņņhi me\<*<4>*>/ āgilāyati tam aham āyamissāmãti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Bhagavato
paccassosi ||
9 Atha kho Bhagavā catuguõam\<*<5>*>/ saīghātim pa¤¤ā-
petvā dakkhiõena passena sãhaseyyaü kappesi || pāde
pādam accādhāya sato sampaja¤o uņņhānasa¤¤am manasi
karitvā || ||
10 Tatra kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno bhikkhå āmantesi
āvuso bhikkhave ti || ||
âvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato Mahā-Moggalānassa
paccassosuü || ||
âyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Avassutapari-
yāyaü ca vo āvuso desissāmi anavassutapariyāyaü ca ||
taü suõātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmãti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato Mahā-Mogga-
lānassa paccassosuü || ||
âyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca\<*<6>*>/ || ||
11 Katham āvuso\<*<7>*>/ avassuto hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe
råpe\<*<8>*>/ adhimuccati || apiyaråpe råpe\<*<8>*>/ vyāpajjati || anu-
paņņhitakāyasatã\<*<9>*>/ viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ca cetovi-
muttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtam nappajānāti || yat-
thassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 -hina-
2 S1-3 paņibhantu
3 S1-3 dhammã- as usual
4 S1-3 piņņhimme
5 S3 catugguõaü; S1 seems to have catuggaõam
6 The second part of this paragraph, from sādhukam is missing in S1-3
7 S1-3 katha¤cāvuso
8 Missing in S1-3 and S1 has piyaråpaü
9 Sometimes -sati; S1-3 insert ca here and further on
>/
#<[page 185]>#
%<XXXV. 202. 14]             âSäVISAVAGGO             185>%
nirujjhanti || la || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || pa || Manasā
dhammaü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme adhimuccati apiya-
råpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitakāyasati viharati
parittacetaso || ta¤ ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤avimuttiü yathā
bhuttaü nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti ||
12 Ayaü vuccati āvuso bhikkhu avassuto cakkhu-
vi¤¤eyesu råpesu || gha || avassuto jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rasesu ||
pa || avassuto manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu || || Evaü
vihāriü cāvuso bhikkhuü\<*<1>*>/ cakkhuto ce pi naü Māro
upasaīkamati labhateva\<*<2>*>/ Māro otāram labhati Māro
ārammaõam || la || Jivhāto ce pi naü Māro upasaīkamati
labhateva Māro otāraü labhati {Māro} ārammaõaü || la ||
Maõato ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati labhateva Māro
otāram labhati Māro ārammaõaü || ||
13 Seyyathāpi āvuso naëāgāraü vā tiõāgāraü vā
sukkham kolāpaü terovassikam || puratthimāya ce pi
naü\<*<3>*>/ disāya puriso ādittāya tiõukkāya upasaīkameyya
labhetheva aggi otāraü labhetha aggi ārammaõaü ||
pacchimāya ce pi disāya puriso ādittāya tiõukkāya upasaī-
kameyya || la || uttarāya ce pi naü disāya || dakkhiõāya ce
pi naü disāya || heņņhimato\<*<4>*>/ ce pi naü || uparimato\<*<5>*>/ ce pi
naü || yato kutoci\<*<6>*>/ ce pi nam puriso ādittāya tiõukkāya
upasaīkameyya labhetheva aggi otāraü labhetha aggi
ārammaõaü || || Evam eva kho āvuso evaü vihāriü
bhikkhuü cakkhuto ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati labha-
teva Māro otāram labhati Māro ārammaõaü || la || Jivhāto
ce pi naü Māro upasaīkamati || Manato ce pi nam Māro
upasaīkamati labhateva Māro otāraü labhati Māro āram-
maõaü || ||
14 Evaü vihāriü cāvuso bhikkhuü råpā adhibhaüsu na
bhikkhu råpe adhibhosi || saddā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu na

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vihārã . . bhikkhu; B2 has vihārã . . . bhikkhuü
2 B1 labhetha always
3 Missing in S1-3 here and further on, not alw1ys
4 S1 heņņhito; S3 heņņhato
5 S1-3, B2 uparito
6 S1-3 omit ci here and further on
>/
#<[page 186]>#
%<186            SAėâYATANA-SAMYUTTA           [XXXV. 202. 15>%
bhikkhu sadde adhibhosi || gandhā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu
na bhikkhu gandhe adhibhosi || rasā bhikkhum adhibhaü-
su na bhikkhu rase adhibhosi || phoņņhabbā bhikkhum
adhibhaüsu na bhikkhu phoņņhabbe adhibhosi || dhammā
bhikkhum adhibhaüsu na bhikkhu dhamme adhibhosi || ||
Ayaü vuccatāvuso bhikkhu råpādhibhåto saddādhibhåto
gandhādhibhåto rasādhibhåto phoņņhabbādhibhåto dham-
mādhibhåto\<*<1>*>/ adhibhåto\<*<2>*>/ anadhibhå\<*<3>*>/ || adhibhaüsu naü
pāpakā akusalā dhammā saīkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā\<*<4>*>/
dukkhavipākā āyatijarāmaraõiyā\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Evam kho āvuso avassuto hoti || ||
15 Kathaü cāvuso anavassuto hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe
råpe\<*<6>*>/ nādhimuccati apiyaråpe råpe\<*<6>*>/ na vyāpajjati ||
upaņņhitakāyasati ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca
cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti yat-
thassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā
nirujjhanti || pa || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || la || Manasā
dhammaü vi¤¤āya pãyaråpe dhamme nādhimuccati apãya-
råpe dhamme na vyāpajjati || upaņņhitakāyasati ca viharati
appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü
yathābhåtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || Ayaü vuccatā-
vuso bhikkhu anavassuto cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu || la ||
anavassuto manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu || Evaü vihāriü
cāvuso bhikkhuü cakkhuto ce pi naü Māro upasaīkamati
neva labhati Māro otāraü na labhati Māro ārammanaü ||
pa || Jivhāto ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati || la || Manato
ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati neva labhati Māro otāram
na labhati Māro ārammaõaü || ||
16 Seyyathāpi āvuso kuņāgāraü vā kuņāgārasālā\<*<7>*>/ vā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In this part, from rupādhibhåto, S1-3 have abhibhå . .
instead of adhibhå . . .
2 Missing in S3
3 Missing in B2
4 S1-3 sa (S3 ya-) dārā
5 B1-2 āyatiü-
6 S1-3 omit råpe as before
7 S1-3 have -sālaü; B1 also without kuņāgāra-
>/
#<[page 187]>#
%<XXXV. 202. 19]             âSäVISAVAGGO             187>%
bahalamattikā\<*<1>*>/ addāvalepanā\<*<2>*>/ || puratthimāya ce pi naü\<*<3>*>/
disāya puriso ādittāya tiõukkāya upasaīkameyya neva
labhetha aggi otāraü na labhetha aggi ārammaõam || la ||
pacchimāya ce pi naü\<*<4>*>/ || uttarāya ce pi naü || dakkhiõāya
ce pi naü || heņņhimato ce pi naü || uparimato\<*<5>*>/ ce pi nam ||
yato kuto ci ce pi nam puriso ādittāya tiõukkāya upasaī-
kameyya neva labhetha aggi otāram na labhetha aggi
ārammaõaü || || Evam eva kho āvuso evaüviharim bhik-
khum cakkhuto ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati neva labhati
Māro otāraü na labhati Māro ārammaõam || pe || manato ce
pi nam Māro upasaīkamati neva labhati Māro otāraü na
labhati Māro ārammaõaü ||
17 Evaü vihārã cāvuso bhikkhu\<*<6>*>/ råpe adhibhosi na
råpā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || sadde bhikkhu adhibhosi na
saddā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || gandhe bhikkhu\<*<7>*>/ adhibhosi
na gandho bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || rase bhikkhu adhibhosi
na rasā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || phoņņhabbe bhikkhu
adhibhosi na phoņņhabbā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || dhamme
bhikkhu adhibhosi na dhammā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || ||
Ayaü vuccatāvuso bhikkhu rupādhibhå saddādhibhå gan-
dhādhibhå rasādhibhå phoņņhabbādhibhå dhammādhibhå
adhibhå anadhibhåto\<*<8>*>/ || adhibhosi te pāpake akusale
dhamme saīkilesike ponobhavike sadare\<*<9>*>/ dukkhavipāke
āyatijātijarāmaraõiye\<*<10>*>/ || ||
Evam kho āvuso anavassuto hotãti || ||
18 Atha kho Bhagavā uņņhahitvā āyasmantam Mahā-
Moggalānam āmantesi || || Sādhu sādhu Moggalāna sādhu
kho tvam\<*<11>*>/ Moggalāna bhikkhånaü avassutapariyāya¤ca
anavassutapariyāya¤ca abhāsãti\<*<12>*>/ || ||
19 Idam avocāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno || samanu¤¤o

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 -mattikāmo
2 S1-3 -limpanā; B2 -nelamanā
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 disāya
5 S1-3 heņņhato . . .uparito
6 S1-3, B1 bhikkhuü; B2 bhikkhå
7 S1-3 bhikkhuü
8 S1-3 abhibhå anabhibhåto; B1 adds kecihi kilesehi
9 S1 sadāre
10 B1-2 ayatiü-; S1-3 -maraõike
11 S1-3 taü
12 S3 ābhāsãti
>/
#<[page 188]>#
%<188            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 203. 3>%
satthā ahosi || attamanā te bhikkhå āyasmato Mahā-Mogga-
lānassa bhāsitam abhinandiüsu\<*<1>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).203 (7) Dukkhadhammā>#
3 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbesa¤¤eva dukkha-
dhammānaü samudaya¤ca\<*<2>*>/ atthagama¤ ca yathābhåtam
pajānāti || tathā kho panassa kāmā diņņhā honti yathāssa
kāme passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāma-
mucchā kāmapariëāho so nānuseti || || Tathā kho panassa
cāro ca vihāro ca anubuddho\<*<3>*>/ hoti || yathā carantam
abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānusavan-
ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
4 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhu\<*<5>*>/ sabbesaü yeva dukkha-
dhammānaü samudaya¤ ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam
pajānāti || || Iti råpaü iti råpassa samudayo iti råpassa
atthagamo || || Iti vedanā || pe || Iti sa¤¤ā || Iti saīkhārā ||
Iti vi¤¤āõaü iti vi¤¤āõassa samudayo iti vi¤¤āõassa
atthagamo ti || || Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbesaü
yeva dukkhadhammānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca
yathābhåtam pajānāti || ||
5 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhuno kāmā diņņhā honti ||
yathāssa kāme passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāma-
sneho kāmamucchā kāmapariëāho so nānuseti || || Seyya-
thāpi bhikkhave aīgārakāsu sādhikaporisā puõõā aīgārā-
nam vãtaccikānam\<*<6>*>/ vãtadhåmānaü\<*<7>*>/ || atha puriso āgac-
cheyya jãvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhapaņi-
kulo || tam enaü\<*<8>*>/ dve balavanto purisā nānābāhāsu gahetvā
tam aīgārakāsum upakaķķheyyuü || so iticiticeva\<*<9>*>/ kāyaü
sannāmeyya || || Tam kissa hetu || Ĩāta¤hi\<*<10>*>/ bhikkhave

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 abhinandunti || ||
2 S1-3 insert assāda¤ca ādinava¤ca
3 B1-2 anubandho
4 B2 nānusenti here and further on
5 Missing in B1-2
6 B1-2 vita-
7 B2 ņhitadhumānaü
8 S1-3 eõa
9 S3 iticitimeva
10 B1-2 ¤āõa¤hi: S3 has ¤āõata¤hi, the letters õa ta being both erased
>/
#<[page 189]>#
%<XXXV. 203. 9]              âSäVISAVAGGO                  189>%
tassa purisassa hoti || || Imaü khvāham aīgārakāsum
papatissāmi || tato nidānaü maraõaü vā gacchāmi maraõa-
mattaü vā dukkhanti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhik-
khuno aīgārakāsåpamā kāmā diņņhā honti yathāssa kāme
passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā
kāmapariëāho so nānuseti || ||
6 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhuno cāro ca vihāro ca
anubuddho\<*<1>*>/ hoti || yathā carantaü viharantam abhijjhā
domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānusavanti || || Sey-
yathāpi bhikkhave puriso bahukaõņakaü\<*<2>*>/ dāyam pavisey-
ya || tassa purato pi kaõņako pacchato pi kaõņako uttarato
pi kaõņako dakkhiõato pi kaõņako heņņhato pi kaõņako
uparito pi kaõņako || so yato ca abhikkameyya yato ca
paņikkameyya Mā maü kaõņako ti || || Evam eva\<*<3>*>/ kho
bhikkhave yaü loke pãyaråpaü sātaråpaü\<*<4>*>/ ayam vuccati
ariyassa vinaye\<*<5>*>/ kaõņako ti || ||
7 Iti viditvā saüvaro ca asaüvaro ca veditabbo || ||
8 Kathaü ca bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || || Idha bhik-
khave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe\<*<6>*>/ adhi-
muccati || apiyaråpe råpe vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitakāyasatã ca
viharati parittacetaso\<*<7>*>/ || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü
yathābhåtaü na pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || la || Jivhāya rasaü
sāyitvā || la || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme
adhimuccati || apiyaråpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaņņhi-
takāyasatã ca viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim
pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtaü na pajānāti yatthassa te
uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
Evaü kho bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || ||
9 Kathaü ca bhikkhave saüvaro hoti || || Idha bhik-
khave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe
nādhimuccati || apiyaråpe råpe na vyāpajjati || upaņņhitakā-
yasatã ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim
pa¤¤avimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 anubandho
2 S3 -kaõņakā; B1-2 kaõķa- always
3 S1-3 omit eva
4 S3 sātā-
5 S1-3 insert kaõņako taü
6 Missing in S3
7 S1-3 parittaü
>/
#<[page 190]>#
%<190                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 203. 10>%
pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || pa || Jivhāya
rasaü sāyitvā || pa || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe
dhamme nādhimuccati apiyaråpe dhamme na vyāpajjati ||
upaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca
cetovimuttim pa¤¤avimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti\<*<1>*>/ yat-
thassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā
nirujjhanti || || Evaü kho bhikkhave saüvaro hoti || ||
10 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evam carato evaü
viharato kadāci karahaci\<*<2>*>/ satisammosā uppajjanti pāpakā
akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā saüyojaniyā || dandho bhik-
khave satuppādo || atha kho naü khippam eva pajahati
vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaü gameti || || Seyyathāpi
bhikkhave puriso divasaü santatte ayokaņāhe dve vā
tãõi vā udakaphusitāni nipāteyya\<*<3>*>/ || dandho bhikkhave
udakaphusitānaü nipāto || atha kho nam khippam eva
parikkhayam pariyādānaü gaccheyya || || Evam eva kho
bhikkhave tassa ce bhikkhuno evaü viharato kadāci
karahaci satisammosā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā
sarasaīkappā saüyojaniyā || dandho bhikkhave satuppādo ||
atha kho naü khippam eva pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti
anabhāvaü gameti || ||
11 Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno cāro ca vihāro ca
anubuddho\<*<4>*>/ hoti || yathā carantaü viharantam\<*<5>*>/ abhijjhā
domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānussavanti\<*<6>*>/ || ta¤ce
bhikkhave bhikkhum evaü carantam evaü viharantam
rājāno vā rājamahāmattā\<*<7>*>/ vā mittā vā amaccā vā ¤ātã vā
sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaņņhuü pavāreyyuü Ehi bho\<*<8>*>/
puriso kiü te kāsāvā anudahanti\<*<9>*>/ || kiü muõķo kapālam\<*<10>*>/
anucarasi || ehi hãnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhu¤jassa pu¤¤āni
ca karohãti || So vata bhikkhave bhikkhu evaü caranto
evaü viharanto sikkham paccakkhāya\<*<11>*>/ hãnāyāvattisatãti
netaü ņhānaü vijjati || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nappajānāti
2 S3 karahāmi
3 S1-3 -phusitāni (S3 õi-)pāteyya
4 B1 -bandho
5 Missing in S1-3
6 B1 nānubhavanti; B2 nānusenti
7 S1-3 -matto
8 B1 ehambho; S3 evambho
9 S1-3 anudhayhati
10 B2 kapālahattho always
11 S1-3 apaccakkhāya
>/
#<[page 191]>#
%<XXXV. 204. 2]              âSäVISAVAGGO             191>%
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave Gaīgā nadã pācãnaninnā pācã-
naponā pācãnapabbhārā || atha mahājanakāyo āgaccheyya
kuddālapiņakam ādāya\<*<1>*>/ Imaü Gaīgānadim pacchāninnam
karissāma\<*<2>*>/ pacchāpoõam pacchāpabbhāranti || || Taü kim
ma¤¤atha bhikkhave api nu kho\<*<3>*>/ so mahājanakāyo Gaīgā
nadim\<*<4>*>/ pacchāninnaü kareyya pacchāpoõaü pacchāpab-
bhāranti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Gaīgā nadã bhante\<*<5>*>/ pācimaninnā pācãnaponā pācãnapab-
bhārā sā na sukarā pacchāninnaü kātum pacchāpoõam
pacchāpabbhāraü\<*<6>*>/ || yāvad eva ca pana so mahājanakāyo
kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgã assāti || ||
13 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ta¤ce bhikkhum evaü
carantam evaü viharantam rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā
mittā vā amaccā vā ¤ātã vā sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaņņhuü
pavāreyyuü || Ehambho\<*<7>*>/ purisa kiü te ime kāsāvā anuda-
hanti kiü nu\<*<8>*>/ muõķo kapālam anucarasi ehi hãnāyāvattit-
vā bhoge ca bhu¤jassu pu¤¤āni ca karohãti || so vata\<*<9>*>/ bhik-
khave bhikkhu evaü caranto evaü viharanto sikkham
pacchakkhāya hināyāvattissatãti netaü ņhānaü vijjati || ||
Taü kissa hetu || yaü hi tam bhikkhave cittaü dãgharat-
taü vivekaninnaü vivekapoõaü vivekapabbhāraü tathā\<*<10>*>/
hãnāyāvattissatãti netaü ņhānaü vijjatãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).204 (8) Kiüsukā>#
2 Atha\<*<11>*>/ kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena¤¤ataro bhikkhu
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad
avoca || || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü
suvisuddhaü hotãti ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 inserts mayaü
2 B1 -ssāmi
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 gangaünadiü
5 B1-2 bhante nadã
6 B1 -ninnā . . . -ponā . . . -pabbhārā
7 S1-3 evambho; B2 evamambho
8 In B1 only
9 S1-3 pana
10 B1 ta¤ca; B2 taü vata
11 S1-3 yato
>/
#<[page 192]>#
%<192            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 204. 3>%
samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || ettā-
vatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || ||
3 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuņņho tassa bhikkhussa\<*<1>*>/
pa¤havyākaraõena\<*<2>*>/ yena¤¤ataro bhikkhu tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kittāvatā
nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || ||
Yato\<*<3>*>/ kho āvuso bhikkhu pa¤cannam\<*<4>*>/ upādānak-
khandhānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam
pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisud-
dhaü hotãti || ||
4 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuņņho tassa bhikkhussa
pa¤havyākaraõena yena¤¤ataro bhikkhu tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kittāvatā
nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || ||
Yato kho\<*<5>*>/ āvuso bhikkhu catunnam mahābhåtānaü
samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || la\<*<6>*>/ || ||
5 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuņņho- -hotãti || ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu yaü ki¤ci samudayadhammaü
sabban taü nirodhadhamman ti yathābhåtam pajānāti ||
ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü
hotãti || ||
6 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuņņho tassa bhikkhussa
pa¤havyākaraõena yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaī-
kamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi ||
ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Idhāham bhante yena¤¤ataro bhikkhu tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avocaü ||
Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü
hotãti || || Evaü vutte bhante so bhikkhu mam etad avoca || ||
Yato kho āvuso channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ca
atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || ettāvatā nu kho
āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || Atha
khvāham\<*<7>*>/ bhante asantuņņho tassa bhikkhussa pa¤havyā-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1-2 pa¤hāveyyākaraõena always
3 S1-3 insert ca
4 S1-3 pa¤cannetaü
5 S1-3 vā
6 So in B1 only; complete in B2 S1-3
7 B1 kho; B2 khoham always
>/
#<[page 193]>#
%<XXXV. 204. 7]         âSäVISAVAGGO             193>%
karaõena yena¤¤ataro bhikkhu tenupasaīkami || upasaīka-
mitvā tam bhikkhum etad avocaü || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso
bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || Evaü vutte
bhante so bhikkhu mam etad avoca || || Yato kho āvuso
bhikkhu pa¤cannam upādānakkhandhānaü || pe || catunnam
mahābhåtānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam
pajānāti || pe || yaü ki¤ci samudayadhammaü sabban taü
nirodhadhamman ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho
āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || Atha
khvāham bhante asantuņņho tassa bhikkhussa pa¤havyā-
karaõena yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiü\<*<1>*>/ || kittāvatā nu\<*<2>*>/
kho bhante bhikkhuno suvisuddhaü hotãti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu purisassa kiüsuko adiņņhapubbo
assa || so yena¤¤ataro puriso kiüsukassa dassāvã tenupasaī-
kameyya || upasaīkamitvā tam purisam evaü vadeyya Kãdiso
bho purisa kiüsuko ti || so evaü vadeyya Kālako kho ambho
purisa kiüsuko seyyathāpi jhāmakhāõåti || tena kho pana
bhikkhu samayena tādiso vassa\<*<3>*>/ kiüsuko yathāpi\<*<4>*>/ tassa
purisassa dassanaü || || Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuņ-
ņho tassa purisassa pa¤havyākaraõena yena¤¤ataro puriso
kiüsukassa dassāvã tenupasaīkameyya || upasaīkamitvā tam
purisam evaü vadeyya Kãdiso bho purisa kiüsuko ti || || So
evaü vadeyya Lohitako kho ambho purisa kiüsuko seyya-
thāpi maüsapesãti || tena kho pana bhikkhu\<*<5>*>/ samayena
tādiso vassa kiüsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaü || ||
Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuņņho tassa purisassa
pa¤havyākaraõena yena¤¤ataro puriso kiüsukassa dassāvã
tenupasaīkameyya || upasaīkamitvā tam purisam evaü
vadeyya Kãdiso bho purisa kiüsuko ti || so evaü vadeyya
Odãrakajāto\<*<6>*>/ kho ambho purisa kiüsuko ādiõõasipātiko
seyyathāpi sirãso ti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena
tādiso vassa kiüsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaü || ||
Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuņņho tassa purisassa

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert upasaīkamitvā; B1 adds Bhagavantam etad avocaü
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B2 cassa always
4 S1-3 omit pi always
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 B1-2 -cãraka-
>/
#<[page 194]>#
%<194            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 204. 8>%
pa¤havyākaraõena yena¤¤ataro puriso kiüsukassa dassāvã
tenupasaīkameyya || upasaīkamitvā tam purisam evaü
vadeyya Kãdiso bho purisa kiüsuko ti || so evaü vadeyya
Bahalapattapalāso kho ambho purisa kiüsuko sandacchāyo
seyyathāpi nigrodho ti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena
tādiso vassa kiüsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaü || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhu yathā yathā adhimuttānaü tesaü
sappurisānaü dassanaü suvisuddhaü tathā tathā kho\<*<1>*>/
tehi sappurisehi vyākataü || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu ra¤¤o paccantimaü nagaram
daëhuddāpaü daëhapākāratoraõam chadvāraü || tatrassa
dovāriko paõķito vyatto medhāvã a¤¤ātānaü nivaretā ¤ātā-
nam pavesetā || || Puratthimāya disāya āgantvā sãgham\<*<2>*>/
dåtayugaü taü dovārikam evaü vadeyya || Kaham bho\<*<3>*>/
purisa imassa nagarassa nagarasāmãti || so evaü vadeyya
Eso bhante majjhe siīghāņake nisinno ti || || Atha kho
taü sãghaü dåtayugaü nagarasāmissa\<*<4>*>/ yathābhåtaü va-
canaü niyyādetvā\<*<5>*>/ yathāgatamaggam\<*<6>*>/ paņipajjeyya || pac-
chimāya disāya āgantvā sãgham dåtayugaü || pe || uttarāya
disāya āgantvā sãghaü dåtayugaü taü dovārikam evam
vadeyya || Kaham bho purisa imassa nagarassa nagarasā-
mãti || so evaü vadeyya Eso bhante majjhe siīghātake
nisinno ti || atha kho taü siīghaü dåtayugaü nagarasā-
missa yathābhåtaü vacanaü niyyādetvā yathāgatamaggam
paņipajjeyya ||
9 Upamā kho myāyam bhikkhu katā atthassa vi¤¤ā-
panāya aya¤cevettha attho || || Nagaran ti kho bhikkhu
imassetaü catumahābhåtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaü ||
mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsupacayassa anic-
cucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-viddhaüsanadhammas-
sa || ||
Chadvārā ti kho bhikkhu channetam ajjhattikānam āya-
tanānaü adhivacanaü || ||
Dovāriko ti kho bhikkhu satiyā etam adhivacanaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 siīghaü-; B2 siīgha both always
3 S1-3 katthambho here and further on
4 B1 -sāmikassa
5 S1-3 ni (S3 nã)yyātetvā
6 S1 yathāmaggaü
>/
#<[page 195]>#
%<XXXV. 205. 4]              âSäVISAVAGGO                  195>%
Sãghaü dåtayugan ti\<*<1>*>/ kho bhikkhu samathavipassanā-
netam adhivacanam || ||
Nagarasāmãti kho bhikkhu vi¤¤āõassetam adhivaca-
naü || ||
Majjhe siīghātako ti kho bhikkhu catunnetam mahābhå-
tānam adhivacanaü || pathavãdhātuyā āpodhātuyā tejodhā-
tuyā vāyodhātuyā || ||
Yathābhåtam vacanan ti kho bhikkhu nibbānassetam
adhivacanaü || ||
Yathāgatamaggo ti kho bhikkhu ariyassetam aņņhaīgi-
kassa maggassa adhivacanaü ||
Seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhiyā || pe || sammāsamādhissā
ti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).205 (9) Vãõā>#
3 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā
cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu uppajjeyya chando vā rāgo vā doso
vā moho vā paņigham\<*<3>*>/ vā pi\<*<4>*>/ cetaso tato cittaü nivāraye\<*<5>*>/ ||
Sabhayo ceso maggo sappaņibhayo ca sakaõņako ca saga-
hano ca ummaggo ca kummaggo\<*<6>*>/ ca duhitiko ca || asap-
purisasevito ceso maggo na ceso maggo sappurisehi sevito ||
na tvam etam arahasãti tato cittaü nivāraye cakkhuvi¤-
¤eyyehi råpehi || || pe || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhik-
khussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rasesu || pe ||
manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu uppajjeyya chando vā rāgo vā
doso vā moho vā paņighaü vā pi cetaso tato cittaü nivāraye ||
Sabhayo ceso maggo sappaņibhayo ca sakaõņako ca saga-
haõo ca ummaggo ca kummaggo ca duhitiko ca || asappuri-
sasevito ceso maggo na ceso maggo sappurisehi sevito ||
na tvam etam arahasãti tato cittam nivāraye manovi¤¤ey-
yehi dhammehi || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kiņņhaü\<*<7>*>/ sampannaü kitthā-
rakkho\<*<8>*>/ ca pamatto || goõo ca kiņņhādo aduü kiņņham

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 dåteyyayuganti
2 Missing in S1-3; here only
3 B1 sappaņighaü
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B1-2 nivareyya always
6 B1 kumaggo always
7 S1-3 kiņņha here only
8 S1-3 kiņņharakkhato; further on kiņņharakkho
>/
#<[page 196]>#
%<196            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 205. 5>%
otaritvā\<*<1>*>/ yāvadatthaü madam āpajjeyya\<*<2>*>/ || || Evam eva
kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano chasu phassāyatanesu
asaüvutākārã pa¤casu kāmaguõesu yāvadatthaü madam
āpajjati || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kiņņhaü sampannaü kiņņhārak-
kho ca apamatto || goõo ca kiņņhādo aduü kiņņham otareyya\<*<3>*>/
tam enaü\<*<4>*>/ kiņņhārakkho nāsāya\<*<5>*>/ sugahitaü gaõheyya ||
nāsāyaü suggahitaü gahetvā upari ghāņāya\<*<6>*>/ suniggahitaü
niggaõheyya upari ghaņāyam suniggahitaü niggahetvā
daõķena sutāëitam tāëeyya || daõķena sutāëitaü tāëetvā
ossajjeyya ||
Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave || pe ||
Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave goõo kiņņhādo aduü kiņņham
otareyya tam enaü kiņņhārakkho nāsāya\<*<5>*>/ suggahitaü gaõ-
heyya || nāsāyaü sugahitaü gahetvā upari ghaņāya sunig-
gahitaü niggaõheyya\<*<7>*>/ || upari ghāņāya suniggahitaü nigga-
hetvā daõķena sutāëitaü tāëeyya || daõķena sutāëitaü tāëetvā
ossajjeyya || || Evaü hi so bhikkhave goõo kiņņhādo gāma-
gato vā ara¤¤agato vā ņhānabahulo vā assa nisajjabahulo
vā || na taü kiņņhaü puna otareyya || tam eva purimaü
daõķasamphassam samanussaranto || || Evam eva kho
bhikkhave yato kho\<*<8>*>/ bhikkhuno chasu phassāyatanesu
cittam ujujātaü\<*<9>*>/ hoti saümujujātam\<*<10>*>/ ajjhattam eva san-
tiņņhati sannisãdati ekodihoti samādhiyati || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ra¤¤o vā rājamahāmattassa
vā vãõāya saddo assutapubbo assa || so viõāya saddaü
suõeyya || so\<*<11>*>/ evaü vadeyya || || Ambho kissa\<*<12>*>/ nu kho
eso saddo evaü rajaniyo evaü kamaniyo evam mada-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 -tāritvā
2 B1-2 add pamādam āpajjeyya here and further on
3 S1-3 -tāreyya
4 S1-3 eõa
5 B1-2 nāsāyaü
6 B1-2 ghaņāyam always
7 S1-3 suniggaõheyya instead of suniggahitaü niggaõheyya;
for the rest, same remarks as for the preceding ones
8 Missing in S1-3
9 B1-2 udujiķaü
10 B1-2 sudujitaü; S1-3 insert naü
11 Missing in S1-3
12 B1-2 kassa
>/
#<[page 197]>#
%<XXXV. 205. 7]              âSäVISAVAGGO                  197>%
niyo evam mucchaniyo\<*<1>*>/ evam bandhaniyo ti || tam
enam evaü vadeyyuü || || Eso kho bhante vãõā nāma
yassā eso saddo evaü rajaniyo evaü kamaniyo evaü mada-
niyo evaü mucchaniyo evam bandhaniyo ti || so evaü
vadeyya || || Gacchatha me bho tam\<*<2>*>/ vãõam āharathāti || ||
tassa taü vãõam āhareyyuü || tam enam evaü vadeyyuü ||
Ayaü kho sā bhante viõā yassā eso saddo evaü rajaniyo
evaü kamaniyo evam madaniyo evam mucchaniyo evam
bandhaniyoti || so evam vadeyya Alam me bho tāya vãõāya
taü eva me saddam āharathāti || || Tam enaü vadeyyuü
Ayaü kho bhante vãõā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsam-
bhārā anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadati\<*<3>*>/ || sey-
yathidaü doõi¤ca paņicca camma¤ca paņicca daõ-
ķa¤ca paņicca upaveõa¤\<*<4>*>/ ca paņicca tantiyo ca paņicca
koõa¤ ca paņicca purisassa ca tajjaü vāyāmam paņic-
ca evāyam bhante vãõā nāma anekasambhārā mahā-
sambhārā anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadatãti || so
taü vãõaü dasadhā vā satadhā vā phāleyya || dasadhā vā
satadhā tam\<*<5>*>/ phāletvā sakalikaü sakalikaü kareyya ||
sakalikaü sakalikaü karitvā agginā ķaheyya || agginā ķahit-
vā masiü kareyya || masiü karitvā mahāvāte vā opuneyya
nadiyā vā sãghasotāya pavāheyya || so evam vadeyya || asak-
kirāyam\<*<6>*>/ bho vãõā nāma yatheva yaü\<*<7>*>/ ki¤ci vãõā nāma
ettha ca mahājano ativelam pamatto palaëito\<*<8>*>/ ti || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu råpam samanesati\<*<9>*>/
yāvatā råpassa gati ||\<*<10>*>/ vedanaü samanesati || pe || sa¤¤aü ||
saīkhāre || vi¤¤āõaü samanesati yāvatā vi¤¤āõassa gati ||
tassa råpaü samanesato || pe || sa¤¤aü || saīkhāre || vi¤¤ā-
õam samanesato yāvatā vi¤¤āõassa gati || yam pissa taü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 mu¤caniyo; B2 mu¤janiyo always
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1-2 carati; B2 fails us here till p. 206 (note 5), on account of
a gap of two sheets
4 B2 upaviõe; B1 upadhiraõe
5 Missing in S1-3
6 B1 asatikirāyaü
7 S1 B1-2 nāma theva yaü
8 S1 palāëito; S3 paëāëito
9 So B1 always; S1-3 saīkamant (S3 õt) esatã further on
sammantesati-to, S1 having always -aõte-
10 S1 gatiü always, S3 sometimes
>/
#<[page 198]>#
%<198                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 206. 3>%
hoti Ahan ti vā Mamanti vā Asmãti vā tam pi tassa na
hotãti || ||

#<SN_4,35(1).206 (10) Chapāõa>#
3 Seyyathāpã bhikkhave puriso arugatto pakkagatto
saravanam paviseyya || tassa kusakaõņakā\<*<1>*>/ ceva\<*<2>*>/ pāde
vijjheyyuü\<*<3>*>/ aråpakkāni\<*<4>*>/ gattāni vilikkheyyuü\<*<5>*>/ || evaü hi
so\<*<6>*>/ bhikkhave puriso bhiyyosomattāya tatonidānam
dukkhadomanassaü {paņisaüvediyetha}\<*<7>*>/ || Evaü eva kho
bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu gāmagato vā ara¤¤agato\<*<8>*>/
vā labhati vattāram aya¤ ca kho\<*<9>*>/ āyasmā evaükārã\<*<10>*>/
evaüsamācāro asucigāmakaõņako ti || taükaõņako ti\<*<11>*>/
viditvā saüvaro ca asaüvaro ca veditabbo || ||
4 Katha¤ ca bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || || Idha bhik-
khave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe adhi-
muccati || appiyaråpe råpe vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitakāyasatã
ca viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimut-
tiü yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || Sotena saddaü
sutvā || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || Jivhāya rasaü
sāyitvā || kāyena poņņhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dham-
maü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme adhimuccati || appiyaråpe
dhamme vyāpajjatã anupaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati parit-
tacetaso ta¤ ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtaü
nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā
aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso chappāõake gahetvā
nānāvisaye nānāgocare daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || ahiü
gahetvā daëhaya rajjuyā bandheyya || suüsumāraü gahetvā
daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || pakkhiü gahetvā daëhāya
rajjuyā bandheyya || kukkuraü gahetvā daëhāya rajjuyā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -kaõņako; B1 -kaõķa- always
2 B1 cepi
3 B1 vijjeyyuü
4 S1-3 sarapattāni (S3 -õi) ca
5 B1 vilekkheyyuü
6 B1 kho instead of hi so
7 B1 paņisaüvedi
8 S1 gāmato . . . ara¤¤ato
9 S1-3 so
10 S1-3 etarahi
11 B1 asucigāmakaõņakoti iti
>/
#<[page 199]>#
%<XXXV. 206. 6]              âSäVISAVAGGO                  199>%
bandheyya || sigālam gahetvā daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya ||
makkaņam gahetvā daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || || Daëhāya
rajjuyā bandhitvā majjhe gaõņhiü karitvā ossajjeyya || ||
Atha kho te bhikkhave chappāõakā nānāvisayā nānāgocarā
sakaü sakaü gocaravisayam āvi¤cheyyuü\<*<1>*>/ || ahi āvi¤cheyya
vammikaü pavekkhāmã ti || suüsumāro āvi¤cheyya udakaü
pavekkhāmãti || pakkhã āvi¤cheyya ākāsaü ķessāmãti\<*<2>*>/ ||
kukkuro āvi¤cheyya gāmaü pavekkhāmãti || sigālo āvi¤-
cheyya sãvathikaü\<*<3>*>/ pavekkhāmãti || makkaņo āvi¤cheyya
vanam pavekkhāmãti || || Yadā kho\<*<4>*>/ te bhikkhave chap-
pāõakājhattā assu kilantā || atha kho\<*<4>*>/ yo nesam pāõa-
kānaü\<*<5>*>/ balavataro assa || tassa te anuvatteyyuü\<*<6>*>/ anuvi-
dhãyeyyuü\<*<7>*>/ vasaü gaccheyyuü || || Evam eva kho bhik-
khave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatā sati abhāvitā
abahulikatā || taü cakkhu āvi¤chati\<*<8>*>/ manāpiyesu råpesu
amanāpiyā\<*<9>*>/ råpā paņikkulā honti || pa\<*<10>*>/ || mano āvi¤chati
manāpiyesu dhammesu amanāpiyā dhammā patikkulā
honti || ||
Evaü kho bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || ||
6 Katha¤ca bhikkhave saüvaro hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe
råpe\<*<12>*>/ nādhimuccati || appiyaråpe råpe\<*<13>*>/ na vyāpajjati
upaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca
cetovimuttiü pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti ||
yathassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā
nirujjhanti || la || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || la || Manasā dham-
maü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme nādhimuccati || appiyaråpe

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 āvicche- and āvi¤che-; S1 āvi¤che-; S3 āvi¤je-
2 S3 vessāmãti
3 B1 sivaņņhikaü always
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 pāõako
6 S1-3 anupavatteyyuü
7 B1 -vidhāyeyyuü
8 S1 āvijjati
9 S1-3 manāpikesu . . . amanāpikassa always
10 Instead of ||pa || S3 has jivhā āvi¤jati manāpitesu rasesu --pe--;
S1 avi¤jamānapitesu-, āvi¤ja being put instead of a prior erased
āvichati
11 S3 omits råpe; S1 piyaråpe
12 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 200]>#
%<200                 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 206. 7>%
dhamme na vyāpajjati || upaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati
appamaõacetaso || ta¤ ca cetovimuttiü pa¤¤āvimuttim
yathābhåtam pajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā
akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso chappāõake gahetvā
nānāvisaye nānāgocare daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya ||
ahiü gahetvā daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || suüsu-
māraü gahetvā || pakkhiü gahetvā || kukkuraü gahetvā
sigālaü gahetvā || makkaņaü gahetvā || daëhāya rajjuyā
bandheyya || daëhāya rajjuyā bandhitvā daëhe khãle vā
thambhe vā upanibandheyya || atha kho te bhikkhave
chappāõakā nānāvisayā nānāgocarā sakaü sakaü go-
caravisayam āvi¤cheyyuü || ahi āvi¤cheyya vammikaü
pavekkhāmãti || suüsumāro āvi¤cheyya udakam pavek-
khāmãti || pakkhã āvi¤cheyya ākāsaü ķessāmãti\<*<1>*>/ || kukkuro
avi¤cheyya gāmam pavekkhāmãti || sigālo āvi¤cheyya
sãvathikaü pavekkhāmãti || makkato āvi¤cheyya vanaü
pavekkhāmãti || yadā kho bhikkhave chappāõakājhattā assu
kilantā || atha taü eva khãle vā thambhe vā upatiņņheyyuü
upanisãdeyyum upanipajjeyyuü\<*<2>*>/ || evam eva kho bhikkhave
yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatā sati bhāvitā bahulãkatā ||
taü cakkhuü nāvi¤chati manāpiyesu råpesu amanāpiyā
råpā na\<*<3>*>/ paņikkulā honti || pa || jivhā nāvi¤chati || pe || mano
nāvi¤chati manāpiyesu\<*<4>*>/ dhammesu amanapiyā\<*<4>*>/ dhammā
na paņikkulā honti || ||
Evaü kho bhikkhave saüvaro hoti || ||
8 Daëhe khãle vā thambe\<*<5>*>/ vā ti kho bhikkhave kāya-
gatāya satiyā\<*<6>*>/ etam adhivacanaü || tasmāti ha vo\<*<6>*>/ bhik-
khave etaü sikkhitabbam Kāyagatā no sati bhāvitā bhavis-
sati bahulãkatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuņņhitā paricitā
susamāraddhāti || || Evaü hi kho bhikkhave sikkhitab-
ban ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 ķesāmãti; S3 vessāmãti
2 S1-3 add vasaü gaccheyyuü
3 S1-3 rupāõi (S1 -ni) instead of råpāna
4 S3 tambhe, a prior th being erased
5 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 201]>#
%<XXXV. 207. 6]            âSäVISAVAGGO                  201>%

#<SN_4,35(1).207 (11) Yavakalāpi>#
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yavakalāpã catumahāpathe\<*<1>*>/
nikkhittā assa\<*<2>*>/ || atha cha purisā\<*<3>*>/ āgaccheyyuü vyā-
bhaīgihatthā te\<*<4>*>/ taü\<*<5>*>/ yavakalāpim chahi vyābhaīgãhi
haneyyuü || evaü hi sā bhikkhave yavakalāpã suhatā assa
chahi vyābhaīgãhi ha¤¤amānā || || Atha sattamo puriso
āgaccheyya vyābhaīgihattho so taü yavakalāpiü sat-
tamāya vyābhaīgiyā haneyya || evaü hi sā bhikkhave
yavakalāpã suhatatarā assa sattamāya vyābhaīgiyā ha¤-
¤amānā || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutāvā puthujjano cak-
khusmiü ha¤¤ati manāpāmanāpehi råpehi || la || jivhāya
ha¤¤ati manāpāmanāpehi rasehi || manasmiü ha¤¤ati
manāpāmanāpehi dhammehi || sace so bhikkhave assutavā
puthujjano āyatipunabbhavāya ceteti || evaü hi\<*<6>*>/ so bhik-
khave moghapuriso suhatataro hoti || seyyathāpi bhikkhave\<*<7>*>/
sā\<*<8>*>/ yavakalāpã sattamāya vyābhaīgiyā ha¤¤amānā || ||
5 Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaīgāmo samupab-
båëho\<*<9>*>/ ahosi || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo
asure āmantesi || sace mārisā devāsurasaīgāme samupab-
båëhe asurā jineyyuü || devā parājineyyuü || yena taü
Sakkaü devānam indam kaõņhe\<*<10>*>/ pa¤camehi bandhanehi
bandhitvā mama santike āneyyātha asurapuranti || || Sakko
pi kho bhikkhave devānam indo deve Tāvatiüse āmantesi || ||
Sace mārisā devāsurasaīgāme samupabbåëhe devā jiney-
yuü asurā parājineyyuü || yena naü Vepacittim\<*<11>*>/ asurindaü
kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi bandhitvā mama santike
āneyyātha Sudhammaü devasabhanti\<*<12>*>/ || ||
6 Tasmiü kho pana saīgāme devā jiniüsu asurā parāji-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 cātummahāpathe, preceded by su in S3
2 S1-3 assu
3 S1-3 omit cha
4 S1 ne; S3 õe
5 Missing in B1
6 Missing in S1-3
7 Missing in B1
8 Missing in S1-3
9 B1 samuppabråëho-e always
10 S1-3 kaõņha always
11 S1-3 Vepacitti
12 S1-3 omit deva here and further on
>/
#<[page 202]>#
%<202            SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA           [XXXV. 207. 7>%
niüsu || || Atha kho bhikkhave devā Tāvatiüsā Vepacittim
asurindaü kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi bandhitvā
Sakkassa devānam indassa santike ānesuü Sudhammaü
devasabhaü || ||
7 Tatra sudam bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo kaõņhe
pa¤camehi bandhanehi baddho hoti || || Yadā ca\<*<1>*>/ kho
bhikkhave Vepacittissa asurindassa evaü hoti || Dhammikā
kho devā adhammikā asurā idheva dānāham devapuraü
gacchāmãti || atha kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi muttam
attānaü\<*<2>*>/ samanupassati || dibbehi ca pa¤cahi kāmaguõehi\<*<3>*>/
samappito samaīgãbhåto paricāreti || || Yadā ca kho bhik-
khave Vepacittissa asurindassa evaü hoti Dhammikā kho
asurā adhammikā devā tattheva dānāham asurapuraü
gamissāmãti || atha kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi bad-
dham\<*<4>*>/ attānaü samanupassati || dibbehi ca pa¤cahi
kāmaguõehi parihāyati || ||
8 Evaü sukhumaü kho bhikkhave Vepacittibandhanaü
tato sukhumataraü Mārabandhanaü || ma¤¤amāno kho
bhikkhave baddho\<*<5>*>/ Mārassa ama¤¤amāno mutto pāpimato ||
Asmãti bhikkhave ma¤¤itam etaü Ayam aham asmãti
ma¤¤itam etaü Bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etaü Na bhavis-
san ti ma¤¤itam etaü || Råpã bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etaü
Aråpã bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etaü Sa¤¤ã bhavissan ti
Asa¤¤ã bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etam Nevasa¤¤ãnāsa¤¤ã
bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etaü || ma¤¤itam\<*<6>*>/ bhikkhave rāgo
ma¤¤itaü\<*<6>*>/ gaõķo ma¤¤itam\<*<6>*>/ sallaü || || Tasmāti ha bhik-
khave ama¤¤itamānena cetasā viharissāmāti || ||
9 Eva¤hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaü || || Asmãti bhik-
khave i¤jitam etaü Ayam aham asmãti i¤jitam etam Bha-
vissan ti i¤jitam etaü Na bhavissan ti i¤jitam etaü || Råpã
bhavissan ti i¤jitam etaü Aråpã bhavissan ti i¤jitam etam
Sa¤¤ã bhavissan ti i¤jitam etaü Asa¤¤ã bhavissanti i¤jitam
etaü Nevasa¤¤ināsa¤¤ã bhavissan ti i¤jitam etaü || i¤jitam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 attā
3 S1-3 dibbehi pa¤cakāmaguõehi
4 B1 S3 bandhaü
5 B1 S3 bandho
6 S1-3 add etaü
>/
#<[page 203]>#
%<XXXV. 207. 12]           âSäVISAVAGGO             203>%
bhikkhave rāgo i¤jitaü gaõķo i¤jitaü sallaü || || Tasmā
ti ha bhikkhave ani¤jamānena\<*<1>*>/ cetasā viharissāmāti || ||
10 Evaü hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaü || || Asmãti
bhikkhave phanditam etaü Ayam aham asmãti phanditam
etaü Bhavissan ti || pa || Na\<*<2>*>/ bhavissan ti || Råpã bhavissan ti ||
Aråpã bhavissan ti || Sa¤¤ã bhavissan ti || Asa¤¤ã bhavissan ti ||
Nevasa¤¤ãnāsa¤¤ã bhavissan ti phanditam etaü || phandi-
tam bhikkhave rāgo phanditaü gaõķo phanditam sallaü || ||
Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave aphandamānena\<*<3>*>/ cetasā viharis-
sāmāti || ||
11 Evaü hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaü || || Asmãti bhik-
khave papa¤citam etaü Ayam aham asmãti papa¤citam
etam || Bhavissan ti || pa || Na bhavissan ti || Råpã bhavissan ti ||
Aråpã bhavissan ti || Sa¤¤ã bhavissan ti || Asa¤¤ã bhavissan
ti || || Nevasa¤¤ãnāsa¤¤ã bhavissan ti papa¤citam etaü || ||
Papa¤citam bhikkhave rāgo papa¤citaü gaõķo papa¤-
citaü sallaü || || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave nappapa¤cena\<*<4>*>/
cetasā viharissāmāti || ||
12 Evaü hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaü || || Asmãti
bhikkhave mānagatam etaü Ayam aham asmãti māna-
gatam etaü || Bhavissan ti mānagatam etaü Na bhavissan ti
mānagatam etaü\<*<5>*>/ || Råpã bhavissan ti mānagatam etaü ||
Aråpã bhavissan ti mānagatam etaü || Sa¤¤ã bhavissan ti
mānagatam etaü || Asa¤¤ã bhavissan ti mānagatam etaü || ||
Nevasa¤¤ãnā sa¤¤ã {bhavissan} ti mānagatam etaü || ||
Mānagatam bhikkhave rāgo mānagataü gaõķo mānagataü
sallaü || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave nihatamānena cetasā
viharissāmā ti || ||
Evaü hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti || ||
âsãvisavaggo pa¤camo6
Tassuddānaü7 || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 ani¤jiyamānena
2 S1-3 add namebhavissanti
3 B1 aphandiyamānena
4 So B1, S1 nippa¤cārāmena; S3 papa¤cārāmena
5 Na bhavi- is omitted by S1-3
6 S1-3 âsivisaggo sattamo driven back after the uddānam
7 S1-3 tatrudo
>/
#<[page 204]>#
%<204            VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM              [XXXVI. 1. 3>%
âsãviso Ratho Kummo || dve Dārukkhandhā\<*<1>*>/ Avassuto ||
Dukkhadhammā Kiüsukā Vãõā || Chapāõā Yavakalapã
ti\<*<2>*>/ ||
Catutthapāõõāsake\<*<3>*>/ vagguddānaü ||
Nandikkhayā Saņņhinayā ||
Samuddo Uragena\<*<4>*>/ ca
Catupaõõāsakā\<*<5>*>/ ete ||
Nipātesu pakāsitā ti || ||

#<BOOK II VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM>#

#<CHAPTER I PATHAMASAGâTHAVAGGO>#

#<SN_4,36(2).1 (1) Samādhi>#
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā\<*<6>*>/ vedanā || || Imā
kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || ||
4 Samāhito sampajāno || sato buddhassa sāvako ||
Vedanā capajānāti || vedanāna¤ca sambhavaü ||\<*<1>*>/ ||
Yattha cetā\<*<7>*>/ nirujjhanti || magga¤ca khayagāminam ||
Vedanānaü khayā bhikkhu || nicchāto parinibbuto ti ||\<*<2>*>/ ||

#<SN_4,36(2).2 (2) Sukhāya>#
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || Imā
kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 -khandena
2 -cchapāõākāya (S3 -ā) ca kalāpakenacāti
3 S1-3 add hi
4 B1 udakena
5 S1-3 catuttha-
6 S1-3 have sometimes sukhā . . . dukkhā, sometimes sukha . . . dukkha
7 S3 to (or no)
>/
#<[page 205]>#
%<XXXVI. 3. 6]        PATHAMASAGâTHAVAGGO           205>%
4 Sukhaü vā yadi vā\<*<1>*>/ dukkhaü || adukkhamasukhaü
saha ||
Ajjhatta¤ca bahiddhā ca || Yaü ki¤ci atthi veditaü ||\<*<1>*>/ ||
Etaü dukkhan ti ¤atvāna || mosadhammam palokinaü ||
Phussaphussavayam\<*<2>*>/ passaü\<*<3>*>/ || evaü tattha virajja-
tãti ||\<*<2>*>/ ||

#<SN_4,36(2).3 (3) Pahānena>#
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
4 Sukhāya bhikkhave vedanāya rāgānusayo pahātabbo ||
dukkhāya\<*<4>*>/ vedanāya paņighānusayo pahātabbo || adukkham
asukhāya\<*<5>*>/ vedanāya\<*<5>*>/ avijjānusayo pahātabbo || ||
5 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno sukhāya vedanāya
rāgānusayo pahãno hoti || dukkhāya vedanāya paņighānu-
sayo pahãno hoti || adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānu-
sayo pahãno hoti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhuno
pahãnarāgānusayo\<*<6>*>/ sammaddaso\<*<7>*>/ acchejji taõhaü\<*<8>*>/ || vivat-
tayi\<*<9>*>/ saüyojanaü || sammāmānābhisamayā antam\<*<10>*>/ akāsi
dukkhassāti ||
6 Sukhaü vediyamānassa\<*<11>*>/ || vedanam appajānato ||
So\<*<12>*>/ rāgānusayo hoti || anissaraõadassino ||\<*<1>*>/ ||
Dukkhaü vediyamānassa || vedanam appajānato ||
Patighānusayo hoti || anissaraõadassino ||\<*<2>*>/ ||
Adukkhamasukhaü santam || bhåripa¤¤ena desitaü ||
Taü cāpi\<*<13>*>/ abhinandati\<*<14>*>/ || neva dukkhā pamuccati ||\<*<3>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 yadiyaü
2 S1 -phussa¤cayam (?); S3 phussadvayam
3 S1-3 phassaü
4 ya is missing in S1, erased in S3
5 ya is missing in S1
6 B1 bhikkhu niranusayo ||
7 sammaddaso is omitted by S1-3 which, instead of it, put a line --
8 S1 acchecchaõhaü; S3 acchecchiõhā
9 S1 vāvattasã (S3 -yã)
10 S1 antim
11 B1 vedaya-
12 Missing in S1-3
13 S3 vāpa
14 S1-3 abhinandanti
>/
#<[page 206]>#
%<206            VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM         [XXXVI. 4. 3>%
Yato ca kho bhikkhu ātāpã || sampaja¤¤aü\<*<1>*>/ na ri¤cati ||
Tato so vedanā sabbā || parijānāti paõķito ||\<*<4>*>/ ||
So vedanā pari¤¤āya || diņņhe\<*<2>*>/ dhamme anāsavo ||
Kāyassa bhedā dhammaņņho || saīkhaü nopeti\<*<3>*>/ vedagå
ti ||\<*<5>*>/ ||

#<SN_4,36(2).4 (4) Pātāla>#
3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano yaü\<*<4>*>/ vācam bhāsati
Atthi mahāsamudde pātālo ti || taü kho panetam bhikkhave
assutavā puthujjano asantam asaüvijjamānam evaü
vācam bhāsati\<*<5>*>/ Atthi mahāsamudde pātālo ti || ||
4 Sārãrikānaü kho etam bhikkhave dukkhānaü vedanā-
naü adhivacanaü yad idam pātāloti || ||
5 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano sārãrikāya dukkhāya
vedanāya phuņņho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urat-
tāëã kandati\<*<6>*>/ sammoham āpajjati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave
assutavā puthujjano pātāle na\<*<7>*>/ paccuņņhāsi\<*<8>*>/ gādha¤ca naj-
jhagā ||
6 Sutavā ca kho\<*<9>*>/ bhikkhave ariyasāvako sārãrikāya duk-
khāya vedanāya phuņņho samāno na\<*<10>*>/ socati na kilamati
na paridevati na urattāëãkandati na sammoham āpajjati\<*<11>*>/ ||
ayaü vuccati bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako pātāle paccuņ-
ņhāsi\<*<12>*>/ gādha¤ca ajjhagāti || ||
Yo\<*<13>*>/ etā nādhivāseti || uppannā vedanā dukkhā\<*<14>*>/ ||
Sārãrikā pāõaharā || yāhi puņņho pavedhati ||
Akkandati parodati || dubbalo appathāmako ||
Na so pātāle\<*<15>*>/ paccuņņhāsi\<*<16>*>/ atho gādham pi najjhagā\<*<16>*>/ ||\<*<1>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 -ja¤¤ena
2 S1-3 diņņha always
3 S1-3 na upeti
4 S3 evaü
5 B2 reappears here; the gap is over (see p. 197 n. 3)
6 S1-3 urattāliü- always
7 So B1-2; S1 pātālaü na; S3 pātala, omitting na
8 B2 paccupaņņhāsi
9 Missing in S1-3
10 B1 neva
11 B1-2 sammoham nāpajjati
12 B1 paccuppaņņhāsi
13 Missing in S1-3
14 S3 sukhā
15 S1-3 pātālaü
16 S3, B2 paccupaņņhāsi; B1 paccuņņhāyi corrected from paccuņņhāsi
17 This last verse (Na so . . .) is by S3 driven back to the end of
the next gāthā
>/
#<[page 207]>#
%<XXXVI. 6. 4]        PATHAMASAGâTHAVAGGO           207>%
Yo ce\<*<1>*>/ tā adhivāseti || uppannā vedanā dukkhā ||
Sārãrikā pāõaharā || yāhi puņņho na vedhati ||
Sa ce pātāle paccuņņhāsi\<*<2>*>/ atho gādham pi ajjhagāti\<*<3>*>/ ||

#<SN_4,36(2).5 Daņņhabbena>#
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā
ūvedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukā vedanā || || Sukhā
bhikkhave vedanā dukkhato daņņhabbā || dukkhā vedanā
sallato daņņhabbā || adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato daņ-
ņhabbā || ||
4 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno sukhā vedanā dukkhato
diņņhā\<*<4>*>/ honti || dukkhā vedanā sallato diņņhā hoti || aduk-
khamasukhā vedanā aniccato diņņha hoti || ayaü vuccati
bhikkhave bhikkhu sammaddaso\<*<5>*>/ acchejji\<*<6>*>/ taõham vivat-
tayi\<*<7>*>/ saüyojanaü sammamānābhisamayā antam akāsi
dukkhassā ti || ||
Yo sukhaü dukkhato adda\<*<8>*>/ || dukkham adakkhi\<*<9>*>/
sallato ||
adukkhamasukhaü santaü || adakkhi nam aniccato || ||
Sa ve sammaddaso bhikkhu || parijānāti vedanā ||
So vedanā pari¤¤āya || diņņhadhamme\<*<10>*>/ anāsavo ||
Kāyassa bhedā dhammaņņho || saīkhaü nupeti\<*<11>*>/ veda-
gåti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).6 (6) Sallattena>#
3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano sukham pi vedanaü
vediyati\<*<12>*>/ dukkham pi vedanaü vediyati adukkhamasukham
pi vedanaü vediyati || ||
4 Sutavā bhikkhave ariyasāvako sukham pi vedanaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 ve
2 S3 saccuņņhāsi; B2 paccupaņņhāsi as before
3 S3 ajjhagāt, the t being erased and the verse na so pātālaü . . .
being added
4 S1-3 diņņho
5 B2 sammadasso always
6 S3 acchecchi
7 S1 vivattayã; S3 vāvattayã
8 S1-3 addaü
9 S1-3 addakkhi always
10 B1-2 diņņhevadhamme
11 S1-3 na upeti
12 B1-2 vedayati always
>/
#<[page 208]>#
%<208            VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM         [XXXVI. 6. 5>%
vediyati dukkham pi vedanaü vediyati adukkhamasukham
pi vedanaü vediyati ||
5 Tatra bhikkhave ko viseso ko adhippāyoso\<*<1>*>/ kim nānā-
karaõaü sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā\<*<2>*>/ puthujja-
nenāti || ||
6 Bhagavaümålakā no bhante dhammā || la ||
7 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano dukkhāya vedanāya
puņņho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattālãkandati
sammoham āpajjati || so dve vedanā vediyati kāyika¤ ca
cetasika¤ ca || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave purisaü sallena || vijjheyyuü\<*<3>*>/ ||
tam enam\<*<4>*>/ dutiyena sallena\<*<5>*>/ vijjheyyuü || evaü hi so
bhikkhave puriso dve salle vedanā\<*<6>*>/ vediyati\<*<7>*>/ || || Evam
eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano dukkhāya vedanāya
puņņho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattāliü kandati
sammoham āpajjati || so dve vedanā vediyati kāyika¤ca
cetasika¤ca || tassāyeva kho pana dukkhāya vedanāya
puņņho samāno\<*<8>*>/ paņighavā hoti || tam enam dukkhāya
vedanāya paņighavantaü yo dukkhāya vedanāya patighā-
nusayo so anuseti || || So dukkhāya vedanāya phuņņho
samāno kāmasukham abhinandati || taü kissa hetu || na hi\<*<9>*>/
bhikkhave pajānāti assutavā puthujjano a¤¤atra kāmasukhā
dukkhāya vedanāya nissaraõaü || tassa kāmasukham\<*<10>*>/
abhinandato yo sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo so anuseti ||
so tāsaü vedanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assā-
da¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü nappajānāti ||
tassa tāsam vedanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assā-
da¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtam appajānato yo adukkha-
masukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo so anuseti || || So su-
khaü ce vedanaü vediyati sa¤¤utto naü vediyati || duk-
khaü ce vedanaü vediyati sa¤¤utto naü vediyati || aduk-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 adhippāyo
2 S3 assutavā
3 B1 vijjheyya always
4 S1-3 tamena
5 B1-2 insert here anuvedhaü (B2 -daü)
6 B1 dvesallenavedanaü
7 S3 vediyetha; B1-2 vedayati
8 B1-2 omit puņņho samāno
9 B1 inserts so
10 B1-2 insert ca
>/
#<[page 209]>#
%<XXXVI. 6 10.]       PATHAMASAGâTHAVAGGO           209>%
khamasukhaü ce\<*<1>*>/ vedanaü vediyati sa¤¤utto naü
vediyati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano\<*<2>*>/
sa¤¤utto jātiyā maraõena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi
domanassehi upāyāsehi sa¤¤utto dukkhasmāti vadāmi || ||
9 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako dukkhāya veda-
nāya puņņho samāno na socati na kilamati na paridevati na
urattālãkandati na sammoham āpajjati || so ekaü vedanaü
vediyati kāyikaü || na cetasikaü || ||
10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave purisaü sallena vijjheyyuü ||
na tam enaü\<*<3>*>/ dutiyena sallena anuvijjheyyuü\<*<4>*>/ || || Evaü
hi so bhikkhave puriso ekasallena\<*<5>*>/ vedanaü vediyati\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako dukkhāya
vedanāya phuņņho samāno na socati na kilamati na pari-
devati na urattāëãkandati na sammoham āpajjati || so
ekaü vedanaü vediyati kāyikaü na cetasikaü || tassā yeva
kho pana dukkhāya vedanāya paņighavā na\<*<7>*>/ hoti || tam
enam\<*<8>*>/ dukkhāya vedanāya apaņighavantaü yo dukkhāya
vedanāya paņighanusayo so\<*<9>*>/ nānuseti || || So dukkhāya
vedanāya phuņņho samāno kāmasukhaü nābhinandati ||
taü kissa hetu || pajānāti\<*<10>*>/ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
a¤¤atra kāmasukhā dukkhāya vedanāya nissaraõaü || tassa
kāmasukhaü nābhinandato\<*<11>*>/ yo sukhāya vedanāya rāgā-
nusayo so nānuseti || || So tāsaü vedanānaü samudaya¤ca
atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathā-
bhåtam pajānāti || tassa tāsaü vedanānaü samudaya¤ca
atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathā-
bhåtam pajānato\<*<12>*>/ yo adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya
avijjānusayo so nānuseti || || So sukhaü ce vedanaü
vediyati visa¤¤utto naü vediyati || dukkham ce vedanaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 put here a line --
3 So B2; S1 tamena; S3 nametaü
4 So S1-3; B1 paņivedhaü vijjheyya; B2 anuvedhaü vijjheyyuü
5 S1-3 ekaü sallena
6 S1-3 vediyetha
7 S1-3 paņighavā (without na); B1 paņighavānaü; B2 paņighaüvā na
8 S1 eva
9 Missing in S1-3
10 B1-2 insert so
11 S1-3 anabhi-
12 S1 pajānātino
>/
#<[page 210]>#
%<210            VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM              [XXXVI. 6. 11>%
vediyati visa¤¤utto naü vediyati || adukkhamasukhaü ce
vedanam vediyati visa¤¤utto naü vediyati || || Ayaü vuccati
bhikkhave ariyasāvako visa¤¤uto jātiyā jarāya\<*<1>*>/ maraõena
sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi visa¤-
¤utto dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
11 Ayaü kho bhikkhave viseso ayam adhippāyoso idaü
nānākaraõaü sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujja-
nenā ti || ||
12 Na vedanaü\<*<2>*>/ vediyati sapa¤¤o
sukham pi dukkham pi bahussuto pi ||
ayaü ca dhãrassa\<*<3>*>/ puthujjanena ||
mahā\<*<4>*>/ viseso kusalassa hoti ||\<*<1>*>/ ||
Saīkhātadhammassa bahussutassa ||
sampassato\<*<5>*>/ lokam imam pāra¤ca ||
iņņhassa dhammā na mathenti\<*<6>*>/ cittaü ||
aniņņhato no paņighātam\<*<7>*>/ eti ||\<*<2>*>/ ||
Tassānurodhā\<*<8>*>/ athavā virodhā ||
vidhåpitā atthagatā na santi ||
padaü\<*<9>*>/ ca ¤atvā virajam asokaü ||
sammā pajānāti\<*<10>*>/ bhavassa pāragåti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).7 (7) Gela¤¤a1>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaü viharati Mahāvane
Kuņāgārasālāyaü || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaõhasamayaü paņisallāõā
vuņņhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdi || nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhå

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3, B2 jarā
2 B1 so (or yo) vedanā; S1 nacenaü; S3 na veõaü
3 B2 pi rassa corrected from virassa
4 B1 ayaü
5 B1 vipassato
6 B2 satenti
7 S3 patighāõam
8 B1 -nugedhā
9 B1 vidhåsiupasaīkamitā atthaīgatāsantipadam
10 S1-3 sammappajānā (S3 -õa) ti
>/
#<[page 211]>#
%<XXXVI. 7. 6]        PATHAMASAGâTHAVAGGO           211>%
āmantesi sato bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam
āgameyya || ayaü vo\<*<1>*>/ amhākam anusāsanã\<*<2>*>/ || ||
3 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassã viharati
ātāpã sampajāno satimā vineyyaloke abhijjhādomanassaü ||
vedanāsu || pe || citte\<*<3>*>/ dhammesu\<*<4>*>/ dhammānupassã viharati
ātāpã sampajāno satimā vineyyaloke abhijjhādomanassaü || ||
Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti || ||
4 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu abhikkante paņikkante sampa-
jānakārã hoti || ālokite vilokite sampajānakārã hoti || sam-
mi¤jite\<*<5>*>/ pasārite sampajānakārã hoti || saīghāti-pattacã-
varadhāraõe sampajānakārã hoti || asite pite khāyite sāyite
sampajānakārã hoti || uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārã
hoti || gate ņhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuõhãbhāve
sampajānakārã hoti || || Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
sampajāno\<*<6>*>/ hoti || ||
5 Sato bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam āgameyya
ayaü kho\<*<7>*>/ amhākam anusāsanã\<*<8>*>/ || ||
6 Tassa ce\<*<9>*>/ bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaü satassa sampajā-
nassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati
sukhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti || Uppannā kho me ayaü
sukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paņicca no apaņicca || kim paņicca
imaü eva kāyam paņicca || ayaü kho pana kāyo anicco
saīkhato paņicca samuppanno || aniccaü kho pana saīkha-
tam paņicca samuppannam kāyam paņicca uppannā sukhā
vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatãti || || So kāye ca sukhāya ca\<*<10>*>/
vedanāya aniccānupassã viharati || vayānupassã viharati ||
virāgānupassã viharati || nirodhānupassã viharati || paņi-
nissaggānupassã viharati || tassa kāye ca sukhāya ca\<*<11>*>/
vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato vayānupassino viharato
virāgānupassino viharato nirodhānupassino viharato paņi-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 kho
2 B1-2 -sāsani always
3 S1-- cirattā cittā--; S3--citte cittā--
4 S1-3 dhamme
5 B1-2 sama¤chite; B2 sama¤jite
6 B1-2 sampajānakārã
7 B1-2 vo
8 S3 anusāsanãti
9 S1-3 omit ce
10 S1 omits ca; S3 puts it after vedanāya
11 S1-3 omit ca
>/
#<[page 212]>#
%<212            VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM              [XXXVI. 7. 7>%
nissaggānupassino viharato yo kāye ca sukhāya ca\<*<1>*>/
vedanāya rāgānusayo\<*<2>*>/ so pahãyati || ||
7 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaü satassa sampajā-
nassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati
dukkhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti || || Uppannā kho
myāyaü dukkhā vedanā || sā ca kho paņicca || no apaņicca ||
kim paņicca imam eva kāyam paņicca || ayaü kho pana
kāyo anicco saīkhato paņicca samuppanno || Aniccaü kho
pana saīkhataü paņicca samuppannam kāyam paticca
uppannā dukkhā vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatãti || || So
kaye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassã viharati ||
vayānupassã viharati || virāgānupassã viharati || nirodhā-
nupassã viharati || paņinissaggānupassã viharati || paņi-
nissaggānupassã viharati || tassa kāye ca dukkhāya ca
vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato || la || paņinissaggānu-
passino viharato yo kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya paņi-
ghānusayo so pahãyati || ||
8 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaü satassa sampajā-
nassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati
adukkhamasukhā vedanā so evam pajānāti || || Uppannā
kho myāyam adukkhamasukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paņicca
no appaņicca kim paņicca imam eva kāyam paņicca || ayaü
kho pana kāyo anicco saīkhato paņicca samuppanno ||
aniccaü kho pana saīkhataü paņicca samuppannaü
kāyam paņicca uppannā adukkhamasukhā vedanā kuto
niccā bhavissatãti || || So kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca
vedanāya aniccānupassã viharati || vayānupassã || pe || virā-
gānupassã || nirodhānupassã || paņinissaggānupassã viharati ||
tassa kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya ca\<*<3>*>/ aniccā-
nupassino viharato || la || paņinissaggānupassino viharato
yo kaye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca\<*<4>*>/ vedanāya avijjānusayo
so pahãyati || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ca
2 Instead of rāgānusayo, S1-3 have virāgānupassã [no]
viharato yo; [no], missing in S1, is superadded between
the lines of S3
3 Missing in S3
4 Missing in S1; put in S3 after vedanāya, but erased
>/
#<[page 213]>#
%<XXXVI. 8. 3]        PATHAMASAGâTHAVAGGO                        213>%
9 So sukhaü ce\<*<1>*>/ vedanaü vediyati Sā aniccāti pajānāti ||
Anajjhositā ti pajānāti || Anabhinanditā ti pajānāti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Dukkhaü ce vedanam vediyati || pe || || Adukkhamasukhaü
ce vedanam vediyati Sā aniccāti pajānāti || Anajjhositā ti
pajānāti\<*<3>*>/ || Anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || ||
10 So sukhaü ce vedanaü vediyati visa¤¤utto naü
vediyati || || Dukkhaü ce vedanaü vediyati visa¤¤utto
naü vediyati || adukkhamasukhaü ce vedanaü vediyati
visa¤¤utto naü vediyati || ||
11 So kāyapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyamāno Kāya-
pariyantikaü vedanaü vediyāmãti pajānāti || jãvitapari-
yantikaü vedanaü vediyamāno Jãvitapariyantikaü veda-
naü vediyāmãti pajānāti || kāyassa bhedā uddhaü jãvita-
pariyādānā Idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni\<*<4>*>/
sãtibhavissantãti pajānāti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu telaü ca paņicca vaņņiü ca tela-
padãpo jhāyeyya || tasseva telassa ca vaņņiyā ca pariyādānā
anāhāro nibbāyeyya || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu
kāyapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyamāno Kāyapariyantikaü
vedanaü vediyāmãti pajānāti || Jãvitapariyantikaü vedanaü
vediyamāno Jãvitapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyāmãti pajā-
nāti || kāyassa bhedā uddhaü jãvitapariyādānā Idheva sab-
bavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sãtibhavissantãti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).8 (8) Gela¤¤a25>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaü viharati Mahā-
vane kuņāgārasālāyaü || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaõhasamayaü-
3 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ca
2 S1-3 have --pe-- instead of Ana-
3 This phrase is omitted by S1-3
4 S1-3 abhinanditāni here and further on
5 As this sutta differs from the preceding only by the substitution
of phassa to kāya, I give but the beginning of the identical
paragraphs, putting the whole of the differing ones
>/
#<[page 214]>#
%<214                 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM               [XXXVI. 8. 4>%
4 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti-
5 Sato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam āga-
meyya-
6 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaü satassa sampajā-
nassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati
sukhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti Uppannā kho myāyaü
sukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paņicca no appaņicca kim
imam eva phassam paņicca || ayaü kho pana phasso anicco
saīkhato paņicca samuppanno || aniccaü kho pana saīkha-
taü paņicca samuppannam phassam paņicca uppannā sukhā
vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatãti || so phasse ca sukhāya ca
vedanāya aniccānupassã viharati || vayā || virāgā || nirodhā ||
paņinissaggānupassã viharati || tassa phasse ca sukhāya ca
vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato || vayā || virāgā || niro-
dhā || paņinissaggānupassino viharato yo phasse ca sukhāya
ca vedanāya rāgānusayo so pahãyati || ||
7-11 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaü satassa || la ||
viharato uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || la || uppajjati adukkha-
masukhā vedanā || so evam pajānati Uppannā kho myāyam
adukkhamasukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paņicca no apaņicca
kim paņicca imam eva phassam paņicca || Yathā purimasutte
vitthāro tathā vitthāretabbe\<*<1>*>/ || kāyassa bhedā uddhaü jãvi-
tapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sãti-
bhavissantãti pajānāti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telam paņicca vaņņim paņicca
telappadãpo jhāyeyya- || || -sãtãbhavissantãti pajānātãti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).9 (9) Anicca>#
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā aniccā saīkhatā paņicca
samuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā
nirodhadhammā || ||
4 Katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā aduk-
khamasukhā vedanā || ||
5 Imā kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā aniccā saīkhatā
paņiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāga-
dhammā nirodhadhammāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase is not to be found in S1-3 which are much more complete
>/
#<[page 215]>#
%<XXXVI. 10. 9]       PATHAMASAGâTHAVAGGO                      215>%

#<SN_4,36(2).10 (10) Phassamålaka>#
3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā phassajā phassamålakā
phassanidānā phassapaccayā || ||
4 Katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā aduk-
khamasukhā vedanā || ||
5 Sukhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paņicca uppaj-
jati sukhā vedanā || tasseva sukhavedaniyassa phassassa\<*<1>*>/
nirodhā yaü tajjaü vedayitaü sukhavedaniyam phassam
paņicca uppannā sukhā vedanā sā nirujjhati || sā våpasam-
mati\<*<2>*>/ || ||
6 Dukkhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paņicca uppaj-
jati dukkhā vedanā || tasseva dukkhavedaniyassa phassassa
nirodhā yaü tajjaü vedayitam\<*<3>*>/ dukkhavedaniyam phas-
sam paņicca uppannā dukkhā vedanā sā nirujjhati || sā vå-
pasammati || ||
7 Adukkhamasukkhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam pa-
ņicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || tasseva aduk-
khamasukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaü tajjam
vedayitam adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca
uppannā adukkhamasukhā vedanā sa nirujjhati sā våpasam-
mati || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dvinnaü kaņņhānaü saīghaņņa-
nasamodhānā\<*<4>*>/ usmā jāyati tejo abhinibbattati || tesaü yeva
kaņņhānam nānābhāvā vinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā niruj-
jhati sā våpasammati || ||
9 Evam eva kho bhikkhave imā tisso vedanā phassajā
phassamålakā phassanidānā phassapaccayā tajjam phassam
paņicca tajjā tajjā vedanā uppajjanti || tajjassa tajjassa phas-
sassa nirodhā tajjā tajjā vedanā nirujjhantãti\<*<5>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 phassa
2 B1-2 våpasamati always
3 The sequel till the next tajjaü vedayitam is missing in S1-3 by
mistake, I think, not for abridgment
4 B1 saīghattātassasamodhānā
5 So S1-3 (although S3 do not repeat the last tajjā); B1-2
have -tajjamphassampaņicca tajjā vedanā uppajjati ||
tajjassaphassassanirodhā tajjā vedanā nirujjhatãti
>/
#<[page 216]>#
%<216                   VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM                [XXXVI. 11. 2>%
Vedanāsaüyuttassa pathamakasagāthāvaggo\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānaü\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Samādhi Sukhāya\<*<3>*>/ Pahānena ||
Pātālaü\<*<4>*>/ Daņņhabbena ||
Sallatthena ca Gela¤¤ām\<*<5>*>/ ||
Anicca\<*<6>*>/ Phassamålakā ti || ||

#<CHAPTER II RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO>#

#<SN_4,36(2).11 (1) Rahogataka>#
2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa paņisal-
lãnassa evam cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Tisso vedanā
vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhama-
sukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || || Vut-
taü kho panetam Bhagavatā Yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü taü
dukkhasmin ti || kiü nu kho etam Bhagavatā sandhāya
bhāsitaü Yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü taü dukkhasminti || ||
4 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || tisso imā bhikkhu vedanā
vuttā mayā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā
vedanā imā tisso vedanā vuttā mayā || || Vuttaü kho pane-
tam bhikkhu mayā Yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü\<*<7>*>/ taü dukkhasmin
ti || taü kho panetam bhikkhu mayā saīkhārānaü yeva
aniccataü sandhāya bhāsitaü Yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü taü
dukkhasmin ti || taü kho\<*<8>*>/ panetam bhikkhu mayā saīkhā-
rānaü yeva\<*<9>*>/ khayadhammataü vayadhammataü virāga-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 sagāthavasaggosattamo driven back to the end
2 S1-3 tatruddānam
3 S1-3 sukhapa
4 S1-3 pātallam
5 S1-3 sallaü gila¤¤o
6 S3 aõiccā; B2 aniccaü
7 Sabbaü is inserted here by S1-3 (added in S3 between the lines)
8 Missing in S1-3
9 Missing in B1
>/
#<[page 217]>#
%<XXXVI. 11. 7]           RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO                 217>%
dhammataü nirodhadhammataü vipariõāmadhammataü\<*<1>*>/
sandhāya bhāsitaü Yaü ki¤ci vedāyitaü taü dukkhas-
min ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
5 Atha kho pana bhikkhu mayā anupubbaü saīkhārā-
naü nirodho akkhāto || pathamaü jhānaü samāpannassa
vācā niruddhā hoti || dutiyaü jhānaü samāpannassa vitak-
kavicārā niruddhā honti || tatiyaü jhānaü samāpannassa
pãti niruddhā hoti || catutthaü jhānaü samāpannassa assā-
sapassāsā niruddhā honti || || âkāsāna¤cāyatanaü samā-
pannassa råpasa¤¤ā niruddhā hoti || vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü
samāpannassa ākāsāna¤cāyatanasa¤¤ā niruddhā hoti ||
āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samāpannassa vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanasa¤¤ā
niruddhā hoti || nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam samāpannassa
āki¤ca¤¤āyatanasa¤¤ā niruddhā hoti || || Sa¤¤āvedayita-
nirodhaü samāpannassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca niruddhā
honti || || Khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso
niruddho hoti || moho niruddho hoti || ||
6 Atha kho bhikkhu mayā anupubbasaīkhārānaü\<*<2>*>/ våpa-
samo akkhāto || pathamaü jhānam samāpannassa vācā
våpasantā hoti || dutiyam jhānaü samāpannassa vitakkavi-
cārā våpasantā honti || la || sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpan-
nassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā cā våpasantā honti || || Khãnāsa-
vassa bhikkhuno rāgo våpasanto hoti || doso våpasanto ||
moho våpasanto hoti || ||
7 Cha yimā bhikkhu passaddhiyo || pathamaü jhānaü
samāpannassa vācā paņippassaddhā hoti || dutiyaü jhānaü
samāpannassa vitakkavicārā paņippassaddhā honti || tatiyaü
jhānaü samāpannassa pãti paņippassaddhā hoti || catut-
thaü jhānam samāpannassa assāsapassāsā paņippassaddhā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Instead of this S1-3 have (from yeva)
khayadhammānaü sandhāya bhāsitaü yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü taü
dukkhasminti taü kho panetaü bhikkhu mayā saīkhārānam yeva
vayadhammānaü sandhāya bhāsitaü yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü taü
dukkhasminti taü kho panetaü bhikkhu mayā saīkharāna¤¤eva 
viparināmādhammaü (S1 parināma-) sandhāya bhāsitaü
yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü taü dukkhasminti
2 S1-3 anupubbaü
>/
#<[page 218]>#
%<218                VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM                 [XXXVI. 12. 3>%
honti || sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpannassa sa¤¤a ca
vedanā ca paņippassaddhā honti || || Khãnāsavassa bhik-
khuno rāgo paņippassaddho hoti || doso paņippassaddho
hoti || moho paņippassaddho hoti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).12 (2) âkāsam1>#
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ākāse vividhā vātā vāyanti ||
puratthimā pi vātā vāyanti || pacchimā pi vātā vāyanti ||
uttarā pi vātā vāyanti || dakkhiõā pi vātā vāyantā || sarajā
pi vātā vāyanti || arajā pi vātā vāyanti || sãtā pi vātā vāyanti ||
uõhā pi vātā vāyanti || parittā pi vātā vāyanti || adhimattāpi
vātā vāyanti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave imasmiü
kāyasmiü vividhā vedanā uppajjanti || sukhā\<*<1>*>/ pi vedanā
uppajjanti\<*<2>*>/ || dukkhā\<*<3>*>/ pi vedanā uppajjanti || adukkhama-
sukhā pi vedanā uppajjantãti
\<*<4>*>/ Yathāpi vātā akāse || vāyanti vividhā puthu ||
puratthimā pacchimā cāpi || uttarā atha dakkhiõā ||1 ||
Sarajā arajāvāpi || sãtā uõhā ca ekadā ||
adhimattā parittā ca || puthu\<*<4>*>/ vāyanti\<*<5>*>/ mālutā\<*<6>*>/ ||\<*<2>*>/ ||
tathevimasmim pi kāyasmiü || samuppajjati vedanā ||
sukhadukkhasamuppatti || adukkhamasukkhā ca yā ||\<*<3>*>/ ||
Yato ca bhikkhu ātāpi || sampaja¤o niråpadhi\<*<7>*>/ ||
tato so\<*<8>*>/ vedanā sabbā || parijānāti paõķito ||\<*<4>*>/ ||
So vedanā pari¤¤āya diņņhe\<*<9>*>/ dhamme anāsavo ||
kāyassa bhedā dhammaņņho || saīkhyaü nopeti\<*<10>*>/ ve-
dagåti ||\<*<5>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 dukkhā
2 B1-2 uppajjati always
3 S1-3 sukhā
4 B1 puthå
5 B2 pavāyanti
6 S1 māluto
7 S1-3 sampaja¤¤aü na ri¤cāti
8 S1-3 ca
9 B2 diņņheva; S3 diņņha
10 S1-3 saükhaü na upeti
>/
#<[page 219]>#
%<XXXVI. 15. 3]                RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO                219>%

#<SN_4,36(2).13 (3) âkāsam2>#
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ākāse vividhā vātā vāyanti
puratthimā pi vātā vāyanti || pe || adhimattā pi vātā vāyanti || ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave imasmiü kāyasmiü vividhā veda
nā uppajjanti\<*<1>*>/ || sukhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || dukkhā pi
vedanā uppajjanti || adukkhamasukhā pi vedanā uppaj-
jantãti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).14 (4) âgāram>#
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave āgantukāgāram || || Tattha pu-
ratthimāya disāya āgantvā vāsaü kappenti || pacchimāya
disāya āgantvā vāsaü kappenti || uttarāya pi disāya āgantvā
vāsaü kappenti || dakkhiõāya pi disāya vāsaü kappenti || ||
Khattiyā pi āgantvā vāsam kappenti || brāhmaõā pi āgantvā
vāsam kappenti || vessā pi āgantvā vāsaü kappenti || suddā
pi āgantvā vāsaü kappenti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave
imasmiü kāyasmiü vividhā vedanā uppajjanti || sukhā pi
vedanā uppajanti\<*<2>*>/ || dukkhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || aduk-
khamasukhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || ||
4 Sāmisā pi sukhā vedanā uppajjanti || sāmisā pi dukkhā
vedanā uppajjanti || sāmisā pi adukkhamasukhā vedanā
uppajjanti || nirāmisā pi sukhā vedanā uppajjati || nirāmisā
pi dukkhā vedanā uppajjanti || nirāmisā pi adukkhama-
sukhā vedanā uppajjantãti\<*<3>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).15 (5) Santakam1>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā ânando yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || pe ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā ânando Bhaga-
vantaü etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā ||
katamo vedanāsamudayo || katamo vedanānirodho || katamā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 uppajjati always
2 B1-2 uppajjati, as before, here and further on
3 In this paragraph S1-3 intermingle sāmisā nirāmisā in this 
manner: sāmisā pi sukhā- || nirāmisā pi sukhā- || samisā pi 
dukkhā- || nirāmisā pi dukkhā- etc.
>/
#<[page 220]>#
%<220                    VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM           [XXXVI. 15. 4>%
vedanānirodhagāminãpaņipadā || ko vedanāya assādo || ko
ādãnavo || kiü nissaraõanti || ||
4 Tisso imā ânanda vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā
vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā imā vuccanti ânanda
vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo phassa-
nirodhā vedanānirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aņņhaīgiko
maggo vedanānirodhagāminã patipadā || seyyathãdaü sam-
mādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Yaü vedanaü paticca
uppajjati sukhaü somanassam ayam vedanāya assādo || ||
Yā vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariõāmadhammā ayaü veda-
nāya ādãnavo || || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarā-
gappahānam idaü vedanāya nissaraõaü || ||
5 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbasaīkhārānaü\<*<1>*>/
nirodho akkhāto || || Pathamaü jhānam samāpannassa
vācā niruddhā hoti || pe || sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü\<*<2>*>/ samā-
pannassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca niruddhā honti || || Khãõā-
savassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso niruddho
hoti || moho niruddho hoti || ||
6 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbaü saīkhārānam
våpasamo akkhāto || || Pathamaü jhānam samāpannassa
vācā våpasantā hoti || pe || sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samā-
pannassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca våpasantā honti || || Khãõā-
savassa bhikkhuno rāgo våpasanto hoti || doso våpasanto ||
moho våpasanto hoti || ||
7 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbaü saīkhārānaü
passaddhi\<*<3>*>/ akkhātā || || Pathamaü jhānaü samāpannassa
vācā paņippassaddhā hoti || la || ākāsāna¤cāyatanaü
samāpannassa råpasa¤¤ā paņippassaddhā hoti || vi¤-
¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samāpannassa ākāsāna¤cāyatanasa¤¤ā
paņippassaddhā hoti || āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samāpannassa
vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanasa¤¤ā paņippassaddhā hoti\<*<4>*>/ || neva-
sa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanaü samāpannassa āki¤ca¤¤āyatana-
sa¤¤ā paņippassaddhā hoti || sa¤¤āvedayitānirodhaü samā-
pannassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca paņippassaddhā || honti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 anupubbaü- as before and further on
2 S1-3 nirodha (ü being erased in S3) here only
3 B1-2 paņipassaddhi
4 This phrase is missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 221]>#
%<XXXVI. 17. 3]           RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO                    221>%
Khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paņippassaddho hoti || doso
paņippassaddho hoti || moho paņippassaddho hotãti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).16 (6) Santakam2>#
2 Atha kho āyasmā ânando yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho āyasmantam ânandam
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho vedanā || katamo
vedanānirodho || katamā vedanānirodhagāminã paņipadā ||
ko vedanāya assādo || ko\<*<1>*>/ ādinavo || kim\<*<1>*>/ nissaraõan ti ||
4 Bhagavaümålakā no bhante dhammā Bhagavan-
nettikā Bhagavaüpaņisaraõā || sādhu bhante Bhagavan-
ta¤¤eva\<*<2>*>/ paņibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato
sutvā bhikkhå dhāressantãti || ||
Tena hi ânanda suõohi sādhukam manasi karohi
bhāsissāmãti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā ânando paccassosi || ||
5-8 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Tisso imā ânanda vedanā ||
sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā ||
imā vuccanti ânanda vedanā || la || phassasamudayo || la\<*<3>*>/ ||
khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paņippassaddho hoti || doso
paņippassaddho hoti || moho paņippassaddho hotãti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).17 (7) Aņņhaka1>#
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam
etad avocuü || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā || katamo
vedanāsamudayo\<*<4>*>/ || katamo vedanānirodho || katamā niro-
dhagāminã paņipadā || ko vedanāya assādo || ko ādãnavo || kiü
nissaraõan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert vedanāya
2 S1-3 Bhagavantaüyeva
3 Much more complete in S1-3; the text is a mere repetition of 4-7
in the preceding sutta
4 S1-3 vedanāya always; S1 adds here katamā vedanā
samudayagāminã paņipadā
>/
#<[page 222]>#
%<222                 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM                [XXXVI. 17. 4>%
4 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā
vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave
vedanā || Phassasamudayā\<*<1>*>/ vedanāsamudayo\<*<2>*>/ || phassani-
rodhā\<*<1>*>/ vedanānirodho || ayam eva ariyo atthaīgiko maggo
vedanānirodhagāminã paņipadā || seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhi ||
pe || sammāsamādhi || || Yaü vedanam paņicca uppajjati
sukhaü somanassaü ayaü vedanāya assādo || Yā vedanā
aniccā dukkhā\<*<3>*>/ vipariõāmadhammā ayaü vedanāya
ādãnavo || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāga-
pahānaü || idaü vedanāya nissaraõaü || ||
5 Atha kho pana bhikkhave mayā anupubbasaīkhārānam
nirodho akkhāto || ||
Pathamaü jhānam samāpannassa vācā niruddhā hoti ||
pe || || Khãnāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso
niruddho hoti || moho niruddho hoti || ||
6 Atha kho pana bhikkhave mayā anupubbasaīkhārā-
naü våpasamo akkhāto || pathamajhānaü samāpannassa
vācā våpasantā hoti || la || || Khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo
våpasanto hoti || doso våpasanto hoti || moho våpasanto
hoti || ||
7 Chayimā bhikkhave passaddhiyo || || Pathamaüjhānaü
samāpannassa vācā paņippassaddhā hoti || dutiyaü jhānaü
samāpannassa vitakkavicārā paņippassaddhā honti || tati-
yaü jhānaü samāpannassa pãti paņippassaddhā hoti ||
catutthaü jhānaü samāpannassa assāsapassāsā patip-
passaddhā honti || || Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpannassa
sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca paņippassaddhā honti || || Khãõāsavassa
bhikkhuno rāgo paņippassaddho hoti || doso paņippassaddho
hoti || moho paņippassaddho hoti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).18 (8) Aņņhaka2>#
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kamiüsu || pe || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 samphassa-
2 S1-3 insert taõhā vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadā
3 S1-3 -yā instead of dukkhā
>/
#<[page 223]>#
%<XXXVI. 19. 5]              RAHOGATAVAGGO TATIYO               223>%
3 Ekam antaü nisinno\<*<1>*>/ kho te\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhå Bhagavā etad
avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhikkhave vedanā || Katamo
vedanāsamudayo || Katamo vedanānirodho || Katamā
vedanānirodhagāminã paņipadā || Ko vedanāya assādo ||
Ko ādinavo || Kiü nissaraõanti ||
4 Bhagavammålakā no bhante dhammā || la || ||
5-8 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā
vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave
vedanā || phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || ||
Yathā purimasuttante tathā vitthāretabbo\<*<3>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).19 (9) Pa¤cakaīgo>#
2 Atha kho Pa¤cakaīgo thapati yenāyasmā Udāyã
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim
abhivādetvā ekam antam nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Pa¤cakaīgo thapati āyas-
mantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante Udāyi
vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
Tisso kho thapati\<*<4>*>/ vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā\<*<5>*>/
kho thapati\<*<4>*>/ vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
4 Evaü vutte Pa¤cakaīgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyim
etad avoca || Na kho bhante Udāyã tisso vedanā vuttā
Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā
dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā vedanā
santasmim esā paõãte sukhe\<*<6>*>/ vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
5 Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Udāyã Pa¤cakaīgam thapatim
etad avoca || Na kho thapati\<*<4>*>/ dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā
adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā\<*<7>*>/ vuttā Bhaga-
vatā ti || || Dutiyam pi kho\<*<8>*>/ Pa¤cakaīgo thapati āyasmantam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So all the MSS.
2 S1-3 he
3 S1-3 yathāpurimaü suttantaü evaü vitthāretabbaü --pe--
4 S1-3 gahapati
5 S1-3 imaü
6 S1-3 paõãtesu
7 S1-3 omit imā tisso vedanā
8 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 224]>#
%<224                    VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM             [XXXVI. 19. 6>%
Udāyim etad avoca || Na kho bhante Udāyi tisso vedanā
vuttā Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā
vedanā santasmiü esā paõãte sukhe\<*<1>*>/ vuttā Bhagavatā
ti || ||
6 Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Udāyã Pa¤cakaīgaü thapatim
etad avoca || Na kho thapati\<*<2>*>/ dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā
adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā vuttā Bhaga-
vatā ti || || Tatiyam pi kho Pa¤cakaīgo thapati āyasmantam
Udāyim etad avoca Na kho bhante Udāyi tisso vedanā
vuttā Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā ve-
danā dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā
vedanā santasmiü esā paõãte sukhe vuttā Bhagavatā ti || ||
Neva kho asakkhi\<*<3>*>/ āyasmā Udāyã Pa¤cakaīgaü thapatim
sa¤¤āpetuü || na panāsakkhi\<*<4>*>/ Pa¤cakaīgo thapati āyas-
mantam Udāyiü sa¤¤āpetuü || ||
7 Assosi kho āyasmā ânando āyasmato Udāyissa Pa¤ca-
kaīgena thapatinā saddhim imaü kathāsallāpaü || ||
8 Atha kho āyasmā ânando yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || Ekam antaü nisinno
kho āyasmā ânando yāvatako āyasmato Udāyissa Pa¤ca-
kaīgena thapatinā saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpo\<*<5>*>/ tam pi
sabbam Bhagavato ārocesi || ||
9 Santam eva\<*<6>*>/ kho ânanda pariyāyaü Pa¤cakaīgo
thapati Udāyissa bhikkhuno nābbhanumodi || santaü ca
panānanda pariyāyam Udāyã bhikkhu Pa¤cakaīgassa
thapatino nābbhanumodi || || Dve pi mayā ânanda vedanā
vuttā pariyāyena || tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||
pa¤ca pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā
vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aņņharasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā
pariyāyena || chattiüsā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 paõãtesu kho here and further on
2 S1-3 gahapati
3 B1 neva asakkhi; B2 nevasakkhi
4 S1-3 pana asakkhi
5 S3 kathā allāpo
6 S1-3 santaüyeva
>/
#<[page 225]>#
%<XXXVI. 19. 12]       RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO                    225>%
aņņhasatam pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||\<*<1>*>/ Evam
pariyāyadesito ânanda mayā dhammo\<*<2>*>/ || ||
10 Evam pariyāyadesite\<*<3>*>/ kho ânanda mayā dhamme ye
a¤¤ama¤¤assa subhāsitaü sulapitaü na samanuma¤¤is-
santi na samanujānissanti na samanumodissanti || tesam
etam pāņikaīkham bhaõķanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā
a¤¤ama¤¤am mukhasattãhi vitudantā viharissanti || || Evam
pariyāyadesito\<*<4>*>/ mayā dhammo || evam pariyāyadesite kho
ânanda mayā dhamme ye a¤¤ama¤¤assa subhāsitaü
sulapitaü samanuma¤¤issanti samanujānissanti samanu-
modissanti || tesam etam pāņikaīkhaü samaggā sammoda-
mānā avivadamānā khãrodakãbhåtā\<*<5>*>/ a¤¤ama¤¤am piyacak-
khåhi sampassantā viharissanti || ||
11 Pa¤cime ânanda kāmaguõā || Katamā pa¤ca || ||
Cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā pãyaråpā kāmå-
pasaühitā rajanãya || la || Kāyavi¤¤eyyā poņņhabbā iņņhā
kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || ime kho
ânanda pa¤cakāmaguõā || || Yaü kho ânanda ime pa¤ca
kāmaguõe paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassaü || idam
vuccati kāmasukhaü || ||
12 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü
sattā\<*<6>*>/ sukhaü somanassam {paņisaüvedentã} ti || idaü nesā-
ham nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || || Atthānanda etamhā
sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantatara¤ca\<*<7>*>/ paõãtatara¤ca ||
kataü\<*<8>*>/ cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhik-
kantataraü ca paõãtatara¤ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu vivic-
ceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaü savi-
cāraü vivekajaü pãtisukhaü pathamaü jhānam upasam-
pajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü
sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B1-2; S1-3 aņņhasatam pi mayā vedanāsataü vuttam pariyāyena
2 This phrase is omitted by S1; S3 has instead of it:
tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā
3 S1-3 pariyāyenadesite
4 B1-2 insert kho ânanda
5 S1 khirodanã
6 B1-2 santam always
7 S1-3 -ceva instead of ca
8 S1-3 katamā
>/
#<[page 226]>#
%<226               VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM                       [XXXVI. 19. 13>%
13 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü
sattā sukhaü somanassam {paņisaüvedentãti} || idaü nesā-
haü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || || Atthānanda etamhā
sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtatara¤ca ||
katama¤cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkan-
tataraü ca panãtataraü ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu vitakka-
vicārānaü våpasamā ajjhattaü sampasādanaü cetaso eko-
dibhāvam avitakkam avicāraü samādhijaü pãtisukham
dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda
etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãta-
taraü ca || ||
14 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü
sattā sukhaü somanassam {paņisaüvedentã} ti || idaü nesā-
haü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā
sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca ||
katamaü cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhik-
kantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu
pãtiyā ca virāgā upekhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno
sukhaü ca kāyena {paņisaüvedeti}\<*<1>*>/ || yantam ariyā ācik-
khanti upekhako satimā sukhavihārãti || tatiyaü jhānam
upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā
a¤¤am sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca ||
15 Ye kho ânanda evam vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü
sattā sukham somanassam {paņisaüvedetãti} || idaü nesā-
haü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā
sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataram ca paõãtataraü
ca || katama¤\<*<2>*>/ cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham
abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataran ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva soma-
nassadomanassānam atthagamā adukkhamasukham upe-
khāsatipārisuddhiü catutthaü jhānam upasampajja viha-
rati || idam ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhik-
kantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca\<*<3>*>/ || ||
16 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü
sattā sukhaü somanassam paņisaüvedentãti idaü nesāhaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 patisaüvedi; S3 -vediyati
2 S1-3 katamā
3 S1-3 inserts here -pe-
>/
#<[page 227]>#
%<XXXVI. 19. 19]            RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO                227>%
nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā
a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || kata-
maü\<*<1>*>/ cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤am sukham abhikkanta-
taraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso
råpasa¤¤ānaü samatikkamā paņighasa¤¤ānam atthagamā
nānattasa¤¤ānam amanasikarā Anatto\<*<2>*>/ ākāso ti ākāsāna¤-
cāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etam-
hā sukhā || pe || ||
17 Ye ca kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etaü paramaü
sattā sukhaü somanassam {paņisaüvedentãti} || idaü\<*<3>*>/ nesā-
haü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā
sukhā || pe || katama¤\<*<4>*>/ cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü su-
khaü || pe || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānāna¤cāyatanaü
samatikkamma Anattam\<*<5>*>/ vi¤¤āõanti vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanam
upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā ||
pe || ||
18 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramam
sattā sukhaü somanassam paņisaüvedentãti || idaü nesā-
ham nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā
sukhā || pe || katamaü cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü su-
khaü || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü
samatikkamma Natthi ki¤cãti āki¤ca¤¤āyatanam upasam-
pajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü
sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtatara¤ca || ||
19 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü\<*<6>*>/
sattā sukhaü somanassam paņisaüvedentãti || idaü nesā-
haü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā
sukhā || pe || katamaü\<*<7>*>/ cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü
sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || Idhānanda
bhikkhu sabbaso āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samatikkamma neva-
sa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanaü upasampajja viharati || idaü kho

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 katamā
2 B1-2 ananto; S1-3 anatto (which might be ananto, but seems
rather to be anatto)
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 katamā
5 B1-2 anantam (see note 2)
6 S1-3 etaparamā
7 S3 katamā; S1 katama
>/
#<[page 228]>#
%<228                    VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM              [XXXVI. 19. 20>%
ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü
ca paõitataraü ca || ||
20 Ye ca kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü
sattā sukhaü somanassam paņisaüvedentãti || idaü nesāhaü
nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā
a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtatara¤ ca || ||
Katamaü\<*<1>*>/ cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhik-
kantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu
sabbaso nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanaü samatikkamma sa¤¤ā-
vedayitanirodham upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda
etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõita-
taraü ca || ||
21 ōhānaü kho panetam ânanda vijjati yam a¤¤atit-
thiyā paribbājakā evaü vadeyyuü || Sa¤¤āvedayitaniro-
dham Samaõo Gotamo āha || taü ca sukhasmim\<*<2>*>/ pa¤¤āpeti\<*<3>*>/
tayidam kiüsu tayidam kathaüsåti || || Evaü vādino
ânanda a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evam assu\<*<4>*>/ vacanãyā ||
Na kho āvuso Bhagavā sukha¤¤eva vedanaü sandhāya
sukhasmim pa¤¤āpeti || yattha yatthāvuso sukham upalab-
bhati || yaühi yaühi\<*<5>*>/ sukhaü taü taü\<*<6>*>/ tathāgato su-
khasmim pa¤¤āpetãti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).20 (10) Bhikkhunā>#
3 Dve pi\<*<7>*>/ mayā bhikkhave vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||
tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || pa¤ca pi mayā
vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā vedanā vuttā pari-
yāyena || aņņhārasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || chat-
tiüsā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aņņhasatam pi\<*<7>*>/
mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || ||
4 Evam pariyāyadesito bhikkhave mayā dhammo || evam
pariyāyadesite kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme ye a¤¤ama¤-
¤assa subhāsitaü sulapitaü na samanuma¤¤issanti na
samanujānissanti na samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāņi-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 katamā
2 B2 sukhasminti
3 S1-3 pa¤¤ayati
4 S1-3 assa
5 B1-2 yahiü yahiü
6 S1-3 taü once
7 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 229]>#
%<XXXVI. 20. 15]        RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO                   229>%
kaīkham\<*<1>*>/ bhaõķanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā a¤¤a-
ma¤¤am\<*<2>*>/ mukhasattãhi vitudantā viharissanti || || Evam
pariyāyadesito bhikkhave mayā dhammo || evam pariyāya-
desite kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme ye a¤¤ama¤¤assa
subhāsitaü sulapitaü samanuma¤¤issanti samanujānis-
santi samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāņikaīkhaü
samaggā samodamānā avivadamānā khãrodakãbhåtā\<*<3>*>/ a¤-
¤ama¤¤am pãyacakkhåhi sampassantā\<*<4>*>/ viharissanti || ||
5-14 Pa¤cime bhikkhave kāmaguõā || la\<*<5>*>/ ||
15 ōhānaü kho panetam bhikkhave\<*<6>*>/ vijjati yam a¤¤ā-
titthiyā paribbājakā evam vadeyyuü || Sa¤¤āvedayitaniro-
dhaü Samaõo Gotamo āha || taü ca sukhasmim pa¤¤āpeti ||
tayidaü kiüsu tayidaü kathaüsåti || || Evaü vādino bhik-
khave a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evam assu vacanãyā || Na
kho āvuso Bhagavā sukha¤¤eva\<*<7>*>/ vedanaü sandhāya su-
khasmim pa¤¤āpeti || Yattha yattha āvuso sukham upalab-
bhati || yamhi yamhi\<*<8>*>/ taü taü\<*<9>*>/ tathāgato sukhasmim
pa¤¤āpetãti || ||
Rahogatavaggo dutiyo\<*<10>*>/ ||
Tassuddānaü || ||
Rahogataü dve\<*<11>*>/ âkāsaü ||
Agāraü dve ca Santakam ||
Aņņhakena ca\<*<12>*>/ dve vuttā ||
Pa¤cakaīgo ca\<*<13>*>/ Bhikkhunā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 pāņikaīkhā here and further on
2 S1-3 -a¤¤assa
3 B2 khãrodatã-
4 S1-3 sampassamānā
5 More complete in S1-3 (see the preceding sutta 11-20)
6 Missing in S1-3
7 S1-3 sukhaü yeva
8 B1-2 yahiü yahiü
9 S1 taü once; S3 naü naü
10 S1-3 sattamo, the whole being drawn back to the end
11 S1-3 rahogata dveva
12 B1 aņņhagānaü ca-; B2 aņņhakaü nava
13 S1-3 tha; B2 dha
>/
#<[page 230]>#
%<230                 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM                     [XXXVI. 21. 1>%

#<CHAPTER III AōōHASATAPARIYâYA-VAGGO TATIYO>#

#<SN_4,36(2).21 (1) Sãvako>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Moliya-Sãvako\<*<1>*>/ paribbājako yena Bhagavā
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sam-
modi sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Moliya-Sãvako paribbājako
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Santi\<*<2>*>/ bho Gotama eke
samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino evaüdiņņhino || Yam ki¤cā-
yam purisapuggalo paņisaüvedeti sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā
adukkhamasukhaü vā || sabbantam pubbe katahetåti || ||
Idha pana\<*<3>*>/ bhavaü Gotamo kim āhāti || ||
4 Pittasamuņņhānāni pi kho Sãvaka idhekaccāni vedayi-
tāni uppajjanti || sāmam pi kho etaü Sãvaka\<*<4>*>/ veditabbaü
yathā pittasamuņņhānāni pi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppaj-
janti || lokassa pi kho etaü Sãvaka saccasammataü yathā
pittasamutthānāni pi idhekaccāhi vedayitāni uppajjanti
Tatra Sãvaka ye te samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino evaü-
diņņhino Yaü ki¤cāyam purisapuggalo {paņisaüvedeti} su-
khaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā sabbantaü
tam pubbe katahetåti || yaü ca sāmaü ¤ātaü\<*<5>*>/ taü ca
atidhāvanti\<*<6>*>/ || yaü ca\<*<7>*>/ loke saccasammataü taü ca ati-
dhāvanti || || Tasmā tesam samaõabrāhmaõānaü micchāti
vadāmi || ||
5 Semhasamuņņhānāni pi kho Sãvaka || pe || ||
6 Vātasamuņņhānāni pi kho Sãvaka || la || ||
7 Sannipātikāni pi kho Sãvaka || la || ||
8 Utupariõāmajāni pi kho Sãvaka || la || ||
9 Visamaparihārajāni pi kho Sãvaka || la || ||
10 Opakkamikāni pi kho Sãvaka || la || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 Sivako always
2 S1-3 add hi
3 Missing in S1-3
4 B1-2 insert evaü
5 S1-3 sāma¤¤ātam
6 B2 atidhāvati always
7 B1-2 omit ca
>/
#<[page 231]>#
%<XXXVI. 22. 4]       AōōHASATAPARIYâYA-VAGGO TATIYO      231>%
11 Kammavipākajāni pi kho Sãvaka idhekaccāni vedayi-
tāni uppajjanti || sāmam pi kho etam\<*<1>*>/ Sãvaka\<*<2>*>/ veditabbaü
yathā kammavipākajāni pi\<*<3>*>/ idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppaj-
janti || lokassa pi kho etaü Sãvaka saccasammataü yathā-
kammavipakajāni pi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || ||
Tatra Sãvaka ye te samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino evaü-
diņņhino Yaü ki¤cāyam purisapuggalo paņisaüvedeti su-
khaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || sabban tam
pubbe katahetå ti || Yaü ca sāmaü ¤ātaü taü ca atidhā-
vanti yaü ca loke saccasammattaü taü ca atidhāvanti ||
tasmā tesaü samaõabrāhmaõānam micchāti vadāmãti || ||
12 Evaü vutte Moliya-Sãvako paribbājako Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama --pe-- upāsakam
mam bhavaü Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü sara-
õaü gatan ti || ||
13 Pittaü semhaü ca vāto ca ||
sannipātā utåni ca ||
visamaü opakkamikam\<*<4>*>/ ||
kammavipākena aņņhamã ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).22 (2) Aņņhasata>#
2 Aņņhasatapariyāyaü vo bhikkhave dhammapariyāyam
desissāmi tam suõātha || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave aņņhasatapariyāyo dhamma-
pariyāyo || || Dve pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || tisso
pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || pa¤ca pi mayā vedanā
vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena ||
aņņharasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || chattiüsa pi
mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aņņhasatam pi mayā
vedanā\<*<6>*>/ vuttā pariyāyena || ||
4 Katamā ca bhikkhave dve vedanā || Kāyikā ca cetasikā
ca || imā vuccanti bhikkhave dve vedanā || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by B1-3
2 B1-2 insert evaü
3 S1-3 insert kho sãvaka
4 S1-3 opakkamiko ca
5 S3 aņņhami; B2 aņņhamiti
6 S1 inserts here satam pi (compare p. 225 note 1)
>/
#<[page 232]>#
%<232                  VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM             [XXXVI. 22. 5>%
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave tisso vedanā || || Sukhā vedanā
dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti
bhikkhave tisso vedanā || ||
6 Katamā ca bhikkhave pa¤cavedanā || || Sukhindriyaü
dukkhindriyaü somanassindriyaü domanassindriyam
upekkhindriyaü imā vuccanti bhikkhave pa¤cavedanā || ||
7 Katamā ca bhikkhave cha vedanā || cakkhusamphassajā
vedanā || pa || manosamphassajā vedanā || imā vuccanti cha
vedanā || ||
8 Katamā ca bhikkhave aņņhārasā vedanā || cha somanas-
supavicārā cha domanassupavicārā cha upekkhupavicārā\<*<1>*>/ ||
ima vuccanti bhikkhave aņņhārasā vedanā || ||
9 Katamā ca bhikkhave chattiüsa vedanā || cha gehasi-
tāni somanassāni cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni cha
gehasitāni domanassāni\<*<2>*>/ cha nekkhammasitāni domanas-
sāni cha gehasitā upekkhā cha nekkhammasitā upekkhā ||
imā vuccanti bhikkhave chattiüsa vedanā\<*<3>*>/ || ||
10 Katamā\<*<4>*>/ ca bhikkhave aņņhasatavedanā\<*<5>*>/ || || Atãtā
chattiüsa vedanā || anāgatā chattiüsavedanā || paccuppannā
chattiüsavedanā || imā vuccanti\<*<6>*>/ bhikkhave aņņhasatave-
danā\<*<7>*>/ || ayam bhikkhave aņņhasatapariyāyo dhammapari-
yāyoti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).23 (3) Bhikkhu>#
2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā katamo
vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadā ||
katamo\<*<8>*>/ vedanā\<*<9>*>/-nirodho katamā vedanānirodhagāminã
paņipadā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādãnavo kiü nissaraõanti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 upekhorā; S3 upekhāupavicārā
2 S1-3 --pe-- instead of cha geha-
3 S1 has only chata and a blank instead of bhikkhave -vedanā
4 B1 katama¤ca
5 B1-2 aņņhasataü- always
6 S1-3 idaü vuccati . . .
7 S1-3 aņņhasatavedanāsataü
8 S1-3 katamā
9 Missing in S1 which is here disturbed
>/
#<[page 233]>#
%<XXXVI. 24. 7]       AōōHASATAPARIYâYA-VAGGO TATIYO          233>%
4 Tisso imā bhikkhu vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā
vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhu
tisso vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || taõhā
vedanāsamudayagaminã paņipadā || phassanirodhā vedanā-
nirodho || ayam eva ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo vedanānirodha-
gāminã paņipadā seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhi || pe || sammā-
samādhi || Yaü vedanam paņicca uppajjati sukhaü
somanassam ayaü vedanāya assādo || yā\<*<1>*>/ vedanā\<*<2>*>/ aniccā
dukkhā vipariõāmadhammā ayam vedanāya ādãnavo || yo
vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaü
vedanāya nissaraõanti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).24 (4) Pubbe¤āõam>#
2 Pubbe\<*<3>*>/ me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa
bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Katamā nu kho vedanā ||
katamo vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminã
paņipadā || katamo vedanānirodho katamā vedanānirodha-
gāminã patipadā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādãnavo kiü
nissaraõan ti || ||
3 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Tisso imā
vedanā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā
vedanā || imā vuccanti vedanā || Phassamudayā vedanāsamu-
dayo || taõhā vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadā || pe || Yo
vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaü
vedanāya nissaraõanti || ||
4 Imā vedanā ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu
dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || ¤āõam udapādi || pa¤¤ā
udapādi || vijjā udapādi || āloko udapādi || ||
5 Ayaü vedanāsamudayoti me bhikkhave pubbe ananus-
sutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la || ||
6 Ayaü vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadāti me bhik-
khave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ||
la || ||
7 Ayaü vedanānirodho ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananus-
sutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yaü
2 S1 vedanāya
3 S1-3 pubbeva
>/
#<[page 234]>#
%<234                  VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM              [XXXVI. 24. 8>%
8 Ayaü vedanānirodhagaminã paņipadā ti me bhikkhave
pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la ||
9 Ayaü vedanāya assādo ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananus-
sutesu dhammesu || la || ||
10 Ayaü vedanāya ādãnavo ti me bhikkhave pubbe
ananussutesu dhammesu || la || ||
11 Idaü vedanāya\<*<1>*>/ nissaraõan ti me bhikkhave pubbe
ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || ¤āõam uda-
pādi || pa¤¤ā udapādi || vijjā udapādi || āloko udapādãti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).25 (5) Bhikkhunā>#
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkamiüsu || pe ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam
etad avocuü || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā katamo
vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadā ||
katamo vedanānirodho katamā vedanānirodhagāminã paņi-
padā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādãnavo kiü nissaraõanti || ||
4 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā sukhā vedanā dukkhā
vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave
vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || taõhā veda-
nāsamudayagāminã paņipadā || phassanirodhā\<*<2>*>/ || pe || Yo
vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü idaü
vedanāya nissaraõanti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).26 (6) Samaõabrāhmaõā1>#
2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaõā vā brāhmaõā vā imāsaü
tissannaü vedanānaü samudayaü ca atthagamaü ca
assādaü ca ādãnavaü ca nissaraõaü ca yathābhåtam
nappajānanti || pe ||
4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhi¤¤āya sacchikatvā upasam-
pajja viharantãti\<*<3>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 kho instead of vedanāya
2 S1-3 -nirodho
3 So S1-3; complete in B1-2; --See, in the Nidānavaggo, the several
so-called Samaõabrāhmaõā suttas
>/
#<[page 235]>#
%<XXXVI. 29. 4]       AōōHASATAPARIYâYA-VAGGO TATIYO    235>%

#<SN_4,36(2).27 (7) Samaõa-brāhmaõā2>#
2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā
vedanā || dukkhā vedanā || adukkhamasukhā vedanā || ||
3 Ye hi kecã bhikkhave samaõā vā brāhmaõā vā imāsaü
tissannaü vedanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assā-
da¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü nappajānanti ||
pe || ||
4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasam-
pajja viharantãti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).28 (8) Samaõabrāhmaõā3>#
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaõā vā brāhmaõā vā
vedanaü nappajānanti vedanā samudayaü nappajānanti
vedanāsamudayaü nappajānanti vedanānirodhaü nappajā-
nanti vedanānirodhagāminim paņipadaü nappajānanti || pe || ||
4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasam-
pajja viharantãti || ||

#<SN_4,36(2).29 (9) Suddhikaü nirāmisam>#
2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || sukhā
vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā kho
bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || ||
3 Atthi bhikkhave sāmisā pãti atthi nirāmisā pãti || atthi
nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pãti || || Atthi sāmisaü sukhaü atthi
nirāmisam sukhaü atthi nirāmisā nirāmisataraü sukhaü || ||
Atthi sāmisā upekhā atthi nirāmisā upekhā atthi nirāmisā
niramisatarā upekhā || || Atthi sāmiso vimokkho atthi nirā-
miso vimokkho atthi niramisā nirāmisataro vimokkho || ||
4 Katamā ca\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhave sāmisā pãti || || Pa¤cime
bhikkhave kāmaguõā || katame pa¤ca || cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā
råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā raja-
nãyā || pe || kāyavi¤¤eyyā poņņhabbā iņņhā kantā manāpā
piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || ime kho bhikkhave
pa¤cakāmaguõā || || Yā kho bhikkhave ime pa¤ca kāma-
guõe paņicca uppajjati pãti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave sāmisā
pãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 inserts sa; S3 sā
>/
#<[page 236]>#
%<236                VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM                  [XXXVI. 29. 5>%
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā pãti || || Idha bhikkhave
bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi
savitakkaü savicāraü vivekajam pãtisukham pathamaü
jhānam upasampajja viharati || vitakkavicārānaü våpa-
samā ajjhattam sampasādanaü cetaso ekodhibhāvam avi-
takkam avicaraü samādhijam pãtisukhaü dutiyaü jhānam
upasampajja viharati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā
pãti || ||
6 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pãti || ||
Yā kho bhikkhave khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaü
vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaü vimuttam pacca-
vekkhato mohā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati
pãti || ayam vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pãti || ||
7 Katama¤ca\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhave sāmisaü sukhaü || || Pa¤-
cime bhikkhave kāmaguõā || katamā pa¤ca || || Cakkhu-
vi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaü-
hitā rajanãyā || pe || kāyavi¤¤eyyā phoņņhabbā iņņhā kantā
manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || ime kho
bhikkhave pa¤cakāmaguõā || yaü kho bhikkhave ime
pa¤cakāmaguõe paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassaü ||
idaü vuccati bhikkhave\<*<2>*>/ sāmisaü sukhaü || ||
8 Katama¤ ca bhikkhave nirāmisaü sukhaü || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi
dhammehi savitakkaü savicāram vivekajam pãtisukham
pathamaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || vitakkavicārānaü
våpasamā ajjhattaü sampasādanaü cetaso ekodibhāvam
avitakkam avicāraü samādhijam pãtisukhaü dutiyaü\<*<3>*>/
jhānam upasampajja viharati || pitiyā ca virāgā upekkhako
ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukha¤ ca kāyena paņisaü-
vedeti || yantam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā su-
khavihārãti tatiyaü\<*<4>*>/ jhānaü upasampajja viharati || || Idhaü
vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisaü sukhaü || ||
9 Katamā¤ ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataraü su-
khaü || || Yaü kho bhikkhave khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā
cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaü vimuttam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 katamāca
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 dutiya
4 S1-3 tatiya
>/
#<[page 237]>#
%<XXXVI. 29. 15]     AōōHASATAPARIYâYA-VAGGO TATIYO          237>%
paccavekkhato mohā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato
uppajjati sukhaü somanassaü || || Idaü vuccati bhikkhave
nirāmisā nirāmisataraü sukhaü || ||
10 Katamā ca bhikkhave sāmisā upekkhā || || Pa¤cime
bhikkhave kāmaguõā || katame pa¤cā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā
råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā ||
pi || kāyavi¤¤eyyā poņņhabbā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā
kāmupasaühitā rajaniyā || ime kho bhikkhave pa¤ca-
kāmaguõā || || Yā kho bhikkhave ime pa¤cakāmaguõe
paņicca uppajjati upekkhā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave sāmisā
upekkhā || ||
11 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā\<*<1>*>/ upekkhā || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca
pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānam atthagamā
adukkhamasukham upekkhā satiparisuddhiü catutthaü
jhānam upasampajja viharati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave
nirāmisā upekkhā || ||
12 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā
upekkhā || || Yā\<*<2>*>/ kho bhikkhave khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno
rāgā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaü vimuttam
paccavekkhato mohā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato
uppajjati upekkhā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā
nirāmisatarā upekkhā || ||
13-14 Katamo ca bhikkhave sāmiso vimokkho || || Råpa-
paņisaüyutto vimokkho sāmiso || pe || || Aråpapaņisaüyutto
vimokkho nirāmiso || ||
15 Katamo ca bhikkhave nirāmisā\<*<3>*>/ nirāmisataro
vimokkho || || Yo kho bhikkhave khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno
rāgā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato || pe || mohā cittaü
vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati vimokkho || ayaü
vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataro\<*<4>*>/ vimokkho ti || ||
Aņņhasatapariyāyavaggo tatiyo\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānaü\<*<6>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 inserts ca
2 S1-3 yaü
3 S1-3 nirāmiso
4 S1-3 -tarā
5 Put in S1-3 after the verse
6 S1-3 tatruddānaü
>/
#<[page 238]>#
%<238                     MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM            [XXXVII. 1. 2>%
Sãvaka1 Aņņhasata1 Bhikkhu ||
Pubbe¤āõa¤ca Bhikkhunā\<*<2>*>/ ||
Samaõabrāhmaõā tãni ||
Suddhika¤ca\<*<3>*>/ nirāmisan ti || ||
Vedanāsaüyuttaü niņņhitaü || ||

#<BOOK III MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM>#

#<CHAPTER I PEYYâLA-VAGGO PATHAMO>#

#<SN_4,37(3).1 (1) Manāpā amanāpā>#
2 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave aīgehi samannāgato mātugāmo
ekanta-amanāpo hoti purisassa || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
Na ca\<*<4>*>/ råpavā hoti || na ca bhogavā hoti || na ca sãlavā
hoti || alaso ca hoti || paja¤cassa\<*<5>*>/ na labhati || || Imehi kho
bhikkhave pa¤cahi aīgehi samannāgato mātugamo ekanta-
amanāpo\<*<6>*>/ hoti purisassa || ||
3 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave\<*<7>*>/ aīgehi samannāgato mātugāmo
ekantamanāpo hoti-purisassa || katamehi pa¤cahi || || Råpavā
ca hoti || bhogavā ca hoti || sãlavā ca hoti || dakkho ca hoti
analaso || paja¤cassa labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤-
cahi aīgehi samannāgato mātugāmo ekantamanāpo hoti
purisassa || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).2 (2) Manāpā amanāpā>#
2 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave aīgehi samannāgato puriso ekanta-
amanāpo hoti mātugāmassa || katamehi pa¤cahi || || Na ca
råpavā hoti || na ca bhogavā hoti || na ca sãlavā hoti || alaso
ca hoti || paja¤cassa na labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 Sivakaü Aņņhasataü; S1-3 Sãvakaņņhasataü
2 S1-3 bhikkhuno
3 S1-3 suddhaka¤ca
4 S1-3 neva
5 S1 pa¤javassa (further on paķ¤jacassa); S3 pa¤cavassa
6 S1-3 ekantāmanāpo here and further on
7 S1 adds ca
>/
#<[page 239]>#
%<XXXVII. 8. 8]             PEYYâLA-VAGGO PATHAMO            239>%
pa¤cahi aīgehi samannāgato puriso ekanta-amanāpo hoti
mātugāmassa || ||
3 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave aīgehi samannāgato puriso ekanta-
manāpo hoti mātugāmassa || katamehi pa¤cahi\<*<1>*>/ || || Råpavā
ca hoti || bhogavā ca hoti || silavā ca hoti || dakkho ca hoti
analaso || paja¤cassa\<*<2>*>/ labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave
pa¤cahi aīgehi samannāgato puriso ekantamanāpo hoti
mātugāmassāti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).3 (3) âveõikā>#
2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa āveõikāni duk-
khāni yāni mātugāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehi ||
katamāni pa¤ca || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave mātugāmo daharo\<*<3>*>/ va\<*<4>*>/ samāno
patikulaü gacchati ¤ātakehi vinā hoti || idam bhikkhave
mātugāmassa pathamam āveõikam dukkhaü || yam mātu-
gāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehi || ||
4 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo utunã\<*<5>*>/ hoti || idam
bhikkhave mātugāmassa dutiyam āveõikam dukkhaü yaü
mātugāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehi || ||
5 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo gabbhinã hoti ||
idam bhikkhave mātugamassa tatiyam āveõikam dukkhaü
yam mātugamo paccānubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehi || ||
6 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo vijāyāti || idam
bhikkhave mātugāmassa catuttham āveõikaü dukkhaü
yam mātugāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehi || ||
7 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo purisassa pāri-
cariyam upeti || idaü kho bhikkhave mātugāmassa pa¤ca-
mam āveõikam dukkhaü yam mātugāmo paccanubhoti
a¤¤atreva purisehãti || ||
8 Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa āveõikāni
dukkhāni yāni mātugāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purise-
hãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 pa¤camehi
2 S1-3 pa¤jassa here only
3 S1 dahāro; B1 bhoge instead of daharo
4 S1-3 ca
5 B1-2 utuni
>/
#<[page 240]>#
%<240                     MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM              [XXXVII. 4. 2>%

#<SN_4,37(3).4 (4) Tãhi>#
2 Tãhi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo
yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedhā param maraõa apāyaü
duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati\<*<1>*>/ || katamehi tãhi || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave mātugāmo pubbaõhasamayam macche-
ramalapariyuņņhitena cetasā agāram\<*<2>*>/ ajjhāvasati || || Maj-
jhantikasamayam\<*<3>*>/ issāpariyuņņhitena cetasā agāram
ajjhāvasati || || Sāyaõhasamayaü kāmarāgapariyuņņhitena
cetasā agāram ajjhāvasati || ||
4 Imehi kho bhikkhave tãhi dhammehi samannāgato
mātugāmo yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedā param maraõā
apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatã ti || ||
(ANURUDDHO I KAöHAPAKKHO)
2 Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Anuruddho Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante mātugāmam pas-
sāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānussakena
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyam duggatiü vinipātaü
nirayam upapajjantaü || || Katãhi nu kho bhante dham-
mehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param
maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajja-
tã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).5 (1) Kodhano>#
4 Pa¤cahi kho Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato
mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatim
vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti || ahiriko ca hoti || anottāpã ca hoti ||
kodhano ca hoti || duppa¤¤o ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 S3 uppajjati
2 B1 āgāram always
3 S1-3 majjhantikaü-
>/
#<[page 241]>#
%<XXXVII. 8. 6]         PEYYâLA-VAGGO PATHAMO                    241>%
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyam
duggatiü vinipātam nirayam upapajjatãti\<*<1>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).6 (2) Upanāhã>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha\<*<2>*>/ dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü
vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti
upanāhã ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi Anuruddha\<*<3>*>/ pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato
mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatim
vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).7 (3) Issukã>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha\<*<4>*>/ dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü
vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti
issukã ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü
duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).8 (4) Maccharena>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü
vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti
maccharã ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam
upapajjati || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 repeat this sutta (the kodhano) by substituting
bhikkhave to Anuruddha
2 S1-3 bhikkhave
3 S1-3 kho bhikkhave
4 As in the preceding suttas, in this and in the following ones,
S1-3 put always bhikkhave instead of Anurluddha
>/
#<[page 242]>#
%<242                 MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM            [XXXVII. 9.>%

#<SN_4,37(3).9 (5) Aticārã>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo || la || apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapaj-
jati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti
aticārã ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || upapajjatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).10 (6) Dussãlam>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti
dussãlo ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).11 (7) Appassuto>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti
appassuto ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).12 (8) Kusãto>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti
kusãto ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam
upapajjatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).13 (9) Muņņhassati>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu
gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 243]>#
%<XXXVII. 15. 6]           PEYYâLA-VAGGO DUTIYO              243>%
5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti
muņņhassati ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).14 (10) Pa¤caveram>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Pāõātipātã ca hoti adinnādāyã ca hoti kāmesu micchā-
cārã ca hoti musāvādã ca hoti surāmerayamajjapamādaņ-
ņhāyã ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyam
duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatã ti || ||

#<CHAPTER II PEYYâLA-VAGGO DUTIYO>#
(ANURUDDHO II SUKKAPAKKHO)
2 Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Anuruddho Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante mātugāmam pas-
sāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena abhikkantamānusakena
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatim saggaü lokam
upapajjantaü || || Katãhi nu kho bhante dhammehi saman-
nāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggam lokam upapajjatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).15 (1) Akodhano>#
4 Pa¤cahi kho Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato
mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü
lokam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpã ca hoti akodhano
ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 244]>#
%<244                    MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM       [XXXVII. 16. 4>%
mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü
lokam upapajjatã ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).16 (2) Anupanāhã>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokaü
upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpã ca hoti anupanā-
hã ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).17 (3) Anissukã>#
4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam
upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
5-6 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpã ca hoti anissukã
ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).18 (4) Amaccharã>#
5-6 amaccharã ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).19 (5) Anaticārã>#
5-6 anaticārã ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).2O (6) Sãlavā>#
5-6 sãlavā ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).21 (7) Bahussuto>#
5-6 bahussuto ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).22 (8) Viriya>#
5-6 āraddhaviriyo ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 As before (in the kaõhapakkho) S1-3 repeat this sutta as applied
to the bhikkhus, not to Anuruddha; and, in the following ones,
they put always bhikkhave instead of Anuruddha
>/
#<[page 245]>#
%<XXXVII. 24. 6]       PEYYâLA-VAGGO DUTIYO               245>%

#<SN_4,37(3).23 (9) Sati>#
5 upaņņhitasati ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjati || ||
Ime aņņhasuttanta-saīkhepā\<*<1>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).24 (10) Pa¤casãla>#
5 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam
upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || Pāõātipātā paņivirato
hoti || adinnādānā paņivirato ca hoti || kāmesu micchācārā
paņivirato hoti || musāvādā paņivirato hoti || surāmerayamaj-
japamādaņņhānā paņivirato ca hoti || ||
6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannā-
gato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjatã ti || ||
Peyyāla-vaggā dve\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Tatruddānaü\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Dve Manāpā-\<*<4>*>/ amanāpā ca || Aveõikā Tãhi\<*<5>*>/ Anuruddho ||
Kodhano Upanāhã ca ||\<*<6>*>/ Issukã Maccharena ca || ||
Aticārã ca Dussãlo\<*<7>*>/ || Appassuto\<*<8>*>/ ca Kusãto\<*<9>*>/ ||
Muņņhassati ca Pa¤caveraü || kaõhapakkhe pakāsito\<*<10>*>/ || ||
Anuruddho Akodhano || Anupanāhã Anissukã\<*<11>*>/ ||
Amaccharã Anaticārã || Sãlavā ca Bahussuto ||
Viriya-Sati-Pa¤casãlā ca ||\<*<12>*>/ sukkapakkhe pakāsito ti\<*<13>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In B1-2 only; B2 has saīkhepi || la ||
2 In B1-2 only; B1 has vaggo
3 B1-2 tassud-
4 S1-3 manāpa
5 S1-3 avenikānihi
6 S3 upamehi
7 B1 dussãlaü; B2 -lyam
8 S1-3 appassutā and put ca after kusãto
9 B1-2 kusito
10 S1-3 pakāsitā
11 S1-3 anussakã
12 S1-3 Vãriyaü sati¤ca pa¤casãloca
13 B1-2 omit ti
>/
#<[page 246]>#
%<246               MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM          [XXXVII. 25. 2>%

#<CHAPTER III VAGGO TATIYO>#

#<SN_4,37(3).25 (1) Visāradā>#
2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pa¤ca || || Råpabalaü bhogabalaü ¤ātibalam puttabalaü
sãlabalaü || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa
balāni\<*<1>*>/ || ||
3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi balehi samannāgato
mātugāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).26 (2) Pasayhā>#
2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pa¤ca || || Råpabalam bhogabalaü ¤ātibalam puttabalaü
sãlabalaü || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa
balāni || ||
3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi balehi samannāgato
mātugāmo sāmikam\<*<2>*>/ pasayha agāram ajjhāvasatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).27 (3) Abhibhåyya>#
2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pa¤ca || || Råpabalam bhogabalaü ¤ātibalam puttabalaü
sãlabalaü || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa
balāni || ||
3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi balehi samannāgato
mātugāmo sāmikam abhibhåyya vattati || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).28 (4) Eka>#
2 Ekena ca kho bhikkhave balena samannāgato puriso
mātugāmam abhibhåyya vattati || katamena ekena balena || ||
Issariyabalena\<*<3>*>/ || ||
3 Issariyabalena abhibhåtam bhikkhave\<*<4>*>/ mātugāmaü
neva råpabalaü tāyati na bhogabalaü\<*<5>*>/ tāyati na ¤ātibalaü
tāyati na puttabalaü tāyati na sãlabalaü tāyatãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This paragraph is put before this text as a single sutta
in S1-3, ending by balānãti
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S3 has only katamena ekena
4 In S1-3 only
5 S1-3 gottabalaü
>/
#<[page 247]>#
%<XXXVII. 30. 2]             VAGGO TATIYO                  247>%

#<SN_4,37(3).29 (5) Aīga>#
2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pa¤ca || || Råpabalam bhogabalaü ¤ātibalam puttabalaü
sãlabalaü || ||
3 Råpabalena ca bhikkhave\<*<1>*>/ mātugāmo samannāgato
hoti na ca bhogabalena || evaü so tenaīgena\<*<2>*>/ aparipåro
hoti || yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugamo råpabalena ca
samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca || evam so tenaīgena\<*<3>*>/
paripåro hoti || ||
4 Råpabalena ca bhikkhave\<*<4>*>/ mātugāmo samannāgato
hoti bhogabalena ca na ca\<*<5>*>/ ¤ātibalena || evaü so tenaīgena
aparipåro hoti || || Yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugāmo råpa-
balena samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca ¤atibalena ca
evaü so tenaīgena paripåro hoti || ||
5 Råpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato
hoti || bhogabalena ca ¤ātibalena ca || na ca puttabalena\<*<6>*>/ ||
evaü so tenaīgena aparipåro hoti || || Yato ca kho bhik-
khave mātugāmo råpabalena ca samannāgato hoti || bhoga-
balena ¤ātibalena ca puttabalena ca || evaü so tenaīgena
paripåro hoti || ||
6 Råpabalena ca bhikkhu mātugamo samannāgato hoti ||
bhogabalena ca ¤ātibalena puttabalena ca || na ca\<*<7>*>/ sãlaba-
lena || evaü so tenaīgena aparipåro hoti || || Yato ca kho
bhikkhave mātugāmo råpabalena ca samannāgato hoti ||
bhogabalena ca ¤ātibalena ca puttabalena ca sãlabalena ||
evaü so tenaīgena paripåro hoti || ||
7 Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa balānãti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).30 (6) Nāsenti>#
2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pa¤ca || || Råpabalam bhogabalaü ¤ātibalaü puttabalaü
sãlabalaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 tena
3 S1-3 tena aīgena always
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 omit na, drawing back ca after ¤atibalena, and do the same
in the numbers 5,6
6 S. note5
7 S. note5
>/
#<[page 248]>#
%<248                    MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM      [XXXVII. 30. 3>%
3 Råpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugamo samannāgato na
ca sãlabalena || nāsenteva\<*<1>*>/ naü kule na vāsenti || || Råpaba-
lena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti bhogaba-
lena ca na ca\<*<2>*>/ sãlabalena ||\<*<3>*>/ nāsenteva\<*<4>*>/ naü kule na
vāsenti || || Råpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugamo samannā-
gato hoti bhogabalena ca ¤ātibalena ca\<*<5>*>/ na ca sãlabalena ||
nāsenteva naü kule na vāsenti || || Råpabalena ca bhik-
khave mātugamo samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca ¤ātiba-
lena ca puttabalena ca\<*<6>*>/ na ca sãlabalena || nāsenteva\<*<7>*>/ naü
kule na vāsenti || ||
4 Sãlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti
na ca råpabalena\<*<8>*>/ || vāsenteva\<*<9>*>/ naü kule na nāsenti\<*<10>*>/ || ||
Sãlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na
ca bhogabalena || vāsenteva naü kule na nāsenti || || Sãlaba-
lena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca ¤āti-
balena || vāsenteva naü kule\<*<11>*>/ na nāsenti || || Sãlabalena ca
bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca puttabalena ||
vāsenteva naü kule na nāsenti || ||
5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa balānãti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).31 (7) Hetu>#
2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni
pa¤ca || || Råpabalaü bhogabalaü ¤ātibalaü puttabalaü
sãlabalaü || ||
3 Na bhikkhave mātugāmo råpabalahetu vā bhogabala-
hetu vā ¤ātibalahetu vā puttabalahetu vā kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjati\<*<12>*>/ || ||
4 Sãlabalahetu kho bhikkhave mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā sugatim saggaü lokaü upapajjati || ||
5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa balānã ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nāsantova
2 S1-3 omit na ca
3 B1 S1-3 add ca
4 S3 nāsanteva; S1 santeva
5 S1-3 put --pe--instead of ¤ātibalena ca
6 S1-3 put --pe--instead of puttabalena ca
7 S1-3 nāsanteva
8 S1-3 add ca
9 S1 vāsenti va
10 S3 vāsenti
11 S1 inserts vā
12 S1-3 uppajjatãti
>/
#<[page 249]>#
%<XXXVII. 32. 4]               VAGGO TATIYO              249>%

#<SN_4,37(3).32 (8) ōhānam>#
2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave ņhānāni dullabhāni akatapu¤¤ena
mātugāmena || katamāni pa¤ca || ||
3 Patiråpe\<*<1>*>/ kule\<*<2>*>/ jāyeyyan ti || idam bhikkhave patha-
maü ņhānaü dullabhaü akatapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || ||
Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gaccheyyan ti || idam
bhikkhave dutiyaü ņhānam dullabham akatapu¤¤ena mātu-
gāmena || || Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulam gantvā
asapattã\<*<3>*>/ agāram ajjhāvaseyyan ti || idam bhikkhave tatiyaü
ņhānaü dullabham akatapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe
kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gantvā asapattã agāram
ajjhāvasantã\<*<4>*>/ puttavatã\<*<5>*>/ assan ti || idam bhikkhave catutthaü
ņhānaü dullabham akatapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe
kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gantvā asapattã agāram ajjhā-
vasantã puttavatã samānā sāmikam abhibhuyya vatteyyanti ||
idam bhikkhave pa¤camaü ņhānaü dullabham akatapu¤-
¤ena mātugāmena || ||
Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤caņņhānāni dullabhāni akata-
pu¤¤ena mātugāmena || ||
4 Pa¤cima¤i bhikkhave ņhānāni sulabhāni katapu¤¤ena
mātugāmena || katamāni pa¤ca || ||
Patiråpe kule jāyeyyan ti || idam bhikkhave pathamaü
ņhānam sulabham katapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe
kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü\<*<6>*>/ gaccheyyan ti || idam bhik-
khave dutiyaü ņhānam sulabhaü katapu¤¤ena mātugā-
mena || || Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gantvā
asapattã agāram ajjhāvaseyyan ti || idam bhikkhave tatiyaü
ņhanaü sulabhaü katapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe
kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gantvā asapattã agāram
ajjhāvasantã puttavatã assan ti || idam bhikkhave catutthaü
ņhānaü sulabhaü katapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 patiråpa- always
2 S1-3 kulena
3 B1-2 asapatti always; S3 asapatã here only, further on asapattã
4 B1-2 and S3 ajjhavasanti always
5 S1-3 puttapati, further on puttavatã
6 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 250]>#
%<250              MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM       [XXXVII. 32. 5>%
kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gantvā asapattã agāram
ajjhāvasantã puttavatã samānā sāmikam abhibhuyya vattey-
yanti || idam bhikkhave pa¤camaü ņhānam sulabhaü
katapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || ||
5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤caņņhānāni sulabhāni kata-
pu¤¤ena mātugāmenāti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).33 (9) Visārado>#
2 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato mātu-
gāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasati || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
3 Pāõātipātā paņivirato ca hoti || adinnādānā paņivirato
ca hoti || kāmesu micchācārā paņivirato ca hoti || musāvādā
paņivirato ca hoti || surāmerayamajjapamādaņņhānā paņi-
virato ca hoti || ||
4 Imehi kho pana bhikkhave pa¤cahi dhammehi sa-
mannāgato mātugāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasatã ti || ||

#<SN_4,37(3).34 (10) Vaķķhi>#
2 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave vaķķhãhi vaķķhamānā ariyasāvikā
ariyāya vaķķhiyā\<*<1>*>/ vaķķhati sārādāyinã\<*<2>*>/ ca hoti varādāyinã\<*<3>*>/
ca kāyassa || katamehi pa¤cahi || ||
3 Saddhāya vaķķhati sãlena vaķķhati sutena vaķķhati
cāgena vaķķhati pa¤¤āya vaķķhati || imehi kho bhikkhave
pa¤cahi vaķķhãhi vaķķhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaķ-
ķhiyā vaķķhati || sārādāyinã ca hoti varādāyinã ca kāyassā
ti || ||
Saddhāya sãlena ca yãdha\<*<4>*>/ vaķķhati ||
pa¤¤āya cāgena\<*<5>*>/ sutena cåbhayaü ||
Sā tādisã sãlavatã upāsikā
ādiyati sāram idheva attano ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1
2 B1-3 sāra- always
3 B1-2 vara- always; S1 paradāyinã here only
4 So S3; B2 has dāyica instead of ca yidha; B1 and S1 have nothing
5 B1 cano
>/
#<[page 251]>#
%<XXXVIII. 1. 4]          JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ             251>%
Mātugāmasaüyuttaü vaggā1 tiõi || ||
Tassuddānaü\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Visāradā\<*<3>*>/ Pasayha\<*<4>*>/ Abhibhuyya ||
Eka Aīgena\<*<5>*>/ pa¤camaü || ||
Nāsenti\<*<6>*>/ Hetu ōhānaü ca\<*<7>*>/ ||
Visāradā Vaķķhinā te\<*<8>*>/ dasā ti ||

#<BOOK IV JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ>#

#<SN_4,38(4).1 Nibbānaü>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Magadhesu viharati
Nāla kagāmake\<*<9>*>/ || ||
2 Atha kho Jambukhādako paribbājako yenāyasmā
Sāriputto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sāri-
puttena saddhim sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārā-
õãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Jambukhādako paribbājako
āyasmantaü Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Nibbānaü nibbā-
nanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaü nu kho āvuso
nibbānanti || ||
Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaü
vuccati nibbānanti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa nibbā-
nassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa nibbānassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B1-2; B2 has vaggo; S1-3 put samattam instead of vaggā
(or vaggo) tiõi and reject this mention to the end
2 B1-2 tassudānaü
3 So B1; S1-3 put suddhā, B2 saddhā before visāradā
4 S1-3 pasayhā; B2 pa¤¤ā
5 So B1 only; B2 omits eka; S1-3 have anapaccanga instead of
eka aīgena
6 S1-3 B2 nāsayitabbaü
7 S1-3 omit ca
8 B1-2 omit te
9 S1-3 nālagāmake; B2 nalaka-
>/
#<[page 252]>#
%<252              JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ       [XXXVIII. 1. 5>%
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi
sammāsaīkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammā
ājãvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho
āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiri-
yāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || ala¤ca panāvuso appamādā-
yāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).2 Arahattam>#
3 Arahattam arahattanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || kata-
maü nu kho āvuso arahattanti || ||
Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo
idaü vuccati arahattanti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa arahat-
tassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa arahattassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa
arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa
arahattassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi ||
pe || sammāsamādhi || || Ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņi-
padā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa
arahattassa sacchikiriyāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta
appamādāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).3 Dhammavādã>#
3 Ke\<*<1>*>/ nu kho āvuso Sāriputta loke dhammānuvādino || ke
loke suppaņipannā || ke loke sugatā ti || ||
4 Ye kho āvuso loke rāgappahānāya dhammaü desenti

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ko
>/
#<[page 253]>#
%<XXXVIII. 4. 4]             JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ             253>%
dosappahānāya dhammaü desenti mohappahānāya\<*<1>*>/
dhammam desenti || te loke dhammavādino || ||
5 Ye kho āvuso rāgassa pahānāya paņipannā || dosassa ||
pe || mohassa pahānāya paņipannā || te loke suppaņipannā || ||
6 Yesam kho āvuso rāgo pahãno ucchinnamålo tālāvat-
thukato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || doso
pahãno ucchinnamålo tālāvatthukato anabhāvakato āyatim
anuppādadhammo || moho pahãno ucchinnamålo tālāvatthu-
kato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || te loke
sugatā ti || ||
7 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa rāgassa
dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa rāgassa
dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || ||
8 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa
rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa
rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya || seyyathãdaü sammā-
diņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Ayam kho āvuso maggo
ayam paņipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānā-
yāti || ||
9 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa
rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso
Sāriputta appamādāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).4 Kimatthi>#
3 Kim atthi yam āvuso Sāriputta samaõe Gotame
brahmacariyaü vussatãti || ||
Dukkhassa kho āvuso pari¤¤attham Bhagavati brahma-
cariyam vussatãti || ||
3 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa dukkhassa
pari¤¤āyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa dukkhassa
pari¤¤āyāti || ||
4 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa
dukkhassa pari¤¤āyāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 rāgassa . . . dosassa . . . mohassa pahānāya
>/
#<[page 254]>#
%<254               JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ       [XXXVIII. 4. 5>%
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa
dukkhassa pari¤¤āya || seyyathãdam || sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā
etassa dukkhassa pari¤¤āyāti ||
5 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa
dukkhassa pari¤¤āya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta\<*<1>*>/ appa-
mādāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).5 Assāso>#
3 Assāsapatto assāsapatto ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati ||
kittāvatā nu kho avuso assāsapatto hotã ti || ||
Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānam
samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nis-
saraõa¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso
assāsapatto hotã ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa assāsassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa assāsassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa
assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa
assāsassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā
etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo || bhaddikā paņipadā etassa
assāsassa sacchikiriyāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta
appamādāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).6 Paramassāso>#
3 Paramassāsapatto paramassāsapatto\<*<2>*>/ ti āvuso Sāri-
putta vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho āvuso paramassāsapatto
hotã ti || ||
Yato kho āvuso\<*<3>*>/ bhikkhu channam phassāyatānānaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 pārima-, and S1 has -assāpatto twice
3 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 255]>#
%<XXXVIII. 7. 6]         JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ             255>%
samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nis-
saraõa¤ca yathābhåtam viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti ||
ettāvatā kho āvuso paramassāsapatto hotã ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa paramas-
sāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso atthi paņipadā etassa paramassāsassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa
paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa
paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathãdaü || sammā-
diņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü eva kho āvuso maggo
ayam paņipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa
paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta
appamādāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).7 Vedanā>#
3 Vedanā vedanā ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu
kho āvuso vedanā ti ||
Tisso imā āvuso vedanā\<*<1>*>/ || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā
adukkhamasukhā vedanā ||imā kho āvuso vedanā ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etāsaü\<*<2>*>/ veda-
nānam pari¤¤āyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi patipadā etāsaü vedanānam
pari¤¤āyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etāsaü
vedanānam pari¤¤āyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etāsaü
vedanānam pari¤¤āyā || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā
etāsam vedanānam pari¤¤āyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddakā paņipadā etāsaü
vedanānam pari¤¤āya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert here katamā tisso
2 B1-2 add always tissannaü after etāsaü
>/
#<[page 256]>#
%<256                JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ     [XXXVIII. 9. 6>%

#<SN_4,38(4).8 Asavā>#
3 âsavo āsavoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo nu
kho āvuso āsavoti || ||
Tayo me āvuso āsavā kāmāsavo bhavāsavo avijjāsavo ||
ime kho āvuso tayo āsavāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam āsavānam
pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho\<*<1>*>/ āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam āsava-
nānam pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etesam
āsavānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etesam
āsavanānam pahānāya || seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā
etesam āsavānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etesam
āsavānam pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).9 Avijjā>#
3 Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu kho
āvuso avijjāti || ||
Yaü kho āvuso dukkhe a¤¤āõam dukkhasamudaye
a¤¤āõam dukkhanirodhe a¤¤āõaü dukkhanirodhagāminiyā
paņipadāya a¤¤āõaü || ayaü vuccatāvuso avijjāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi patipadā etissā avijjāya
pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso\<*<2>*>/ maggo atthi paņipadā etissā avijjāya
pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etissā
avijjāya pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaīgiko maggo etissā
avijjāya pahānāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || sam-
māsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etissā
avijjāya pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddhako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etissā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1-2 atthāvuso
>/
#<[page 257]>#
%<XXXVIII. 11. 5]      JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ              257>%
avijjāya pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).10 Taõhā>#
3 Taõhā taõhāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati\<*<1>*>/ katamā nu
kho āvuso taõhāti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Tisso imā āvuso\<*<3>*>/ taõhā || kāmataõhā bhavataõhā vibha-
vataõhā || imā kho āvuso tisso taõhāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etāsam taõhānam
pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi patipadā etāsaü taõhānam
pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etāsaü
taõhānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaīgiko maggo etāsaü
taõhānam pahānāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā
etāsaü taõhānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etāsaü
taõhānam pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).11 Ogha>#
3 Ogho oghoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo nu kho
āvuso oghoti || ||
Cattāro me āvuso oghā || kāmogho bhavogho diņņhogho
avijjogho || ime kho āvuso cattāro oghāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam oghānam
pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho\<*<4>*>/ āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam oghānam
pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etesam
oghānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etesam
oghānam pahānāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 uccati
2 S1-3 taõhā hotãti
3 B1 tisso imāvuso pana
4 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 258]>#
%<258             JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ       [XXXVIII. 11. 6>%
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam patipadā
etesam oghānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā patipadā etesam
oghānam pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso\<*<1>*>/ Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).12 Upādānam>#
3 Upādānam upādānanti āvuso\<*<2>*>/ Sāriputta vuccati ||
katamaü kho āvuso upādānanti || ||
Cattārimāni āvuso upādānāni || kāmupādānaü diņņhupā-
dānam sãlabbatupādānam attavādupādānam || imāni kho
āvuso cattari upādānānãti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam upādā-
nānam pahānāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam upādā-
nānam pahānāyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etesam
upādānānam pahānāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etesam
upādānānam pahānāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā
etesam upādānānam pahānāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etesam
upādānānam pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appa-
mādāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).13 Bhavo>#
3 Bhavo bhavoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati katamo nu
kho āvuso bhavoti || ||
Tayo me āvuso bhavā || kāmabhavo råpabhavo aråpa-
bhavo || ime kho āvuso tayo bhavāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam bhavānam
pari¤¤āyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam bhavānam
pari¤¤āyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etesam
bhavānam pari¤¤āyāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 āvuso
2 S1-3 panāvuso
>/
#<[page 259]>#
%<XXXVIII. 15. 3]          JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ         259>%
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaīgiko maggo etesam
bhavānam pari¤¤āya || seyyathãdam || sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā
etesam bhavānam pari¤¤ayāti || ||
6 Bhaddako avuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etesam
bhavānam pari¤¤āya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamā-
dāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).14 Dukkham>#
3 Dukkham dukkhanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaü
nu kho āvuso dukkhanti || ||
Tisso imāvuso\<*<1>*>/ dukkhatā || dukkhadukkhatā saīkhāraduk-
khatā\<*<2>*>/ vipariõāmadukkhatā || imā kho avuso\<*<3>*>/ dukkhatā
ti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etāsaü\<*<4>*>/ duk-
khatānam pari¤¤āyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etāsaü dukkha-
tānam\<*<5>*>/ pari¤¤āyāti || ||
5 Katamo\<*<6>*>/ panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etāsaü
dukkhatānam\<*<7>*>/ pari¤¤āyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etāsaü
dukkhatānam\<*<8>*>/ pari¤¤āya || seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā
etāsam dukkhatānam\<*<8>*>/ pari¤¤āyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etāsam\<*<9>*>/
dukkhatānam pari¤¤āya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta ap-
pamādāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).15 Sakkāyo>#
3 Sakkāyo sakkāyo ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo
nu kho āvuso sakkāyo ti || ||
Pa¤cime āvuso upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto Bhaga-
vatā || seyyathãdaü || råpåpādānakkhandho vedanåpādānak-
khandho sa¤¤åpādānakkhandho saīkhāråpādānakkhandho

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 imā āvuso
2 S1 saüsāra-
3 B1-2 insert tisso
4 S1-3 etesaü
5 S1-3 etesaü (S1 -etāsaü) dukkhānaü
6 S1 bhaddikā
7 S1-3 etesaü dukkhānaü (S1 dukkhatānaü)
8 S1 dukkhānaü
9 S3 etesaü
>/
#<[page 260]>#
%<260                  JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ      [XXXVIII. 15. 4>%
vi¤¤āõåpādānakkhandho || ime kho āvuso pa¤cupādānak-
khandhā sakkāyo vutto Bhagavatāti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa sakkāyassa
pari¤¤āyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa sakkāyassa
pari¤¤āyāti || ||
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa sak-
kāyassa pari¤¤āyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa
sakkāyassa pari¤¤āya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā
etassa sakkāyassa pari¤¤āyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa
sakkāyassa pari¤¤āya\<*<1>*>/ || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appa-
mādāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,38(4).16 Dukkaraü>#
3 Kiü nu kho āvuso Sāriputta imasmiü dhammavinaye
dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajjā kho āvuso imasmiü\<*<2>*>/ dhammavinaye duk-
karanti || ||
4 Pabbajjitena\<*<3>*>/ panāvuso kiü dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajjitena\<*<3>*>/ kho āvuso abhirati dukkarāti ||
5 Abhiratena panāvuso Sāriputta kiü dukkaranti || ||
Abhiratena kho āvuso dhammānudhammapaņipatti duk-
karāti || ||
6 Kiü va ciram panāvuso dhammānudhammapaņipanno
bhikkhu arahaü assāti || ||
Na ciram āvusoti || ||
Jambukhādaka-saüyuttaü\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānaü5
Nibbānam Arahatta¤ca6 ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pari¤¤āyāti
2 Missing in B1, S1
3 B1-2 pabbajjitena, further on B1 pabbajitena
4 Put at the end in S1-3
5 S1-3 Tatruddānam
6 S1-3, B2 add sacchikiriyāyate ubho
>/
#<[page 261]>#
%<XXXIX. 1. 4]                 SâMAöôAKA-SAũYUTTAM             261>%
Dhammavādã Kimatthiyam1 ||
Assāso Paramassāso\<*<2>*>/ ||
Vedanā âsavāvijjā\<*<3>*>/ ||
Taõhā Oghā\<*<4>*>/ Upādānam\<*<5>*>/ ||
Bhavo\<*<6>*>/ Dukkha¤ca\<*<7>*>/ Sakkāyo ||
Imasmiü dhammavinaye Dukkaranti\<*<8>*>/ || ||

#<BOOK V SâMAöôAKA-SAũYUTTAM>#

#<SN_4,39(5).1 Nibbānam>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Vajjãsu viharati
Ukkavelāyaü\<*<9>*>/ Gaīgāya nadiyā tãre ||
2 Atha kho Sāmaõķako\<*<10>*>/ paribbājako yenāyasmā Sāri-
putto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriput-
tena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü
vãtisāretvā ekam antam nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Sāmaõķako paribbājako
āyasmantaü Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Nibbānaü nib-
bānanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaü nu kho āvuso
nibbānanti || ||
Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaü
vuccati nibbānanti || ||
4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa nibbānassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa nibbanassa
sacchikiriyāyāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3, B2 dhammavādipahānāya pari¤¤āya (B2 omits
ya) dukkhavatthukā (B2 kaü)
2 S1-3, B2 add punasacchiriyāya te ubho
3 S1-3 āsavo avijjā; B2 āsavena ca || avijjā
4 B2 adds ca
5 S1-3 upādāna¤ca pa¤camaü pahānatthāyakathitā Sāriputtena jantunā
(S3 jantanā)
6 S3 bhāvo; B2 bhavena ca
7 B2 inserts vutto
8 S1-3 pari¤¤ātãõi vuccati instead of imasmim.. dukkaranti
9 B1-2 Ukkacelayaü
10 S1-3 Sāma¤cakāni
>/
#<[page 262]>#
%<262                   MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM         [XXXIX. 1. 5>%
5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa nib-
bānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā
etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || ||
6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa
nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta
appamādāyāti || ||

#<SN_4,39(5).2-15>#
||pe|| ||

#<SN_4,39(5).16 Dukkaram>#
3 Kiü nu āvuso Sāriputta imasmiü dhammavinaye
dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajjā kho āvuso imasmim dhammavinaye dukka-
ranti || ||
4 Pabbajitena panāvuso kim dukkaranti || ||
Pabbajitena kho āvuso abhirati dukkarāti || ||
5 Abhiratena panāvuso kiü dukkaranti || ||
Abhiratena kho āvuso dhammānudhammapaņipatti duk-
karāti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
6 Kiü va ciram panāvuso dhammānudhammapaņipanno
bhikkhu arahaü assāti || ||
Na ciram āvuso ti || ||
Sāmaõķaka-saüyuttaü\<*<2>*>/ samattaü || ||
Purimakasadisam\<*<3>*>/ eva uddānaü || ||

#<BOOK VI MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM>#

#<SN_4,40(6).1 Savitakka>#
1 Ekaü samayaü āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1, S1 dukkaranti
2 S1-3 sāma¤caka-
3 S1-3 overturn the order of these two mentions
>/
#<[page 263]>#
%<XL. 2. 4]                 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM           263>%
2 Tatra kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno bhikkhå āmantesi ||
âvuso bhikkhavo\<*<1>*>/ ti || ||
âvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato Maha-Moggalānassa
paccassosuü || ||
3 âyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Idha mayhaü
āvuso rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evaü\<*<2>*>/ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi || || Pathamaü jhānam pathamaü jhānanti vuccati ||
katamaü nu kho pathamaü jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa\<*<3>*>/ mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaü
savicāraü vivekajam pãtisukhaü pathamaü jhānam upa-
sampajja viharati || idaü vuccati pathamaü jhānanti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi
dhammehi savitakkaü savicāraü vivekajam pãtisukham
pathamaü jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham
āvuso iminā vihārena viharato kāmasahagatā sa¤¤ā mana-
sikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā
etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā\<*<4>*>/ brāhmaõa
pathamaü jhānaü pamādo pathame jhāne cittaü saõņha-
pehi pathame jhāne cittaü ekodikarohi\<*<5>*>/ pathame jhāne
cittaü samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena vivicceva
kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkam savi-
cāram vivekajam pãtisukham pathamaü jhānaü upa-
sampajja vihāsiü || ||
8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || Sat-
thārānuggahito sāvako mahābhi¤¤atam pattoti || mamaü
tam sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahito sāvako
mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || ||

#<SN_4,40(6).2 Avitakka>#
3 Dutiyaü jhānaü dutiyaü jhānanti vuccati || katamaü
nu kho dutiyaü jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu vitak-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 bhikkhave
2 S1-3 eva
3 B2 etassa
4 S1-3 vā here only
5 B1 ekodim- always
>/
#<[page 264]>#
%<264                   MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM         [XL. 2. 5>%
kavicārānaü våpasamā ajjhattaü sampasādanaü cetaso
ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraü samādhijam pãtisukhaü
dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || || idaü vuccati
dutiyaü jhānan ti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso vitakkavicārānaü våpasamā aj-
jhattam sampasādanaü cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam
avicāraü samādhijam pãtisukham dutiyaü jhānam upa-
sampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena
viharato vitakkasahagatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudā-
caranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā
etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmana dutiyaü
jhānam pamādo dutiye jhāne cittaü saõņhapehi dutiye
jhāne cittam ekodikarohi dutiye jhāne cittaü samādahā
ti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena vitakkavicā-
rānaü våpasamā ajjhattaü sampasādanam cetaso ekodi-
bhāvam avitakkam avicāraü samādhijam pãtisukhaü
dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja vihāsiü || ||
8 Yaü hi taü āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya Sat-
thāranuggahãto sāvako mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || ||
mamaü taü sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahãto
sāvako mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || ||

#<SN_4,40(6).3 Sukhena>#
3 Tatiyaü jhānaü tatiyaü jhānanti vuccati || katamaü
nu kho tatiyaü jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu
pãtiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati || sato ca sampajāno
sukha¤ca kāyena {paņisaüvedeti} || Yan tam ariyā ācik-
khanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārãti || tatiyaü jhānam
upasampajja viharati || idam vuccati tatiyaü jhānan ti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso pãtiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca
viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukha¤ca kāyena paņisaü-
vedemi || Yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā
sukhavihārãti tatiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharāmi ||
tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato pãtisahagatā
sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudācaranti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 265]>#
%<XL. 4. 7]               MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM               265>%
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaī-
kamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāh-
maõa tatiyaü jhānam pamādo tatiye jhāne cittaü saõņha-
pehi tatiye jhāne cittam ekodikarohi tatiye jhāne cittam
samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāhaü āvuso aparena samayena pãtiyā ca virāgā
upekkhako ca vihāsiü sato ca sampajāno sukha¤ca
kāyena {paņisaüvedesiü}\<*<1>*>/ || yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti upek-
khako satimā sukhavihārãti tatiyaü jhānam upasampajja
vihāsiü || ||
8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhi¤¤atam pattoti || ||

#<SN_4,40(6).4 Upekkhako>#
3 Catutthaü jhānaü catutthaü jhānanti vuccati || kata-
maü nu kho catutthaü jhānanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu
sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva
somanassa-domanassānam atthagamā ca adukkhaü asu-
khaü upekkhā-sati-pārisuddhiü catutthaü jhānam upa-
sampajja viharati || idaü vuccati catutthaü jhānanti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa
ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-domanassānam atthagamā
adukkhaü asukhaü upekkhā-sati-parisuddhiü catutthaü
jhānaü upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso
iminā\<*<2>*>/ vihārena viharato sukhasahagatā\<*<3>*>/ sa¤¤ā mana-
sikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso\<*<4>*>/ Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaī-
kamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāh-
mana catutthaü jhānam pamādo catutthe jhāne cittaü
saõņhapehi catutthe jhāne cittam ekodikarohi catutthe
jhāne cittaü samādahāti || ||
7 So kho ahaü\<*<4>*>/ aparena samayena sukhassa ca
pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-doma-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 viharāmi . . . patisaüvedemi
2 S1 inserts niyāmena
3 S1-3 upekhāsahagatā
4 S1-3 āvuso mam
5 B2 so khāhaü; S1-2 soham
>/
#<[page 266]>#
%<266                  MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM            [XL. 4. 8>%
nassānaü atthagamā adukkham\<*<1>*>/ asukham upekkhā-sati-
pārisuddhiü catutthaü jhānam upasampajja vihāsiü || ||
8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhi¤¤atam pattoti || ||

#<SN_4,40(6).5 âkāsaü>#
3 âkāsāna¤cāyatanam ākāsāna¤cāyatananti vuccati ||
katamaü nu kho ākāsāna¤cāyatananti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu
sabbaso råpasa¤¤ānaü samatikkamā\<*<2>*>/ paņighasa¤¤ānaü
atthagamā nānattasa¤¤ānam amanasikārā Anatto\<*<3>*>/ ākāso
ti ākāsāna¤cāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaü vuccati
ākāsāna¤cāyatananti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso råpasa¤¤ānam samatik-
kamā\<*<2>*>/ paņighasa¤¤ānaü atthagamā nānattasa¤¤ānam
amanasikārā Anatto ākāso ti ākāsāna¤cāyatanam upa-
sampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena
viharato råpasahagatā sa¤¤ā\<*<4>*>/ manasikārā samudāca-
ranti ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā
etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa ākāsā-
na¤cāyatanam pamādo ākāsāna¤cāyatane cittam saõņha-
pehi ākāsāna¤cāyatane cittam ekodikarohi ākāsāna¤cā-
yatane cittaü samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso råpa-
sa¤¤ānaü samatikkamā\<*<2>*>/ paņighasa¤¤ānam atthagamā
nānattasa¤¤ānam amanasikārā Anatto ākāsoti ākāsāna¤cā-
yatanam upasampajja vihāsiü || ||
8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || ||

#<SN_4,40(6).6 Vi¤¤āõaü>#
3 Vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatananti vuccati ||
katamaü nu kho vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatananti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 atthagamādukkhaü
2 S1-3 samatikkamma
3 B1-2 ananto always
4 S1-3 råpasa¤¤ā
>/
#<[page 267]>#
%<XL. 7. 6]                MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM                267>%
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu sabbaso
ākāsāna¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Anattaü\<*<1>*>/ vi¤¤āõanti
vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü upasampajja viharati || idaü vuccati
vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatananti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso ākāsāna¤cāyatanam sama-
tikkamma Anattaü vi¤¤āõanti vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanam upa-
sampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena
viharato ākāsāna¤cāyatanasahāgatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā
samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā
etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa vi¤¤āõa¤-
cāyatanam pamādo vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatane cittaü saõņhapehi
vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatane cittam ekodikarohi vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatane
cittaü samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso ākā-
sāna¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Anattaü vi¤¤āõanti
vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanam upasampajja vihāsiü || ||
8 Yaü hi taü āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahabhi¤¤atam patto ti || ||

#<SN_4,40(6).7 Aki¤ca¤¤a>#
3 âki¤ca¤¤āyatanam āki¤ca¤¤āyatananti vuccati || kata-
maü nu kho āki¤ca¤¤āyatananti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu
sabbaso vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Natthi ki¤cãti
āki¤ca¤¤āyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaü vuccati
āki¤ca¤¤āyatanan ti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü sama-
tikkamma Natthi ki¤cãti āki¤ca¤¤āyatanam upasampajja
viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato
vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanasahagatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudā-
caranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā
etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa āki¤-
ca¤¤āyatanam pamādo āki¤ca¤¤āyatane cittaü saõņhapehi

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 anantaü always
>/
#<[page 268]>#
%<268                  MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM       [XL. 7. 7>%
āki¤ca¤¤āyatane cittam ekodikarohi āki¤ca¤¤āyatane cittaü
samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso vi¤¤ā-
õa¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Natthi ki¤cãti āki¤ca¤¤ā-
yatanam upasampajja vihāsiü || ||
8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || ||

#<SN_4,40(6).8 Nevasa¤¤ã>#
3 Nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyata-
nanti vuccati || katamaü nu kho nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyata-
nanti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu
sabbaso āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samatikkamma nevasa¤¤ānā-
sa¤¤āyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaü vuccati neva-
sa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatananti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü sama-
tikkamma nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam upasampajja viha-
rāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato
āki¤ca¤¤āyatanasahagatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudāca-
ranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaī-
kamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa
nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam pamādo nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤ā-
yatane cittaü saõņhapehi nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatane cittam
ekodikarohi nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam upasampajja cittaü
samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso āki¤-
ca¤¤āyatanaü samatikkamma nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam
upasampajja vihāsiü || ||
8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe ||
mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || ||

#<SN_4,40(6).9 Animitto>#
3 Animitto cetosamādhi animitto cetosamādhãti vuccati ||
Katamo nu kho animitto cetosamādhãti ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 269]>#
%<XL. 10. 3]                 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM              269>%
sabbanimittānam amanasikārā animittaü cetosamādhim
upasampajja viharati || ayam vuccati animitto cetosa-
mādhãti || ||
5 So kho ham\<*<1>*>/ āvuso sabbanimittānam amanasikārā
animittaü cetosamādhim upasampajja viharāmi || tassa
mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato nimittānusarivi¤-
¤āõaü\<*<2>*>/ hoti || ||
6 Atha kho mam Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā etad
avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa animittam
cetosamādhim pamādo animitte cetosamādhismiü cittaü
saõņhapehi animitte cetosamādhismiü cittam ekodikarohi
animitte cetosamādhismiü cittaü samādahā ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
7 So khvāhaü\<*<4>*>/ āvuso\<*<5>*>/ aparena samayena sabbani-
mittānam amanasikārā animittaü cetosamādhim upasam-
pajja vihāsiü || ||
8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya ||
Satthārānuggahãto sāvako mahābhi¤¤atam pattoti || mamaü
taü sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahãto sāvako
mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || ||

#<SN_4,40(6).10 Sakko>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Sāvatthi-
yaü viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme\<*<6>*>/ || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno seyyathāpi nāma
balavā puriso sammi¤jitaü vā bāham pasāreyya pasāritam
vā bāhaü sammi¤jeyya\<*<7>*>/ || evam eva Jetavane antarahito
devesu Tāvatiüsesu pātur ahosi || ||
I
3 Atha kho Sakko devānamindo pa¤cahi devatāsatehi
saddhim yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 so khvāhaü
2 B1-2 -ānusārã-
3 S1 pajahāti; S3 padahāti
4 B2 khoham
5 Missing in S1-3
6 In S1-3 only
7 B2 sami¤jitaü . . . sami¤jeyya; B1 sama¤chitam . . . sama¤cheyya
>/
#<[page 270]>#
%<270                   MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM         [XL.10.4>%
upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivā-
detvā ekam antaü aņņhāsi || ||
4 Ekam antaü ņhitam kho Sakkaü devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho
devānam inda buddhasaraõagamanaü\<*<1>*>/ hoti || buddhasaraõa-
gamanahetu\<*<1>*>/ kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā
kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upa-
pajjanti || ||\<*<2>*>/ Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraõa-
gamanaü hoti || dhammasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam
inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā
sugatim saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam
inda saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamana-
hetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa
bhedāparaü maraõā sugatiü saggam lokam upapajjantã
ti || ||
5 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraõagamanaü
hoti || buddhasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna
evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna
dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || dhammasaraõagamanahetu
kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā-
param maraõa sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantãti || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna || saīgha || la || sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjantãti || ||
6,7,8 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsate-
hi saddhiü || pe || ||
9,10,11 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatā-
satehi saddhiü || pe || ||
12,13,14 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aņņhahi deva-
tāsatehi saddhiü || pe || ||
15 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asãtiyā devatāsatehi\<*<3>*>/
saddhiü yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivā-
detvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
16 Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Sakkaü devānam indam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 buddhaü- further on dhammaü- saīghaü always
2 S1-3 uppajjanti always
3 B1-2 S3 devatāsahassehi
>/
#<[page 271]>#
%<XL. 10. 19]                MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM              271>%
āyasmā Mahā Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devā-
nam inda buddhasaraõagamanaü hoti || buddhasaraõaga-
manahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam
upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraõa-
gamanaü hoti || pe || kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || Sādhu kho devānam inda
saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamanahetu
kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantã ti || ||
17 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraõagama-
naü hoti || buddhasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Mogga-
lāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedāparam maraõā
sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa
Moggalāna dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || pe || || Sādhu
kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti ||
saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü sag-
gaü lokam upapajjantã ti || ||
II
18 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pa¤cahi devatāsatehi
saddhiü yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivā-
detvā ekam antaü aņņhāsi || ||
19 Ekam antaü thitaü kho Sakkam devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam
inda buddhe avecca pasādena\<*<1>*>/ samannāgamanaü hoti ||
iti pi so Bhagavā arahaü sammāsambuddho vijjācaraõa-
sampanno sugato lokavidå anuttaro purisadhammasārathi
satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe
aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda
evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda
dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyā-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -ppasādena always
>/
#<[page 272]>#
%<272                  MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM       [XL. 10. 20>%
to\<*<1>*>/ Bhagavatā dhammo sandiņņhiko akāliko ehipassiko
opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || dhamme avec-
capasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda
saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || supaņi-
panno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho ujupaņipanno Bhagavato
sāvakasaīgho ¤āyapaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho
sāmãcipaņipanno\<*<2>*>/ Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho yadidaü cat-
tāri purisayugāni aņņha purisapuggalā esa Bhagavato
sāvakasaīgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiõeyyo a¤jalika-
raõãyo anuttaram pu¤¤akhettaü lokassāti || saīghe avecca-
pasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariya-
kantehi sãlehi avecca samannāgamanaü hoti akhaõķehi\<*<3>*>/
acchiddehi\<*<4>*>/ asabalehi akammāsehi bhu¤jissehi\<*<5>*>/ vi¤¤åpa-
satthehi\<*<6>*>/ aparāmaņņhehi samādhisaüvattanikehi || ariya-
kantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda
evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggam lokam upapajjanti || ||
20 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanaü hoti || itipi so Bhagavā || pe ||
buddho bhagavā\<*<7>*>/ buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgama-
nahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā
kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatiü lokam upapajjanti || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo ||
pe || paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || dhamme aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Mogga-
lāna saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti ||
supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho || pe || anuttaram

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 svākkhāto always
2 B1-2 sāmici; S1 samãci
3 B1 adaõķehi
4 Missing in B2
5 B1-2 bhåjissehi
6 B1 -saņņhehi
7 B1-2 add ti
>/
#<[page 273]>#
%<XL. 10. 31]              MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM               273>%
pu¤¤akhettaü lokassāti || saīghe aveccapasādena saman-
nāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce
sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam
upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi
sãlehi samannāgamanaü hoti akhaõķehi || pe || samādhi-
saüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu
kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa
bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantã
ti || ||
21-23 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi
saddhiü || pe || ||
24-26 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsa-
tehi saddhiü || pe || ||
27-29 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aņņhahi devatāsa-
tehi saddhiü || pe || ||
30 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo āsãtiyā\<*<1>*>/ devatāsatehi\<*<2>*>/
saddhiü yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivā-
detvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
31 Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Sakkaü devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devā-
nam inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti ||
iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānam buddho
bhagavāti || || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu
kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā pa-
ram maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu
kho devānam inda dhamme aveccapasādena samannāga-
manaü hoti || svākhyāto ||pe|| paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤å-
hãti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho
devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho
devānam inda saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü
hoti || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho || pe || anut-
taram pu¤¤akkhettam lokassāti || saīghe aveccapasādena
samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce
sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 asãti
2 S3 B1-2 -sahassehi as before
>/
#<[page 274]>#
%<274                 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM       [XL. 10. 32>%
upapajjantãti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi
sãlehi samannāgamanaü hoti akhaõķehi\<*<1>*>/ || pe || samādhi-
saüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu
kho devānam inda idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantã ti || ||
32 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā
devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatiü sag-
gaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna
dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyā-
to Bhagavatā dhammo || pe || paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti ||
dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa
Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho
mārisa Moggalāna saīghe aveccapasādena samannāga-
manaü hoti || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho || pe ||
anuttaram pu¤¤akhettaü lokassāti || saīghe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü sag-
gaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna
ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanaü hoti akhaõķehi || pe ||
samādhisaüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannā-
gamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü lokam upapaj-
jantãti ti || ||
III
33 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pa¤cahi devatāsatehi
saddhiü yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami || la || ||
34 Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Sakkaü devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devā-
nam inda buddhasaraõagamanaü hoti || buddhasaraõaga-
manahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 adaõķehi
>/
#<[page 275]>#
%<XL. 10. 41]               MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM                275>%
bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti ||
te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā
dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena
adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gan-
dhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho
devānam inda dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || dhamma-
saraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce
sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam
upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti ||
dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena
yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi sad-
dehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi poņņhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho devānam inda saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti ||
saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhe-
kacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü
lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõ-
hanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena
dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi
dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi
phoņņhabbehãti || ||
35 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraõagamanaü
hoti || buddhasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna
evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi
adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraõagamanaü
hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghasaraõa-
gamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa
Moggalāna evam idhekacce kāyassa bhedā param maraõā
sugatiü saggam lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi
ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena
dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena
dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi
rasehi dibbehi poņņhabbehãti || ||
36-38 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi
saddhiü || pe || ||
39-41 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsa-
tehi saddhiü || pe || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 276]>#
%<276                    MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM           [XL. 10. 42>%
42-44 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aņņhahi devatā-
satehi saddhiü || pe || ||
45 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asãtiyā devatāsahassehi
saddhiü yenāyasmā Maha-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivā-
detvā ekam antaü aņņhāsi || ||
46 Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Sakkaü devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devā-
nam inda buddhasaraõagamanaü hoti || buddhasaraõaga-
manahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa
bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti ||
te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā ||
pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda
dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho devānam
inda saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamana-
hetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa
bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti ||
te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā
dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena
adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gan-
dhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoņņhabehãti || ||
47 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraīgamanaü
hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraõa-
gamanaü hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saī-
ghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho
mārisa Moggālāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokaü upapajjanti || te a¤¤e
deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena
vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipa-
teyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandehi
dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoņņhabbehãti || ||
IV
48 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pa¤cahi devatāsatehi
saddhiü yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami || upa-
saīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 277]>#
%<XL. 10. 50]                MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM              277>%
49 Ekam antaü ņhitam kho Sakkam devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam
inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi
so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānaü buddho bha-
gavā ti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho
devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e
deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe ||
dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme
aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || pe || ||\<*<1>*>/ Sādhu
kho devānam inda saīghe aveccapasādena samannāga-
manaü hoti || pe || ||\<*<1>*>/ Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi
sãlehi samannāgamanaü hoti || akhaõķehi || pe ||\<*<1>*>/ samādhi-
saüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu
kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve
dasāhi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || la || dibbehi
phoņņhabbehã ti || ||
50 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā
devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi thānehi
adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo ||
pe || paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || dhamme aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi
adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghe aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaü hoti || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-
saīgho || pe || anuttaram pu¤¤akkhettaü lokassāti || saīghe
aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Mogga-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Less abridged in B1-2.
>/
#<[page 278]>#
%<278            MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM              [XL. 10. 51>%
lāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā
sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi
ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi poņņhab-
behi || ||\<*<1>*>/ Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi sãlehi
samannāgamanaü hoti || akhaõķehi || pe || samādhisaüvat-
tanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho
mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te
a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā ||
la || dibbehi phoņņhabbehãti || ||
51-53 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi
saddhiü || pe || ||
54-56 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsatehi
saddhiü || pe || ||
57-60 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aņņhahi devatāsatehi
saddhiü || la\<*<2>*>/ || ||
61 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asãtiyā devatāsahassehi
saddhiü yenāyasmā Moggalāno tenupassaīkami || upasaīka-
mitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam
antam aņņhāsi || ||
62 Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Sakkaü devānam indam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam
inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi
so Bhagavā arahaü sammāsambuddho vijjācaraõasam-
panno sugato lokavidå anuttaro purisadammasārathi
satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe avecca-
pasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve chahi ņhānehi
adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena
sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi
råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi
dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme
aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto Bha-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase (from te a¤¤e) is missing in B1
2 The corresponding Singhalese --pe-- is missing in S1,
present, but erased, in S3
>/
#<[page 279]>#
%<XL. 10. 63]            MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM                 279>%
gavatā dhammo sandiņņhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko
paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || dhamme aveccapasādena
samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce
sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam
upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti
dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi poņņhabbehãti || || Sādhu kho
devānam inda saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü
hoti || suppaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho ujupaņipanno
Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho ¤āyapaņipanno Bhagavato sāva-
kasaīgho sāmãcipaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho yadi-
daü cattāri purisayugāni aņņhapurisapuggalā esa Bhagavato
sāvakasaīgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhineyyo a¤jalãka-
raõãyo anuttaram pu¤¤akkhettaü lokassā ti || saīghe avecca-
pasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatim
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi
adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi sãlehi samannā-
gamanaü hoti || akhaõķehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi
bhu¤jissehi vi¤¤uppasatthehi aparāmaņņhehi samādhisaü-
vattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho
devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param
maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve
dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena
vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhi-
pateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi
dibbehi rasehi dibbehi poņņhabbehãti || ||
63 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā
devamanussānaü buddho bhagavā ti || buddhe aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi
adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo ||
pe || paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || dhamme aveccapasā-
dena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 280]>#
%<280               MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM            [XL. 11. 1>%
idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü
saggaü lokam upapajjānti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi
adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghe aveccapasādena
samannāgamanaü hoti || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-
saīgho || pe || anuttaram pu¤¤akkhettaü lokassāti || saīghe
aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Mogga-
lāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā
sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi
ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņ-
ņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi
sãlehi samannāgamanam hoti || akhaõķehi || pe || samādhi-
saüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu
kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa
bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggam lokam upapajjanti ||
te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā
dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbehi yasena dibbena
adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbena saddehi dibbehi gan-
dhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoņņhabbehã ti || ||

#<SN_4,40(6).11 Candano (i)>#
1-63 Atha kho Candano devaputto || la ||
[Suyāmo] (ii)
1-63 Atha kho Suyāmo devaputto || ||
[Santusito] (iii)
1-63 Atha kho Santusito devaputto || ||
[Sunimmito] (iv)
1-63 Atha kho Sunimmito devaputto || ||
[Vasavatti] (v)
1-63 Atha kho Vasavatti devaputto || ||
Ime pa¤capeyyālā yathā Sakko devānam indo tathā
vittharetabbānãti\<*<1>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 vitthāretabboti. For this number (11), S1-3 have only:
atha kho Candano (S3 Sunandano) devaputto yathā Sakkena
devānam indena tathā vitthāretabboti--Suyāmo ca Santusito
ca-- Sunimmito ca Vasavattena pa¤camam-- yathā sakko devānam
indo tathā (S1 tattha) vitthāretabbanti--
>/
#<[page 281]>#
%<XLI. 1. 4]                 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                  281>%
Moggalāna saüyuttaü1 || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Savitakkā Vitakka¤ca ||
Sukhena Upekkhako || ||
âkāsa¤ceva Vi¤¤āõaü ||
âki¤ca-Nevasa¤¤inā\<*<2>*>/ ||
Animitto ca Sakko ca ||
Candanekādasena cāti || ||

#<BOOK VII CITTA-SAũYUTTAM>#

#<SN_4,41(7).1 Sa¤¤ojana>#
1 Ekaü samayaü sambahulā therā bhikkhå Macchikā-
saõķe\<*<3>*>/ viharanti Ambāņakavane || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaü therānam
bhikkhånam pacchābhattam piõķapātapaņikkantānam maõ-
ķalamāle\<*<4>*>/ sannisinnānam sannipatitānam ayam antarākathā
udapādi || || Sa¤¤ojananti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti
vā ime dhammā nānatthā\<*<5>*>/ nānavya¤janā\<*<6>*>/ udāhu ekatthā\<*<5>*>/
vya¤janam eva nānanti || ||
3 Tatrekaccehi therehi bhikkhåhi evaü vyākataü
hoti || || Sa¤¤ojanan ti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā
ime dhammā nānatthāceva nānavya¤janā cāti || ekaccehi
therehi bhikkhåhi evaü vyākataü hoti || || Sa¤¤ojananti
vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā
vya¤jameva nānanti || ||
4 Tena kho pana samayena Citto gahapati Migapa-
thakam\<*<7>*>/ anuppatto hoti kenacid eva karaõãyena || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add samattam, putting, as usual, this mention at the end
2 S1 āki¤ca¤¤evasa¤¤inā; S3 āki¤ca¤¤ãnevasa¤¤inaü
3 B2 pacchika-
4 B1-2 maõķalamāëe; S1 maõķaëamāëe; S3 maõķaëamāle, further on
maõķalamāle
5 S1-3 nānaņņhā . . . ekaņņhā always
6 B1-2 nānā- always
7 B2 pataü (pathaü?)
>/
#<[page 282]>#
%<282                  CITTA-SAũYUTTAM              [XLI. 1. 5>%
5 Assosi kho Citto gahapati sambahulānaü kira therā-
nam bhikkhånam paccābhattam piõķapātapaņikkantānam
maõķaëamāëe sanninnānaü sannipatitānam ayam antarā
kathā udapādi || Sa¤¤ojananti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā
ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānavya¤janā udāhu ekatthā
vya¤janam eva nānanti || ekaccehi\<*<1>*>/ therehi bhikkhåhi evam
vyākataü Sa¤¤ojananti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti
vā ime dhamma nānatthā ceva nānavya¤janā cāti || ekaccehi
therehi bhikkhåhi evaü vyākataü Sa¤¤ojananti vā āvuso
sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā vya¤janam
eva nānanti || ||
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
7 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhå
etad avoca || || Sutam etam bhante sambahålānam\<*<2>*>/ kira
therānam bhikkhånam pacchābhattam piõķapātapaņik-
kantānam maõķalamāle\<*<3>*>/ sannisinnānam sannipatitānam
ayam antarākathā udapādi || Sa¤¤ojanan ti vā āvuso sa¤-
¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānavya¤janā
udāhu ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || ekaccehi therehi
bhikkhåhi evaü vyākatam Sa¤¤ojanan ti vā avuso sa¤-
¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhamme nānatthā ceva
nānavya¤janā cāti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhåhi evaü
vyākatam Sa¤¤ojanan ti vā āvuso Sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā
ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || ||
Evam gahapatãti || ||
8 Sa¤¤ojanan ti vā bhante sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā
ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānavya¤janā ca || tena hi
bhante upamaü vo\<*<4>*>/ karissāmi || upamāya pidhekacce\<*<5>*>/
vi¤¤å purisā bhāsitassa attham ājānanti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhante Kāëo ca\<*<6>*>/ balivaddo odāto ca bali-
vaddo ekena damena vā yottena vā sa¤¤utto assu || yo
nu kho evaü vadeyya Kāëo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 tatrekaccehi
2 S1-3 sambahulā
3 S3 maõķaëaëamāëe
4 Missing in B1-2
5 B1-2 upamāyamidhe-
6 Omitted by S1; put after balivaddo by S3
>/
#<[page 283]>#
%<XLI. 2. 3]             CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                   283>%
sa¤¤ojanaü odāto ca\<*<1>*>/ balivaddo\<*<2>*>/ kālassa balivaddassa
sa¤¤ojananti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyā ti || ||
No hetaü gahapati || || Na kho gahapati kāëo balivaddo
odātassa balivaddassa sa¤¤ojanaü || na pi odāto balivaddo
kāëassa balivaddassa sa¤¤ojanaü || || Yena kho te ekena
dāmena vā yottena vā saüyuttā\<*<3>*>/ taü\<*<4>*>/ tattha sa¤¤o-
jananti || ||
10 Evam eva kho bhante na cakkhu råpānaü sa¤-
¤ojanaü na råpā cakkhussa sa¤¤ojanaü || ya¤ca tattha
tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü\<*<5>*>/ tattha
sa¤¤ojanam || || Na sotaü saddānaü || Na ghānaü gandhā-
naü || Na jivhā rasānaü || na rasā jivhāya sa¤¤ojanaü || ya¤
ca tattha tadubhayaü paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo tam
tattha sa¤¤ojanaü\<*<6>*>/ || pe || Na mano dhammānaü sa¤-
¤ojanaü na dhammā manassa sa¤¤ojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha
tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha
sa¤¤ojanan ti || ||
11 Lābhā ti gahapati || suladdhaü te gahapati yassa te
gambhãre buddhavacane pa¤¤ācakkhu kamatãti || ||

#<SN_4,41(7).2 Isidatta (1)>#
1 Ekaü samayaü sambahulā therā bhikkhå Macchikā-
sande\<*<7>*>/ viharanti Ambātakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhik-
khå etad avoca || Adhivāsentu me bhante therā svātanāya
bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesuü kho therā bhikkhå tuõhibhāvena || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In B2 only
2 S1-3 insert va (ca?) and B1 has balivaddho . . . balivaddhassa
here only
3 S1-3 sa¤¤utto
4 Omitted by S1-3
5 Missing in S1-3
6 Instead of jivhā B1-2 insist upon kāyo
7 B1 pacchima-; B2 pacchikā
>/
#<[page 284]>#
%<284                  CITTA-SAũYUTTAM            [XLI. 2. 4>%
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānam bhikkhånam adhi-
vāsanaü viditvā uņņhāyāsanā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā
padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || ||
5 Atha kho therā bhikkhå tassā rattiyā accayena pub-
baõhasamayaü nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Cittassa
gahapatino\<*<1>*>/ nivesanaü tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā
pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdiüsu || ||
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenu-
pasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
7 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantam
Theram etad avoca || Dhātunānattaü dhātunānattan ti
bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunā-
nattaü vuttaü Bhagavatā ti || ||
Evaü vutte āyasmā Thero tuõhi ahosi || ||
8 Dutiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaü Theram
etad avoca || Dhātunānattam Dhātunānattanti bhante Thera
vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaü vuttam
Bhagavatāti || ||
Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuõhi ahosi || ||
9 Tatiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaü Theram
etad avoca || Dhātunānattaü dhātunānattam bhante Thera
vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaü vuttam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuõhi ahosi || ||
10 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Isidatto tasmim
bhikkhusaīghe sabbanavako\<*<2>*>/ hoti || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto āyasmantaü Theram etad
avoca || || Vyākaromaham bhante thera Cittassa gahapatino
etam pa¤hanti || ||
Vyākarohi tvam\<*<3>*>/ Isidatta Cittassa gahapatino etam
pa¤hanti || ||
12 Evaü hi tvaü gahapati pucchasi Dhātunānattam
dhātunānanattanti bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho
bhante dhātunānattaü\<*<4>*>/ vuttam Bhagavatā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 gahapatissa
2 S1-3 sabbanavo
3 S1-3 insert āvuso
4 S1-3 -nattanti
>/
#<[page 285]>#
%<XLI. 3. 5]                CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                   285>%
Evam bhante || ||
Idaü kho gahapati dhātunānattaü vuttam Bhagavatā ||
Cakkhudhātu råpadhātu cakkhuvi¤¤āõadhātu || la || Mano-
dhātu dhammadhātu manovi¤¤āõadhātu || ettāvatā nu kho
gahapati dhātunānattaü vuttaü Bhagavatāti || ||
13 Atha kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Isidattassa bhāsi-
tam abhinanditvā anumoditvā there bhikkhå paõitena
{khādaniyena} bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampa-
vāresi || ||
14 Atha kho therā bhikkhå bhuttāvino onãtapattapāõino
uņņhāyāsanā pakkamiüsu || ||
15 Atha kho āyasmā Thero āyasmantam Isidattam etad
avoca || Sādhu kho tvam āvuso Isidatta eso pa¤ho paņi-
bhāsi\<*<1>*>/ neso pa¤ho mam paņibhāsi || tena hāvuso\<*<2>*>/ Isidatta
yadā a¤¤adā pi evaråpo pa¤ho āgaccheyya || ta¤¤evettha\<*<3>*>/
paņibhāseyyāti\<*<4>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,41(7).3 Isidatto (2)>#
1 Ekaü samayam sambahulā therā bhikkhå Macchikā-
saõķe\<*<5>*>/ viharanti Ambāņakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citti gahapati there bhikkhå
etad avoca || || Adhivāsentu me bhante therā svātanāya
bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesuü kho therā bhikkhå tunhibhāvena || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānaü bhikkhånaü adhi-
vāsanaü viditvā uņņhāyāsanā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā
padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || ||
5 Atha kho therā bhikkhå tassā rattiyā accayena pub-
banhasamayaü nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Cittassa
gahapatino\<*<6>*>/ nivesanaü tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīka-
mitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdiüsu || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 abhāsi; B1-2 patibhāsi, further on paņi-
2 S1-3 āvuso
3 S1-3 taüyevettha
4 S1-3 -bhāseyyāmāti
5 B1 macchikā-; B2 pacchikā-
6 B1-2 -patissa as before
>/
#<[page 286]>#
%<286                       CITTA-SAũYUTTAM         [XLI. 3. 6>%
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
7 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaü
Theram etad avoca || || Yā imā bhante Thera anekavihitā\<*<1>*>/
diņņhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā || Asassato lokoti
vā || Antavā lokoti vā Anantavā lokoti vā || Tam jãvaü taü
sarãran ti vā A¤¤am jãvaü a¤¤aü sarãranti vā || Hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti vā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti vā || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Yāni-
cimāni dvāsaņņhidiņņhigatāni Brahmajāle bhaõitāni || imā
nu kho bhante diņņhiyo kismiü sati honti kismiü asati na
hontãti || ||
Evam vutte āyasmā Thero tuõhi ahosi || ||
8 Dutiyam pi kho Citto gahapati || pe || ||
9 Tatiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaü Theram
avoca || Yā imā bhante Thera anekavihitā diņņhiyo loke
uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato lokoti vā || Antavā
loko ti vā Anantāvā loko ti vā || Taü jãvaü taü sarãranti vā
A¤¤aü jãvaü a¤¤aü sarãranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti vā Na hoti tathagato param maraõā ti vā Hoti
ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā Neva hoti na
na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Yāni cimāni dvā-
saņņhi diņņhigatāni Brahmajāle bhaõitāni || imā nu kho
bhante diņņhiyo kismiü sati honti kismiü asati na hontã
ti || ||
Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuõhi ahosi || ||
10 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Isidatto tasmiü
bhikkhusaīghe sabbanavako\<*<2>*>/ hoti || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto āyasmantaü Theram etad
avoca || Vyākaromaham bhante Thera Cittassa gahapatino
etam pa¤hanti || ||
Vyākarohi tvam āvuso Isidatta Cittassa gahapatino
etam pa¤hanti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -vihitāni always
2 S1-3 -navo as before
>/
#<[page 287]>#
%<XLI. 3. 14]             CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                    287>%
12 Evaü hi tvaü gahapati pucchasi\<*<1>*>/ || Yā imā\<*<2>*>/ bhante
Thera anekavihitā diņņhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato lokoti
vā || pe || imā nu kho bhante diņņhiyo kismiü sati honti
kismiü asati na hontã ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Yā imā gahapati\<*<3>*>/ anekavihitā diņņhiyo loke uppajjanti ||
Sassato lokoti vā Asassato loko ti vā || Antavā loko ti vā
Anantavā lokoti vā || Taü jãvaü taü sarãranti vā || A¤¤aü
jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti vā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā Hoti ca na ca
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Yāni cimāni dvāsaņņhidiņņhi-
gatāni Brahmajāle bhaõitāni || imā kho gahapati diņņhiyo
sakkāyadiņņhiyā sati honti || sakkāyadiņņhiyā asati na
hontã ti || ||
13 Katham pana bhante sakkāyadiņņhi hotã\<*<4>*>/ ti || ||
Idha gahapati assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvã
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinãto sappurisā-
nam adassāvã sapurisadhammassa akovido sappurisa-
dhamme avinãto råpam attato samanupassati råpavantaü
vā attānam attani vā råpam råpasmiü vā attānaü || Veda-
nam attato samanupassati || pe || Sa¤¤aü || Saīkhāre || Vi¤-
¤āõam attato samanupassati vi¤¤āõavantaü vā attānam
attani vā vi¤¤āõaü vi¤¤āõasmiü vā attānaü || || Evaü
kho gahapati sakkāyadiņņhi hotã ti || ||
14 Katham pana bhante sakkāyadiņņhi na hotã ti || ||
Idha gahapati sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaü dassāvã
ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinãto sappu-
risānam dassāvã sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisa-
dhamme suvinãto na råpam attato samanupassati na råpa-
vantaü vā\<*<5>*>/ attānaü na attani vā råpaü na råpasmim vā
attānaü || na vedanaü || Na sa¤¤aü || Na saīkhāre || Na vi¤-
¤āõam attato samanupassati na vi¤¤āõavantam vā attānam
na attani vā vi¤¤āõaü na vi¤¤āõasmiü vā attānaü || ||
Evaü kho gahapati sakkāyadiņņhi na hotã ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 pucchisi; B1 pucchi
2 S1-3 yāyimā here and further gahapatino
4 S1-3 hoti
5 S1-3 omit vā everywhere
>/
#<[page 288]>#
%<288                    CITTA-SAũYUTTAM            [XLI. 3. 15>%
15 Kuto bhante ayyo Isidatto āgacchatã ti || ||
Avantiyā kho ham gahapati āgacchāmãti || ||
Atthi bhante Avantiyā Isidatto nāma kulaputto amhā-
kam adiņņhasahāyo pabbajjito || diņņho so āyasmatā ti || ||
Evaü gahapati || ||
Kahaü nu kho bhante āyasmā etarahi viharatã ti || ||
Evaü vutte āyasmā Isidatto tuõhi ahosi ||
Ayyo no bhante Isidatto ti || ||
Evaü gahapatã ti || ||
Abhiramatu bhante ayyo\<*<1>*>/ Isidatto Macchikāsaõķe\<*<2>*>/
ramaõiyam Ambāņakavanaü || aham ayyassa Isidattassa
ussukkaü karissāmi cãvara-piõķapāta-senāsana-gilānapac-
caya-bhesajja-parikkhārāõanti || ||
Kalyāõaü vuccati gahapatã ti || ||
16 Atha kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Isidattassa bhāsi-
tam abhinanditvā anumoditvā there bhikkhå paõãtena {khāda-
niyena} bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || ||
17 Atha kho therā bhikkhå bhuttāvino onãtapattapāõino
uņņhāyāsanā pakkamiüsu || ||
18 Atha kho āyasmā Thero āyasmantam Isidattam etad
avoca || || Sādhu kho tam\<*<3>*>/ āvuso\<*<4>*>/ Isidatta eso pa¤ho paņi-
bhāsi neso pa¤ho mam\<*<5>*>/ paņibhāsi || tena hāvuso Isidatta
yadā a¤¤adā pi evaråpo pa¤ho āgaccheyya ta¤¤evettha
patibhāseyyāti || ||
19 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto senāsanaü saüsāmetvā
pattacãvaram ādāya Macchikāsaõķamhā\<*<6>*>/ pakkāmi || Yaü
Macchikāsaõķamhā pakkāmi tathā pakkanto va\<*<7>*>/ ahosi na
puna pacchāgacchãti || ||

#<SN_4,41(7).4 Mahako>#
1 Ekaü samayaü sambahulā therā bhikkhå Macchikā-
saõķe\<*<8>*>/ viharanti Ambāņakavane || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 macchika-; B3 pacchikā-
3 B1-2 tvam
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B1 mamaü; B2 omits neso- -paņibhāsi
6 B1 macchika; B2 pacchikā as before and further on
7 B1, S1 ca
8 B1 macchika-
>/
#<[page 289]>#
%<XLI. 4. 10]               CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                   289>%
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhik-
khå etad avoca || Adhivāsentu me therā svātanāya gokule
bhattanti || ||
Adhivāsesuü kho\<*<1>*>/ therā bhikkhå tuõhãbhāvena || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānam bhikkhånam adhi-
vāsanaü viditvā uņņhāyāsanā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā
padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || ||
5 Atha kho therā bhikkhå tassā rattiyā accayena pub-
baõhasamayaü nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Cittassa
gahapatino gokulaü tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā
pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdiüsu || ||
6 Atha kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhå paõãtena sappi-
pāyāsena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || ||
7 Atha kho therā bhikkhå bhuttāvino onitapattapanino
uņņhāyāsanā pakkamiüsu || || Citto pi kho gahapati sesakam
vissajjethā ti vatvā there bhikkhå piņņhito piņņhito anu-
bandhi || ||
8 Tena kho pana samayena uõhaü hoti kuņņhitaü\<*<3>*>/ || te
ca therā bhikkhå paveliyamānena ma¤¤e kāyena gacchanti ||
yathā tam\<*<4>*>/ bhojanaü\<*<5>*>/ bhuttāvino || ||
9 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahako tasmim
bhikkhusaīghe sabbanavako hoti || || Atha kho āyasmā
Mahako āyasmantaü Theram etad avoca || || Sādhu khvassa\<*<6>*>/
bhante Thera yaü sãtako ca vāto vāyeyya {abbhasaüvilāpo}\<*<7>*>/
ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusāyeyyāti || ||
Sādhu khvassa āvuso Mahaka yaü sãtako ca vāto vāyeyya
{abbhasaüvilāpo} ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusāyeyyā
ti || ||
10 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako tathāråpam iddhābhisaī-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert bhante
2 B2 visejjethāti
3 B2 kuthitaü; S1-3 kikitaü (S3 -ņaü)
4 S3 naü
5 S1-3 subhojanaü
6 S1-3 khvāssa
7 B1-2 -sampi-; B2 -lāso always
>/
#<[page 290]>#
%<290                   CITTA-SAũYUTTAM               [XLI. 4. 11>%
khāram abhisaīkhari\<*<1>*>/ || yathā\<*<2>*>/ sãtako ca vāto vāyi\<*<3>*>/ {abbha-
saüvilāpo} ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusi || ||
11 Atha kho Cittassa gahapatino\<*<4>*>/ etad ahosi || Yo kho
imasmim bhikkhusaīghe sabbanavako\<*<5>*>/ bhikkhu || tassā-
yam evaråpo iddhānubhāvo ti || ||
12 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako ārāmaü sampāpuõitvā
āyasmantaü Theram etad avoca || Alam ettāvatā bhante
Therāti || ||
Alam ettavatā āvuso Mahaka katam ettāvatā āvuso
Mahaka påjitam ettāvatā āvuso Mahakā ti || ||
13 Atha kho therā bhikkhå yathāvihāram agamaüsu || ||
âyasmā pi Mahako sakaü vihāram agamāsi || ||
14 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Mahako tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahakam abhivā-
detvā ekam antam nisãdi || ||
15 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantam
Mahakam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante ayyo Mahako
uttarimanussadhammaü\<*<6>*>/ iddhipāņihāriyaü dassetåti || ||
Tena hi tvam gahapati āëinde uttarāsaīgam pa¤¤āpetvā
tiõakalāpam okāsehãti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho\<*<7>*>/ Citto gahapati āyasmato Maha-
kassa paņissutvā āëinde uttarāsaīgam pa¤¤āpetvā tiõaka-
lāpam okāsesi ||
16 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako vihāram pavisitvā sucigha-
ņikaü\<*<8>*>/ datvā tathāråpam\<*<7>*>/ iddhābhisaīkhāram abhisaī-
khari\<*<9>*>/ || yathā tāëacchiggaëena\<*<10>*>/ ca aggaëantarikāya ca
acchi\<*<11>*>/ nikkhamitvā tiõāni jhāpesi uttarāsaīgaü na
jhāpesi || ||
17 Atha kho Citto gahapati uttarāsaīgam pappoņetvā
saüviggo lomahaņņhajāto ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
18 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako vihārā nikkhamitvā Cittam
gahapatim etad avoca || Alam ettāvatā gahapatãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -sankhāyi
2 B1-2 add yaü
3 S1 vāyitthu; S3 vāyittha
4 S1-3 -patissa
5 B1-2 -navo
6 S1-3 -dhammā
7 Missing in S1-3
8 S1 såci-
9 S1-3 -saīkhāsi
10 S1 tāëacchiggalantarikāya
11 S1-3 acchã
>/
#<[page 291]>#
%<XLI. 5. 4]                 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                291>%
Alam ettāvatā bhante Mahaka katam ettāvatā bhante
Mahaka påjitam ettāvatā bhante Mahaka || abhiramatu
bhante ayyo Mahako Macchikāsaõķe\<*<1>*>/ || ramaõiyam Ambā-
ņakavanaü || aham ayyassa Mahakassa ussukkaü karissāmi
cãvara-piõķapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parik-
khārānan ti || ||
Kalyāõaü vuccati gahapatãti || ||
19 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako senāsanaü saüsāmetvā
pattacãvaram ādāya Macchikāsaõķamhā\<*<1>*>/ pakkāmi || yam
Macchikāsaõķamhā\<*<1>*>/ pakkāmi tathā pakkanto va ahosi na
puna pacchāgacchãti || ||

#<SN_4,41(7).5 Kāmabhå>#
1 Ekaü samayaü āyasmā Kāmabhå Macchikāsaõķe\<*<2>*>/
viharati Ambāņakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Kāmabhå tenu-
pasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Kāmabhum
abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinnaü kho\<*<3>*>/ Cittaü gahapatim āyasmā
Kāmabhå etad avoca || || Vuttam idaü gahapati || ||
Nelaīgo setapacchādo ||
ekāro\<*<4>*>/ vattatã ratho ||
Anãghaü5 passa6 āyantam7
chinnasotam abandhananti || ||
Imassa nu\<*<8>*>/ kho gahapati saīkhittena bhāsitassa kathaü
vitthārena attho daņņhabbo ti || ||
Kiü nu kho etam bhante Bhagavatā bhāsitan ti || ||
Evam gahapatã ti || ||
Tena hi bhante muhuttaü āgamehi yāvassa attham
pekkhāmã ti || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati muhuttaü tuõhi hutvā āyas-
mantam Kāmabhum etad avoca || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 macchika; B2 pacchikā as usual
2 As before
3 Missing in B1-2
4 S1 ekāte
5 B1 anighaü-nigham
6 S1 råpassa
7 B1-2 appattam always
8 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 292]>#
%<292                   CITTA-SAũYUTTAM         [XLI. 5. 5>%
Nelaīganti kho bhante sãlānam etam adhivacanaü || ||
Setapacchādo ti kho bhante vimuttiyā etam adhiva-
canaü || ||
Ekāro ti kho bhante satiyā etam adhivacanaü || ||
Vattatã ti kho bhante abhikkamapaņikkamassetam adhi-
vacanaü || ||
Rathoti kho bhante imassetam cātumahābhåtikassa
kāyassa adhivacanaü || mātāpettikasambhavassa\<*<1>*>/ odana-
kummāsupacayassa aniccucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-
viddhaüsanadhammassa || ||
Rāgo kho bhante nãgho doso nãgho moho nãgho || te
khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālavātthu-
katā anabhāvakatā\<*<2>*>/ āyatim anuppādadhammā || tasmā
khãõāsavo bhikkhu anãgho ti vuccati || ||
âyantante\<*<3>*>/ kho bhante arahato etam adhivacanam || ||
Soto ti\<*<4>*>/ kho bhante taõhāyetam adhivacanaü || sā khãõā-
savassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālavatthukatā
anabhāvakatā\<*<2>*>/ āyatimanuppādadhammā || tasmā khãõāsavo
bhikkhu chinnasoto ti vuccati ||
Rāgo bhante bandhanaü doso bandhanaü moho ban-
dhanaü || te khãnāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchinnamålā
tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā ||
tasmā khãõāsavo bhikkhu abandhano ti vuccati || ||
5 Iti kho bhante yan tam Bhagavatā vuttaü\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Nelaīgo setapacchādo ||
ekāro\<*<6>*>/ vattatã ratho ||
anãghaü passa āyantam ||
Chinnasotam abandhananti || ||
Imassa kho bhante Bhagavatā saīkhittena bhāsitassa
evaü vitthārena attham ājānātåti || ||
6 Lābhā te gahapati || suladdhaü te gahapati yassa\<*<7>*>/ te
gambhãre buddhavacane pa¤¤ācakkhuü kamatã ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 -pittika-
2 B2 anabhāvaügatā here and further on
3 B1-2 appattanti
4 S3 sotanti; S1 sotato ti
5 S1-3 vuttam Bhagavatā
6 S1 ekate
7 S1-3 yasmā
>/
#<[page 293]>#
%<XLI. 6. 6]             CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                    293>%

#<SN_4,41(7).6 Kāmabhå2>#
1 Ekam samayaü āyasmā Kāmabhå Macchikāsaõķe\<*<1>*>/
viharati Ambāņakavane || ||
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Kāmabhå tenu-
pasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno Citto gahapati āyasmantaü
Kāmabhum etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante saī-
khārāti || ||
Tayo kho gahapati saīkhārā kāyasaīkhāro vacãsaīkhāro
cittasaīkhāro ti || ||
Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Kāma-
bhussa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaü
Kāmabhum uttaripa¤ham apucchi || ||
4 Katamo pana bhante kāyasaīkhāro katamo vacisaī-
khāro katamo cittasaīkhāroti || ||
Assāsapassāsā kho gahapati kāyasaīkhāro || vitakkavicārā
vacãsaīkhāro || sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca cittasaīkhāroti ||
Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati || pe || uttaripa¤ham
apucchi || ||
5 Kasmā pana bhante assāsapassāsā kāyasaīkhāro ||
kasmā vitakkavicārā vacãsaīkhāro || kasmā sa¤¤ā ca vedanā
ca cittasaīkhāro ti || ||
Assāsapassāsā kho gahapati kāyikā ete dhammā kāya-
paņibaddhā\<*<2>*>/ || tasmā assāsapassāsā kāyasaīkhāro || || Pubbe
kho gahapati vitakketvā vicāretvā pacchā vācam bhindati ||
tasmā vitakkavicārā vacãsaīkhāro || || Sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca
cetasikā ete dhammā cittapaņibaddhā || tasmā sa¤¤ā ca
vedanā ca cittasaīkhāro ti || ||
Sādhu || la || apucchi || ||
6 Katham pana bhante sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpatti
hotã ti || ||
Na kho gahapati sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpajjantassa
bhikkhuno evaü hoti || Aham sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü
samāpajjissanti vā || Ahaü sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samā-
pajjāmãti vā || Ahaü sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpanno ti

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 macchisaõķe; B1 B2 as before
2 B1 -bandhā-
>/
#<[page 294]>#
%<294                 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM             [XLI. 6. 7>%
vā || || Atha khvassa\<*<1>*>/ pubbe va tathā cittam bhāvitaü
hoti || yan taü tathattāya upanetãti || ||
Sādhu || pe || apucchi || ||
7 Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpajjantassa pana bhante
bhikkhuno katame dhammā pathamaü nirujjhanti || yadivā
kāyasaīkhāro yadivā vacãsaīkhāro yadivā cittasaīkhāro ti || ||
Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpajjantassa kho gahapati
bhikkhuno vācãsaīkhāro pathamaü nirujjhati || tato kāya-
saīkhāro || tato cittasaīkhāro ti || ||
Sadhu || la || pa¤ham apucchi || ||
8 Yvāyam\<*<2>*>/ bhante mato kālakato yo cāyam bhikkhu
sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpanno imesaü kiü nānāka-
raõanti || ||
Yvāyam gahapati mato kālakato || tassa kāyasaīkhāro
niruddho paņipassaddho vacãsaīkhāro niruddho paņipas-
saddho cittasaīkhāro niruddho paņipassaddho āyu parik-
khãno usmā våpasantā indriyāni viparibhinnānã\<*<3>*>/ || Yo ca
khvāyaü gahapati bhikkhu sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samā-
panno || tassa pi kāyasaīkhāro niruddho paņipassaddho va-
cãsaīkhāro niruddho paņipassaddho cittasaīkhāro niruddho
paņipassaddho āyu aparikkhãõo usmā avåpasantā indriyāni
vippasannāni || || Yvāyaü gahapati mato kālakato yo cāyam
bhikkhu sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpanno idaü nesaü
nānākaraõanti || ||
Sādhu || la || uttaripa¤ham apucchi || ||
9 Katham pana bhante sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamā-
pattiyā vuņņhānaü\<*<4>*>/ hotãti || ||
Na kho gahapati sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā
vuņņhahantassa bhikkhuno evaü hoti || Ahaü sa¤¤eve-
dayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhahissanti vā || Ahaü sa¤¤ā-
vedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhahāmãti\<*<5>*>/ vā || Ahaü
sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhito vā ti || || Atha
khvāssa pubbe va\<*<6>*>/ tathā cittam bhāvitaü hoti yaü taü
tathattāya upanetãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 khvāssa
2 S1-3 yoyaü here only
3 S1-3 pana instead of vipari
4 S3 vupaņņhānaü
5 S1 vuņņhagāmãti
6 S1-3 omit va
>/
#<[page 295]>#
%<XLI. 7. 1]              CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                 295>%
Sādhu bhante || la || uttaripa¤ham apucchi || ||
10 Sa¤¤avedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhahantassa
pana bhante bhikkhuno katame dhammā pathamam uppaj-
janti || yadivā kāyasaīkhāro yadivā vacãsaīkhāro yadivā
cittasaīkhāro || ||
Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhahantassa kho\<*<1>*>/
gahapati bhikkhuno cittasaīkhāro pathamam uppajjati ||
tato kāyasaīkhāro || tato vacãsaīkhāroti || ||
Sādhu || la || uttaripa¤ham apucchi || ||
11 Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhitam pana
bhante bhikkhuü kati phassā phusantãti || ||
Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhitaü kho gaha-
pati bhikkhuü tayo phassā phusanti || su¤¤ato phasso
animitto phasso appaõihito phasso ti || ||
Sādhu || pe || uttaripa¤ham apucchi || ||
12 Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhitassa kho
pana bhante bhikkhuno kiü ninnaü cittaü hoti kim poõaü
kim pabbhāranti || ||
Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhitassa kho gaha-
pati bhikkhuno vivekaninnaü cittaü hoti vivekapoõaü
vivekapabbhāranti || ||
Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Kāma-
bhussa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaü
Kāmabhum uttaripa¤ham apucchi || ||
13 Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā pana bhante kati
dhammā bahåpakārā ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Addhā kho tvam gahapati yam pathamam pucchitabbaü
tam pacchā\<*<3>*>/ pucchasi || api ca tyāhaü vyākarissāmi || ||
Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā kho gahapati dve dham-
mā bahåpakārā\<*<4>*>/ samatho ca vipassanā cā ti || ||

#<SN_4,41(7).7 Godatto>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Godatto Macchikāsaõķe\<*<5>*>/
viharati Ambāņakavane || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1 only
2 S1-3 B2 bahukārā
3 B1 omits pacchā
4 B2 S3 bahukāra, S1 bahupakārā
5 B1 macchika-; B2 pacchikā- as before
>/
#<[page 296]>#
%<296                 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM            [XLI. 7. 2>%
2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Godatto tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantaü Godattam abhivā-
detvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinnaü\<*<1>*>/ kho Cittaü gahapatim āyasmā
Godatto etad avoca || || Yā cāyaü gahapati appamāõā ceto-
vimutti yā ca āki¤ca¤¤ā cetovimutti yā ca su¤¤atāceto-
vimutti yā ca animittā cetovimutti ime dhammā nānatthā
nānavya¤janā\<*<2>*>/ udāhu ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || ||
4 Atthi bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime
dhammā nānatthā ceva\<*<3>*>/ nānavya¤janā ca || || Atthi pana
bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhamme
ekatthā ceva vya¤janam eva nānan ti ||
4 Katamo ca pana bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam
āgamma ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānavya¤janā ca || ||
5 Idha bhante bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaü
disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü ||
tathā catuttham iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbat-
thatāya\<*<4>*>/ sabbāvantaü lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipu-
lena mahaggatena appamāõena avereõa avyāpajjhena\<*<5>*>/ pha-
ritvā viharati || karuõāsahagatena cetasā ||\<*<6>*>/ muditāsahaga-
tena cetasā || upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā
viharati || tathā dutiyam tathā tatiyam tathā catuttham iti
uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbatthatāya sabbāvantaü
lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena
appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena\<*<5>*>/ pharitvā viharati || ||
Ayaü vuccati bhante appamāõena cetasā vimutti || ||
6 Katamā ca bhante āki¤ca¤¤ā cetovimutti || || Idha
bhante bhikkhu sabbaso vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samatikkam-
ma Natthi ki¤cãti āki¤ca¤¤āyatanam upasampajja viharati || ||
Ayaü vuccati bhante āki¤ca¤¤ā cetovimutti || ||
7 Katamā ca bhante su¤¤atā cetovimutti || ||
Idha bhante bhikkhu ara¤¤agato vā rukkhamålagato vā
su¤¤āgāragato vā iti patisa¤cikkhati || Su¤¤am idam attena

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 nisinno
2 See p. 281, notes 5,6
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1 sabbattatāya (further on -ttātāya); S3 sabbasattānāya here
and further on
5 B1-2 -pajjena
6 S1-3 insert --pe--
>/
#<[page 297]>#
%<XLI. 8. 2]                 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                 297>%
vā attaniyena vā ti || ayaü vuccati bhante su¤¤atā cetovi-
mutti || ||
8 Katamā ca bhante animittā cetovimutti || ||
Idha bhante bhikkhu sabbanimittānam amanasikārā
animittaü cetosamādhim upasampajja viharati || ayaü
vuccati bhante animittā cetovimutti || ||
9 Ayaü kho bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma
ime dhammā nānatthā nānavya¤janā ca || ||
10 Katamo ca bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma
ime dhammā ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānaü || ||
11 Rāgo bhante pamāõakaraõo doso pamāõakaraõo moho
pamāõakarano || te khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchin-
namålā tālāvatthukatā anubhāvakatā āyatiü anuppāda-
dhammā || || Yāvatā kho bhante appamāõā cetovimuttiyo
akuppā tāsaü cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana
akuppā\<*<1>*>/ cetovimutti su¤¤ā rāgena || su¤¤ā dosena || su¤¤ā
mohena || ||
12 Rāgo bhante ki¤canaü doso ki¤canam moho ki¤-
canam || te khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchimamålā
tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
Yāvatā kho bhante āki¤ca¤¤ā cetovimuttiyo akuppā tāsaü
cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana akuppā ceto-
vimutti su¤¤ā rāgena su¤¤ā dosena su¤¤ā mohena || ||
13 Rāgo kho bhante nimittakaraõo doso nimittakaraõo
moho nimittakaraõo || te khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā
ucchinnamålā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppā-
dadhammā || || Yāvatā kho bhante animittā cetovimuttiyo
akuppā tāsam cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana
akuppā cetovimutti su¤¤ā rāgena su¤¤ā dosena su¤¤ā
mohena || ||
14 Ayaü kho bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam\<*<2>*>/ āgamma
ime dhammā ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || ||

#<SN_4,41(7).8 Nigaõņho>#
2 Tena kho pana samayena Nigaõņho Nāņaputto\<*<2>*>/ Mac-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 panākuppā always
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 nātaputto; S1 nātha- once
>/
#<[page 298]>#
%<298                      CITTA-SAũYUTTAM         [XLI. 8. 3>%
chikāsaõķam\<*<1>*>/ anuppatto hoti mahatiyā nigaõņhaparisāya
saddhiü || ||
3 Assosi kho Citto gahapati Nigaõņho kira Nāņaputto
Macchikāsaõķam anuppatto mahatiyā nigaõņhaparisāya
saddhinti || ||
4 Atha kho Citto gahapati sambahulehi upāsakehi sad-
dhiü yena Nigaõņho Nāņaputto tenupasaīkami || upasaī-
kamitvā Nigaõņhena Nāņaputtena saddhiü sammodi ||
sammodanãyam kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü
nisãdi || ||
5 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho Cittaü gahapatiü Nigaõņho
Nāņaputto etad avoca || || Saddahasi tvaü gahapati sama-
õassa Gotamassa Atthi avitakko\<*<2>*>/ avicāro samādhi atthi
vitakkavicārānaü nirodhoti || ||
Na khvāham ettha\<*<3>*>/ bhante Bhagavato saddhāya gac-
chāmi Atthi avitakko\<*<4>*>/ avicaro samādhi atthi vitakkavicā-
rānaü nirodhoti || ||
6 Evaü vutte Nigaõņho Nāņaputto sakam parisam
ulloketvā\<*<5>*>/ etad avoca || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva
ujuko cāyam Citto gahapati yāva asaņņho\<*<6>*>/ cāyaü Citto
gahapati yāva amāyāvã cāyaü Citto gahapati || vātaü vā so
jālena bādhetabbam ma¤¤eyya yo vitakkavicāre nirodhe-
tabbam ma¤¤eyya ||\<*<7>*>/ sakamuņņhinā vā so Gaīgāya sotam
āvāretabbam\<*<8>*>/ ma¤¤eyya yo vitakkavicāre\<*<9>*>/ nirodhetabbam
ma¤¤eyyāti || ||
7 Taü kim ma¤¤asi bhante Katamam nu kho paõãta-
taram ¤āõam vā saddhā vā ti || ||
Saddhāya kho gahapati ¤āõam eva paõãtataranti || ||
8 Aham kho bhante yāvadeva ākaīkhāmi vivicceva
kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkam savicāraü
vivekajam pãtisukham pathamam jhānam upasampajja

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 pacchika-
2 S3 vitakko
3 S1 ittha; S3 ittham
4 S3 vitakko
5 S1-3 apaloketvā; B1 omits sakaü parisaü
6 So S1-3; B1-2 asatho both always
7 S1-3 insert sattu
8 S1-3 avā-
9 S1-3 -vicāro
>/
#<[page 299]>#
%<XLI. 8. 9]                CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                299>%
viharāmi || || Aham kho bhante yāvad eva\<*<1>*>/ ākaīkhāmi
vitakkavicārānaü våpasamā || pe || dutiyaü jhānam upasam-
pajja viharāmi || || Ahaü kho bhante yāvad eva ākaīkhāmi
pãtiyā ca virāgā || pe || tatiyaü jhānam upasampajja viha-
rāmi || || Ahaü kho bhante yāvadeva ākaīkhāmi sukhassa
ca pahānā || pa ||\<*<2>*>/ catuttham jhānam upasampajja viha-
rāmi || || So\<*<3>*>/ khvāham bhante evaü jānanto evam pas-
santo kassa¤¤assa samaõassa vā brāhmaõassa vā saddhāya
gamissāmi Atthi avitakko avicāro samādhi atthi vitakka-
vicārānaü nirodho ti || ||
8 Evaü vutte Nigaõņho Nāņaputto sakam parisam apa-
loketvā etad avoca || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva
anujuko cāyam Citto gahapati yāva saņņho\<*<4>*>/ cāyam Citto
gahapati yāva māyāvã cāyaü Citto gahapatã ti || ||
Idāneva kho te\<*<5>*>/ pana mayam bhante bhāsitam ājānā-
ma || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva ujuko cāyaü Citto
gahapati yāva asaņņho cāyaü Citto gahapati yāva amā-
yāvã cāyaü Citto gahapatã ti || || Idāneva ca pana mayam
bhante bhāsitam evam ājānāma || || Idam bhavanto pas-
santu yāva anujuko cāyaü Citto gahapati yāva saņņho
cāyaü Citto gahapati yāva māyāvã cāyam Citto gahapatã
ti || ||
10 Sace te\<*<6>*>/ bhante purimaü saccam pacchimam te\<*<7>*>/
micchā || sace pana te bhante pacchimaü saccaü puri-
maü te micchā || ime kho pana bhante dasa sahadhammikā
pa¤hā āgacchanti || yadā nesam attham ājāneyyasi || atha
mam paņihareyyāsi saddhiü nigaõņhaparisāya || || Eko
pa¤ho eko uddeso ekaü veyyākaraõaü || dve pa¤hā dve
uddesā dve veyyākaraõāni || tayo pa¤hā tayo uddesā tãõi
veyyākaraõāni || cattāro pa¤ho cattāro uddesā cattāri veyya-
karaõāni || pa¤ca pa¤hā pa¤ca uddesā pa¤ca veyyākara-
õāni || cha pa¤hā cha uddesā cha veyyākaraõāni || satta
pa¤hā satta uddesā satta veyyākaraõāni || aņņha pa¤hā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 yāvade always
2 More complete in S1-3
3 B1 na so
4 B1-2 satho
5 B1-2 ca pana instead of kho te
6 B1 kho
7 S1-3 bhante
>/
#<[page 300]>#
%<300                   CITTA-SAũYUTTAM          [XLI. 8. 11>%
aņņha uddesā aņņha veyyākaraõāni || nava pa¤hā nava uddesā
nava veyyākaraõāni || dasa pa¤hā dasa uddesā\<*<1>*>/ dasa veyyā-
karaõanã ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
11 Atha kho Citto gahapati Nigaõņhaü Nāņaputtam ime
dasa sahadhammike pa¤he apucchitvā\<*<3>*>/ uņņhāyāsanā pak-
kāmã ti || ||

#<SN_4,41(7).9 Acela>#
2 Tena kho pana samayena Acelo Kassapo Macchikā-
saõķam\<*<4>*>/ anuppatto hoti purāõagihisahāyo || ||
3 Assosi kho Citto gahapati Acelo kira Kassapo Macchi-
kāsaõķam anuppatto amhākam purāõagihisahāyo ti || ||
Atha kho Citto gahapati yena Acelo Kassapo tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā Acelena Kassapena saddhiü
sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārānãyaü vãtisāretvā
ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
4 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati Acelaü\<*<5>*>/
Kassapam etad avoca || || Kãva\<*<6>*>/ ciram pabbajito si bhante
Kassapāti || ||
Tiüsamattāni kho me gahapati vassāni pabbajitassā
ti || ||
5 Imehi kho pana te\<*<7>*>/ bhante tiüsamattehi vassehi atthi
koci uttarimanussadhammo\<*<8>*>/ alam ariya¤āõadassanaviseso
adhigato phāsuvihāroti || ||
Imehi kho me gahapati tiüsamattehi vassehi pabba-
jitassa\<*<9>*>/ natthi koci uttarimanussadhammā\<*<10>*>/ alam ariya¤ā-
õadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro a¤¤atra naggeyyā ca
muõķeyyā ca pāvāëanipphoņanāya\<*<11>*>/ cāti || ||
6 Evaü vutte Citto\<*<12>*>/ gahapati Acelaü\<*<13>*>/ Kassapam etad
avoca || || Acchariyam vata bho abbhutaü vata bho dham-
massa svākhyātatā\<*<14>*>/ yatra hi nāma tiüsamattehi vasehi na

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 have pa¤cu-sattu-aņņhu-navu-dasuddesā
2 S1-3 -karaõāni
3 B1 āpucchitvā; B2 pucchitvā
4 B1 macchika-
5 S1-3 acelakaü
6 B1-2 kiüva
7 Missing in S3 B
8 B1-2 -dhammā
9 Missing in S3
10 So all the MSS.
11 S1-3 -nipphoņhanāya
12 Missing in S1-3
13 S1-3 acela
14 S1-3 svakkhā-
>/
#<[page 301]>#
%<XLI. 9. 9]                 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM             301>%
koci\<*<1>*>/ uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassana-
viseso adhigato\<*<2>*>/ bhavissati\<*<3>*>/ phāsuvihāro a¤¤atra
naggeyyā ca muõķeyyā ca pāvāëanipphoņanāya cāti || ||
7 Tuyham pana gahapati kãva ciram upāsakattam
upayatassāti || ||
Mayham pi kho pana bhante tiüsamattāni vassāni
upāsakattam upagatassā ti || ||
8 Imehi kho\<*<4>*>/ pana te gahapati tiüsamattehi vassehi
atthi koci uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassana-
viseso adhigato phāsuvihāroti || ||
Kimhi no\<*<5>*>/ pi\<*<6>*>/ siyā bhante || Aham hi\<*<4>*>/ bhante yāva\<*<7>*>/
ākaīkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi\<*<4>*>/
savitakkaü savicāraü vivekajam pãtisukham pathamaü
jhānaü upasampajja viharāmi || ahaü hi bhante yāvadeva\<*<8>*>/
ākaīkhāmi vitakkavicārānam våpasamā || pe || dutiyaü
jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ahaü hi bhante yāvadeva
ākaīkhāmi pãtiyā ca virāgā || pe || tatiyam jhānam upa-
sampajja viharāmi || ahaü hi bhante yāvadeva ākaīkhāmi
sukhassa ca pahānā || pe || catutthaü jhānam upasampajja
viharāmi || || Sace kho panāham bhante Bhagavato\<*<9>*>/ patha-
mataraü kālam kareyya anacchariyaü kho panetaü yam
mam Bhagavā etam vyākareyya Natthi tam sa¤¤ojanam
yena sa¤¤ojanena saüyutto\<*<10>*>/ Citto gahapati puna imaü
lokam āgaccheyyāti || ||
9 Evaü vutte Acelo Kassapo Cittaü gahapatim etad
avoca || || Acchariyaü vata bho abbhutaü vata bho dham-
massa svākhyātatā\<*<11>*>/ yatrahi nāma gihã odātavasano\<*<12>*>/ eva-
råpam uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassana-
visesam adhigamissati\<*<13>*>/ phāsuvihāraü || || Labheyyāhaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ki¤ci instead of na koci
2 S1-3 adhigamo
3 B1 abhavissati; B2 dacavissati
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B1-2 gihino
6 S3 omits pi
7 S1 B2 yāvadeva
8 B1 yāvade as before
9 B1 bhagavatā
10 S1-3 saüyojanaü . . . saüyojanena sa¤¤utto
11 So B2; S3 svākhātatā; S3 svākkhatatā; S1 svākkhātasatā;
B1 svākhyātassa
12 S1 vasana; S3 nā
13 S1-3 -ssanti
>/
#<[page 302]>#
%<302                     CITTA-SAũYUTTAM            [XLI. 9. 10>%
gahapati imasmiü dhammavinaye pabbajjaü labheyyam
upasampadanti || ||
10 Atha kho Citto gahapati Acelaü Kassapaü ādāya
yena therā bhikkhå tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā there
bhikkhå etad avoca || Ayam bhante Acelo\<*<1>*>/ Kassapo amhā-
kam purāõagihãsahāyo || imaü therā pabbajentu upasampā-
dentu\<*<2>*>/ || ahamassa ussukkaü karissāmi civara-piõķapāta-
senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraõanti || ||
11 Alattha Acelo\<*<1>*>/ Kassapo imasmiü dhammavinaye
pabbajjam alattha upasampadam || aciråpasampanno ca
panāyasmā Kassapo eko våpakaņņho apamatto ātāpã pahi-
tatto viharanto cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputto sammad
eva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti tad anuttaram brah-
macariyapariyosānam diņņheva dhamme sayam abhi¤¤ā
sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || Khãõā jāti vusitam
brahmacariyam kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti
abbha¤¤āsi || ||
12 A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā Kassapo arahatam ahosãti || ||

#<SN_4,41(7).10 Gilānadassanam>#
2 Tena kho pana samayena Citto gahapati ābādhiko
hoti dukkhito bāëhagilāno || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā ruk-
khadevatā osadhãtiõavanaspatãsu\<*<3>*>/ adhivatthā devatā\<*<4>*>/
saügamma samāgamma Cittaü gahapatim etad avocuü || ||
Paõidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānaü rājā assaü
cakkavattãti || ||
Evaü vutte Citto gahapati tā ārāmadevatā vanadeva-
tā rukkhadevatā osadhitiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthā devatā
etad avoca || || Tam pi aniccaü tam pi addhuvaü\<*<5>*>/ tam pi
pahāya gamanãyanti || ||
4 Evaü vutte Cittassa gahapatino mittāmaccā ¤ātisā-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Acela
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1-2 osadhitiõavanappatisu
4 B2 adds vatthudevatā always
5 B1 adhuvam always
>/
#<[page 303]>#
%<XLI. 10. 6]               CITTA-SAũYUTTAM                303>%
lohitā Cittaü gahapatim etad avocuü || || Satim ayyaputta
upaņņhapehi mā vippalapãti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Kin tyāhaü\<*<2>*>/ vadāmi yaü maü tumhe evaü vadetha
Satim ayyaputta upaņņhapehi mā vippalapãti ||
Evaü kho tvam ayyaputta vadesi || || Tam pi aniccaü
tam pi addhuvaü tam pi pahāya gamanãyanti || ||
Tathā hi pana mam ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkha-
devatā osadhãtiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthā devatā evam
ahaüsu || || Paõidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānaü rājā
assaü cakkavattãti || tāham evaü vadāmi || || Tam pi
aniccam || la || tam pi pahāya gamanãyan ti || ||
5 Kin te\<*<3>*>/ ayyaputta ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkha-
devatā osadhãtiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthādevatā atthavasam
sampassamānā evam ahaüsu || || Paõidhehi gahapati Anā-
gatam addhānam rājā assaü cakkavattãti || ||
Tāsaü kho ārāmadevatānaü vanadevatānaü rukkha-
devatānaü osadhãtiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthānaü devatā-
nam evaü hoti || || Ayaü kho Citto gahapati sãlavā kalyā-
õadhammo sace paõidahissati Anāgatam addhānam rājā
assaü cakkavattãti\<*<4>*>/ ijjhissati sãlavato cetopaõidhi visud-
dhattā\<*<5>*>/ dhammiko\<*<6>*>/ dhammikam phalam\<*<7>*>/ anusarissa-
tãti\<*<8>*>/ || || Imaü kho tā\<*<9>*>/ ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkha-
devatā osadhãtiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthā devatā atthava-
saü sampassamānā evam ahaüsu || || Paõidhehi gahapati
Anāgatam addhānaü rājā assaü cakkavattãti || tāham evaü
vadāmi || || Tam pi aniccaü tam pi adhuvam tam pi pahāya
gamanãyanti || ||
6 Tena hi ayyaputta amhe pi ovadehãti\<*<10>*>/ || ||
Tasmā hi\<*<11>*>/ vo evaü sikkhitabbaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 vippalapasãti; B2 vippalasãti
2 B1-2 kintāham
3 B1-2 kimpana; B2 adds kā (tā?)
4 B1 inserts tassa kho ayaü
5 S1-3 add sãlassa
6 S1-3 add dhammarājā
7 So B2; B1 S1 balaü; S3 baliü
8 So B2; B1 anupassatãti; S1-3 anupadassatãti
9 Missing in S1-3
10 B1-3 ovadāhãti
11 S1-3 tasmātiha
>/
#<[page 304]>#
%<304                   CITTA-SAũYUTTAM           [XLI. 10. 7>%
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma ||
iti pi so Bhagavā arahaü sammāsambuddho vijjācaraõa-
sampanno sugato lokavidå anuttaro purisadammasārathi
satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || || Dhamme
aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma || svākhyāto
Bhagavatā dhammo sandiņņhiko akāliko ehipassiko opana-
yiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || || Saīghe aveccappa-
sādena samannāgatā bhavissāma || supaņipanno Bhagavato
sāvakasaīgho ujupaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho
¤āyapaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho sāmãcipaņipanno\<*<1>*>/
Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho || yadidaü cattāri purisayugāni\<*<2>*>/
aņņhapurisapuggalā esa Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho āhuneyyo
pāhuneyyo dakkhiõeyyo a¤jalikaraõãyo anuttaram pu¤¤ak-
khettaü lokassāti || || Yaü ki¤ci kule\<*<3>*>/ deyyadhammaü
sabbantam apaņivibhattam bhavissati sãlavantehi kalyāõa-
dhammehãti || ||
Evam hi vo\<*<4>*>/ sikkhitabbanti || ||
7 Atha kho Citto gahapati mittāmicce ¤atisālohite
buddhe ca dhamme ca saīghe ca pasādetvā\<*<5>*>/ cāge\<*<6>*>/ ca
samādapetvā kālam akāsi\<*<7>*>/ || ||
Cittasaüyuttaü samattaü\<*<8>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānaü\<*<9>*>/ || ||
Saüyojana\<*<10>*>/ dve Isidattā\<*<11>*>/ || ||
Mahako\<*<12>*>/ Kāmabhå pi ca\<*<13>*>/ ||
Godatto ca Nigaõņho ca ||
Acelena Gilānanti\<*<14>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 sāmici as before
2 S1 pusa-
3 B1 kale; S1 kāle; S3 kālo
4 B2 te; S1 so
5 Missing in B1-2
6 B2 cāgena
7 S3 akāsãti
8 Put at the end by S1-3
9 Tatru-
10 B1-2 sa¤¤ojanā
11 S1-3 -datta; B2 -datto
12 B2 adds ca; S1 mahākoņņheva; S3 mahākoņņhoca
13 B2 S1-3 omit pi ca
14 S1-3 Gilānadassananti
>/
#<[page 305]>#
%<XLII. 1. 5]              GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                  305>%

#<BOOK VIII GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM>#

#<SN_4,42(8).1 Caõķo>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme\<*<1>*>/ || ||
2 Atha kho caõķo gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho caõķo gāmaõi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-
m-idhekacco Caõķo\<*<2>*>/ teva\<*<3>*>/ saīkhaü gacchati || ko pana
hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacco Sårato\<*<4>*>/ teva saīkhaü
gacchatãti || ||
4 Idha kho gāmaõi ekaccassa rāgo appahãno hoti || rā-
gassa appahãnattā pare kopenti || parehi kopiyamāno kopam
pātukaroti || so Caõķo teva saīkhaü gacchati || || Doso
appahãno hoti || dosassa appahãnattā pare kopenti || parehi
kopiyamāno kopam pātukaroti || so Caõķo teva saīkhaü
gacchati || || Moho appahãno hoti || mohassa appahãnattā
pare kopenti || parehi kopiyamāno kopam pātukaroti || so
Caõķo teva saīkhaü gacchati || ||
Ayaü kho gāmaõi hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhekacco
Caõķo\<*<5>*>/ teva saīkhaü gacchati || ||
5 Idha pana gāmaõi ekaccassa rāgo pahãno hoti || rā-
gassa pahãnattā pare na kopenti || parehi akopiyamāno\<*<6>*>/
kopaü na pātukaroti || so Sårato teva saīkhaü gacchati || ||
Doso pahãno hoti hoti || dosassa pahãnattā pare na kopenti ||
parehi akopiyamāno kopaü na pātukaroti || so Sårato
teva saīkhaü gacchati || || Moho pahãno hoti || mohassa
pahãnattā pare na kopenti || parehi akopiyamāno kopaü
na pātukaroti || so Sårato teva saīkhaü gacchati || ||
Ayaü kho gāmaõi hetu ayam paccayo yeva-m-idhekacco
Sårato\<*<7>*>/ teva saīkhaü gacchatã ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 only
2 Repeated by B1 S1
3 B2 tveva always
4 B1-2 sorato always, repeated here by B1-2
5 B1-2 repeat caõķo
6 B1 has kopiyamāno always
7 B1-2 sorato sorato
>/
#<[page 306]>#
%<306                     GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM          [XLII. 1. 6>%
6 Evaü vutte caõķo gamaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || Seyyathāpi
bhante nikujjitaü vā ukkujjeyya paņicchannaü vā viva-
reyya måëhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakare vā tela-
pajjotaü dhāreyya cakkhumanto råpāni dakkhanti\<*<1>*>/ || evam
eva Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esā-
ham bhante Bhagavantam saraõaü gacchāmi dhamma¤
ca bhikkhusaīgha¤ ca upāsakam mam Bhagavā dhāretu
ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatanti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).2 Puņo>#
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Talapuņo\<*<2>*>/ naņagāmani yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Talapuņo naņagāmaõi Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubba-
kānam ācariyapācariyānam naņānam bhāsamānānaü Yo
so naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaü
hāseti rameti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāsānaü
devānaü sahavyatam upapajjatãti || idha Bhagavā kim
āhāti || ||
Alaü gāmani tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho Talapuņo naņagāmaõi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariya-
pācariyānaü naņānam bhāsamānānam Yo so naņo raīga-
majjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaü hāseti rameti || so
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāsānaü devānam saha-
vyatam upapajjatãti || idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Alam gāmaõi tiņņhatetaü mā mam etam pucchãti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho Talapuņo naņagāmaõi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariya-
pācariyānaü naņānam bhāsamānānaü Yo so naņo raīga-
majjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaü hāseti rameti ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 adds ti; S1-3 dakkhintã ti
2 B1-2 tāla- always
3 S3 pucchāti
4 S3 pucchi; B1 vuccatãti
>/
#<[page 307]>#
%<XLII. 2. 8]              GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                307>%
so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāsānaü devānam
sahavyatam upapajjatãti || idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Addhā kho tyāhaü nālatthaü\<*<1>*>/ Alam Gāmaõi tiņņha-
tetam mā mam etam pucchãti\<*<2>*>/ || apica tyāhaü vyākaris-
sāmi || ||
6 Pubbe kho gāmaõi sattā avãtarāgā rāgabandhana-
baddhā\<*<3>*>/ || tesaü naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye
dhammā rajaniyā te upasaüharati bhiyyosomattāya sarā-
gāya\<*<4>*>/ || Pubbe kho gāmaõi sattā avãtadosā dosabandhana-
baddhā || tesaü naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dham-
mā dosaniyā te upasaüharati bhiyyosomattāya sado-
sāya\<*<5>*>/ || || Pubbe kho gāmaõi sattā avãtamohā mohaban-
dhanabaddhā || tesaü naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye
dhammā mohaniyā te upasaüharati bhiyyosomattāya
samohāya\<*<6>*>/ || ||
7 So attanā matto pamatto pare madetvā pamādetvā
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāso\<*<7>*>/ nāma nirayo tattha
upapajjati\<*<8>*>/ || || Sace kho panassa evaü diņņhi hoti || Yo so
naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaü hāseti
rameti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāsānaü de-
vānaü sahavyatam upapajjatãti || sāssa hoti micchādiņņhi || ||
Micchādiņņhikassa kho panāhaü gāmaõi purisapuggalassa
dvinnaü gatãnam a¤¤ataraü gatiü vadāmi nirayaü vā
tiracchānayoniü vā ti || ||
8 Evaü vutte Talapuņo naņagamaõi\<*<9>*>/ parodi assåni
pavattesi || ||
Evam kho tyāham gamaõi nālatthaü Alam gāmaõi
tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || ||
Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam Bhagavā evam-
āha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi na-
ņehi\<*<10>*>/ dãgharattam nikato va¤cito paluddho\<*<11>*>/ Yo so naņo

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nalabhāmi
2 B1 vuccati
3 B1 -bandhā always
4 S1-3 bhiyyosarāgāya; B1 has only bhiyyosamattāya here and further on
5 S1-3 bhiyyosadosāta
6 S1-3 bhiyyosammohāya
7 S1-3 pahāso; B2 pahāyo
8 S1-3 tatthup-
9 S1-3 gāmaõi without naņa
10 S1 nani (or nati); S3 nahi
11 S1-3 paraddho here only
>/
#<[page 308]>#
%<308                    GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM           [XLII. 2. 9>%
raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaü hāseti ra-
meti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāsānaü devā-
nam sahavyatam upapajjatãti || ||
9 Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || seyyathāpi
bhante nikujjitaü vā ukkujjeyya || paņicchannaü vā viva-
reyya {måëhassa} vā maggam ācikkheyya || andhakāre vā
telapajjotaü kareyya || cakkhumanto råpāni dakkhanti\<*<1>*>/ ||
evam evam Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakā-
sito || || Esāham bhante Bhagavantam saraõaü gacchāmi
dhamma¤ca bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || Labheyyāham bhante
Bhagavato santike pabbajam labheyyam upasampadanti || ||
10 Alattha kho Talapuņo naņagāmaõi Bhagavato santike
pabbajam alattha upasampadaü || ||
11 Aciråpasampanno ca panāyasmā Talapuņo || pa || ara-
hatam ahosãti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).3 Yodhājãvo>#
2 Atha kho yodhājãvo gamaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho yodhājãvo gāmaõi Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sutam me bhante pubbakānam ācari-
yapācariyānaü yodhājãvānam bhāsamānānaü Yo so yodhā-
jãvo saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaü
vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa
bhedā param maraõā Sara¤jitānaü\<*<2>*>/ devānam sahavya-
tam upapajjatãti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Alam gāmaõi tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho || pe || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho yodhājãvo gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Sutam me bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyā-
naü yodhājãvānam bhāsamānānaü Yo so yodhājãvo saī-
gāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaü vāya-
mantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā Sara¤jitānaü devānaü sahavyatam upapaj-
jatãti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 dakkhantãti; S3 dakkhintãti
2 B1-2 parajitānaü always; S3 sarajitānam here only,
elsewhere sara¤ji-, or sarāji-
>/
#<[page 309]>#
%<XLII. 3. 8]                 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM              309>%
Addhā kho tyāhaü gāmaõi na labhāmi\<*<1>*>/ || Alam gāmaõi
tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || api ca tyāhaü vyā-
karissāmi || ||
6 Yo so gāmaõi yodhājãvo saīgāme ussahati vāyamati ||
tassa taü cittam pubbe hãnaü\<*<2>*>/ duggatam\<*<3>*>/ duppaõihitam
Ime sattā ha¤¤antu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinas-
santu vā mā\<*<4>*>/ ahesuü iti vā ti || tam enam ussahantaü
vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā Sarājitā nāma nirayā\<*<5>*>/ tatthupapajjati\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Sa ce kho panassa evam diņņhi hoti || Yo so yodhājãvo saī-
gāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāya-
mantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā sarājitānam\<*<7>*>/ devānaü sahavyatam upapaj-
jatãti || || Sāssa\<*<8>*>/ hoti micchādiņņhi || || Micchādiņņhikassa
kho panāham gāmaõi purisapuggalassa dvinnaü gatãnam
a¤¤ataraü gatiü vadāmi || nirayaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā
ti || ||
7 Evaü vutte yodhājãvo gāmaõi parodi assåni pavat-
tesi || ||
Evaü kho tyāham gāmaõi nālattham Alam gāmaõi
tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || ||
Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam\<*<9>*>/ Bhagavā evam
āha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi yodhā-
jãvehi dãgharattaü nikato va¤cito paluddho || Yo so yodhā-
jivo saīgāme ussahati vāyamati tam enam ussahantam
vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā Sara¤jitānaü\<*<10>*>/ devānaü sahavyatam upa-
pajjatãti || ||
8 Abhikkantam bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāõupetaü sara-
õaü gatanti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase is omitted by B1-2
2 B1-2 gahitaü
3 B1 dukkataü
4 S1-3 insert vā
5 B1-2 parajito nāma nirayo
6 B1-2 tattha upapajjatãti
7 B1-2 parajitānam
8 S1 sahassa
9 Missing in S1-3
10 B1 para (B2 parā) jitānaü
>/
#<[page 310]>#
%<310                GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM            [XLII. 4. 6>%

#<SN_4,42(8).4 Hatthi>#
2-8 Atha kho hatthāroho\<*<1>*>/ gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaīkami || pe || ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatanti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).5 Assa (or Haya)>#
2 Atha kho assāroho\<*<2>*>/ gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho assāroho gāmaõi Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam
ācariyapācariyānam assārohānam bhasamānānaü || Yo so
assāroho saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam\<*<3>*>/ ussa-
hantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kā-
yassa bhedā param maraõā Sarājitānam\<*<4>*>/ devānam saha-
vyatam upapajjatãti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Alaü gāmani tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho || pe || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho assāroho gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapāca-
riyānam assārohānam bhāsamānānam Yo so assāroho
saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaü vāya-
mantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā || pe ||\<*<5>*>/ sahavyatam upapajjatãti || || Idha
Bhagavā kim āhāti || ||
Addhā kho tyāhaü gāmaõi na labhāmi\<*<6>*>/ Alaü gāmaõi
tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || api ca kho\<*<7>*>/ tyāhaü
vyākarissāmi || ||
6 Yo so gāmaõi assāroho saīgāme ussahati vāyamati\<*<8>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Hatthāråho
2 S1-3 Assaråho always
3 S1-3 tamena
4 B1-2 parajitānam as before
5 So S1-3; B1-2 have parajitānaü devānaü
6 This phrase is missing in B1-2 as before (see p. 309 n.1)
7 Missing in S1-3
8 S1-3 insert here --pe--
>/
#<[page 311]>#
%<XLII. 6. 1]                GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                311>%
tassa taü cittam pubbeva hãnaü\<*<1>*>/ duggataü\<*<2>*>/ duppaõi-
hitaü Ime sattā ha¤¤antu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā\<*<3>*>/
vinassantu vā mā\<*<4>*>/ ahesum itivāti || tam enam ussahantaü
vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā Sarājito nāma nirayo tattha upapajjati\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Sace kho panassa evaü diņņhi hoti || Yo so assāroho saī-
gāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāyaman-
tam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā sarājitānaü devānaü sahavyatam upa-
pajjatãti || sāssa hoti micchādiņņhi || || Micchādiņņhikassa
kho panāham gāmaõi purisapuggalassa dvinnaü gatãnam
a¤¤ataraü gatiü vadāmi || nirayaü vā tiracchāyoniü vā
ti || ||
7 Evaü vutte assāroho gāmani parodi assåni pavattesi || ||
Etaü kho tyāham gāmaõi nālattham Alaü gāmani
tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || ||
Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam Bhagavā etam
āha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi assā-
rohehi dãgharattaü nikato va¤cito paluddho Yo so assā-
roho saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam
vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā sarājitānaü\<*<6>*>/ devānaü sahavyatam upapaj-
jātãti || ||
8 Abhikkantaü bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāõupetam sara-
õaü gatanti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).6 Pacchābhåmako (or Matako)>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Nāëandāyaü viharati Pāvā-
rikambavane || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 pubbegahitaü as before (see p.309 n.2)
2 B1-2 dukkaņaü
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 insert vā as before
5 B1-2 have as before parajito . . . nirayo . . .
6 In this sutta S1-3 have always sarājita, B1-2 having, as before,
parajita
>/
#<[page 312]>#
%<312                  GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM            [XLII. 6. 2>%
2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto\<*<1>*>/ gāmaõi yena Bhagavā
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Brāhmaõā bhante pacchā-
bhåmakā kāmaõķalukā sevālamālikā udakorohakā aggipa-
ricārikā\<*<2>*>/ te mataü kālakatam uyyāpenti\<*<3>*>/ nāma sa¤¤ā-
penti\<*<4>*>/ nāma saggaü nāma okkāmenti\<*<5>*>/ || Bhagavā pana
bhante arahaü sammāsambuddho pahoti tathā kātuü
yathā sabbo loko kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatiü
saggam lokam upapajjeyyāti || ||
4 Tena hi gāmaõi taü yevettha paņipucchissāmi\<*<6>*>/ ||
yathā te khameyya tathā naü vyākareyyāsi || ||
5 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || || Idhāssa\<*<7>*>/ puriso pāõāti-
pātã adinnādāyã kāmesu micchācārã musāvādã pisuõavāco
pharusāvāco samphappalāpã abhijjhālu vyāpannacitto mic-
chāditthiko || tam enam mahājanakāyo\<*<8>*>/ saīgamma samā-
gamma āyāceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko\<*<9>*>/ anuparisakkeyya\<*<10>*>/ ||
Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü
lokam upapajjatãti || taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmani || api nu so
puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu
vā pa¤jalikā anuparisakkanahetu\<*<11>*>/ vā kāyassa bhedā param
maraõā sugatim saggaü lokam upapajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
6 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi puriso mahatim puthusilaü\<*<12>*>/
gambhãre udakarahade pakkhipeyya || tam enam mahājana-
kāyo saīgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko
anuparisakkeyya\<*<13>*>/ || || Ummujja bho puthusile uplava bho

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 baddhaka- always
2 Missing in B1
3 S1-3 ussayyāpenti
4 So B1-2; S1 sakāpenti; missing in S3
5 S1-3 B1 -kka-
6 S1-3 pari-
7 B2 idhassa, B1 idha; both here and further on
8 S1-3 omit mahā
9 S3 -kā; B1 pa¤cali- always
10 B2 -vatteyya always
11 B1 -parivattanahetu here and further on
12 So S1; all the MSS. have sãlaü-sãle, always
13 S1-3 have --pe-- after thomeyya
>/
#<[page 313]>#
%<XLII. 6. 8]                 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM               313>%
puthusile\<*<1>*>/ thalam uplava bho puthusileti || || Taü kiü
ma¤¤asi gāmani api nu sā puthusilā mahato janakāyassa
āyācanahetu vā pa¤jalikā anuparisakkanahetu\<*<2>*>/ vā ummuj-
jeyya vā uplaveyya vā thalaü vā uplaveyyāti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
No hetam bhante
Evam eva kho gāmaõi yo so puriso paõātipātã adinnā-
dāyã kāmesu micchācārã musāvādã pisuõavāco pharusāvāco
samphappalāpã abhijjālu vyāpannacitto micchādiņņhiko
ki¤cāpi tam\<*<4>*>/ mahājanakāyo saīgamma samāgamma āyā-
ceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko anuparisakkeyya || ayam purisak-
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upa-
pajjatåti || atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraõā
apāyaü duggatiü vinipātam nirayam upapajjeyya || ||
7 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || || Idhāssa puriso pāõāti-
pātā paņivirato adinnādānā paņivirato kāmesu micchācārā
paņivirato musāvādā paņivirato pisuõāya vācāya paņivirato
pharusāya vācāya\<*<5>*>/ paņivirato samphappalāpā paņivirato
anabhijjhālu avyāpannacitto sammādiņņhiko || tam enam
mahājanakāyo saīgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya
pa¤jaliko anuparisakkeyya || Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā apāyam duggatiü vinipātam upapajjatåti ||
tam kim ma¤¤asi gāmani api nu so puriso mahato janakā-
yassa āyācanahetu vo thomanahetuvā pa¤calikā anupari-
sakkanhetuvā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyam dugga-
tiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
8 Seyyathapi gāmaõi puriso sappikumbhaü vā telakum-
bhaü vā gambhãram udakarahadam\<*<6>*>/ ogāhetvā\<*<7>*>/ bhindey-
ya || tatrassa yā\<*<8>*>/ sakkharā vā kaņhalā vā sā\<*<9>*>/ adhogāmã
assa || ya¤ ca khvāssa tatra sappi vā\<*<10>*>/ telaü vā tam uddhaü-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 omits uplava . . . sãle
2 B2 pa¤jālikānu-
3 S1-3 plaveyy-; B2 duplaveyy-
4 S1-3 nam
5 S1-3 pisunā vācā . . . pharusā vācā paņivirato here and further on
6 B1 gambhire- -rahade
7 B1-2 ogāhitvā
8 So B2; B1 tatrayassa; S1 tatrayvāssa; S3 tatrasvāssa
9 Missing in S1-3
10 S1-3 sappiü
>/
#<[page 314]>#
%<314                  GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             [XLII. 6. 9>%
gāmi assa || tam enam mahājanakāyo saīgamma samāgām-
ma āyāceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko anuparisakkheyya || Osãda
bho sappi tela saüsãda bho sappi tela adhogaccha bho
sappi telāti || || Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi api nu taü
sappi telam mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomana-
hetu vā pa¤jalikā anuparisakkanahetu\<*<1>*>/ vā osãdeyya vā
saüsãdeyya vā adhogaccheyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Evam eva kho gāmaõi yo so puriso pāõātipātā paņivirato
adinnādānā paņivirato kāmesu micchācārā paņivirato musā-
vādā paņivirato pisuõāya vacāya paņivirato parusāya vacāya
paņivirato samphappalāpā paņivirato anabhijjhālu avyāpan-
nacitto sammādiņņhiko || ki¤cāpi tam mahājanakāyo saīgam-
ma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko anuparisak-
keyya || Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü
duggatim vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatåti || atha kho so
puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü
lokam upapajjeyyāti || ||
9 Evaü vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkhantam bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāõu-
petam saraõaü gatanti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).7 Desanā>#
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaü viharati Pāvā-
rikambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi yena Bhagavā
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nanu bhante Bhagavā sabba-
pāõabhåtahitānukampã\<*<2>*>/ viharatãti || ||
Evaü gāmaõi tathāgato sabbapāõabhåtahitānukampã\<*<2>*>/
viharatãti || ||
4 Atha ki¤carahi bhante Bhagavā ekaccānaü sakkaccaü
dhammaü deseti || ekaccānaü no tathā sakkaccaü dham-
maü desetãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pa¤jalikāparisakkana-
2 S1-3 -bhåte-
>/
#<[page 315]>#
%<XLII. 7. 8]                GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                315>%
Tena hi gāmaõi taü yevettha patipucchissāmi || yathā te
khameyya tathā naü vyākareyyāsi || ||
5 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || || Idha kassakassa gaha-
patino tãõi khettāni ekam khettam aggam ekaü khettam
majjhimam\<*<1>*>/ ekaü khettaü hãnam jaīgalam åsaram pāpa-
bhåmikaü ||\<*<2>*>/ taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi asu kassako gaha-
pati bãjāni patiņņhāpetukāmo kattha pathamam patiņņhā-
peyya ||\<*<3>*>/ yaü vā aduü khettam aggaü yaü vā aduü
khettaü majjhimaü yaü vā aduü khettaü hãnam jaīga-
lam åsaram pāpabhåminti || ||
Asu bhante kassako gahapati bãjāni patiņņhāpetukāmo
yam aduü khettam aggaü tattha patiņņhāpeyya || tattha\<*<4>*>/
patiņņhāpetvā yam aduü khettam majjhimam tattha patiņ-
ņhāpeyya || tattha patiņņhāpetvā yam aduü khettaü hãnam
jaīgalam åsaram pāpabhåmi\<*<5>*>/ tattha patiņņhāpeyya pi no
pi patiņņhāpeyya || taü kissa hetu || antamaso gobhattam pi
bhavissatãti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yaü aduü khettam aggam eva-
meva mayham\<*<6>*>/ bhikkhu-bhikkhuniyo || tesāhaü dhammaü
desemi ādikalyāõaü majjhe kalyāõam\<*<7>*>/ pariyosānakalyā-
õaü sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham
brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taü kissa hetu || ete hi
gamaõi maüdãpā maüleõā maütāõā maüsaraõā viha-
ranti || ||
7 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yam aduü khettam majjhimam
evam eva mayham upāsakā upāsikāyo tesam pāhaü\<*<8>*>/
dhammaü desemi ādikalyāõam majjhe kalyāõam pariyo-
sānakalyāõam sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalaparipuõõam
parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taü kissa
hetu || ete hi gāmaõi maüdãpā maüleõā maütāõā maüsa-
raõā viharanti || ||
8 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yam aduü khettaü hãnaü jaīgā-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 majjham always
2 B1-2 -bhåmi
3 S1-3 patiņņhap- . . . always; B1 sometimes
4 Missing in B2
5 S1-3 -bhåmaü
6 Missing in B1
7 majjhe ka- is missing in B1
8 S1-3 paham; S1 aham
>/
#<[page 316]>#
%<316                  GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM              [XLII. 7. 9>%
lam åsaram pāpabhumi\<*<1>*>/ evam eva mayham a¤¤atitthiyā
samaõabrāhmaõaparibbājakā || tesam pāham dhammaü de-
semi ādikalyānaü majjhe kalyāõam pariyosānakalyānam
sāttham savya¤janam kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham
brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taü kissa hetu || appeva
nāma ekapadam\<*<2>*>/ pi ājāneyyuü taü\<*<3>*>/ nesam assa dãgha-
rattaü\<*<4>*>/ hitāya sukhāyāti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi purisassa tayo udakamaõikā || eko
udakamaõiko acchiddo ahāri aparihāri || eko udakamaõiko
acchiddo hāri parihāri || eko udakamaõiko chiddo hāri pari-
hāri || || Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi asu puriso udakaü
nikkhipitukāmo kattha pathamam nikkhipeyya || yo vā so
udakamaõiko acchiddo ahārã aparihārã yo vā so\<*<5>*>/ udaka-
maõiko acchiddo hāri parihārã yo vā so udakamaõiko chiddo
hārã parihārã ti || ||
Asu bhante puriso udakaü nikkhipitukāmo yo so udaka-
maõiko acchiddo ahāri aparihāri tattha nikkhipeyya ||
tattha nikkhipetvā || yo so udakamaõiko acchiddo hārã
parihārã tattha nikkhipeyya || tattha nikkhipitvā\<*<6>*>/ yo so
udakamaõiko chiddo hārã parihāri tattha nikkhipeyyāpi
no pi nikkhipeyya\<*<7>*>/ || || Taü kissa hetu || antamaso bhaõ-
ķadhovanam pi bhavissatã ti || ||
10 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yo so udakamaõiko acchiddo
ahārã aparihārã evam evam mayham bhikkhu-bhikkhu-
niyo\<*<8>*>/ tesāhaü dhammaü desemi ādikalyāõanam majjhe
kalyāõaü pariyosāõakalyāõam sātthaü savya¤janaü keva-
laparipuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || ||
Taü kissa hetu || ete hi gāmaõi maüdãpā maüleõā maü-
tāõā maüsaraõā viharanti || ||
11 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yo so udakamaõķiko acchiddo
hārã parihārã evam eva mayham upāsaka-upāsikāyo tesaü\<*<9>*>/

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -bhumaü
2 B1 ekaü padam
3 S1-3 yaü
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 eko instead of yo vā so
6 S1-3 have --pe-- instead of yo so . . . nikkhipitvā
7 S1-3 nikkhipeyyāti no nikkhipeyya
8 S1-3 omit mayham and S3 omits bhikkhu
9 B1 tesāhaü instead of tesam paham
>/
#<[page 317]>#
%<XLII. 8. 4]                GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                  317>%
pahaü dhammaü desemi ādikalyāõam majjhe kalyāõam
pariyosanakalyāõaü sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalapari-
puõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taü
kissa hetu || ete hi gāmaõi maüdãpā maüleõā maütānā
maüsaraõā viharanti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yo so udakamaõiko chiddo hārã
parihārã evam eva mayham a¤¤atitthiyā samaõabrāhmaõā
paribbājakā tesam pahaü\<*<1>*>/ dhammaü desemi ādikalyāõaü
majjhe kalyāõam pariyosānakalyāõaü sāttham savya¤-
janaü kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam
pakāsemi || || Taü kissa hetu || appeva nāma ekapadam
ājāneyyuü || taü\<*<2>*>/ nesam assa\<*<3>*>/ dãgharattam hitāya sukhā-
yāti || ||
13 Evaü vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante ||
pe || upāsakam maü Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pānupetaü
saraõaü gatan ti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).8 Saīkha>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaü viharati Pāvāri-
kambavane || ||
2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Nigaõņhasāvako
yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho Asibandhakaputtam gā-
maõim Bhagavā etad avoca || || Kathaü nu kho gāmaõi
Nigaõņho Nātaputto sāvakānaü dhammaü desetã ti || ||
4 Evam kho bhante Nigaõņho Nāņaputto sāvakānaü
dhammaü deseti || || Yo koci pāõam atimāpeti sabbo so
āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so
āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci kāmesu micchācarati sabbo so
āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci musā bhaõati sabbo so āpāyiko
nerayiko || yam bahulaü yam bahulaü viharati tena tena
niyyatã ti\<*<4>*>/ || || Evaü kho bhante Nigaõņho Nāņaputto
sāvakānaü dhammaü desetã ti || ||
Yam bahulaü yam bahulaü ca gāmaõi viharati tena

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 tesāhaü as before
2 S1-3 yaü
3 Missing in B1
4 S1-3 niyyātãti
>/
#<[page 318]>#
%<318                    GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM           [XLII. 8. 5>%
tena niyyatã ti || || Evam sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko
bhavissati || yathā Nigaõņhassa Nāņaputtassa vacanaü || ||
5 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi yo so puriso pāõātipātã
rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo
bahutaro samayo yaü vā\<*<1>*>/ so pāõam atimāpeti yaü vā so
pāõaü nātimāpetã ti || ||
Yo so bhante puriso pāõātipātã rattiyā vā divasassa vā
samayā\<*<2>*>/ samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaü so
pāõam atimāpeti || atha kho so va\<*<3>*>/ bahutaro samayo yaü
so pāõaü nātimāpetã ti || ||
Yam bahulaü yam bahulaü ca gāmaõi viharati tena
tena niyyatã ti\<*<4>*>/ || || Evaü sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko
bhavissati || yathā Nigaõņhassa Nāņaputtassa vacanaü || ||
6 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || yo so puriso adinnādāyã
rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo
bahutaro samayo yaü vā so adinnam ādiyati yaü vā so
adinnaü nādiyatã ti || ||
Yo so bhante pa puriso adinnādāyã rattiyā vā divasassa
vā samayā samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaü so
adinnam ādiyati || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaü
so adinnaü nādiyatã ti ||
Yam bahulaü yam bahulaü ca gāmaõi viharati tena
tena niyyatã ti\<*<5>*>/ || || Evam sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko
bhavissati || yathā Nigaõņhassa Nāņaputtassa vacanaü || ||
7 Taü kiü ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || yo so puriso kāmesu
micchācārã rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upā-
dāya katamo bahutaro samayo yaü vā so kāmesu micchā
carati yaü vā so kāmesu micchā na caratãti || ||
Yo so bhante puriso kāmesu micchācarã rattiyā vā diva-
sassa vā samayā samayaü upādāya appataro so samayo
yaü so kāmesu micchā carati || atha kho so va bahutaro
samayo yaü so kāmesu micchā na caratãti || ||
Yam bahulaü yam bahula¤ca gāmaõi viharati tena tena

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Missing in S1
3 B1 sveva here and further on
4 S1-3 nãyatã ti
5 S1-3 nãyati ti
>/
#<[page 319]>#
%<XLII. 8. 10]               GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                  319>%
niyyatã ti || || Evaü sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavis-
sati || yathā Nigaõņhassa Nātāputtassa vacanaü || ||
8 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || yo so puriso musāvādã
rattiyā va divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo
bahutaro samayo || yaü vā so musā bhaõati yaü vā so musā
na bhaõatã ti || ||
Yo so bhante puriso musāvādi rattiyā vā divasassa vā
samayā samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaü so
musā bhaõati || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaü so
musā na bhanatã ti || ||
Yam bahulaü yam bahula¤ ca gāmaõi viharati tena tena
niyyatã ti || || Evaü sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavis-
sati || yathā Nigaõņhassa Nāņaputtassa vacanaü || ||
9 Idha gāmaõi ekacco satthā evaüvādã hoti evaüdiņņhi || ||
Yo\<*<1>*>/ koci paõam atimāpeti sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo
koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci
kāmesu micchā carati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci
musā bhāõati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko ti || tasmiü kho
pana gāmaõi satthari sāvako abhippasanno hoti || ||
10 Tassa evam hoti || || Mayhaü kho satthā evaüvādã
evaüdiņņhi Yo koci paõam atimāpeti sabbo so āpāyiko
nerayiko ti || atthi kho pana mayā\<*<2>*>/ pāõo atimāpito Aham
pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti\<*<3>*>/ diņņhiü paņilabhati || taü
gāmaõi\<*<4>*>/ vacam appahāya taü cittam appahāya taü
diņņhim appaņinissajjitvā yathā hataü\<*<5>*>/ nikkhitto evam
niraye || || Mayhaü kho satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Yo
koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko ti || || atthi
kho pana mayā adinnam ādinnam\<*<6>*>/ aham pamhi āpāyiko
nerayiko ti diņņhiü paņilabhati || taü gāmaõi vācam appa-
hāya taü cittam appahāya taü diņņhim appaņinissajjitvā
yathā hatam nikkhitto evaü niraye || || Mayhaü kho satthā
evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Yo koci kāmesu micchā carati sabbo

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 yoyo
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S3 omits ti; S1 has nerayito nerayito ti
4 Missing in S1-3
5 B1-2 bhataü always; S1 once; S3 thrice
6 Missing in B2; B1 ādiyi
>/
#<[page 320]>#
%<320                  GâMANI SAũYUTTAM             [XLII. 8. 11>%
so āpāyiko nerayikoti || atthi kho pana mayā kāmesu
micchā ciõõam\<*<1>*>/ aham pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti diņņhim
patilabhati || taü gāmaõi vācam appahāya taü cittam appa-
hāya taü diņņhim appaņinissajjitvā yathā hataü nikkhitto
evaü niraye || || Mayhaü kho satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi
Yo koci musā bhaõati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayikoti || atthi
kho pana mayā musā bhaõitam aham pamhi āpāyiko nera-
yiko ti || diņņhim paņilabhati || tam gāmaõi vācam appahāya
taü cittam appahāya taü diņņhim appaņinissajjitvā yathā
hatam nikkhitto evaü niraye || ||
11 Idha pana gāmaõi tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaü
sammāsambuddho vijjācaraõasampanno sugato lokavidå
anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaü
buddho bhagavā || so anekapariyāyena pāõātipātaü gara-
hati vigarahati Pāõātipātā viramathā ti āha || adinnādānaü
garahati vigarahati Adinnādānā viramathā ti cāha || kāmesu
micchācāraü garahati vigarahati Kāmesu micchācarā vira-
mathā ti cāha || musāvādaü garahati vigarahati Musāvādā
viramathā ti cāha || tasmiü kho pana gāmaõi satthari
sāvako abhippasanno hoti || so iti paņisa¤cikkhati || ||
12 Bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena pāõātipātaü garahati
vigarahati Pāõātipātā viramathāti cāha || || Atthi kho pana
mayā pāõo atimāpito yāvatako vā tāvatako vā || taü na
suņņhu taü na sādhu || ahaü ceva kho pana tappaccayā
vippaņisārã assaü || na me taü pāpakammam\<*<2>*>/ akatam
bhavissatãti || so iti paņisaīkhāya taü ceva pāõātipātām
pajahati || āyatiü ca pāõātipātā paņivirato hoti || evam
etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || ||
13 Bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena adinnādānaü gara-
hati vigarahati Adinnādānā viramathāti cāha || || Atthi kho
pana mayā adinnam adinnaü yāvatakam vā tāvatakaü vā ||
yaü kho pana mayā adinnam ādinnam yāvatakaü vā
tāvatakaü vā taü na suņņhu taü na sādhu || ahaü ceva kho
pana tappaccayā vippaņisārã assaü na me tam pāpa-
kammam\<*<3>*>/ akatam bhavissatãti || so iti paņisaīkhāya ta¤ceva

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 micchācārā ciõõā
2 S1-3 pāpaü-
3 S3 pāpakaükammaü
>/
#<[page 321]>#
%<XLII. 8. 16]                    GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM           321>%
adinnādānam pajahati || āyati¤ca adinnādānā paņivirato
hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa pahānaü hoti ||
evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || ||
14 Bhagavā kho pana\<*<1>*>/ anekapariyāyena kāmesu
micchācāram garahati vigarahati Kāmesu micchācārā
viramathā ti cāha || || Atthi kho pana mayā kāmesu
micchāciõõaü\<*<2>*>/ yāvatakaü vā tāvatakaü vā || yaü kho
pana mayā kāmesu micchāciõõaü yāvatakaü vā tāva-
takaü vā taü na suņņhu taü na sādhu aha¤ ceva\<*<3>*>/ kho
pana tappaccayā vippaņisārã assaü na me tam pāpakam-
mam\<*<4>*>/ akatam bhavissatãti || so iti paņisaīkāya taü ceva
kāmesu micchācāram pajahati || āyatiü ca kāmesu micchā-
cārā pātivirato hoti || || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa
pahānaü hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatik-
kamo hoti || ||
15 Bhagavā kho pana\<*<5>*>/ anekapariyāyena musāvādaü
garahati vigarahati Musāvādā viramathā ti cāha || || Atthi
kho pana mayā musābhaõitam yāvatakam vā tāvatakaü
vā || yaü kho pana mayā musābhaõitaü yāvatakaü vā
tāvatakaü vā taü na suņņhu na sādhu || aha¤ceva kho pana
tappaccayā vippatisārã assaü na me tam pāpakammam
akatam bhavissatã ti || || So iti paņisaīkhāya taü ceva
musāvādam pajahati āyatiü ca musāvādā paņivirato hoti ||
evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || ||
16 So pāõātipātam pahāya pāõātipātā paņivirato hoti ||
adinnādānaü pahāya adinnādānā paņivirato hoti || kāmesu
micchācāram pahāya kāmesu micchācārā paņivirato hoti ||
musāvādam pahāya musāvādā paņivirato hoti || pisu-
õaü vācam pahāya pisuõāya vācāya paņivirato hoti ||
pharusaü vācam pahāya pharusāya vācāya\<*<6>*>/ paņivirato
hoti || || Samphappalāpam pahāya samphappalāpā paņi-
virato hoti || abhijjham pahāya anabhijjālu hoti vyāpadapa-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 micchācārā ciõõā as before
3 S1-3 ahaü eva
4 S3 pāpakamkammam as before
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 have as before pisuõā-pharusāvācaü pisuõāpharusāvācā
>/
#<[page 322]>#
%<322                    GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM           [XLII. 8. 17>%
dosam pahāya avyāpannacitto hoti || micchādiņņhim\<*<1>*>/ pahāya
sammādiņņhiko hoti || || Sa\<*<2>*>/ kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako
evam vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammuëho sampajāno
patissato mettāsahagatena\<*<3>*>/ cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā
viharati || tathā dutiyaü || tathā tatiyaü || tathā catuttham
iti uddham adho tiriyam sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbā-
vantam lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahag-
gatena appamaõena averena avyāpajjhena\<*<4>*>/ pharitvā viha-
rati || ||
17 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi balavā saīkhadhamo appakasi-
reõeva catuddisā vi¤¤āpeyya || evam eva kho gāmaõi evam
bhāvitāya mettāya cetovimuttiyā evam bahulãkatāya yam
pamāõakatam kammaü na taü tatrāvasissati na taü
tatrāvatiņņhati || sa kho so\<*<5>*>/ gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü
vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patis-
sato karuõāsahagatena cetasā\<*<6>*>/ || mudita\<*<7>*>/ || upekkhāsaha-
gatena cetasā ekaü disaü pharitvā viharati || tathā
dutiyaü || tathā tatiyaü || tatha catuttham iti uddham adho
tiriyaü sabbādhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam upek-
khāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena
avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || ||
18 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi baëavā saīkhadhamo appakasire-
neva\<*<8>*>/ catuddisā vi¤¤āpeyya || evam eva kho gāmaõi evam
bhavitāya upekkhāya cetovimuttiyā evam bahulikatāya
yam pamāõakataü kammaü na taü tatrāvasissati na taü
tatrāvatiņņhatã ti || ||
19 Evaü vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmani Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante ||
pe || ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).9 Kulam>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Kosalesu cārikaü caramāno
mahatā bhikkhusaīghena saddhiü yena Nāëandā tād-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 diņņhã
2 B2 inserts ce
3 S1-3 mettāyā
4 B1-2 avyāpajjena always
5 B1 seems to have bho
6 S1-3 insert --pe--; B2 vipulenamahaggatena || pa ||
7 S1-3 insert sahagatena cetasā
8 S1-3 -sireõa
>/
#<[page 323]>#
%<XLII. 9. 6]                  GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             323>%
avasāri || tatra sudam Bhagavā Nālandāyaü viharati
Pāvarikambavane || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Nālandā dubbhikkhā hoti
dvãhitikā\<*<1>*>/ setaņņhikā salākāvuttā || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena Nigaõņho Nāņaputto Nāëan-
dāyaü paņivasati mahatiyā Nigaõņhaparisāya saddhiü || ||
4 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto\<*<2>*>/ gāmaõi nigaõņhasāvako
yena Nigaõņho Naņaputto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
Nigaõņhaü Nātaputtam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
5 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho Asibandhakaputtaü
gāmaniü Nigaõņho Nāņaputto etad avoca || || Ehi tvaü
gāmani samaõassa Gotamassa vādam āropehi evaü te
kalyāõo kittisaddo abbhuggacchissati || Asibandhakaputtena
gāmaõinā samaõassa Gotamassa evam mahiddhikassa
evam mahānubhāvassa vādo āropito ti || ||
Katham panāham bhante samaõassa Gotamassa evam
mahiddhikassa evam mahānubhāvassa vādam āropessāmã
ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
6 Ehi tvaü gāmaõi yena samano Gotamo tenupasaī-
kami\<*<4>*>/ || upasaīkamitvā samaõaü Gotamaü evaü vadehi ||
Nanu bhante Bhagavā anekapariyāyena kulānam anuda-
yaü vaõõeti anurakkhaü vaõõeti anukampaü vaõõetã
ti || || Sace kho gāmaõi samaõo Gotamo evam puņņho evaü
vyākaroti || Evam gāmaõi tathāgato anekapariyāyena kulā-
nam anudayaü vaõõeti anurukkhaü vaõõeti anukampaü
vaõõetã ti || tam enaü vadeyyāsi || || Atha ki¤carahi bhante
Bhagavā dubbhikkhe dvãhitike setaņņhike salākāvutte ma-
hatā\<*<5>*>/ bhikkhusaīghena saddhiü cārikaü carati || ucche-
dāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno anayāya Bhagavā kulā-
nam paņipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno
ti || || Imaü kho te gāmaõi samaõo Gotamo ubhatokoņi-
kaü\<*<6>*>/ pa¤ham puņņho neva sakkhati uggilituü neva
sakkhati ogilituü\<*<7>*>/ ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 dåhi-; S3 dåhã-; further on dåhã
2 S1-3 asibaddha- as before, always
3 B1-2 āropemãti
4 So all the MSS.
5 S1 mahā; S3 mahātā
6 B2 koņiyam
7 S1-3 intervert uggi-ogilituü
>/
#<[page 324]>#
%<324                     GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM           [XLII. 9. 7>%
7 Evam bhante ti kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Nigaõ-
ņhassa Nāņaputtassa paņisutvā uņņhāyasanā Nigaõņhaü
Nātaputtam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā yena Bha-
gavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
8 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nanu bhante Bhagavā aneka-
pariyāyena kulānaü anudayam vaõõeti anurakkhaü vaõ-
õeti anukampaü vaõõetã ti || ||
Evaü gāmaõi tathāgato anekapariyāyena kulānam
anudayaü vaõõeti anurakkhaü vaõõeti anukampaü vaõ-
õetã ti || ||
Atha ki¤carahi bhante Bhagavā dubbhikkhe dvãhitike\<*<1>*>/
setaņņhike salākāvutte mahatā\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhusaīghena saddhiü
cārikaü carati || ucchedāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno
anayāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā
kulānam paņipanno ti || ||
9 Ito so gāmaõi ekanavutikappo\<*<3>*>/ yaü aham anussarāmi
nābhijānāmi ki¤ci kulam pakkabhikkhānuppadānamattena\<*<4>*>/
upahatapubbaü || atha kho yāni tāni kulāni aķķhāni
mahaddhanāni mahābhogāni pahåtajātaråparajatāni pahå-
tavittupakaraõāni pahåtadhanadha¤¤āni || sabbāni tāni
dānasambhåtāni ceva saccasambhåtāni ca sa¤¤amasam-
bhåtāni\<*<5>*>/ ca || ||
10 Aņņha kho\<*<6>*>/ gāmaõi hetu aņņha paccayā\<*<7>*>/ kulānam
upaghātāya || rājato vā kulāni upaghātam gacchanti || corato
vā kulāni upaghātam gacchanti || aggito vā kulāni upaghā-
taü gacchanti || udakato vā kulāni upaghātaü gacchanti ||
nihitaü vā nādhigacchanti\<*<8>*>/ || duppayuttā vā kammantaü
jahanti\<*<9>*>/ || kule\<*<10>*>/ va kulaīgāroti\<*<11>*>/ uppajjati\<*<12>*>/ || yo te bhoge

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 dåhi-; S3 dåhi-
2 S1-3 mahā
3 B1-2 -kappe
4 S1-3 -bhikkhā anuppa-
5 B1-2 sāma¤¤a (B2 -¤¤aü)
6 Missing in B1
7 B2 Atha kho gāmaõi aņņha hetu aņņha paccayā
8 B1-2 nihitaüvā ņhānāvi (B1 dhi) gacchati
9 B1-2 kammantā vipajjanti
10 S1-3 kulānaü
11 S3-B2 omit ti
12 B1-2 upapajjati
>/
#<[page 325]>#
%<XLII. 10. 5]                 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             325>%
vikirati vidhamati viddhaüseti aniccatā yeva aņņhamã ti || ||
Ime kho gāmaõi aņņha hetu aņņha paccayā kulānam
upaghātāya || ||
11 Imesu\<*<1>*>/ kho gāmaõi aņņhasu\<*<2>*>/ hetåsu aņņhasu\<*<2>*>/ pac-
cayesu santesu\<*<3>*>/ saüvijjamānesu yo mam evaü vadeyya
Ucchedāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno anayāya Bhagavā
kulānam paņipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā kulānam paņi-
panno ti || taü gāmaõi vācam appahāya taü cittam appa-
hāya taü diņņhiü apaņinissajjitvā yathāhataü\<*<4>*>/ nikkhitto
evam niraye ti || ||
12 Evaü vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante || pe || upāsakam mam
Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pānupetaü saraõaü gatanti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).10 Maõiculam>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena rājantepure rājaparisāyaü\<*<5>*>/
sannisinnānaü sannipatitānaü ayam antarākathā uda-
pādi || || Kappati samaõānaü sakyaputtiyānaü jātaråpajā-
taü || sādiyanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajataü || paņi-
gaõhanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajatanti || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena Maõicåëako\<*<6>*>/ gāmaõi tassam
parisāyam nisinno hoti || ||
4 Atha kho Maõicåëako gāmaõi tam parisam etad avoca ||
Mā ayyā evam avacuttha || na kappati samaõānam sakya-
puttiyānaü jātaråparajataü || na sādiyanti samaõā sakya-
puttiyā jātaråparajataü || na paņigaõhanti samanā sakya-
puttiyā jātaråparajataü || nikkhittamaõisuvaõõā samaõā
sakyaputtiyā apetajātaråparajatā ti || || Asakkhi kho Maõi-
cålako gāmaõi tam parisaü sa¤¤āpetuü\<*<7>*>/ || ||
5 Atha kho Maõicåëako gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā eka-
mantaü nisãdi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 ime
2 S1-3 omit su
3 Missing in B1-2
4 S1 B1 -bhataü; B2 -ataü
5 B1-2 -parisāya
6 S3 -cålako always
7 S1-3 sa¤¤apetuü always
>/
#<[page 326]>#
%<326                  GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             [XLII. 10. 6>%
6 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Maõicåëako gāmaõi Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idha bhante rājantepure rājapari-
sāyaü\<*<1>*>/ sannisinnānaü sannipatitānam ayam antarākathā
udapādi || || Kappati samaõānaü sakyaputtiyānaü jatarå-
parajataü || sādiyanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparaja-
taü || paņigaõhantisamaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajatanti || ||
Evaüvutte aham\<*<2>*>/ bhante tam parisam etad avoca || Mā
ayyā\<*<3>*>/ evam avacuttha || na kappati samaõānam sakyaput-
tiyānam jātaråparajataü || na sādiyanti samaõā sakyaput-
tiyā jātaråparajataü || na patigaõhanti samaõā sakyaput-
tiyā jātaråparajataü || nikkhittamaõisuvaõõā samaõā
sakyaputtiyā apetajātaråparajatā ti || || Asakkhim khvā-
ham\<*<4>*>/ bhante tam parisaü {sa¤¤āpetuü} || ||
7 Kaccāham bhante evam vyākaramāno vuttavādã ceva
Bhagavato homi || na ca\<*<5>*>/ Bhagavantam abhåtena abbhācik-
khāmi || dhammassa cānudhammaü vyakāromi na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānuvādo\<*<6>*>/ gārayhaü ņhānam āgacchatã
ti ||
Taggha tvam gāmaõi evam vyākaramāno vuttvavādã ceva
me hosi\<*<7>*>/ na ca mam abhåtena abbhācikkhasi || dhammassa
cānudhammaü vyākarosi na ca koci sahadhammiko vādā-
nuvādo garayham ņhānam āgacchati || ||
8 Na hi gāmaõi kappati samaõānaü sakyaputtiyānaü
jātaråparajataü || na sādiyanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātarå-
parajataü || na paņigaõhanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jataråpa-
rajataü || na paņigaõhanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråpara-
jataü || nikkhittamaõisuvaõõā samaõā sakyaputtiyā apeta-
jātaråparajatā || || Yassa kho gāmaõi jātaråparajataü kap-
pati pa¤ca pi tassa kāmaguõā kappanti || yassa pa¤ca kāma-
guõā kappanti ekaüsenetaü gāmaõi dhāreyyāsi asamaõa-
dhammo asakyaputtiyadhammoti || ||
9 Apicāhaü gāmaõi evam vadāmi || || Tiõaü tiõatthi-
kena pariyesitabbaü || dāruü dārutthikena pariyesitabbam ||
sakaņaü sakaņatthikena pariyesitabbam || puriso purisat-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 -parisāya
2 S1-3 vuttāham
3 B1 ayyo; B2 ayye
4 S1-3 khohaü
5 S1 inserts maü
6 S1-3 vādānupāto
7 B1 ahosi
>/
#<[page 327]>#
%<XLII. 11. 5]                 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM              327>%
thikena pariyesitabbo || na tvevāhaü gāmaõi kenaci pari-
yāyena jātaråparajataü sāditabbam pariyesitabban ti
vadāmã ti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).11 Bhadra (or Bhagandha-Haņņhaha)>#
1 Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Malatesu\<*<1>*>/ viharati Uruvela-
kappaü\<*<2>*>/ nāma Malatānaü\<*<3>*>/ nigamo || ||
2 Atha kho Bhadragako\<*<4>*>/ gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Bhadragako gāmaõi Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā duk-
khassa samudayaü ca atthagamaü ca desetå ti || ||
Ahaü ce\<*<5>*>/ te gāmaõi atãtam addhānam ārabbha duk-
khassa samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca deseyyam Evam
ahosi atãtam addhānanti || tatra te siyā kaīkhā siyā vi-
mati || || Ahaü ce te gāmaõi anāgatam addhānam ārabbha
dukkhassa samudayaü ca atthagamaü ca deseyyaü
Evaü bhavissati anāgatam addhānanti || tatrāpi te siyā
kaīkhā siyā vimati || || Api cāham gāmaõi idheva nisinno
ettheva te nisinnassa dukkhassa samudaya¤ca atthaga-
ma¤ca desissāmi || taü suõohi sādhukam manasi karohi
bhāsissāmã ti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho Bhadragako gāmaõi Bhagavato
paccassosi || ||
4 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi
atthi te Uruvelakappe manussā yesaü te vadhena vā
bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuü sokapari-
devadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
Atthi me bhante Uruvelakappe manussā yesam me
vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuü
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
5 Atthi pana te gāmaõi Uruvelakappe manussā yasaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 mallesu; B2 pallesu
2 S3 -velā- here only; B1 -veëa- always
3 B1-2 mallānam; B2 malānaü
4 S1 bhadragako (here -to); S3 bhadrako; B2 gandhagato;
B1 gandhabhāvo always
5 B1-3 ca
5 B1-3 ca
>/
#<[page 328]>#
%<328                GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             [XLII. 11. 6>%
te vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā nuppaj-
jeyyuü sokaparideva-dukkha-domanassupāyāsāti || ||
Atthi me bhante Uruvelakappe manussā yesam me
vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā nuppaj-
jeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti ||
6 Ko nu kho gāmani hetu ko paccayo yena te ekaccānam
Uruvelakappiyānam\<*<1>*>/ manussānaü vadhena vā bandhena
vā jāniyā garahāyavā uppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhado-
manassupāyāsā || ko vā\<*<2>*>/ gāmaõi hetu ko paccayo yena te
ekaccānam Uruvelakappiyānam manussānaü vadhena vā
bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya va nuppajjeyyuü sokapari-
devadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||
Yesam me bhante Uruvelakappiyānam manussānam
vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuü
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || atthi me tesu
chandarāgo || || Yesam pana me bhante Uruvelakappiyā-
naü manussānaü vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā gara-
hāya vā nuppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassu-
pāyāsā || natthi me tesu chandarāgo ti || ||
[Atthi me tesu chanda-] \<*<3>*>/ Natthi me tesu chandarāgoti
iminā tvaü gāmani dhammena diņņhena viditena akālikena
pattena pariyogāëhena atãtānāgate nayaü nehi\<*<4>*>/ || yaü kho
ki¤ci atãtam addhānaü dukkham\<*<5>*>/ uppajjamānam uppajjati
sabbaü taü chandamålakaü chandanidānaü || chando hi
målaü dukkhassa || || Yam pi hi ki¤ci anāgatam addhānam
dukkham\<*<6>*>/ uppajjamānam uppajjissati || sabbaü taü chanda-
målakaü chandanidānaü || chando hi målaü dukkhassāti || ||
Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yāva subhāsitaü
idam bhante\<*<7>*>/ Bhagavatā || || Yam ki¤ci dukkham uppajja-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 -kappānam always
2 S1-3 pana; B2 nu kho vā
3 To be found only in S1, where the text seems to be here
somewhat disordered
4 So B1; S1-3 yeneha; B2 nayapihi (?) very scratched,
the following yaü having disappeared
5 S3 dukkhā (S1 dukkhaü)
6 S1 dukkhā (S3 dukkhaü)
7 Instead of idam bhante B1-2 have cidaü (B2 ciraü) tena
>/
#<[page 329]>#
%<XLII. 11. 10]             GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                329>%
mānaü uppajjati sabbaü taü chandamålakaü chandani-
dānaü || chando hi målaü dukkhassāti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
7 Atthi me bhante Ciravasã nāma kumāro bahi-āvasathe
paņivasati || So khvāham bhante kālasseva vuņņhāya purisam
uyyojemi\<*<2>*>/ Gaccha bhaõe Ciravasiü kumāraü jānāhãti ||
yāva kãva¤ca bhante so puriso nāgacchati || tassa me hoteva
a¤¤athattam Mā heva Ciravasissa kumārassa ki¤ci ābādha-
yessati\<*<3>*>/ || ||
8 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi Ciravāsissa te\<*<4>*>/ kumārassa
vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuü
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
Ciravāsissa me bhante kumārassa vadhena vā bandhena
vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā jãvitassa pi siyā a¤¤athattam kim
pana me\<*<5>*>/ nupajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassa-
pāyāsāti || ||
Iminā pi\<*<6>*>/ kho etaü\<*<7>*>/ gāmaõi pariyāyena veditabbaü ||
Yam ki¤ci dukkham uppajjamānam uppajjati sabbantaü
chandamåëakaü chandanidānaü || chando hi målam duk-
khassa\<*<8>*>/ || ||
9 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmani || yadā te Ciravāsissa\<*<9>*>/
mātā adiņņhā ahosi\<*<10>*>/ asutā ahosi || te\<*<11>*>/ Civarasissa\<*<9>*>/ mātuyā
chando vā rāgo vā pemaü vā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Dassanaü vā te gāmani āgamma savanaü vā te gāmaõi
āgamma\<*<12>*>/ evaü te ahosi Ciravāsissa\<*<9>*>/ mātuyā chando vā
rāgo yā pemaü vā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
10 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi Ciravasissa\<*<13>*>/ mātuyā te
vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjey-
yuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 dukkhassa
2 B1 uyyojesiü
3 S1-3 -yitthāti; B2 -yathāti
4 Missing in B1-2
5 S1-3 panime
6 Missing in B1-2
7 S3 evaü
8 B1-2 dukkhassāti
9 B1-2 ciravāsi
10 S1-3 āsi
11 Missing in S1-3
12 B1-2 omit te gāmaõi āgamma
13 S1 Ciravassi; B1-2 ciravāsi
>/
#<[page 330]>#
%<330                   GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM               [XLII. 11. 1>%
Ciravāsimātuyā\<*<1>*>/ me bhante vadhena vā bandhena vā
jāniyā vā garahāya vā jãvitassa pi siyā a¤¤athattam kim
pane me nuppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupā-
yāsāti || ||
11 Iminā pi\<*<2>*>/ kho etam gāmaõi pariyāyena veditabbaü
yaü ki¤ci dukkhaü uppajjamānam uppajjati sabbantaü
chandamålakaü chandanidānaü || Chando hi målaü
dukkhassā ti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).12 Rāsiyo>#
3 Atha kho Rāsiyo gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Rāsiyo gāmaõi Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Sutaü me taü\<*<3>*>/ bhante Samaõo
Gotamo sabbaü tapaü garahati sabbaü tapassiü låkhajã-
vim ekaüsena upavadati upakkosatã ti || || Ye te bhante
evam ahaüsu || Samaõo Gotamo sabbaü tapaü gaharati
sabbaü tapassiü låkhajãvim ekaüsena upavadati uppako-
satã ti || kacci te bhante Bhagavato vuttavādino na ca Bha-
gavantam abhåtena abbhācikkhantã dhammānudhammaü\<*<4>*>/
vyākaronti || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo\<*<5>*>/ gāray-
haü ņhānam āgacchatã ti || ||
Ye te gāmaõi evam ahaüsu || Samaõo Gotamo sab-
baü tapaü garahati sabbam tapassiü låkhajãvim ekaü-
sena upavadati upakkosatãti || na me te vuttavādino
abbhācikkhanti ca pana maü te asatā\<*<6>*>/ abhåtena || ||

I
4 Dve me gāmaõi antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā || yo
cāyaü kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hãno gammo pothuj-
janiko anariyo anatthasaühito || yo cāyam attakilamathānu-
yogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaühito || ete te gāmaõi ubho
ante anupagamma majjhimā paņipadā tathāgatena abhi-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Ciravassi-
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1-2 sutametam
4 B1-2 dhammassa cānudhammaü
5 S1-3 vādānupāto
6 B1 inserts tucchā; S1-3 asatābhåtena (S3- bhu-)
>/
#<[page 331]>#
%<XLII. 12. 10]               GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                331>%
sambuddhā cakkhukaraõã ¤āõakaraõã upasamāya abhi¤-
¤āya sambodhāya nibbānāya saüvattati || ||
5 Katamā ca sā gāmaõi majjhimā patipaņipadā tathāga-
tena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraõã ¤āõakaraõã upasamāya
abhi¤¤āya sambodhāya nibbānāya {saüvattati} || ayam eva
ariyo atthaīgiko maggo || seyyathidaü sammādiņņhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho gāmaõi majjhimā paņipadā
tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraõã ¤āõakaraõã
upasamāya abhi¤¤āya sambodhāya nibbānāya {saüvattati} ||

II
6 Tayo me gāmaõi kāmabhogino santo saüvijjamānā
lokasmiü || katame tayo || ||

(I)
7 Idha gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã adhammena bhoge pa-
riyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena
na attānaü sukheti\<*<1>*>/ pãõeti\<*<2>*>/ na saüvibhajati\<*<3>*>/ na pu¤¤āni
karoti || ||

(II)
8 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã adhammena
bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
sāhasena attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤-
¤āni karoti || ||

(III)
9 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāma bhogã adhammena
bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
sāhasena attānam sukheti pãõeti {saüvibhajati} pu¤¤āni
karoti || ||

(IV)
10 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dham-
mādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 inserts na
2 B1-2 piõeti; S3 pinoti here only
3 S1-3 saüvibhajjati always
>/
#<[page 332]>#
%<332                 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             [XLII. 12. 11>%
na attānaü sukheti\<*<1>*>/ piõeti na {saüvibhajati} na pu¤¤āni
karoti || ||

(V)
11 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammā-
dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi
attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni
karoti || ||

(VI)
12 Idha pana gāmani ekacco kāmabhogã dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammā-
dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi
attānam sukheti pãneti {saüvibhajati} pu¤¤āni karoti || ||

(VII)
13 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
asāhasena na attānam sukheti\<*<2>*>/ pãõeti na {saüvibhajati} na
pu¤¤āni karoti || ||

(VIII)
14 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
asāhasena attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤-
¤āni karoti || ||

(IX)
15 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
asāhasena attānaü sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni
karoti || te ca\<*<3>*>/ bhoge gadhito\<*<4>*>/ mucchito ajjhapaõõo\<*<5>*>/ anā-
dãnavadassāvã anissaraõapa¤¤o paribhu¤jati || ||

(X)
16 Idha pana ekacco kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge
pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāha-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 inserts na
2 B1 inserts na
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 gathito always
5 B1-2 -panno
>/
#<[page 333]>#
%<XLII. 12. 19]                 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             333>%
sena attānaü sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti ||
te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhāpaõõo ādãnavadas-
sāvã nissaraõapa¤¤o paribhu¤jati || ||

III
(I)
17 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam kāmabhogã adhammena bhoge
pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāha-
sena attānam na\<*<1>*>/ sukheti\<*<2>*>/ pãõeti na {saüvibhajati} na
pu¤¤āni karoti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã tãhi ņhānehi
garayho || || Katamehi tãhi gārayho || Adhammena bhoge
pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ņhānena gārayho || ||
Na attānaü sukheti pãõetãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena
gārayho || || Na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā
tatiyena ņhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã imehi tãhi ņhānehi gārayho || ||

(II)
18 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã adhammena bhoge
pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāha-
sena attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni
karoti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho ||
ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi gāray-
ho || Adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā patha-
mena ņhānena gārayho || Na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni\<*<3>*>/
karotãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena gārayho || || Katamena
ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || Attānaü sukheti pãõetãti iminā
ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || ||
Ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã imehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho
iminā ekena ņhānena pasaüso || ||

(III)
19 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam\<*<4>*>/ kāmabhogã adhammena bhoge
pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāha-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 na attānaü
2 B1 inserts na
3 S1-3 pu¤¤ā
4 S1 yo yaü; the paragraph is missing (till dvãhi ņhānehi pasaüso)
in S3
>/
#<[page 334]>#
%<334                     GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM        [XLII. 12. 20>%
sena attānaü sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti ||
ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã ekena ņhānena gārayho dvãhi
ņhanehi pāsaüso || || Katamena ekena ņhānena garayho ||
Adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā ekena ņhā-
nena gārayho || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhanehi pāsaüso || Attā-
naü sukheti pãõetãti iminā pathamena ņhānena pāsaüso ||
Saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena
{pāsaüso} || ||
Ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã iminā ekena ņhānena gārayho
imehi\<*<1>*>/ dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || ||

(IV)
20 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã dhammādhammena
bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāpi asāhasenāpi || dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi na attā-
naü sukheti\<*<2>*>/ pãõeti na {saüvibhajati} na pu¤¤āni karoti ||
ayam gāmaõi kāmabhogã ekena ņhānena pāsaüso tãhi
ņhānehi garayho || || Katamena ekena ņhānena pāsaüso ||
dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā ekena
ņhānehi pāsaüso || || Katamehi tãhi ņhānehi gārayho ||
adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena
ņhānena gārayho || na attānaü\<*<2>*>/ sukheti\<*<3>*>/ pãõetã ti iminā
dutiyena ņhānena gārayho || na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni
karoti iminā tatiyena ņhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaü gāmani kāmabhogã iminā ekena ņhānena pāsaüso ||
imehi tãhi ņhānehi gārayho || ||

(V)
21 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã dhammādhammena
bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesitvā sahāsena pi asāhasena pi attānaü
sukheti pãõeti na {saüvibhajati} na pu¤¤āni karoti || ayaü
gāmaõi kāmabhogã dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || dvãhi ņhānehi
gārayho || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā pathamena ņhānena
pāsaüso || attānaü sukheti pãõeti iminā dutiyena ņhānena

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 inserts na
>/
#<[page 335]>#
%<XLII. 12. 23]                GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM               335>%
pāsaüso || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho || adhammena
bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ņhanena
gārayho || na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā duti-
yena ņhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã imehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso
imehi dvãhi ņhanehi gārayho || ||

(VI)
22 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã dhammādham-
mena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammā-
dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi
attānaü sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti || ayaü
gāmaõi kāmabhogã tãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso ekena ņhānena
gārayho || || Katamehi tãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā pathamena ņhānena
pāsaüso || attānaü sukheti pãõetãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena
pāsaüso || saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā tatiyena
ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamena ekena ņhānena garayho ||
adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenā ti iminā ekena
ņhānena gārayho ||

(VII)
23 Tatra kho gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã dhammena
bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā
asāhasena na attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na
pu¤¤āni karoti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã ekena ņhanena
pāsaüso || dvãhi ņhānehi garayho || || Katamena ekena
ņhānena pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhase-
nāti || iminā ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamehi dvãhi
ņhānehi gārayho || na attānaü sukheti\<*<1>*>/ pãõetãti\<*<2>*>/ iminā
pathamena ņhānena gārayho || na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni
karotãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena gārayho || ||
Ayam gāmaõi kāmabhogã iminā ekena ņhānena pāsaüso ||
imehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 inserts na
2 B1 pineti
>/
#<[page 336]>#
%<336                  GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM            [XLII. 12. 24>%

(VIII)
24 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam\<*<1>*>/ kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge
pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāha-
sena attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni
karoti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã kāmabhogã dvãhi ņhānehi
pāsaüso || ekena ņhānena gārayho || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi
pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā ti iminā
pathamena ņhānena pāsaüso || attānaü sukheti pãõetãti
iminā dutiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamena ekena
ņhānena gārayho || na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karotãti
iminā ekena ņhānena gārayho || ||
Ayaü gāmani kāmabhogã imehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso ||
iminā ekena ņhānena gārayho || ||

(IX)
25 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge
pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāha-
sena attānam sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti ||
te ca\<*<2>*>/ bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhāpanno anādãnavadas-
sāvã anissaraõapa¤¤o paribhu¤jati || ayaü gāmaõi kāma-
bhogã tãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso ekena ņhānena gārayho || || Ka-
temehi tãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati
asāhasenā ti iminā pathamena ņhānena pāsaüso || attānaü
sukheti pãõetãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || saüvi-
bhajati pu¤¤āni karotãti || iminā tatiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || ||
Katamena ekena ņhānena gārayho || te ca bhoge gadhito
mucchito ajjhāpanno anādãnavadassāvã anissaraõapa¤¤o
paribhu¤jatãti iminā ekena ņhānena garayho || ||
Ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã imehi tãhi thānehi pāsaüso ||
iminā ekena ņhānena garayho || ||

(X)
26 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge
pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāha-
senā attānam sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 yovāyaü (or yocāyaü)
2 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 337]>#
%<XLII. 12. 29]              GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                337>%
te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādãnavadas-
sāvã\<*<1>*>/ nissaraõapa¤¤o paribhu¤jatãti || ayaü gāmaõi kāma-
bhogã catåhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || || Katamehi catåhi ņhānehi
pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā ti iminā
pathamena ņhānena pāsaüso || attānaü sukheti pãõetã ti
iminā dutiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni
karotãti iminā tatiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || te ca bhoge
agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādãnavadassāvã nissara-
õapa¤¤o paribu¤jatãti iminā catutthena ņhānena pāsaüso || ||
Ayaü gāmani kāmabhogã imehi catåhi ņhānehi
pāsaüso || ||

IV
27 Tayo me gāmaõi tapassino låkhajãvino\<*<2>*>/ santo saü-
vijjamānā lokasmiü || katame tayo || ||

(I)
28 Idha gāmaõi ekacco tapassã låkhajãvã\<*<3>*>/ saddhā agā-
rasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma kusalaü
dhammam adhigaccheyyam appeva nāma uttarimanussa-
dhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü sacchikareyyanti || ||
So attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusala¤ca dhammaü nādhi-
gacchati || uttarimanussadhammā\<*<4>*>/ alam ariya¤āõadassana-
visesaü na sacchikaroti || ||

(II)
29 Idha pana gāmaõi\<*<5>*>/ ekacco tapassã låkhajãvã saddhā
agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma kusa-
lam dhammam adhigaccheyyam || appeva nāma uttarima-
nussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü sacchika-
reyyanti || so attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusala¤ca\<*<6>*>/
dhammam adhigacchati uttarimanussadhammā\<*<7>*>/ alam
ariya¤ānadassanavisesaü na sacchikaroti ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 nadãna- (by correction)
2 S1-3 låkhājãvino; B1 lukhajãvino
3 S1-3 låkhājãvã; (S3 -vi) always
4 B1-2 uttaricama-
5 Missing in S1-3
6 B1 kusalaü hi kho
7 S1 uttari¤ca; B1-2 uttarica almost always
>/
#<[page 338]>#
%<338                     GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM          [XLII. 12. 30>%

(III)
30 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco tapassã låkhajãvã saddhā
agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma
kusalaü dhammam adhigaccheyyam || appeva nāma
uttari manussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü
sacchikareyyanti || || So attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti ||
kusala¤ca dhammam adhigacchati || uttarimanussadhammā
alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü sacchikaroti || ||

V
(I)
31 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü tapassã låkhajãvã attānam ātāpeti
paritāpeti || kusala¤ca dhammaü nādhigacchati uttarima-
nussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü na sacchi-
karoti || ayaü gāmaõi tapassã lukhajãvã tãhi ņhānehi gārayho || ||
Katamehi tãhi ņhanehi gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritā-
petãti iminā pathamena ņhānena gārayho || kusala¤ ca
dhammaü nādhigacchatãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena
gārayho || uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadas-
sanavisesaü na sacchikarotãti iminā tatiyena ņhānena
gārayho || ||
Ayaü gāmaõi tapassã lukhajãvã imehi tãhi ņhānehi
gārayho || ||

(II)
32 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam tapassã låkhajãvã attānam
ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusalaü hi kho dhammam adhigacchati
uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü na\<*<1>*>/
sacchikaroti || ayaü gāmaõi tapassã lukhajãvi dvãhi ņhanehi
gārayho || ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamehi dvãhi
ņhānehi gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritāpetãti iminā
pathamena ņhānena garayho || uttarimanussadhammā alam
ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü na sacchikarotãti iminā dutiyena
ņhānena gārayho || || Katamena ekena ņhānena pāsaüso ||
kusalaü hi dhammam adhigacchatãti iminā ekena ņhānena
pāsaüso || ||
Ayaü gāmaõi låkhajãvã imehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho ||
iminā ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B1
>/
#<[page 339]>#
%<XLII. 12. 36]               GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM               339>%

(III)
33 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam tapassã låkhajãvi attānam
ātāpeti paritāpeti kusalaü ca dhammam\<*<1>*>/ adhigacchati
uttari ca dhammanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavi-
sesaü sacchikaroti || ayam gāmaõi tapassã låkhajãvã ekena
ņhānena gārayho || dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || || Katamena
ekena ņhānena gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritāpetãti ||
iminā ekena ņhānena garayho\<*<2>*>/ || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi
pāsaüso || kusala¤ca dhammam adhigacchatãti iminā patha-
mena ņhanena pāsaüso || uttari¤ ca manussadhammā alam
ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü sacchikarotãti iminā dutiyena
ņhānena pāsaüso || ||
Ayaü gāmaõi tapassã låkhajãvi iminā ekena ņhānena
gārayho || imehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || ||
VI
34 Tisso imā gāmaõi sandiņņhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipas-
sikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā vi¤¤åhi || || katamā
tisso || ||

(I)
35 Yam ratto rāgādhikaraõam attavyābādhāya\<*<3>*>/ pi
ceteti || paravyābādhāya pi ceteti || ubhayavyābādhāya pi
ceteti || rāge pahãne nevattavyābādhāya\<*<4>*>/ ceteti na paravyā-
bādhāya na ubhayavyābādhāya ceteti || sandiņņhikā nijjarā
akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā\<*<5>*>/ paccattam veditabbā
vi¤¤åhi || ||

(II)
36 Yam duņņho dosādhikaraõam attavyābādhāya pi
ceteti paravyābādhāya pi ceteti ubhayavyābādhāya pi
ceteti || dose pahãne nevattavyābādhāya ceteti na paravyā-
bādhāya ceteti na ubhayāvyabādhāya ceteti || sandiņņhikā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kusalaü (S1 kusala-) dhammaü ca
2 This phrase (attānaü- -gārayho) is missing in S1-3
3 B1 -vyāpādāya always
4 S1-3 neva atta-
5 B1-2 opaneyyikā
>/
#<[page 340]>#
%<340                    GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM           [XLII. 12. 37>%
nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā
vi¤¤åhi || ||

(III)
37 Yaü måëho mohādhikaraõam attavyābādhāya pi
ceteti || paravyābādhāya pi ceteti || ubhayavyābādhāya pi
ceteti || mohe pahãne nevattavyābādhāya pi\<*<1>*>/ ceteti na para-
vyābādhāya pi\<*<1>*>/ ceteti || na ubhayavyābādhāya pi\<*<1>*>/ ceteti ||
sandiņņhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam
veditabbā vi¤¤åhi || ||
Imā kho gāmaõi tisso sandiņņhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipas-
sikā opanayikā paccattaü veditabbā vi¤¤åhãti || ||
38 Evaü vutte Rāsiyo gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante || pe || upāsakam mam
Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü ga-
tan ti || ||

#<SN_4,42(8).13 Pātali (or Manāpo)>#
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Koëiyesu viharati Uttaram\<*<2>*>/
nāma Koëiyānaü nigame\<*<3>*>/ || ||
2 Atha kho Pāņaliyo gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
Ekam antaü nisinno kho Pāņaliyo gāmaõi Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante Samaõo
Gotamo māyaü jānātãti || || Ye te bhante evam ahaüsu
Samaõo Gotamo māyaü jānātãti || kacci te bhante Bhaga-
vato vuttavādino na ca Bhagavantam abhåtena abbhācik-
khanti || dhammassa cānudhammaü vyākaronti || na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānupāto\<*<4>*>/ gārayhaü ņhānam āgacchati ||
anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayam bhante Bhagavantanti || ||
3 Ye te gāmaõi evam āhaüsu Samaõo Gotamo māyaü
jānātãti vuttavādino ceva me te na ca mam abhåtena
abbhācikkhanti || dhammassa cānudhammaü vyākaronti ||
na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaü ņhānam
āgacchatãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 omits pi
2 B2 uttare; S1-3 uttarakan
3 B1 nigamo
4 B2 -vādo always
>/
#<[page 341]>#
%<XLII. 13. 8]              GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                  341>%
4 Saccaü yeva kira bho mayam tesaü samaõabrāhmaõā-
naü na saddahāma Samaõo Gotamo māyaü jānātãti ||
Samaõo khalu bho Gotamo māyāvãti || ||
Yo nu kho gāmaõi evam vadeti Aham māyaü jānāmãti
so evaü vadeti Aham māyāvãti || tatheva tam Bhagavā hoti
tatheva tam sugato hotãti || || Tena hi gāmaõi ta¤¤evettha
paņipucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā taü vyākarey-
yāsi || ||

I
(I)
5 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi ||\<*<1>*>/ jānāsi tvaü gāmaõi\<*<2>*>/
Koëiyānaü lambacåëake bhaņe\<*<3>*>/ ti || ||
Jānāmaham bhante Koëiyānaü lambacålake bhaņe ti || ||
6 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || kim atthiyā Koliyānaü
lambacålakā bhaņāti || ||
Ye ca bhante Koëiyānaü corā te ca paņisedhetuü yāni
ca Koëiyānam duteyyāni tāni vahātuü\<*<4>*>/ etadatthiyā\<*<5>*>/
bhante Koëiyānaü lambacåëakā bhaņāti\<*<6>*>/ ||
7 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || jānāsi tvaü Koëiyānaü\<*<7>*>/
lambacåëake bhaņe || silavanto vā te dussãlā\<*<8>*>/ vā ti || ||
Jānāmaham bhante Koëiyānaü lambacålake bhaņe
dussãle pāpadhamme || ye ca loke dussilā pāpadhammā
Koëiyānaü lambacåëakā tesam a¤¤atarāti || ||
8 Yo nu kho gāmaõi evam vadeyya || || Pātaliyo gāmaõi
jānāti Koëiyānam lambacåëake bhaņe dussãle pāpadhamme ||
Pāņaliyo pi gāmaõi dussãlo pāpadhammoti || sammā nu kho
so vadamāno vadeyya || ||
No hetam bhante || a¤¤e bhante Koëiyānaü lambacåëakā
bhaņā a¤¤o hamasmi a¤¤athādhammā Koëiyānam lambacå-
ëakā bhaņā a¤¤athādhammo hamasmãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 inserts here jānāsigāmaõi
2 B1-2 omit gāmaõi
3 S1 has always bhave-bhavā
4 S1 vahātu; B1 cahātuü; B2 cayātuü
5 S1-3 etadatthāya
6 S1 bhāvāti; S3 bhaņoti
7 B1-2 insert nigame
8 S1-3 sãlavante . . . dussãle
>/
#<[page 342]>#
%<342                      GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM         [XLII. 13. 9>%
9 Tvaü hi nāma\<*<1>*>/ gāmaõi\<*<2>*>/ lacchasi Pāņaliyo gāmaõi
jānāti Koëiyānaü lambacåëake bhaņe dussãle pāpadhamme
na ca\<*<3>*>/ Pāņaliyo gāmaõi dussãlo pāpadhammoti || kasmā
tathāgato na lacchati Tathāgato māyaü jānāti na ca tathā-
gato māyāvãti || || Māya¤cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi || māyāya
ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca māyāvã kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upa-
pajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || ||

(II)
10 Paõātipāta¤cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi pāõātipātassa
ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca pāõātipātā kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upa-
pajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi ||
11 Adinnādāna¤cāham gāmaõi pajānāmi || adinnādānassa
ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca adinnādāyã kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upa-
pajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || ||
12 Kāmesu micchācāra¤ cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi kāmesu
micchācārassa ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca kāmesu
micchācārã kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü
vinipātam nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || ||
13 Musāvāda¤cāham gāmaõi pajānāmi || musāvādassa ca
vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca musāvādã kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā apāyaü duggatim vinipātaü nirayam upa-
pajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || ||
14 Pisuõavāca¤cāhaü gāmaõi pijānāmi pasuõavācāya\<*<4>*>/
ca\<*<2>*>/ vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca pisunavāco\<*<5>*>/ kāyassa
bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam
upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi ||
15 Pharusavāca¤cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi pharusavācāya\<*<6>*>/
ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca pharusavāco\<*<6>*>/ kāyassa
bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatim vinipātaü nirayam
upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 inserts na
3 B2 neva instead of na ca
4 S3 pisuõā-
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 pharåsā-
>/
#<[page 343]>#
%<XLII. 13. 21]             GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM            343>%
16 Samphappalāpa¤cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi samphap-
palāpassa ca vipākam || yathāpaņipanno ca samphappalāpã
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü
nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || ||
17 Abhijjha¤cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi abhijjhāya ca
vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca abhijjhālu kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upa-
pajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || ||
18 Vyāpādapadosa¤cāham gāmani pajānāmi vyāpādapa-
dosassa ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca vyāpannacitto
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātam
nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || ||
19 Micchādiņņhi¤cāham gāmaõi pajānāmi micchādiņņhiyā
ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca micchādiņņhiko kāyassa
bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam
upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || ||

II
20 Santi\<*<1>*>/ gāmaõi eke samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino
evam diņņhino Yo koci pāõam atimāpeti sabbo so diņņheva
dhamme dukkhaü domanassam {paņisaüvediyati} || yo koci
adinnam ādiyati sabbo so diņņheva dhamme dukkhaü
domanassam {paņisaüvediyati} || yo koci kāmesu micchā-
carati sabbo so diņņheva dhamme dukkhaü domanassam
{paņisaüvediyati} || yo koci musā bhaõati sabbo so diņņheva
dhamme dukkhaü domanassam paņisaüvediyatãti || ||

(I)
21 Dissati kho pana gāmani idhekacco mālã kuõķalã\<*<2>*>/
sunhāto\<*<3>*>/ suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikamehi\<*<4>*>/ rājā-
ma¤¤e paricārento || tam\<*<5>*>/ ekam āhaüsu || Ambho ayam
puriso kim akāsi mālã kuõķalã\<*<6>*>/ sunhāto suvilitto kappi-
takesamassu itthikāmehi\<*<4>*>/ rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || tam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert hi
2 S1-3 mālākuõķalã (S3 -kulã)
3 S1-3 sunahāto
4 S1-3 itthikamesu hi
5 B1-2 insert enam
6 S1-3 mālakuõķalã
>/
#<[page 344]>#
%<344                  GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM            [XLII. 13. 22>%
enam\<*<1>*>/ evam āhaüsu || Ayam ambho puriso ra¤¤o paccat-
thikam pasayha jãvitā voropesi || tassa rājā attamano abhi-
hāram adāsi || tenāyam puriso mālã\<*<2>*>/ kuõķalã sunhāto
suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi\<*<3>*>/ rājāma¤¤e pari-
cāretãti ||

(II)
22 Dissati kho pana\<*<4>*>/ gāmaõi idhekacco daëhāya rajjuyā
pacchābāhaü gāëhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuõķam
karitvā kharassarena paõavena rathiyāya rathiyaü siīghā-
ņakena siīghāņakam pariõetvā dakkhiõena dvārena nik-
khāmetva\<*<5>*>/ dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsaü chijjamāno || tam
enam\<*<6>*>/ evam āhaüsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi
daëhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaü gaëhabandhanam\<*<7>*>/ bandhitvā
khuramuõķam karitvā kharasarena paõavena rathiyāya
rathiyam siīghātakena siīghāņakam parinetvā dakkhiõena
dvārena nikkhāmetvā\<*<8>*>/ dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsam chinda-
tãti\<*<9>*>/ || tam enam\<*<10>*>/ evam āhaüsu || Ambho ayam puriso
rājaverã\<*<11>*>/ itthiü vā purisaü vā jãvitā voropesi || tena naü
rājāno gahetvā evaråpaü kammakaraõaü karontãti\<*<12>*>/ || ||
23 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi api nu te evaråpaü diņ-
ņham vā sutaü vā ti || ||
Diņņha¤ca no bhante suta¤ca såyissati\<*<13>*>/ cā ti || ||
24 Tatra gāmaõi ye te samaõabrahmanā evaüvādino
evaüdiņņhino Yo koci pāõam atimāpeti sabbo so diņņheva
dhamme dukkhaü domanassam {paņisaüvediyatãti} || saccaü
vā te āhaüsu musā vā ti || ||
Musā bhante || ||
Ye pana te tucchaü\<*<14>*>/ musā vilapanti sãlavanto vā te
dussãlā vā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ena
2 S1 māla-; S3 mālā-
3 S3 itthikāme
4 Missing in B1-2
5 B1-2 nikkhamitvā
6 Missing in S3
7 S1 daëhabandhanam
8 B1 nikkhamitvā
9 B2 chijjatãti
10 Missing in S1-3
11 S1 rājaveriyā; S3 -veriyā
12 B1-2 evaråpāni kammakaraõāni karentãti
13 B1-2 suyyissati always
14 S1-3 tucchā
>/
#<[page 345]>#
%<XLII. 13. 27]                 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM               345>%
Dussãlā bhante || ||
Ye pana te dussãlā pāpadhammā micchāpaņipannā vā te
sammāpaņipannā vā ti || ||
Micchāpaņipannā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchāpaņipannā micchādiņņhikā vā te sam-
mādiņņhikā vā ti || ||
Micchādiņņhikā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchādiņņhikā kallaü nu tesu pasãditun ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

(III)
25 Dissati kho pana gāmaõi\<*<1>*>/ idhekacco mālã\<*<2>*>/ kuõķalã ||
pe || itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricārento || tam enam evam
āhaüsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi māli || kuõķalã || la ||
itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || || Tam enam evam
āhaüsu || || Ayam ambho\<*<3>*>/ puriso ra¤¤o paccatthikassa
pasayha\<*<4>*>/ ratanam\<*<5>*>/ ahāsi\<*<6>*>/ || tassa rājā attamano abhihā-
ram\<*<7>*>/ adāsi || tenāyam puriso mālã kuõķalã || pe || itthikāmehi
rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || ||

(IV)
26 Dissati kho pana\<*<8>*>/ gāmaõi idhekacco daëhāya rajjuyā ||
pe || dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsam chijjamāno || tam enam
evam āhaüsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daëhāya
rajjuyā || pe || dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsaü chindatãti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
Tam enam evam āhaüsu || || Ayam ambho puriso gāmā vā
ara¤¤ā vā adinnaü theyyasaīkhātam ādiyi\<*<10>*>/ || tena naü
rājāno gahetvā evaråpaü kammakāraõam\<*<11>*>/ karontãti\<*<12>*>/ || ||
27 Taü kiü ma¤¤asi gāmaõi api nu te evaråpaü diņ-
ņhaü vā sutaü vā ti || ||
Diņņhaü ca no bhante suta¤ ca suyissati cāti\<*<13>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 māla- always
3 B1 ambho ayaü always
4 S1-2 pasayhaü
5 B1 adinnam
6 S1-3 abhāsi; B2 āhāsi; B1 ādiyi
7 S3 upahāram; S1 pahāram
8 Missing in B1-2
9 B2 chijjatãti
10 B1 ādiyati
11 B1 S3 -karaõaü
12 B1-2 karentãti
13 S1-3 vāti
>/
#<[page 346]>#
%<346                  GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             [XLII. 13. 28>%
28 Tatra\<*<1>*>/ gāmaõi ye te samaõa brāhmaõā evaü vādino
evaü diņņhino Yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so diņņheva
dhamme dukkhaü domanassam paņisaüvediyatãti || saccaü
vā te āhaüsu musā vā ti || pe || kallaü nu tesu pasãditun
ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

(V)
29 Dissati kho pana gāmaõi idhekacco mālã kuõķalã ||
pe || itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricārento || tam enam evam
āhaüsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi mālã kuõķalã || pe ||
itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || || Tam enam evam
āhaüsu || Ayam ambho puriso ra¤¤o paccatthikassa dāresu
cārittam āpajji || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi ||
tenāyam puriso mālã kuõķalã || pe || itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e
paricāretãti || ||

(VI)
30 Dissati kho pana\<*<2>*>/ gāmani idhekacco daëhāya rajjuyā ||
pe || dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsaü chijjamāno || || Tam enam
evam āhaüsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daëhāya
rajjuyā || pe || dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsam chindatãti || ||
Tam enam evam āhaüsu || || Ayam ambho puriso kulitthã-
su\<*<3>*>/ kulakumārãsu cārittam āpajji || tena naü rājāno ga-
hetvā evaråpaü kammakāraõaü\<*<4>*>/ karontãti || ||
31 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi api nu te evaråpaü diņ-
ņhaü vā sutaü vā ti || ||
Diņņha¤ca no bhante suta¤ca såyissati cā ti || ||
32 Tatra gāmaõi ye te samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino
evaüdiņņhino Yo koci kāmesu micchācarati sabbo so diņ-
ņhave dhamme dukkhaü domanassam paņisaüvediyatãti || ||
saccaü vā te āhaüsu musā vā ti || pe || kallaü nu tesu
pasãditunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tattha
2 Missing in B1-2
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 evarupā- -kāraõaü
>/
#<[page 347]>#
%<XLII. 13. 36]              GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM              347>%
(VII)
33 Dissati kho pana gāmaõi idhekacco\<*<1>*>/ mālã kuõķalã
sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāma¤-
¤e paricārento || tam enam\<*<2>*>/ evam āhaüsu || Ambho ayam
puriso kim akāsi mālã kuõķalã sunhāto suvilitto kappita-
kesamassu itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || || Tam
enam\<*<2>*>/ evam āhaüsu || Ayam ambho puriso rājānam musā-
vādena hāsesi\<*<3>*>/ || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi ||
tenāham puriso mālã kuõķalã sunhāto suvilitto kappitake-
samassu itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || ||

(VIII)
34 Dissati kho pana\<*<4>*>/ gāmaõi idhekacco daëhāya rajjuyā
pacchābāhaü gāëhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuõķaü
karitvā kharassarena paõavena rathiyāya rathiyaü siīghā-
ņakena siīghāņakam parinetvā dakkhiõena dvārena nikkhā-
metvā dakkhinato nagarassa sãsaü chijjamāno || || Tam
enam evam āhaüsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi
daëhāya rajjuyā pacchābāham gāëhabandhanam bandhitvā
khuramuõķam karitvā kharassarena paõavena rathiyāya
rathiyaü siīghāņakena siīghātakaü parinetvā dakkhiõena
dvārena nikkhāmetvā\<*<5>*>/ dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsam
chindatãti\<*<6>*>/ || || Tam enam\<*<7>*>/ evam āhaüsu || Ayam ambho
puriso gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena
attham bha¤ji || tena naü rājāno gahetvā evaråpāni kam-
makaraõāni\<*<8>*>/ karontãti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
35 Tam kiü ma¤¤asi gāmani api nu te evaråpaü diņ-
ņhaü vā sutaü vā ti || ||
Diņņhaü ca no bhante suta¤ca såyissati cā ti || ||
36 Tatra gāmaõi ye te samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino
evaüdiņņhino Yo koci musā bhaõati sabbo so diņņheva

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ekacco
2 S1-3 tamena
3 B1 hāseti
4 Missing in B1-2
5 B1-2 S1 nikkhamitvā
6 B2 chijja-
7 S1-3 tamena
8 S1-3 evaråpākammakaraõā
9 B2 karentãti
>/
#<[page 348]>#
%<348                     GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             [XLII. 13. 37>%
dhamme dukkhaü domanassam paņisaüvediyatãti || saccaü
vā te āhaüsu musā vā ti || ||
Musā bhante || ||
Ye pana te tuccham musā vilapanti sãlavanto vā te
dussãlā vā ti || ||
Dussãlā bhante || ||
Ye pana te dussãlā pāpadhammā micchāpaņipannā vā te
sammāpaņipannā vā te || ||
Micchā paņipannā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchāpaņipannā micchādiņņhikā vā te sam-
mādiņņhikā vā ti || ||
Micchādiņņhikā bhante || ||
Ye pana te micchādiņņhikā kallaü nu tesu pasãditunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||

III
37 Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante || ||
Atthi me bhante āvasathāgāram || tattha atthi ma¤cakāni
atthi āsanāni atthi udakamaõiko atthi telapadãpo || || Tat-
tha\<*<1>*>/ yo samaõo vā brāhmaõo vā vāsam upeti || tenāhaü
yathāsattiü\<*<2>*>/ yathābalaü saüvibhajāmi || || Bhåtapubbam
bhante cattāro satthāro nānādiņņhikā nānākhantikā\<*<3>*>/ nānā-
rucikā tasmim āvasathāgāre vāsam upagacchuü\<*<4>*>/ ||

(I)
38 Eko satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Natthi dinnam nat-
thi yiņņhaü natthi hutaü natthi sukaņadukkaņānam kam-
mānam phalaü vipāko || natthi ayaü loko natthi paraloko\<*<5>*>/
natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke
samaõabrāhmaõā sammaggatā\<*<6>*>/ sammāpaņipannā ye
ima¤ca lokam paraü ca lokaü sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā
pavedentãti || ||

(II)
39 Eko satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã. Atthi dinnam atthi

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 atthi
2 B1-2 satti
3 Missing in B2
4 S1-3 upaga¤chiüsu
5 S1-3 paro loko
6 B1 samaggatā
>/
#<[page 349]>#
%<XLII. 13. 41]               GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM               349>%
yiņņham atthi hutam atthi sukaņadukkaņānaü kammānam
phalam vipāko || atthi ayaü loko atthi paro loko atthi mātā
atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke samaõabrāh-
maõā sammaggatā\<*<1>*>/ sammāpaņipannā ye ima¤ca lokam
para¤ca lokam sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pavedentãti || ||

(III)
40 Eko satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Karato kārayato
chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato\<*<2>*>/ socayato\<*<3>*>/
kilamato kilamayato\<*<4>*>/ phandato phandāpayato pāõam ati-
māpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhim chindato nillopaü ha-
rato ekāgārikam karoto paripanthe\<*<5>*>/ tiņņhato paradāraü
gacchato musā bhaõato karato\<*<6>*>/ na karãyati pāpaü || ||
Khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena\<*<7>*>/ imissā pathaviyā\<*<8>*>/ pāõe
ekam maüsakhalam ekam maüsapu¤jaü kareyya || natthi
tato nidānam pāpaü natthi pāpassa āgamo || || Dakkhiõa¤\<*<9>*>/
ce pi Gaīgāya tãraü gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto
chedāpento pacanto pācento natthi tato nidānam pāpam
natthi pāpussa āgamo || || Uttara¤ce pi Gaīgāya\<*<10>*>/ tãraü
gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yajāpento\<*<11>*>/ natthi tato
nidānam pu¤¤am natthi pu¤¤assa āgamo || dānena damena
saüyamena saccavajjena natthi pu¤¤am natthi pu¤¤assa
āgamo ti || ||

(IV)
41 Eko satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Karato\<*<12>*>/ kārayato
chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato socapāyato
kilamato kilamāpayato\<*<13>*>/ phandato phandāpayato pāõam
atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiü chidato nillopaü
harato ekāgārikaü karoto paripanthe\<*<14>*>/ tiņņhato paradāraü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 samaggatā
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B1 socāpayato
4 So B2; so S1-3 (omitting kilamato); B1 kilamāpayato
5 B2 paņi-
6 B2 karonto
7 B1-2 insert yo
8 S1-3 puthaviyā
9 S1 dakkhiõe; S3 dakkhiõā
10 S3 gangā
11 S1 yājapento; S3 yājento
12 S1-3 karato
13 As in the preceding number
14 B2 paņimante
>/
#<[page 350]>#
%<350                   GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM          [XLII. 13. 42>%
gacchato musā bhaõato karato kāriyati pāpam || || Khurapari-
yantena ce pi cakkena\<*<1>*>/ imissā pathaviyā\<*<2>*>/ pāõe ekam\<*<3>*>/
maüsakhalam ekam\<*<3>*>/ maüsapu¤jaü kareyya || atthi tato
nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || || Dakkhiõa¤ ce pi
Gaīgāya\<*<4>*>/ tãram gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto
chedāpento pacanto pācento atthi tato nidānam pāpam
atthi pāpassa āgamo || || Uttara¤ ce pi Gaīgāya\<*<4>*>/ tãraü
gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento atthi tato nidā-
nam pu¤¤aü || atthi pu¤¤assa āgamo || dānena damena
saüyamena saccavajjena atthi pu¤¤am atthi pu¤¤assa
āgamoti || ||
42 Tassa mayham bhante ahudeva kaīkhā ahu\<*<5>*>/ vicikic-
chā || Ko su nāma imesam bhavataü\<*<6>*>/ samaõabrāhmaõānaü
saccam āha ko musā ti || ||
Alaü hi te gāmaõi kaīkhitum alaü vicikicchituü ||
kaīkhaniye ca pana te ņhāne vicikicchā uppannā ti || ||
Evam pasanno ham bhante Bhagavati || pahoti me Bha-
gavā\<*<7>*>/ tathā dhammaü desetuü yathāham imam kaīkhā-
dhammam pajaheyyanti || ||

IV
43 Atthi gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaü citta-
samādhim\<*<8>*>/ paņilabheyyāsi evaü tvam imaü kaīkhādham-
mam pajaheyyāsi || katamo ca gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || ||

(I)
44 Idha gāmaõi ariyasāvako pāõātipātam pahāya pāõā-
tipātā paņivirato hoti\<*<9>*>/ || adinnādānam pahāya adinnādānā
paņivirato hoti || kāmesu micchācāram pahāya kāmesu
micchācārāpaņivirato hoti || musāvādam pahāya musāvādā

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 insert yo
2 S1-3 puthaviyā
3 S1-3 eka
4 Gaīgā
5 S1-3 ahudeva
6 S3 bhavaõaü
7 B1-2 bhagavā me
8 B2 S1 cittaüsamādhim
9 S1-3 insert here nihitadaõķo nihitasattho lajjã dayāpanno
sabbapāõabhåtahitānukampã viharati
>/
#<[page 351]>#
%<XLII. 13. 44]                GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM              351>%
pativirato hoti || pisuõaü\<*<1>*>/ vācam pahāya pisuõāya vācāya\<*<2>*>/
paņivirato hoti || pharusaü\<*<3>*>/ vācam pahāya pharusāya
vācāya\<*<4>*>/ paņivirato hoti || samphappalāpam pahāya sam-
phappalāpā paņivirato hoti || abhijjham pahāya anabhij-
jhālu\<*<5>*>/ hoti || vyāpādadosam pahāya avyāpannacitto hoti ||
micchādiņņhim pahāya sammādiņņhiko hoti || ||
Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigata-
vyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato\<*<6>*>/ mettāsahagatena
cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü || tathā
tatiyaü tathā catutthiü\<*<7>*>/ || iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi
sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā
vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena\<*<8>*>/
pharitvā viharati || || So iti paņisa¤cikkhati || || Yvāyaü\<*<9>*>/
satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Natthi dinnaü natthi yiņņham
natthi hutam natthi sukaņadukkaņānam phalaü vipāko ||
natthi ayaü loko natthi paro loko natthi mātā natthi pitā
natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke samaõabrāhmaõā sam-
maggatā sammāpaņipannā ye ima¤ca lokam para¤ca lokaü
sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pavedentãti || sa ce tassa bhoto
satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya\<*<10>*>/ mayhaü yo
haü\<*<11>*>/ na ki¤ci vyābādhemi\<*<12>*>/ tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubha-
yam ettha kaņaggaho\<*<13>*>/ || ya¤camhi kāyena saüvuto vācāya
saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤ca kāyassa bhedā param
maraõā sugatim saggaü lokam {upapajjissāmãti} || tassa
pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa
kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati\<*<14>*>/ su-
khino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi dhamma-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pisuõā
2 S1-3 pisuõā vācā
3 S1-3 pharusā
4 S1-3 pharusā vācā
5 S1-3 abhijjhā
6 S3 patisso; S1 sappatisso
7 B1-2 catutthaü always; S1 omits tathā tatiyaü
8 B1-2 avyāpajjena always
9 S1-3 yoyam always
10 S1-3 -katāyaü
11 B1-2 yvāhaü always; S1-3 so ham, or yo ham
12 B1-2 vyāpādemi always
13 B1-2 -gāho always
14 B1-2 vedayati always
>/
#<[page 352]>#
%<352                 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM            [XLII. 13. 45>%
samādhi || tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhim paņilabheyyāsi ||
evaü tvaü imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

(II)
45 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammuëho sampajāno paņissato mettāsaha-
gatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü
tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü
sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam mettāsahaga-
tena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena
avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti patisa¤cik-
khati || || Yvāyam satthā evaüvādã evam diņņhã Atthi din-
nam atthi yiņņham atthi hutam atthi sukaņadukkaņānaü
kammānam phalaü vipāko || atthi ayaü loko atthi paro
loko atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke
samaõabrāhmaõā sammaggatā sammāpaņipannā ye ima¤ca
lokam para¤ca lokaü sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pave-
dentãti || sace tassa bhoto satthuno\<*<1>*>/ saccaü\<*<2>*>/ vacanam
apaõõakatāya mayhaü yo haü\<*<3>*>/ na ki¤ci vyāpādhemi
tasaü vā thāvaram vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggaho || || Ya¤
cam hi kāyena saüvuto vācāya saüvuto vācāya saüvuto
manasā saüvuto || ya¤ ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā
sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjissāmãti || tassa pāmujjaü
jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo pas-
sambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü
samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra
ce tvaü cittasamādhim paņilabheyyāsi evaü tvam imaü
kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi ||

(III)
46 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammuëho sampajāno paņissato mettāsaha-
gatena cetasā ekaü disaü pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü
tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthaü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü
sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam mettāsahaga-
tena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 satthussa
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 so haü
>/
#<[page 353]>#
%<XLII. 13. 47]                 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             353>%
avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paņisa¤cikkhati ||
Yvāyam satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Karato kārayato chin-
dato chedāyato pacato pācayato socato socāpayato kilamato
kilamāpayato\<*<1>*>/ phandato phandāpayato pāõam atimāpayato
adinnam ādiyato sandhiü chindato nilhopam harato ekā-
gārikaü karoto paripanthe tiņņhato paradāraü gacchato
musā bhaõato karato na karãyati pāpam || khurapariyantena
ce pi\<*<2>*>/ cakkena yo imassā pathaviyā pāõe ekamaüsakhalam
ekamaüsapu¤jaü kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaü
natthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiõaü cepi Gaīgāya tãraü
gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto
pācento natthi tato nidānam pāpaü natthi pāpassa āgamo ||
uttara¤ ce pi Gaīgāya\<*<3>*>/ tãraü gaccheyya dadanto dāpento
yajanto yājento natthi tato nidānam pu¤¤aü natthi pu¤-
¤assa || āgamo dānena damena saüyamena saccavajjena
natthi pu¤¤aü natthi pu¤¤assa āgamo ti || || Sace tassa
bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya\<*<4>*>/ mayhaü
yo ham na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubha-
yam ettha kaņaggāho\<*<5>*>/ || || Ya¤ camhi kāyena saüvuto
vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤ ca kāyassa bhedā
param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjissāmãti ||
tassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pitima-
nassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati
sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi dham-
masamādhi || tatra ce tvaü citta samādhim patilabheyyāsi ||
evaü tvam imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

(IV)
47 Sa kho so gāmani ariyasāvako vigatābhijjho vigata-
vyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena
cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā
tatiyaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 socayato . . . kilamayato omitting socato and
kilamato
2 S3 omits ce; S1 omits cepi
3 S1-3 Gaīgā
4 B1 -katvāya
5 S3 -gāho here by correction
>/
#<[page 354]>#
%<354                  GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM             [XLII. 13. 48>%
sabbattatāya sabbāvantam lokaü mettāsahagatena cetasā
vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena
pharitvā viharati || so iti paņisa¤cikkhati || Yvāyam satthā
evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Karato kārayato chindato chedāpa-
yato pacato pācayato socato\<*<1>*>/ socāpayato\<*<2>*>/ kilamato\<*<1>*>/ kila-
māpayato\<*<2>*>/ phandato phandāpayato pāõam atimāpayato
adinnam ādiyato sandhim chindato nillopam harato ekā-
gārikaü karoto paripanthe tiņņhato paradāraü gacchato
musābhaõato\<*<3>*>/ karato\<*<4>*>/ kariyati pāpam || khurapariyantena
ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā ekaü maüsakhalam ekaü
maüsapu¤jaü kareyya atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi
pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiõaü ce pi Gaīgāya tãraü gac-
cheyya hananto ghāņento chindanto chedāpento pacanto
pācento atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo ||
uttara¤ce pi Gaīgāya tãram gaccheyya || dadanto dāpento
yajanto yājento atthi tato nidānam pu¤¤am atthi pu¤¤assa
āgamo || dānena damena saüyamena saccavajjena atthi
pu¤¤am\<*<5>*>/ atthi pu¤¤assa āgamo ti || sa ce tassa bhoto sat-
thuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü yo haü na
ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha
kaņaggaho || || Ya¤camhi kāyena saüvuto vācāya saüvuto
manasā saüvuto || ya¤ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā
sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajissāmi tassa pāmujjaü
jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo passam-
bhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü
samādhiyati || || Ayam kho gāmaõi dhammasamādhi ||
tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhim patilabheyyāsi || evaü tvam
imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

V
(I)
48 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato karuõāsa-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 socayato . . . kilamayato, omitting socato and kilamato
as before (p. 353 n.1).
3 Missing in S1-3
4 B1 karoto
5 S1-3 omit atthi pu¤¤am
>/
#<[page 355]>#
%<XLII. 13. 49]             GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM               355>%
hagatena cetasā ekaü disaü pharitvā viharati\<*<1>*>/ || muditā-
sahagatena\<*<2>*>/ cetasā ekaü disaü pharitvā viharati\<*<3>*>/ || sa kho
so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo
asammåëho sampajāno patissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā
ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā tati-
yaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi
sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam upekkhāsahagatena ce-
tasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avya-
pajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paņisa¤cikkhati || ||
Yvāyaü satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Natthi dinnaü nat-
thiyiņņham natthi hutam natthi sukaņadukkaņānaü kam-
mānaü phalaü vipāko || natthi ayaü loko natthi paro loko
natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke
samaõabrāhmaõā sammaggatā sammāpaņipannā ye ima¤
ca lokam para¤ca lokaü sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pave-
dentãti || sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõ-
õakatāya mayhaü yo haü na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā
thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggaho || ya¤camhi kāyena
saüvuto vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤\<*<4>*>/ ca kā-
yassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapaj-
jissāmã ti || tassa pāmujjam\<*<5>*>/ jayati pamuditassa pãti jāyati ||
pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü
vediyati || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho sa
gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvam cittasamādhim
paņilābheyyāsi || evaü tvam imaü kaīkhādhammam paja-
heyyāsi || ||

(II)
49 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato upekkhā-
sahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā
dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham
adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam
upekkhā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert --pe--
2 S3 has samuditā-
3 S1-3 insert --pe--
4 S1-3 omit ya¤
5 S1-3 pāmojjaü always
>/
#<[page 356]>#
%<356                    GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM            [XLII. 13. 50>%
appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || ||
So iti paņisa¤cikkhati || || Yvāyaü satthā evaüvādã
evaüdiņņhã Atthi dinnam atthi yiņņham atthi hutam
atthi sukaņadukkhaņānaü kammānaü phalaü vipāko ||
atthi ayaü loko atthi paro loko\<*<1>*>/ atthi mātā atthi pitā
atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke samaõabrāhmaõā sam-
maggatā sammāpaņipannā ye\<*<2>*>/ ima¤ca lokam para¤ca
lokam sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pavedentãti || sa ce tassa
bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü yo
haü na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam
ettha kaņaggaho || || Ya¤camhi kāyena saüvuto vācāya
saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤ca kāyassa bhedā param
maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjissāmãti || tassa
pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa
kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || suk-
hino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmani dhamma-
samādhi || tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhim paņilabheyyāsi ||
evam tvam imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||

(III)
50 Sa\<*<3>*>/ kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato upekkhā-
sahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā
dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthaü || iti uddham adho
tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantam lokam upek-
khāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena
averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paņisa¤cik-
khati || Yvāyaü satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Karato kāra-
yato chindato\<*<4>*>/ chedāyato pacato pācayato socato\<*<5>*>/ socā-
payato\<*<6>*>/ kilamato\<*<5>*>/ kilamāpayato\<*<6>*>/ phandato phandāpayato
pāõam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiü chindato
nillopaü harato ekāgārikaü karoto paripanthe tiņņhato
paradāraü gacchato musā bhaõato karato na kariyati

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 paraloko
2 S1-3 yo
3 S1-3 ayaü
4 B1 chindato
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 socayato . . . kilamayato
>/
#<[page 357]>#
%<XLII. 13. 51]              GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM                357>%
pāpaü || khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā patha-
viyā pāõe ekaü maüsakhalam ekam maüsapu¤jam
kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaü natthi pāpassa
āgamo || dakkhiõaü ce pi Gaīgāya tãram gaccheyya
hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento
natthi tato nidānam pāpaü natthi pāpassa āgamo ||
uttara¤ ce pi Gaīgāya tãram gaccheyya dadanto dāpento
yajanto yājento natthi tato nidānam pu¤¤am natthi pu¤-
¤assa āgamo || dānena damena saüyamena saccavajjena
natthi pu¤¤aü natthi pu¤¤assa āgamo ti || sace tassa bhoto
satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü yvāhaü
na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha
kaņaggāho || Ya¤camhi kāyena {saüvuto} vācāya saüvuto
manasā saüvuto || ya¤ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā
sugatiü saggaü lokam upajjissāmãti\<*<1>*>/ tassa pāmujjaü
jayati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo passam-
bhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü
samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra
ce tvaü cittasamādhim paņilabheyyāsi || evaü tvam imaü
kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || ||
(IV)
51 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho
vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato upekkhā-
sahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā
dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham adho
tiriyam sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam upek-
khāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena
averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paņisa¤-
cikkhati || || Yvāyaü satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Karato
kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato
socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato\<*<2>*>/ phandato phandāpayato
pāõam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiü chindato

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ti
2 S1-3 socayato . . . kilamayato, omitting socato and
kilamato
>/
#<[page 358]>#
%<358                  GâMANI-SAMYUTTAM          [XLII. 13. 52>%
nillopaü harato ekāgārikam karoto paripanthe tiņņhato
paradāram gacchato musā bhanato karato kariyati pāpam ||
khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāõe
ekaü maüsakhalam ekaü maüsapu¤jaü kareyya atthi
tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiõam pi
ce Gaīgāya tãraü gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto
chedāpento pacanto pācento\<*<1>*>/ atthi tato nidānam pāpam
atthi pāpassa āgamo || uttara¤ ce pi\<*<2>*>/ Gaīgāya tãram
gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento atthi tato
nidānam\<*<3>*>/ pu¤¤am atthi pu¤¤assa āgamo || dānena damena
saüyamena saccavajjena atthi pu¤¤am atthi pu¤¤assa
āgamo ti || || Sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam
apaõõakatāya mayhaü || yo haü na ki¤ci vyābādhemi
tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggāho || ya¤-
camhi kāyena saüvuto vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto ||
yaü ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü
lokam upapajjissāmãti || tassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa
pãti jayati || pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo
sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho
gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhiü
paņilabheyyāsi || evam tvaü imaü kaīkhādhammam paja-
heyyāsãti || ||
52 Evaü vutte Pāņaliyo gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || pe ||
ajjatagge pāõupetam saraõaü gatanti || ||
Gāmaõi-saüyuttaü samattaü || ||
Tassuddānaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 pacåpento, this and the preceding word being
omitted by B1
2 B1 pi instead of ce pi
3 S1-3 intermixt here a part of the preceding phrase from pāpam atthi
. . . to . . . tato nidānam; the blunder is the same on both sides;
but the intruded words are included between [] in S1
>/
#<[page 359]>#
%<XLIII. 1. 6]              ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM               359>%
Caõķo Puņo1 Yodhājãvo
Hatthi Hayo2 Pacchābhåmako3
Desanā Saīkhā Kålam Maõicålam4 ||
Bhadra\<*<5>*>/ Rāsiya\<*<6>*>/ Pātalãti\<*<7>*>/ || ||

#<BOOK IX- ASAđKHATA SAũYUTTAM>#

#<(CHAPTER I VAGGO PATHAMO)>#

#<SN_4,43(9).1 (1) Kāyo>#
1 Asaīkhata¤ca bhikkhave desissāmi asaīkhatagāmi¤ca
maggaü || taü sunātha || ||
2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave asaükhataü Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaü vuccati bhik-
khave asaīkhataü || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi\<*<8>*>/ maggo || ||
Kāyagatā sati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi
maggo || ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaü vo mayā asaīkhatam desito
asaīkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaõãyaü sāvakānaü hite-
sinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataü vo taü
mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamålāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni
jhāyatha\<*<9>*>/ mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippaņisārino
ahuvattha || || Ayaü kho vo amhākam anusāsanãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 caõķapuņo; S1 caõķāputo
2 B1 hatthissa (or hatthisā? )
3 S1-3 matako ca; B2 matoko ca
4 B2 gāmaõi || cålaü
5 So B2; B1 bhagandha; S1-3 haņņhaha
6 B2 rāsãnam; S1-3 rāsidu
7 S1-3 manāmoti; B2 manāpoti
8 So all the MSS. always
9 B1 nijjhāyatha always
>/
#<[page 360]>#
%<360                ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM             [XLIII. 2. 1>%

#<SN_4,43(9).2 (2) Samatho>#
1 Asaīkhataü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaīkhata-
gāmi¤ca maggaü || taü suõātha || ||
2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave asaīkhataü || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || idaü vuccati bhik-
khave asaīkhataü || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Sa-
matho vipassanā ca || ayam vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhata-
gāmi maggo || la || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).3 (3) Vitakko>#
3 1 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Savi-
takko savicāro samādhi avitakkavicāramatto samādhi
avitakko avicāro samādhi || ayam vuccati bhikkhave
asaīkhatagāmi maggo\<*<2>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).4 (4) Su¤¤atā>#
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Su¤-
¤ato samādhi animitto samādhi appaõihito samādhi || ayaü
vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).5 (5) Satipaņņhānā>#
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Cat-
tāro satipaņņhānā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi
maggo || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).6 (6) Sammappadhānā>#
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Cat-
tāro sammappadhānā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhata-
gāmi maggo || la\<*<3>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).7 (7) Iddhipadā>#
3 \<*<4>*>/ Cattāro iddhipādā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkha-
tagāmi maggo || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 repeat the numbers 1,2
2 S1-3 add ti always
3 S1-3 ti
4 S1-3 Katamo ca . . .
>/
#<[page 361]>#
%<XLIII. 11. 6]              VAGGO PATHAMO                   361>%

#<SN_4,43(9).8 (8) Indriya>#
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || ||
Pa¤cindriyāni || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi
maggo || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).9 (9) Bala>#
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmã maggo || ||
Pa¤cabalāni || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi
maggo || la ||

#<SN_4,43(9).10 (10) Bojjhaīgā>#
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagami maggo || || Sat-
tabojjhaīgā ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi
maggo\<*<1>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).11 (11) Maggena>#
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Ariyo
aņņhaīgiko maggo || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi
maggo ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave vedayitaü vo mayā asaīkhataü
desito asaīkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaõãyaü sāvakānaü
hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataü vo tam
mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamulāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni
jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippati-
sārino ahuvattha || ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanãti || ||
Nibbānasaüyuttassa pathamo vaggo\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānaü\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Kāyo Samatho Vitakko\<*<4>*>/ ||
Su¤¤ato\<*<5>*>/ Satipaņņhānā ||
Sammappadhānā6 Iddhipādā
Indriya7-Bala-Bojjhaīgā ||
Maggena ekādasamaü\<*<8>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add la
2 So B1-2; S1-3 have only vaggo paņhamo
3 S1-3 tatru-
4 S1-3 Kāyasamādhisavitakko
5 B1-2 su¤¤atā
6 -dhāna¤ca
7 B1-2 indriyā
8 B2 dasuddānaü pavuccati; S1-3 sattuddānaü vuccati
>/
#<[page 362]>#
%<362               ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM        [XLIII. 12. (1) I>%

#<CHAPTER II VAGGO DUTIYO>#

#<SN_4,43(9).12 (1) Asaīkhatam>#
I (Samatho)
1 Asaīkhataü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaīkhagāmi¤
ca maggam || taü suõātha || ||
2 Katama¤ ca bhikkhave asaīkhataü || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaü vuccati bhik-
khave asaīkhataü || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Sa-
matho || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitam vo matā asaīkhataü desito
āsaīkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthāra karaõãyaü sāvakānaü hite-
sinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataü vo tam
mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamålāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni
jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippati-
sārino ahuvattha || || Ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanãti || ||
II (Vipassanā)
1 Asaīkhataü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaīkhatagā-
miü ca maggam || tam suõātha || ||
2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave asaīkhataü || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo ayaü vuccati bhikk-
have asaīkhataü || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Vipas-
sanā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagami maggo || ||
4-6 Iti kha bhikkhave desitam mayā asaīkhataü || pe ||
Ayaü vo\<*<1>*>/ amhākam anusāsanãti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
III (Cha-Samādhi)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Savi-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert bhikkhave
2 S3 inserts here awkward the number VI here under
>/
#<[page 363]>#
%<XLIII. 12. (1) X.]             VAGGO DUTIYO                  363>%
takko savicāro samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkha-
tagāmi maggo || la ||(\<*<1>*>/) ||

IV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Avi-
takko vicāramatto samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave
asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<2>*>/) ||

V
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Avi-
takko avicāro samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkha-
tagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<3>*>/) ||

VI
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Su¤-
¤ato samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi
maggo || (\<*<4>*>/) ||

VII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Ani-
mitto samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi
maggo || la || (\<*<5>*>/) ||

VIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Apaõi-
hito samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi
maggo || la || (\<*<6>*>/) ||

IX (Cattāro satipaņņhānā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassã viharati ātāpã sampa-
jāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaü || ayam vuc-
cati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<1>*>/) ||

X
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave vedanāsu vedanānupassã viharati || la\<*<1>*>/ || ayaü
vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || (\<*<2>*>/) ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Here and in XI, XII, S1-3 have ātāpã- -domanassassaü
>/
#<[page 364]>#
%<364               ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM        [XLIII. 12. (1) XI.>%
XI
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu citte cittānupassã viharati || la || ayam
vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || (\<*<3>*>/) ||

XII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassã viharati ||
la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo (\<*<4>*>/) ||

XIII (Cattāro sammappadhānā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu anuppannānaü pāpakānaü akusalānaü
dhammānam anuppādāya chandaü janeti vāyamati viriyam
ārabhati cittam paggaõhāti padahati\<*<1>*>/ || ayaü vuccati bhik-
khave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<1>*>/) ||

XIV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannānaü pāpakānaü akusalānaü
dhammānam\<*<2>*>/ pahānāya chandaü janeti vāyamati viriyam
ārabhati cittam paggaõhati padahati || ayaü vuccati bhik-
khave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<2>*>/) ||

XV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu anuppannānaü kusalānaü dhammānam
uppādāya chandam janeti vāyamati viriyam ārabhati cittam
paggaõhāti padahati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhata-
maggo || la || (\<*<3>*>/) ||

XVI
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannānam kusalānaü dhammānaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 pajahati always
2 S3 inserts pahānaü
>/
#<[page 365]>#
%<XLIII. 12. (1) XXI. ]           VAGGO DUTIYO              365>%
ņhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya
paripuriyā\<*<1>*>/ chandam janeti || pe\<*<2>*>/ ayaü vuccati bhikkhave
asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<4>*>/) ||

XVII (Cattāro iddhipādā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaīkhāra-
samannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaü vuccati bhikk-
have asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<1>*>/) ||

XVIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyasamādhipadhānasaīkhārasaman-
nāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave
asaīkhatagāmimaggo || la || (\<*<2>*>/) ||

XIX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu cittasamādhipadhānasaīkhārasamannā-
gatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīk-
hatagāmi maggo || la || ||

XX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu vãmaüsa samādhipadhānasaīkhārasa-
mannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave
asaīkhatagāmimaggo || la || (\<*<4>*>/) ||

XXI (Pa¤cindriyāni)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu saddhindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitaü
virāganissitaü nirodhanissitaü vossaggaparināmiü || ayaü
vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || (\<*<1>*>/) ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Complete in B1-3
>/
#<[page 366]>#
%<366              ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM      [XLIII. 12. (1) XXII.>%
XXII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitam ||
pe || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || (\<*<2>*>/) ||

XXIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu satindriyam bhāveti || la || ayaü vuccati
bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<3>*>/) ||

XXIV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhindriyam bhāveti vivekanissi-
taü || pa || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || (\<*<4>*>/) ||

XXV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu pa¤¤indriyam bhāveti vivekanissitaü ||
pe || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmimaggo || (\<*<5>*>/) ||

XXVI (Pa¤cabalāni)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu saddhābalam bhāveti vivekanissitaü ||
la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || (\<*<1>*>/) ||

XXVII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyabalam bhāveti vivekanissitaü ||
la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || (\<*<2>*>/) ||

XXVIII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu satibalam bhāveti vivekanissitaü || la ||
ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<3>*>/) ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 367]>#
%<XLIII. 12(1) XXXVIII.]         VAGGO DUTIYO               367>%
XXIX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhibalam bhāveti vivekanissitaü ||
la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo ||
la || (\<*<4>*>/) ||

XXX
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu pa¤¤ābalam bhāveti vivekanissitaü
[ || la ||] ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo
la || (\<*<5>*>/) ||

XXXI (Sattasambojjhaīgā)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmimaggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu satisambojjhaīgam bhāveti vivekanis-
sitaü || la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi
maggo || (\<*<1>*>/) ||

XXXII-- XXXVII
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammavicayasambojjhaīgam bhā-
veti || la || (\<*<2>*>/) viriyasambojjhaīgam bhāveti || la || (\<*<3>*>/) pãti-
sambojjhaīgam bhāveti || la || (\<*<4>*>/) passaddhisambojjhaīgam
bhāveti || la || (\<*<5>*>/) samādhi sambojjhaīgam bhāveti || la\<*<1>*>/ || (\<*<6>*>/)
upekkhāsambojjhaīgam bhāveti vivekanissitaü virāganis-
sitaü nirodhanissitaü vossaggaparināmi || ayaü vuccati
bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<7>*>/) ||

XXXVIII (Aņņhaīgikamaggo)
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu sammādiņņhim bhāveti vivekanissitaü
virāganissititaü nirodhanissitam vossaggaparināmiü || ayaü
vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || (\<*<1>*>/) ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 each of these phrases is preceded by katamo ca . . .
and followed by vivekanissitaü . . .
>/
#<[page 368]>#
%<368              ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM       [XLIII. 12. (1) XXXIX>%
XXXIX-- XLIV
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagami maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu sammāsaīkappam bhāveti || la || || (\<*<2>*>/)
sammāvācam bhāveti || la || || (\<*<3>*>/) sammākammantam bhā-
veti || la || || (\<*<4>*>/) sammā-ājãvam bhāveti || la || || (\<*<5>*>/) sammāvā-
yāmam bhāveti || la || || (\<*<6>*>/) sammāsatim bhāveti || la\<*<1>*>/ || (\<*<7>*>/) ||

XLV
1 Asaīkhataü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaīkhatagā-
mi¤ca maggaü || taü suõātha || ||
2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave asaīkhataü || la || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha
bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhim bhāveti vivekanissitaü
virāganissitam nirodhanissitam vossaggaparināmiü || ayaü
vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || (\<*<8>*>/) ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaü vo mayā asaīkhataü desito
asaīkhatagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karanãyaü sāvakānaü hitesinā
anukampena anukampam upādāya kataü vo tam mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamålāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni
jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippaņisārino
ahuvattha || ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanãti || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).13 (2) Antam2>#
I-- XLV
1 Ata¤ca\<*<3>*>/ vo bhikkhave desissāmi antagāmi¤ca mag-
gaü tam suõātha || ||
2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave antaü || pe || || yathā asaīkhataü
tathā vitthāretabbaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Same remark as for XXXII-XXXVII
2 S1-3 insert here asankhata¤ca- taü suõātha --pe-- katamo ca-
-vipassanā ayamo -katamo ca- -samatho ayam vuccati- -anusāsanãti
3 B1-2 anatam; in the uddāna B1 has amataü
>/
#<[page 369]>#
%<XLIII. 19. (8)]                VAGGO DUTIYO                 369>%

#<SN_4,43(9).14 (3) Anāsavam>#
I-- XLV
1 Anāsava¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anāsavagāmiü ca
maggam\<*<1>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).15 (4) Saccam>#
I-- XLV
1 Sacca¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi saccagāmiü ca
maggam || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).16 (5) Pāram>#
I-- XLV
1 Pāra¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi pāragāmiü ca
maggam || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).17 (6) Nipuõam>#
I-- XLV
1 Nipuõa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nipuõagami¤ca
maggam || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).18 (7) Sududdasam>#
I-- XLV
1 Sududdasa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi\<*<2>*>/ sududdasaga-
mi¤ca maggaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).19 (8) Ajajjaram>#
I-- XLV
1 Ajajjaraü\<*<3>*>/ ca vo\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhave desissāmi ajajjaraga-
mi¤ca\<*<5>*>/ maggaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In this and the following numbers B1-2 add always taü suõātha ||
katama¤ca bhikkhave anāsavaü (saccaü etc.) || la (or pa) || ||
2 S3 repeats desissāmi
3 S1-3 ajjaraü
4 S3 inserts maggam
5 S1 ajjaraü-; S3 ajjagami¤ca
>/
#<[page 370]>#
%<370                  ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM        [XLIII. 20. (9)>%

#<SN_4,43(9).20 (9) Dhuvam>#
I-- XLV
1 Dhuva¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi dhuvagāmi¤ca
maggam || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).21 (10) Apalokitam>#
I-- XLV
1 Apalokita¤ca\<*<1>*>/ vo bhikkhave desissāmi apalokitagā-
mi¤ca maggaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).22 (11) Anidassanam>#
I-- XLV
1 Anidassana¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anidassanagā-
mi¤ca maggaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).23 (12) Nippapam>#
I-- XLV
1 Nippapa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nippapa¤cagā-
mi¤ca maggaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).24 (13) Santam>#
I-- XLV
1 Santa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi santagāmi¤ca
maggaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).25 (14) Amatam>#
I-- XLV
1 Amataüca vo bhikkhave desissāmi amatagāmi¤ca- || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).26 (15) Panãtam>#
I-- XLV
1 Paõãtaüca vo bhikkhave desissāmi paõãtagāmi¤ca- || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).27 (16) Sivam>#
I-- XLV
1 Siva¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sivagāmi¤ca- || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 apalokinaü ca; S1-3 appaloka¤ca
>/
#<[page 371]>#
%<XLIII. 36. (25)]              VAGGO DUTIYO                371>%

#<SN_4,43(9).28 (17) Khemaü>#
I-- XLV
1 Khema¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi khemagāmi¤ca- || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).29 (18) Taõhakkhayo>#
I-- XLV
1 Taõhakkhayaü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi taõhak-
khayagamiü ca maggaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).30 (19) Acchariya>#
I-- XLV
1 Acchariya¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi acchariyagā-
mi¤ca maggaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).31 (20) Abbhutam>#
I-- XLV
1 Abbhuta¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi abbhutagāmi¤ca- || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).32 (21) Anãtika>#
I-- XLV
1 Anãtika¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anãtikagāmi¤ca- || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).33 (22) Anãtikadhamma>#
I-- XLV
1 Anãtikadhamma¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anãtika-
dhammagāmi¤ca maggaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).34 (23) Nibbānam>#
I-- XLV
1 Nibbāna¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nibbānagāmi¤ca- || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).35 (24) Avyāpajjho>#
I-- XLV
1 Avyāpajjha¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi avyāpajjhagāmi¤-
ca maggam || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).36 (25) Virāgo>#
I-- XLV
1 Virāga¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi virāgagāmi¤ca- || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 372]>#
%<372                  ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM        [XLIII. 37. (26)>%

#<SN_4,43(9).37 (26) Suddhi>#
I-- XLV
1 Suddhi¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi suddhigāmi¤ca
maggam || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).38 (27) Mutti>#
I-- XLV
1 Mutti¤ca\<*<1>*>/ vo bhikkhave desissāmi muttigāmi¤ca
maggaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).39 (28) Anālayo>#
I-- XLV
1 Anālaya¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anālayagāmi¤ca
maggaü\<*<2>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).40 (29) Dãpa>#
I-- XLV
1 Dãpa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi dãpagāmi¤ca maggaü ||
tam suõātha || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).41 (30) Leõa>#
I-- XLV
1 Leõā¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi leõagami¤ca mag-
gaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).42 (31) Tāõaü>#
I-- XLV
1 Tāõa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi tāõagāmi¤ca mag-
gaü || ||

#<SN_4,43(9).43 (32) Saraõam>#
I-- XLV
1 Saraõa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi saraõagāmi¤ca ca
maggaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 motti¤ca
2 S1-3 add ayaü kho amhākam anusāsanãti
>/
#<[page 373]>#
%<XLIII. 44(33. XLV)]        VAGGO DUTIYO                  373>%

#<SN_4,43(9).44 (33) Parāyaõam>#
I
1 Parāyana¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi parāyanagāmi¤-
ca maggaü || tam suõātha || ||
2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave parāyanaü || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || idaü vuccati bhik-
khave parāyaõaü || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave parāyanagāmi maggo || || Kāya-
gatā sati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave parāyanagāmi maggo || ||
4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaü vo mayā parāyanaü desito
parāyanagāmi maggo || ||
5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaõiyaü sāvakānaü hitesinā
anukampena anukampam upādāya kataü vo tam mayā || ||
6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamulāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni jāy-
atha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippatisārino
ahuvattha || ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanãti || ||
II-- XLV
Yathā asaīkhataü tathā vitthāretabbaü || ||
Tatruddānam\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Asaīkhatam Antam\<*<2>*>/ Anāsavaü\<*<3>*>/ ||
Sacca¤ca Pāraü Nipuõaü Sududdasaü ||
Ajajjarantaü\<*<4>*>/ Dhuvam Apalokitaü\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Anidassanaü Nippapa¤ca Santaü || ||
Amataü Paõãta¤ca Siva¤ca\<*<6>*>/ Khemam ||
Taõhakkhayo Acchariya¤ca Abbhutam ||
Anãtikam Anãtikadhammaü\<*<7>*>/ Nibbānam etaü Sugatena
desitaü || ||
Avyāpajjo Virāgoca ||
Suddhi Mutti Anālayo ||
Dãpaü\<*<8>*>/ Leõa¤ca Tāõa¤ca ||
Saraõa¤ca Parāyanan ti\<*<1>*>/-\<*<39>*>/ || ||
Asaīkhatasaüyuttaü samattaü\<*<10>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S1-3 only
2 B1 Anataü; B2 amatam
3 S1-3 anāsavo
4 S1-3 ajjārantaü
5 B1 apalokinaü; B2 palokitaü; S1 apalokinnaü; S3 apalokiõaü
6 S3 sãta¤ca
7 S1-3 -dhammo
8 S1-3 Dãpo
9 S1-3 parāyana¤cāti
10 B1-2 omit samattaü
>/
#<[page 374]>#
%<374                  AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM           [XLIV. 1. 1>%

#<BOOK X AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM>#

#<SN_4,44(10).1 Khemātherã>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Khemā bhikkhunã Kosalesu
cārikam caramānā antarā ca Sāvatthiü\<*<1>*>/ antarā ca Sāketaü
Toraõavatthusmiü\<*<2>*>/ vāsām upagatā hoti || ||
3 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi\<*<3>*>/ Kosalo Sāketā Sāvatthiü gac-
chanto antarā ca Sāketam antarā cā Sāvatthiü Toraõavat-
thusmim ekarattivāsam upagacchi || ||
4 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi Kosalo a¤¤ataram purisam
āmantesi || Ehi tvaü ambho purisa Toraõavatthusmiü
tathāråpaü samaõaü vā brāhmaõaü vā jāna yam aham\<*<4>*>/
ajja payiråpāseyyanti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Evaü devāti kho so puriso ra¤¤o Pasenadissa\<*<6>*>/ Kosalassa
paņissutvā kevalakappaü Toraõavatthusmim\<*<7>*>/ āhiõķanto\<*<8>*>/
nāddasa\<*<9>*>/ tathāråpaü samaõaü vā brāhmaõaü vā yaü\<*<10>*>/
rājā Pasenadi Kosalo payiråpāseyya || ||
5 Addasa\<*<11>*>/ kho so puriso Khemam bhikkhuniü Toraõa-
vatthusmiü vāsam upagataü || || Disvāna yena rājā Pase-
nadi-Kosalo tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā rājānaü
Pasenadi-Kosalam etad avoca || || Natthi kho devā Toraõa-
vatthusmim tathāråpo samaõo vā brāhmaõo vā yam devo
payirupāseyya || atthi ca kho deva Khemā nāma bhikkhunã
tassa Bhagavato sāvikā arahato sammāsambuddhassa ||
tassā kho pana ayyāya\<*<12>*>/ evaü kalyāõo kittisaddo abbhug-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Sāvatthiyaü
2 B2 inserts ekaratti
3 B1-2 Passenadã always
4 S3 jānamahaü; B2 jānāmatamahaü
5 S1-3 payu-, B1 pari-, B2 patiråpaseyyanti; further on all the MSS
payiråpāse-
6 B1-2 passenadã
7 S1-3 toraõavatthum
8 S1-3 anvāhiõķanto
9 S3 B2 na addasa; S1 addasa omitting na
10 Missing in S1-3
11 S1-3 addasā
12 S1-3 pane (S3 õe) yyāya
>/
#<[page 375]>#
%<XLIV. 1. 11]             AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM               375>%
gato || paõķitā viyattā medhāvinã bahussutā cittakathã\<*<1>*>/
kalyāõapaņibhānā ti ||\<*<2>*>/ taü devo payiråpāsatåti || ||
6 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo yena Khemā bhikkhunã
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Khemam bhikkhunim
abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
7 Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo
Khemam bhikkhunim etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho ayye\<*<3>*>/
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
Avyākataü kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato
param maraõāti || ||
8 Kim pana ayye\<*<4>*>/ na hoti tathāgato param maraõāti || ||
Tam\<*<5>*>/ pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
9 Kiü nu kho ayye hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param-
maraõā ti || ||
Avyākataü kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca
hoti tathāgato param maraõāti || ||
10 Kimpanayye\<*<6>*>/ neva hoti na nahoti tathāgato param-
maraõāti || ||
Etam pikho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
11 Kiü nu kho ayye Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti iti
puņņhā samānā Avyākataü kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā
Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti vadesi || || Kim panayye\<*<7>*>/
Na hoti tathagato param maraõāti iti puņņhā samānā Etam
pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato
param maraõāti vadesi || || Kiü nu kho ayye Hoti ca na
ca\<*<8>*>/ hoti tathāgato param maraõāti iti puņņhā samānā Avyā-
katam kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca\<*<3>*>/ hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || || Kiü nu kho Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõati iti puņņhā samā-
nā Etam pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || || Ko nu

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -kathā
2 B1 -bhāõāti; S3 -bhaõi
3 S1-3 ayyo
4 B1 panayye; B2 panāyye
5 B1-2 etaü
6 B2 panāyye; S1-3 pane (S3 õe)yye
7 S3 panaõeyyaü
8 Missing in S1
>/
#<[page 376]>#
%<376                     AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM        [XLIV. 1. 12>%
kho ayye hetu ko paccayo yena\<*<1>*>/ tam avyākatam Bhaga-
vatā ti || ||
12 Tena hi mahārāja ta¤¤evettha paņipucchissāmi || ya-
thā te khameyya tathā naü vyākareyyāsi || ||
13 Taü kim ma¤¤asi mahārāja || atthi te koci gaõako va
muddiko vā saīkhāyako vā yo pahoti Gaīgāya vālukam
gaõetum Ettakā vālukā iti vā Ettakāni vālukasatāni iti vā
Ettakāni vālukasahassāni iti vā Ettakāni vālukasatasahas-
sānãti\<*<2>*>/ vā ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
No hetam ayye || ||
14 Atthi pana te koci\<*<4>*>/ gaõako vā muddiko vā saīkhā-
yako vā yo pahoti mahāsamudde udakaü manituü\<*<5>*>/
Ettakāni\<*<6>*>/ udakāëhakāni iti va\<*<7>*>/ Ettakāni udakāëhakasatāni
iti vā Ettakāni udakāëhakasahassāni iti vā Ettakāni uda-
kāëhakasatasahassānã ti\<*<8>*>/ vā ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
No hetam ayye || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Mahāyye\<*<10>*>/ samuddo gambhãro appameyyo duppariyo-
gāhoti\<*<11>*>/ || ||
15 Evam eva kho mahārāja yena råpena tathāgatam
pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyya || taü råpaü tathāgatassa
pahãnam ucchinnamålam tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam
āyatim anuppādakataü || || Råpasaīkhāya vimutto kho
mahārāja tathāgato gambhãro appameyyo duppariyogāho\<*<12>*>/
seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti
pi\<*<13>*>/ na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato paraü maraõā ti pi na
upeti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na
upeti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõāti pi
na upeti || ||
16 Yāya vedanāya tathāgatam pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤ā-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 na (without ye)
2 S1-3 ettikā- vālikā- always
3 S1-3 omit ti
4 Missing in S1-3
5 So S1; S3 miõituü; B1-2 gaõetuü
6 S1 ettikāni always
7 S1-3 udakāëhānivā
8 S1-3 udakāëhasa- ānãti alwqys
9 S1-3 omit ti
10 mahāyyo; B1 mahā
11 S1-3 -gāëhohoti
12 So all the MSS; S3 adds ti
13 S1 hi; S3 hã
>/
#<[page 377]>#
%<XLIV. 1. 22]                AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM              377>%
peyya || sā vedanā tathāgatassa pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālā-
vatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || || Ve-
danāsaīkhāya\<*<1>*>/ vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhãro
appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti
tathāgato param maraõāti pi na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato
param maraõāti pi na upeti || Hoti ca na hoti- || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti na upeti || ||
17 Yāya sa¤¤āya tatthāgataü || pe || ||
18 Yehi saīkhārehi tathāgatam pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤-
¤āpeyya || te saīkhārā tathāgatassa pahãnā ucchinnamålā
tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādhammā || ||
Saīkhārasaīkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gam-
bhãro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo
Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || Na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti na upeti || Hoti ca na ca hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || ||
19 Yena vi¤¤āõena tathāgatam pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤ā-
peyya || tam vi¤¤āõam tathāgatassa pahãnam ucchinnamå-
laü talāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppāda-
dhammaü || vi¤¤āõasaīkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathā-
gato gambhiro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahā-
samuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti ||
Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || Hoti ca
na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upetãti || ||
20 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo Khemāya bhikkhuniyā
bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uņņhāyāsanā Khemam
bhikkhuniü abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || ||
21 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo aparena samayena
yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavan-
tam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi ||
22 Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bhante hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vedanāyasaīkhāya
>/
#<[page 378]>#
%<378                   AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM         [XLIV. 1. 23>%
Avyākataü kho etam mahārāja mayā Hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti || ||
23 Kim pana bhante na hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti || ||
Etam pi kho mahārāja avyākataü mayā Na hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā tipe || ||
24-25 \<*<1>*>/ || ||
26 Kiü nu kho bhante Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti
iti puņņho samāno Avyākataü kho etam mahārāja mayā
Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || pe || || Kim pana
bhante Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti
iti puņņho samāno tam\<*<2>*>/ pi kho mahārāja avyākatam mayā
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || ||
Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
27 Tena hi mahārāja ta¤¤evettha paņipucchissāmi ||
yathā te khameyya tathā naü vyākareyyāsi || ||
28 Taü kim ma¤¤asi mahārāja || atthi te koci gaõako vā
muddiko vā saīkhāyako vā yo pahoti Gaīgāya vālikaü\<*<3>*>/
gaõetum ettakā vālikā iti\<*<4>*>/ vā || pe || ettakāni vālikasata-
sahassāni iti\<*<5>*>/ vā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
29 Atthi pana te koci gaõako vā muddiko vā saīkhāyako
vā yo pahoti mahāsamudde udakam pametum\<*<6>*>/ ettakāni
udakāëhakāni iti vā || pe || ettakāni udakāëhakasatasahassāni\<*<7>*>/
iti vā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Taü kissa hetu || ||
Mahā\<*<8>*>/ bhante samuddo gambhãro appameyyo duppariyo-
gāho ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
30 Evam eva kho mahārāja yenaråpena tathāgatassa
pahãnam ucchinnamålaü tālāvatthukatam anabhāvagatam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B1-2
2 B1-2 etam
3 B1 vālu- here only
4 S1-3 B2 ettakānivālikānãti (B2 -kāni iti)
5 S1-3 -sahassānãti
6 B1-2 gaõetuü
7 S1-3 udakaëhāni . . . udakaëhasatasahassānãti
8 B1-2 insert hi
9 B1-2 omit ti
>/
#<[page 379]>#
%<XLIV. 1. 37]                AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM             379>%
āyatim anuppādadhammaü || råpasaīkhāya vimutto kho
mahārāja tathāgato gambhãro appameyyo duppariyogāho
seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti
pi na upeti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti pi na upeti || ||
31 Yāya vedanāya || pe || ||
32 Yāya sa¤¤āya || ||
33 Yehi saīkhārehi || ||
34 Yena\<*<1>*>/ vi¤¤āõena tatthāgatam pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤-
¤āpeyya || taü vi¤¤āõam tathāgatassa pahãnam ucchin-
namålaü tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppā-
dadhammaü || vi¤¤āõasaīkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja
tathāgato gambhãro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi
mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na
upeti || pe\<*<2>*>/ || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti pi na upetã ti || ||
35 Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yatra hi nāma
satthuno\<*<3>*>/ sāvikāya ca atthena attho vya¤janena vya¤ja-
naü saüsandissati samessati na virodhayissati\<*<4>*>/ yad idam
aggapadasmiü ||
36 Ekam idāhaü bhante samayam Khemam bhikkhu-
nim upasaīkamitvā etam attham apucchiü || sā pi me ayyā
etehi padehi etehi vya¤janehi etam attham vyākāsi seyya-
thāpi Bhagavā || || Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante
yatra hi nāma satthu\<*<5>*>/ sāvikāya ca atthena attho\<*<6>*>/ vya¤ja-
nena vya¤janaü saüsandissati samessati\<*<7>*>/ na virodhayis-
sati\<*<8>*>/ yad idam aggapadasmiü || Handa dāni mayam
bhante gacchāma bahukiccā mayam\<*<9>*>/ bahukaraõãyā ti || ||
Yassa dāni tvam mahārāja kālaü ma¤¤asã ti || ||
37 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi Kosalo Bhagavato bhāsitam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 te
2 Complete in B1
3 B1-2 satthu ceva
4 So B2; S1-3 vibhāyissati; S3 vihāyissati; missing in B1
5 B1-2 satthuceva
6 S1-3 attenattho
7 B1 samissati
8 S3 vibhāyissati; S1 viīgāyissati; B1 vigāyissati
9 B2 has ni; B1 neither
>/
#<[page 380]>#
%<380                      AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM          [XLIV. 2. 1>%
abhinanditvā anumoditvā uņņhayāsanā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmãti || ||

#<SN_4,44(10).2 Anurādho>#
1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaü viharati Mahāvane
Kåņāgārasālāyaü || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Anurādho\<*<1>*>/ Bhaga-
vato avidåre ara¤¤akuņikāyaü viharati || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā a¤¤atitthiyā\<*<2>*>/ paribbājakā yenā-
yasmā Anurādho tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā āyas-
matā Anurādhena\<*<3>*>/ saddhim sammodiüsu || sammodanãyaü
kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekamantaü nisãdiüsu || ||
4 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā
āyasmantam Anurādham\<*<4>*>/ etad avocuü || || Yo so avuso
Anurādha\<*<5>*>/ tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso para-
mappattipatto taü tathāgato imesu catåsu\<*<6>*>/ ņhānesu pa¤-
¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Hoti na ca
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || ||
Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso para-
mappattipatto taü tathāgato a¤¤atrimehi catåhi ņhānehi
pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param mara-
õāti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Hoti ca
na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā ti || ||
Evaü vutte te\<*<7>*>/ a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam
Anurādham etad avocuü || So\<*<8>*>/ cāyam\<*<9>*>/ bhikkhu navo
bhavissati acirapabbajito thero vā pana bālo avyatto ti || ||
5 Atha kho te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam
Anurādham navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uņņhā-
yāsanā pakkamiüsu || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 anuruddho
2 S1-3 titthiya here only (S.p.381 n.7)
3 S1 āyasmantam Anuruddhena
4 S1 anuruddhaü
5 Henceforth S1 has Anurādha as the other MSS.
6 S1 catusu; missing in S3
7 Missing in S3
8 S1-3 yo
9 S1 vāyam
>/
#<[page 381]>#
%<XLIV. 2. 9]               AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM                381>%
6 Atha kho āyasmato Anurādhassa acirapakkantesu a¤¤a-
titthiyesu paribbājakesu\<*<1>*>/ etad ahosi || || Sa ce kho maü
te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā uttariü puccheyyuü || kathaü
vyākaramāno nu khvāhaü tesam a¤¤ātitthiyānam paribbā-
jakānaü vuttavādã ceva Bhagavato assaü na ca Bhagavan-
tam abhåtena abbhācikkheyyaü || dhammassa cānudham-
mam vyākareyyam na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto
gārayhaü ņhānam āgaccheyyāti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
7 Atha kho āyasmā Anurādho\<*<3>*>/ yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
8 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Anurādho Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante Bhagavato avidåre
ara¤¤akåņikāyam viharāmi || || Atha kho bhante samba-
hulā a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā yenāhaü tenupasaühamiüsu ||
upasaīkamitvā mayā\<*<4>*>/ saddhiü sammodiüsu || sammodanã-
yaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdiüsu ||
ekam antaü nisinnā kho bhante te\<*<5>*>/ a¤¤atitthiyā paribbā-
jakā mam etad avocuü || Yo so āvuso\<*<5>*>/ Anurādha tathāgato
uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taü tathā-
gato imesu catåsu ņhānesu pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeti || ||
Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā ti || || Evam vutto\<*<6>*>/
ham bhante te a¤¤atitthiye\<*<7>*>/ paribbājake etad avocaü ||
Yo so avuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso parama-
pattipatto taü tathāgato a¤¤atrimehi catåhi ņhānehi pa¤-
¤āpayamano pa¤¤āpeti || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti
vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti
vā ti || || Evaü vutte bhante te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā
mam etad avocuü || Yo\<*<8>*>/ cāyam bhikkhu navo bhavissati
acirapabbajito thero vā pana bāloavyatto ti || || Atha kho
mam bhante te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā navavādena ca
bālavādena ca apasādetvā uņņhāyāsanā pakkamiüsu || ||
9 Tassa mayham bhante acirapakkantesu tesu a¤¤atitthi-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1 gacche-
3 S3 has here Anuruddo
4 S1-3 mama
5 Missing in S1-3
6 B1-2 vuttā
7 S1-3 -titthiya as before (S.p.380 n.2)
8 B1 So
>/
#<[page 382]>#
%<382                    AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM         [XLIV. 2. 10>%
yesu paribbājakesu etad ahosi || || Sace kho maü te a¤¤a-
titthiyā paribbājakā uttariü puccheyyuü kathaü vyākara-
māno nu khvāhaü tesam a¤¤atitthiyānaü paribbājakānam
vuttavādã ceva Bhagavato assaü na ca Bhagavantam
abhåtena abbhācikkheyyaü || dhammassa cānudhammam
vyākareyyaü || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto\<*<1>*>/
gārayhaü ņhānaü āgaccheyyāti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
10 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Anurādha råpaü niccaü vā anic-
caü vā aniccaü vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukkhaü vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammam kallaü
nu tam samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Sa¤¤ā || || Saīkhārā || ||
Vi¤¤āõaü niccam vā aniccaü vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaü viparināmadhammaü ||
kallaü nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham
asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11 Tasmā ti ha Anurādha yaü ki¤ci råpam atãtānāgata-
paccuppannam ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā olārikaü vā
sukhumaü vā hãnaü va paõãtaü vā || yaü dåre santike vā
sabbaü råpaü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā
ti || evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhab-
bam || || Yā kāci vedanā atãtānāgatapaccuppannā || pe ||
Yā kāci sa¤¤ā || || Ye keci saīkhārā || || Yaü ki¤ci vi¤¤āõam
atãtānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaü vā bahiddhā vā oëāri-
kaü vā sukhumaü vā hãnaü vā paõãtaü vā || yaü dåre
santike vā sabbaü vi¤¤āõaü Netam mama neso ham asmi

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 -nuvādo
2 B1 gacche-
>/
#<[page 383]>#
%<XLIV. 2. 19]               AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM               383>%
na me so attā ti evam etaü yathābhåtam sammappa¤¤āya
daņņhabbaü ū|| ||
12 Evam passam Anurādha\<*<1>*>/ sutavā ariyasāvako råpas-
mim pi nibbindati vedanāya pi nibbindati sa¤¤āya pi
nibbindati saīkhāresu pi nibbindati vi¤¤āõasmim\<*<2>*>/ pi
nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati virāgā vimuccati
Vimuttasmiü vimuttam iti\<*<3>*>/ ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti
vusitam brahmacariyaü || kataü karaõãyaü || nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
13 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Anurādha || Råpaü tathāgato ti
samanupassasã ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vedanaü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || ||
No hetam bhante
Sa¤¤aü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Saīkhāre tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vi¤¤āõaü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Anurādha || Råpasmim tathāgato ti
samanupassasã ti ||
No hetam bhante || ||
A¤¤atra råpā tathāgato ti samanupassasãti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Vedanāya || pa || a¤¤atra vedanāya || pa || ||
16 Sa¤¤āya || pa || a¤¤atra sa¤¤āya || pa ||
17 Saīkhāresu || pa || a¤¤atra saīkhārehi || pa || ||
18 Vi¤¤āõasmim tathāgato ti samanupassasi ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
A¤¤atra vi¤¤āõaü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
19 Taü kim ma¤¤āsi Anurādha || Råpaü\<*<5>*>/ vedanā sa¤¤ā\<*<6>*>/
saīkhārā\<*<7>*>/ viõõāõaü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 Anuruddha
2 B1 vi¤¤āõe
3 B1-2 vimuttamhãti
4 B1 samanupassãti always
5 råpa
6 S1-3 vedanaüsa¤¤aü
7 S1-3 B1 saīkhārā
>/
#<[page 384]>#
%<384                   AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM          [XLIV. 2. 20>%
No hetam bhante || ||
20 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Anurādha ayaü so aråpã avedano
asa¤¤ã asaīkhāro avi¤¤āõo tathāgato ti samanupassasã
ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Ettha\<*<1>*>/ te Anurādha diņņheva dhamme saccato
thetato tathāgate\<*<2>*>/ anupalabbhyamāne\<*<3>*>/ kallaü nu taü
veyyākaraõaü || Yo\<*<4>*>/ so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso
paramapuriso paramapattipatto taü tathāgato a¤¤atrimehi
catåhi ņhānehi pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeti || || Hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti vā || la || Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
22 Sādhu sādhu\<*<5>*>/ Anurādha pubbe cāham\<*<6>*>/ Anurādha
etarahi ca dukkha¤ ceva\<*<7>*>/ pa¤¤āpemi dukkhassa ca nirod-
hanti || ||

#<SN_4,44(10).3 Sāriputta-Koņņhika (or Pagatam)>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā
Koņņhiko\<*<8>*>/ Bārāõasiyaü viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko sāyaõhasamayam
patisallānā pavuņņhito\<*<9>*>/ yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhim sam-
modi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko
āyasmantaü Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho avuso
Sāriputta || hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
Avyākatam kho etam āvuso Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgāto
param maraõā ti || ||
4 Kim panāvuso na hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 inserts ca
2 S1-3, B1 -gato
3 B1 -labbhyamāno
4 S1-3 vyākaraõāya
5 Not repeated in S1-3
6 S1-3 vāhum
7 B1 dukkha¤¤eva
8 S3 koņņhito; S1 koķķhito both always
9 S1-3 vuņņhito
>/
#<[page 385]>#
%<XLIV. 3. 11]            AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM               385>%
Etampi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti || ||
5 Kiü nu kho āvuso hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti || ||
Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam\<*<1>*>/ Bhagavatā Hoti ca na
ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti ||
6 Kim panāvuso\<*<2>*>/ neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti ||
Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na
na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
7 Kiü nu kho āvuso Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti iti
puņņho samāno avyākataü kho etam āvuso Bhagavatā Hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || pe || || Kim panāvuso
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti iti
puņņho samāno Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || ||
Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yenetam avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
8 Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti kho āvuso råpagatam
etaü || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti råpagatam
etam || Hoti ca na ca\<*<3>*>/ hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti
råpagatam etaü || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti råpagatam etaü || ||
9 Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti kho āvuso vedanā-
gatam etaü || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vedanā-
gatam etaü || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti vedanāgatam etam || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti vedanāgatam etam || ||
10 Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti kho āvuso sa¤¤ā-
gatam etaü || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti sa¤¤ā-
gatam etam || || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti sa¤¤āgatam etaü || Neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti sa¤¤āgatam etaü || ||
11 Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti kho āvuso saīkhāra-

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 avyākatam kho etam avuso . . .; B2 avyākataü āvuso Bhagavatā
2 B1 pana āvuso
3 Missing in S1-3 always
>/
#<[page 386]>#
%<386                     AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM          [XLIV. 3. 12>%
gatam etam || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti saīkhāra-
gatam etam || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti saīkhāragatam etaü || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti saīkhāragatam etaü || ||
12 Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti kho āvuso vi¤¤āõa-
gatam etam || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vi¤¤āõa-
gatam etam || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti vi¤¤āõagatam etaü || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti pi vi¤¤āõagatam etam || ||
13 Ayaü kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam\<*<1>*>/
avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||

#<SN_4,44(10).4 Sāriputta-Koņņhiko2 (or Samudaya)>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-
Koņņhiko\<*<2>*>/ Bārāõasiyaü viharantipe IsipataneMigadāye|| ||
2-7 \<*<3>*>/ Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yenetam avyāka-
tam Bhagavatā ti || ||
8 Råpaü kho āvuso ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü || råpa-
samudayam\<*<4>*>/ ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü || råpanirodham
ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü || råpanirodhagāminim paņi-
padam ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü || Hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Na hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti pissa hoti || Hoti ca na ca\<*<5>*>/ hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti pissa hoti || ||
9-11 Vedanaü || || Sa¤¤aü || || Saīkhāre || ||
12 Vi¤¤āõaü ajānato apassato yathābhåtam || vi¤¤āõa-
samudayam ajanato apassato yathābhåtaü || vi¤¤āõaniro-
dham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü || vi¤¤āõanirodhayā-
minim paņipadam ajānato apassato yathābhåtam Hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Na hoti tathāgato

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 yenetaü
2 S3 koņņhito; S1 koķķhito as before
3 B1-2 insert here sā yeva pucchā
4 S1-3 råpassasamudayaü
5 Missing as before in S1-3 always
>/
#<[page 387]>#
%<XLIV. 5. 12]             AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM               387>%
param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato
param maraõā pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti pissa hoti || ||
13 Råpaü ca kho āvuso jānato passato yathābhåtam ||
råpasamudayaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü || råpani-
rodhaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü || råpanirodhagāminim
paņipadaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti pissa na hoti ||
14,15,16 Vedanaü || || Sa¤¤aü || || Saīkhāre || ||
17 Vi¤¤āõaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü || vi¤¤āõa
samudayaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü || vi¤¤āõaniro-
dhaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü || vi¤¤āõanirodhagā-
minim paņipadaü jānato passato yathābhåtam Hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || Na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || ||
18 Ayaü kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam\<*<1>*>/
avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||

#<SN_4,44(10).5 Sāriputta-Koņņhika (3) (or Pema)>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca
Mahā-Koņņhiko\<*<2>*>/ Bārāõasiyaü viharanti Isipatane Miga-
dāye || pe ||
2-7 \<*<3>*>/ Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yena tam\<*<1>*>/ avyā-
katam Bhagavatā ti || ||
8 Råpe kho āvuso avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa
avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariëāhassa avi-
gatataõhassa Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti param maraõā ti pissa hoti || ||
9-11 Vedanāya || || Sa¤¤āya || || Saīkāresu || ||
12 Vi¤¤āõe avigatarāgassa\<*<4>*>/ avigatachandassa avigata-
pemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariëāhassa avigatataõ-
hassa Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || pe ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 yenetam
2 S1-3 koņņhito
3 B1-2 insert here sā yeva pucchā
4 S1 avãta-
>/
#<[page 388]>#
%<388                   AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM          [XLIV. 5. 13>%
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa
hoti || ||
13 Råpe ca kho āvuso vigatarāgassa || pa\<*<1>*>/ ||
14-16 Vedanāya\<*<2>*>/ || || Sa¤¤āya || || Saīkhāresu || ||
17 Vi¤¤āõe vigatarāgassa\<*<3>*>/ vigatachandassa vigatape-
massa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariëāhassa vigatataõhassa
Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na
hoti || ||
18 Ayaü kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam\<*<4>*>/
avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||

#<SN_4,44(10).6 Sāriputta-Koņņhiko4 (or ârāma)>#
1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-
koņņhiko\<*<5>*>/ Bārāõasiyaü viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaõhasamayam paņi-
sallānā vuņņhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko tenupasaī-
kami || upasaīkami āyasmatā Mahā-Koņņhikena saddhim
sammodi || sammodanãyaü sāraõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasman-
tam Mahā-Koņņhikam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho āvuso
Koņņhika\<*<6>*>/ hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || pe || kim panā-
vuso Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõa ti iti
puņņho samāno Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || ||
Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yena tam\<*<7>*>/ avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti\<*<8>*>/ || ||
I
4 Råpārāmassa kho āvuso råparatassa råpasammudi-
tassa\<*<9>*>/ råpanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü Hoti

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 vãta-
4 B1-2 yenetaü
5 S1-3 -koņņhito always
6 S1 koņņita
7 B1-2 yenetaü
8 S1-3 omit ti
9 S1-3 -samuditassa (further on sammu-); B2 pamuditassa always
>/
#<[page 389]>#
%<XLIV. 6. 8]                 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM            389>%
tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || Vedanārā-
massa kho āvuso vedanāratassa vedanāsammuditassa
vedanānirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü Hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti na
na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || Sa¤¤ā-
rāmassa kho āvuso || || Saīkhārarāmassa kho āvuso || ||
Vi¤¤āõārāmassa kho āvuso vi¤¤āõaratassa vi¤¤āõasam-
muditassa vi¤¤āõanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü
Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || pe || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || ||
5 Na råpārāmassa kho āvuso na råparatassa na råpa-
sammuditassa råpanirodhaü jānato passato yathābhåtam
Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || ||
Na vedanārāmassa kho āvuso || la\<*<1>*>/ || Na sa¤¤ārāmassa
kho āvuso || Na saīkhārārāmassa kho āvuso || || Na vi¤¤āõā-
rāmassa kho āvuso na vi¤¤āõaratassa na vi¤¤āõa-
samuditassa vi¤¤āõanirodhaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü
Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || pe ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na
hoti || ||
6 Ayaü kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayoyena tam\<*<2>*>/
avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
II
7 Siyā panāvuso a¤¤o pi pariyāyo yena\<*<3>*>/ tam avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
Siyā āvuso || ||
8 Bhavārāmassa kho āvuso bhavaratassa bhavasam-
muditassa bhavanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü
Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Little more developed in S1-3
2 B1 yenetam
3 B1 adds pariyayena
>/
#<[page 390]>#
%<390                   AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM             [XLIV. 6.>%
9 Na bhavārāmassa kho āvuso na bhavaratassa na
bhavasammuditassa bhavanirodham jānato passato yathā-
bhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa
na hoti ||
10 Ayam pi kho āvuso pariyāyo yena tam\<*<1>*>/ avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
III
11 Siyā panāvuso a¤¤o pi pariyāyo yena tam\<*<1>*>/ avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
Siyā āvuso || ||
12 Upādānārāmassa kho āvuso upādānaratassa upādāna-
sammuditassa upādānanirodham ajānato apassato yathā-
bhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || pe ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa
hoti || ||
13 Na upādānārāmassa kho āvuso na upādānaratassa
na upādānasammuditassa upādānanirodham jānato passato
yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na
hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti
pissa na hoti || ||
14 Ayam pi kho āvuso pariyāyo || yena tam\<*<2>*>/ avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
IV
15 Siyā panāvuso a¤¤o pariyāyo yena tam vyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
Siyā āvuso || ||
16 Taõhārāmassa kho āvuso taõhāratassa taõhāsam-
muditassa taõhānirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü
Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || ||
17 Na taõhāramassa kho āvuso na taõhāratassa na
taõhāsammuditassa taõhānirodham jānato passato yathā-
bhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1-2 yenetaü
2 B1-2 yenetam
>/
#<[page 391]>#
%<XLIV. 7. 6]               AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM                 391>%
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa
na hoti || ||
18 Ayam pi\<*<1>*>/ kho āvuso pariyāyo yena tam\<*<2>*>/ avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
V
19 Siyā panāvuso a¤¤o pi pariyāyo yena tam\<*<2>*>/ avyākatam
Bhagavatā ti || ||
Ettha dāni āvuso Sāriputta ito uttariü kim icchasi ||
taõhāsaīkhayavimuttassa\<*<3>*>/ āvuso Sāriputta bhikkhuno
vaķķhaü\<*<4>*>/ natthi pa¤¤āpanāyā ti || ||

#<SN_4,44(10).7 Moggalāno (or âyatana)>#
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā Mahā-
Moggalāno\<*<5>*>/ tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā
Mahā-Moggalānena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü
kathaü sārānãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam etad avoca || || Kiü nu
kho Moggalāna sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākataü kho etam Vaccha\<*<6>*>/ Bhagavatā Sassato\<*<7>*>/
loko ti || ||
4 Kim pana\<*<8>*>/ bho Moggalāna asassato loko ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha\<*<1>*>/ avyākatam Bhagavatā Asassato
loko ti || ||
5 Kiü nu kho bho Moggalāna antavā loko ti || ||
Avyākataü kho etam Vaccha\<*<9>*>/ Bhagavatā Antavā
loko ti || ||
6 Kim pana\<*<10>*>/ bho Moggalāna anantavā loko ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Anantavā
loko ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 B1-2 yenetaü
3 B2 S1-3 -saīkhāya-
4 B1 vattaü; B2 pa (?)
5 S1-3 mogallān-o, as usual, always
6 S1-3 vacchagotta
7 B2 antavā
8 B1 panāvuso
9 S1-3 vacchagotta, as before
10 B1 inserts kho
>/
#<[page 392]>#
%<392               AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM            [XLIV. 7. 7>%
7 Kiü nu kho bho Moggalāna taü jãvaü taü sarã-
ranti || ||
Avyakātaü kho etam Vaccha\<*<1>*>/ Bhagavatā Taü jãvaü taü
sarãran ti || ||
8 Kim pana kho Moggalāna a¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü
sarãranti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā A¤¤aü
jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti || ||
9 Kiü nu kho\<*<2>*>/ Moggalāna hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti || ||
Avyākataü kho etaü Vaccha\<*<3>*>/ Bhagavatā Hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti || ||
10 Kim pana bho Moggalāna na hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
11 Kiü nu kho bho Maggalāna hoti ca na ca hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti || ||
Avyākataü kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
12 Kim pana bho Moggalāna neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
13 Ko nu kho bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena
a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evam
vyākaraõaü\<*<4>*>/ hoti || || Sassato lokoti vā || Asassato loko ti
vā || Antavā loko ti vā || Anantavā loko ti vā || Taü jãvaü
taü sarãran ti va A¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti vā || Hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti vā || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti vā || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 vacchagotta
2 B1-2 Kim pana bho
3 S1 vacchagotta; this answer and the following query are missing
in S3 (by blunder of the copyist)
4 B1-2 veyyākaraõaü always
>/
#<[page 393]>#
%<XLIV. 7. 27]                   AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM           393>%
14 Ko pana bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena
samaõassa Gotamassa evaü puņņhassa na evaü vyāka-
raõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || Asassato loko ti pi || Antavā
loko ti pi || Anantavā loko ti pi || Tam jãvaü taü sarãran ti ||
A¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü sarãran ti pi || Hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti pi || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi ||
Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi ti || ||
15 A¤¤atitthiyā ca\<*<1>*>/ kho Vaccha paribbājakā cakkhum
Etam mama eto ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti ||
sotam || ghānam || jãvham Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attā ti || kāyam || manam Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attā ti samanupassanti || tasmā a¤¤atitthiyānam parib-
bājakānam evam puņņhānam evam veyyākaraõaü hoti ||
Sassato loka ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti vā || ||
16 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaü sammāsambuddho
cakkhuü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti
samanupasati || sotaü || ghānaü || jivhaü Netam mama
neso ham asmi na me so attā ti || samanupassati || kāyaü ||
manaü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti
samanupassati || tasmā tathāgatassa evam puņņhassa na\<*<2>*>/
evaü veyyākaraõaü hoti Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi ti || ||
17 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uņņhayāsanā yena
Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā sad-
dhiü sammodi || sammadanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãti-
sāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi ||
18 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto Bhagavantam
etad avoca || kiü nu kho bho Gotama Sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākatam kho etam Vaccha mayā Sassato loko tipe || ||
19-26 || ||
27 Kim pana bho Gotama neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam mayā Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S3
2 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 394]>#
%<394                   AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM           [XLIV. 7. 28>%
28 Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yena
a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evaü
vyākaraõam hoti Sassato loko ti vā\<*<1>*>/ || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || Ko pana bho
Gotama hetu kho paccayo yena bhoto Gotamassa evam
puņņhassa na evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti pi ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti
pã ti || ||
29 A¤¤atitthiyā Vaccha\<*<2>*>/ paribbājakā cakkhuü Etam
mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || pe ||
jivham Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanu-
passanti || pe || kāyaü || manaü Etam mama eso ham asmi
eso me attā ti samanupassanti || || Tasmā a¤¤atitthiyānam
paribbājakānaü evam puņņhānam evam vyākaraõaü hoti ||
Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti vā\<*<3>*>/ || ||
30 Tathāgato ca\<*<4>*>/ kho Vaccha arahaü sammāsam-
buddho cakkhuü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attā ti samanupassati || sotaü || ghānaü || jivhaü || kāyaü ||
manaü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti
samanupassati || || Tasmā tathāgatassa evam puņņhassa na\<*<5>*>/
evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti pi\<*<6>*>/ || Asassato
loko ti pi || Antavā loko ti pi || Anantavā loko ti pi || Taü
jivaü taü sarãranti pi || A¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti pi ||
Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti pi || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti pi || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā
ti pi ti || ||
31 Acchariyam bho Gotama abbhutam bho Gotama
yatra hi nāma satthussa ca\<*<7>*>/ sāvakassa ca atthena attho
vya¤janena vya¤janaü saüsandissati samessati\<*<8>*>/ na vihā-
yissati\<*<9>*>/ yadidam aggapadasmiü || ||
32 Idānāham bho Gotama samaõam Mahā-Moggalānam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 va
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1-3 vā
7 B1-2 satthu ca
8 B1 samissati
9 B1 vigāyissati; B2 virodhayissati
>/
#<[page 395]>#
%<XLIV. 8. 14]              AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM               395>%
upasaīkamitvā etam attham apucchiü || samaõo pi Mogga-
lāno etehi padehi etehi vya¤janehi etam\<*<1>*>/ atthaü vyākāsi
seyyathāpi bhavaü Gotamo || || Acchariyam bho Gotama
abbhutam bho Gotama yatra hi nāma satthussa ca sāva-
kassa ca atthena attho vya¤janena vya¤janaü saüsandis-
sati samessati na vihāyissati yadidam aggapadasmin ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,44(10).8 Vaccho (or Bandham)>#
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sam-
modi || sammodanãyam kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bho Gotama
sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākataü kho etaü Vaccha mayā Sassato loko tipe || ||
4-11 || ||
12 Kim pana bho Gotama neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti || ||
Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam mayā Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
13 Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yena a¤¤a-
titthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evaü
vyākaraõaü hoti Sassato lokoti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || Ko pana bho Gotama
hetu ko paccayo yena bhoto Gotamassa evam puņņhassa na\<*<3>*>/
evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pã ti || ||
14 A¤¤atitthiyā kho Vaccha paribbājakā råpam attato
samanupassanti || råpavantaü vā attānam attani vā råpaü
råpasmiü vā attānaü || Vedanam attato samanupassanti ||
pe || || Sa¤¤aü || || Saīkhāre || || Vi¤¤ānam attato sama-
nupassanti || vi¤¤āõavantaü vā attānaü attani vā vi¤¤ā-
õaü vi¤¤āõasmiü vā attānaü || tasmā a¤¤atitthiyānam

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B1 tam
2 Same remarks as for the paragraph 31
3 S1-3 put na after Gotamassa
>/
#<[page 396]>#
%<396                 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM            [XLIV. 8. 15>%
paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evaü vyākaraõam hoti ||
Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti vā || ||
15 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaü sammāsambuddho
na råpam attato samanupassati || na råpavantaü vā attā-
naü na attani vā\<*<1>*>/ råpam na råpasmiü vā\<*<1>*>/ attānam || na
vedanam attato samanupassati || pe || na sa¤¤aü || na saī-
khāre || na vi¤¤āõam attato samanupassati || na vi¤¤āõavan-
taü vā attānam na attani vā\<*<2>*>/ vi¤¤āõaü na vi¤¤āõasmiü
vā attānam || || Tasmā tathāgatassa evam puņņhassa na
evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || || Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi ti || ||
16 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uņņhayāsanā yenā-
yasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
āyasmatā Mahā-Moggalānena saddhiü sammodi || sammo-
danãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü
nisãdi || ||
17 Ekam antam nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam etad avoca || || Kiü nu
kho bho Moggalāna sassato loko ti || ||
Avyākataü kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Sassato loko
ti || ||
18-26 ||pe|| ||
27 Kim pana bho Moggalāna neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
Etam\<*<3>*>/ pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || ||
28 Ko nu kho bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena
a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evaü
vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Ko pana bho\<*<4>*>/ Mogga-
lāna hetu ko paccayo yena samaõassa Gotamassa evam
puņņhassa na evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti pi ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pã
ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 evam
4 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 397]>#
%<XLIV. 8. 31]                   AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM          397>%
29 A¤¤ātitthiyā kho Vaccha paribbājakā råpam attato
samanupassanti || råpavantaü vā attānaü attani vā råpaü
råpasmiü vā attānaü || Vedanaü || Sa¤¤aü || Saīkhāre ||
Vi¤¤ānam attato samanupassanti || vi¤¤āõavantaü vā attā-
naü attani vā vi¤¤āõaü vi¤¤āõasmiü vā attānaü || ||
Tasmā a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhā-
nam evam vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || ||
30 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaü sammāsambuddho
na råpam attato samanupassati || na råpavantaü vā attā-
naü na attani vā\<*<1>*>/ råpaü na råpasmiü vā\<*<1>*>/ attānam || Na
vedanaü || Na sa¤¤aü || Na saīkhāre || Na vi¤¤āõam attato
samanupassati || na vi¤¤āvantaü vā\<*<1>*>/ attānam na attani
vā\<*<1>*>/ vi¤¤āõaü na vi¤¤āõasmim vā\<*<1>*>/ attānaü || || Tasmā
tathāgatassa evam puņņhassa na evam vyākaraõaü hoti || ||
Sassato loko ti pi || Asassato loko ti pi || Antavā loko ti pi ||
Anantavā loko ti pi || Taü jivaü taü sarãran ti pi || A¤¤aü
jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti pi || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti ||
Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Hoti ca na ca hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti pã ti || ||
30 Acchariyam bho Moggalāna abbhutam bho Mogga-
lāna yatra hi nāma satthu\<*<2>*>/ ca sāvakassa ca atthena attho\<*<3>*>/
vya¤janena vya¤janaü saüsandissati samessati na vihāyis-
sati\<*<4>*>/ yad idam aggapadasmiü || ||
31 Idānāham bho Moggalāna samaõaü Gotamam upa-
saīkamitvā etam attham appucchiü || samaõo pi Gotamo
etehi padehi etehi vya¤janehi etam attham vyākāsi seyya-
thāpi bhavaü Moggalāno || || Acchariyam bho Moggalāna
abbhutam bho Moggalāna yatrahi nāma satthu ca sāva-
kassa ca atthena attho\<*<5>*>/ vya¤janehi vya¤janaü saüsandis-
sati samessati na vihāyissati\<*<6>*>/ yad idam aggapadasmin ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 So all the MSS. here and further on
3 S1-3 atthenattho
4 B1 vigāyissati; B2 virodhayissati
5 S1-3 atthenatthaü
6 As in 30 (S. n.4), but S1 seems to have viīgāyissati
>/
#<[page 398]>#
%<398                  AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM           [XLIV. 9. 2>%

#<SN_4,44(10).9 Kutåhalasālā>#
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sam-
modi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Purimāni bho Gotama divasāni
purimatarāni sambahulānaü nānātitthiyānaü\<*<1>*>/ samaõa-
brāhmaõāparibbājakānam Kutåhalasālāyam sannisinnānaü
sannipatitānam ayam antarā kathā udapādi || ||
4 Ayaü kho Påraõo Kassapo saīghã ceva gaõã ca
gaõācariyo ca ¤āto yasassã titthakaro sādhu sammato
bahujanassa || so pi\<*<2>*>/ sāvakam abbhatãtaü kālaīkatam
upapattãsu\<*<3>*>/ vyākaroti Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra
upapannoti\<*<4>*>/ || || Yo\<*<5>*>/ pissa sāvako uttamapuriso parama-
puriso paramapattipatto tam pi sāvakam abbhatãtaü
kālaīkatam upapattãsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno
asu amutra upapannoti || ||
5 Ayam pi kho Makkhali Gosālo || pe ||
6 Ayam pi kho Nigaõņho\<*<6>*>/ Nāņaputto || pe\<*<7>*>/ || ||
7 Ayam pi kho Sa¤jayo\<*<8>*>/ Belaņņhiputto\<*<9>*>/ || pe || ||
8 Ayam pi kho Pakuddho Kaccāyano\<*<10>*>/ || pe || ||
9 Ayam pi kho Ajito Kesakambalo\<*<11>*>/ saīghã ceva gaõã
ca gaõācariyo ca ¤āto yasassã titthakaro sādhu sammato
bahujanassa || so pi sāvakam abbhatãtam kālaīkatam
upapattãsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra
upapanno ti || || Yo\<*<12>*>/ pissa sāvako uttamapuriso parama-
puriso\<*<13>*>/ paramapattiputto tam pi sāvakam abbhatãtaü

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 nāntā-; B1-2 a¤¤a-
2 Missing in B1-2; S3 sā pi.
3 S1-3 uppattãsu here and further on
4 S1 has --pe-- and S3 asuama instead of the first asu . . . upapanno,
and S1-3 have uppanno instead of upapanno always
5 S1-3 so
6 B2 nigandho
7 S1-3 nāta-
8 B1 sa¤cayo; B2 sa¤jeyyo
9 B1-2 celaddha
10 B1-2 kaccāno
11 S3 -kambali
12 S1-3 so
13 Missing in S1-3
>/
#<[page 399]>#
%<XLIV. 9. 14]            AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM                399>%
kālaīkataü upapattãsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno
asu amutra upapanno ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
10 Ayam pi kho samaõo Gotamo saīghã ceva gaõi ca
gaõācariyo ca ¤āto yasassã titthakaro sādhu sammato
bahujanassa || so pi sāvakam abbhatãtaü kālaīkatam
upapattãsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra
upapannoti || || Yo ca khvassa\<*<2>*>/ sāvako uttamapuriso
paramapuriso paramapattipatto tam pi\<*<3>*>/ sāvakam abbha-
tãtam kālaīkatam upapattãsu na\<*<4>*>/ vyākaroti || Asu amutra
upapanno asu amutra upapanno ti || api ca kho nam
evaü vyākaroti Acchejji\<*<5>*>/ taõhaü vivattayi sa¤¤ojanaü
sammāmānābhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassāti || ||
11 Tassa mayham bho Gotama ahud eva kaīkhā ahu
vicikicchā Katha¤hi\<*<6>*>/ nāma samaõassa Gotamassa dhammā-
bhi¤¤eyyāti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
12 Ala¤hi te Vaccha kaīkhituü alaü vicikicchituü ||
kaīkhaniye\<*<8>*>/ ca pana te ņhāne vicikicchā uppannā || || Sa-
upādānassa khvāham\<*<9>*>/ Vaccha upapattim pa¤¤āpemi\<*<10>*>/ no
anupādānassa || ||
13 Seyyathāpi Vaccha aggi sa-upādāno jalati no anupā-
dāno || evam eva khvāham Vaccha sa-upādānassa upapattim
pa¤¤āpemi no anupādānassā ti || ||
14 Yasmim pana\<*<11>*>/ bho Gotama samaye acci vātena
khittā dåram pi gacchati || imassa pana bhavaü Gotamo
kim upādānasmim pa¤¤āpetã ti || ||
Yasmiü kho\<*<12>*>/ Vaccha samaye acci\<*<13>*>/ vātena khittā dåram
pi gacchati || tam ahaü vātupādānam vadāmi\<*<14>*>/ vāto hissa
Vaccha tasmiü samaye upādānaü hotã ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The first asu- -panno is missing in S1; S3 adds to it
ti and only asu amutra
2 S1 so ca khossa; S3 so pissa
3 S1, B1 ta¤ca; B2 has || pa || instead of paramapuriso- -vyākaroti
4 In S1-3 only
5 S3 acchecchi; S1 accheccha
6 S1-3 omit hi
7 B2 dhammā abhi-; S1-3 dhammo a¤¤eyyoti
8 B1-2 kaīkhāniye
9 S1-3 khohaü
10 B1-2 pa¤¤a- always
11 Missing in B1-2
12 Missing in S1-3
13 B2 acchi
14 B1-2 pa¤¤apemi
>/
#<[page 400]>#
%<400                  AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM            [XLIV. 9. 15>%
15 Yasmi¤ ca pana\<*<1>*>/ bho Gotama samaye ima¤ ca
kāyam nikkhipati satto ca a¤¤ataraü kāyam anuppanno\<*<2>*>/
hoti || imassa pana bhavaü Gotamo kim upādānasmim
pa¤¤āpetã ti || ||
Yasmiü kho Vaccha samaye ima¤ ca kāyam nikkhipati
satto ca a¤¤ataram kāyam anuppanno hoti || tam ahaü
taõhupādānaü\<*<3>*>/ vadāmi || taõhā hissa\<*<4>*>/ Vaccha tasmiü
samaye upādānaü hotã tã\<*<5>*>/ || ||

#<SN_4,44(10).10 ânando (or Atthatto)>#
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā
tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhim
sammodi || sammodanãyam kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā
ekam antam nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bho Gotama
atthattā ti || ||
Evaü vutte Bhagavā tuõhã ahosi || ||
Kim pana bho Gotamo natthattā ti || ||
Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā tuõhã ahosi || ||
Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uņņhāyāsanā pak-
kāmi || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā ânando acirapakkante Vacchagotte
paribbājake Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho
bhante Bhagavā Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa pa¤ham
puņņho na vyākāsãti || ||
5 Aha¤ c' ânanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Atthattā
ti puņņho samāno Atthattā ti vyākareyyaü || ye te ânanda
samaõabrāhmaõā sassatavādā tesam etaü saddhim abha-
vissa || ||
6 Ahan c' ânanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Natthat-
tāti puņņho samāno Natthattāti vyākareyyaü || ye te ânanda

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ca pana
2 The true reading ought to be anuppatto; B1-2 have anupapanno
3 B2 takkhupādānaü
4 S1-3 samaīgissa
5 B1 adds || pa ||
>/
#<[page 401]>#
%<XLIV. 11. 5]             AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM               401>%
samaõabrāhmaõā ucchedavādā tesam etaü saddhim abha-
vissa || ||
7 Aha¤ c' ânanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Atthattā
ti puņņho samāno Atthattā ti vyākareyyaü || api nu me tam
anulomam abhavissa ¤āõassa\<*<1>*>/ upādāya\<*<2>*>/ Sabbe dhammā
anattāti || ||
No hetam bhante
8 Aha¤ c' ânanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Natthat-
tāti puņņho samāno Natthattāti vyākareyyaü || sammuëhassa
ânanda Vacchagottassa bhãyyo sammohāya abhavissa Ahu
vā me nåna pubbe attā || so\<*<3>*>/ etarahi natthãti || ||

#<SN_4,44(10).11 Sabhiyo>#
1 Ekam samayam āyasmā Sabhiyo Kaccāno Ĩātike
viharati Gi¤jakāvasathe || ||
2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā Sabhiyo
Kaccāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sabhi-
yena Kaccānena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü
kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
āyasmantaü Sabhiyam Kaccānam etad avoca || Kiü nu
kho bho Kaccāna hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
Avyākataü kho etaü Vaccha Bhagavatā. Hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti || ||
4 Kim pana bho Kaccāna na hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti || ||
Etam\<*<4>*>/ pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā. Na hoti
tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
5 Kiü nu kho bho Kaccāna hoti ca na ca\<*<5>*>/ hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti ||
Avyākataü kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā. Hoti ca na ca
hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B2 ¤āõaü
2 B1 uppādāya
3 B1 attāso; B2 attā || so; S1-3 attasā
4 S1-3 evam
5 Missing in S1-3
6 S1 pi; S3 hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti
>/
#<[page 402]>#
%<402              AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM          [XLIV. 11. 6-14>%
6 Kim pana bho Kaccāna neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Etam\<*<2>*>/ pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || ||
7 Kiü nu kho bho Kaccāna Hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno Avyākatam kho etaü Vaccha
Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || ||
8 Kim pana bho Kaccāna Na hoti tathāgato param
maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno Avyākataü kho etaü Vaccha\<*<3>*>/
Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi ||
9 Kim nu kho bho Kaccāna Hoti ca na ca\<*<4>*>/ hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno Avyākatam kho
etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca\<*<4>*>/ hoti tathāgato
param maraõā ti vadesi || ||
10 Kim pana bho Kaccāna Neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno Etam pi kho
vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraõā ti vadesi || ||
11 Ko nu kho bho Kaccāna hetu ko paccayo yena tam
avyākataü samaõena Gotamenā ti || ||
12 Yo ca Vaccha\<*<5>*>/ hetu yo ca paccayo\<*<6>*>/ pa¤¤āpanāya\<*<7>*>/
Råpãti vā Aråpãti vā Sa¤¤ãti vā Asa¤¤ãti vā Neva sa¤¤ã
nāsa¤¤ãti vā || so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaü
sabbathā sabbam aparisesaü\<*<8>*>/ nirujjheyya || kena naü
pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyya Råpãti vā Aråpãti vā Sa¤¤ã
vā Asa¤¤ãti va Neva sa¤¤ã nāsa¤¤ãti vā ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
13 Kãva\<*<10>*>/ ciram pabbajito si Kaccānā ti || ||
Na ciram āvuso tãni vassānã ti || ||
14 Yassa passa āvuso\<*<11>*>/ ettakena ettakam eva tam passa
bahuü\<*<12>*>/ || ko pana vādo eva\<*<13>*>/ abhikkante ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The question is missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 evaü
3 S1-3 evam pi kho Vaccha avyākataü
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 āvuso
6 B2 inserts yāya
7 B1 pa¤¤āpayamāno
8 B1-2, S1 apariseso
9 Missing in S1-3, B1
10 B1-2 kiü va; S3 keva
11 B1 inserts etam; B2 evam
12 S3 bāhu
13 B1 evaü; B2 avaü
>/
#<[page 403]>#
%<AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM                403>%
Avyākata-saüyuttaü samattam\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānaü\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Khemā therã Anurādho || ||
Sāriputto ti Koņņhiko ||
Moggalāno ca Vaccho ca ||
Kutuhālasālānando ||
Sabhiyo ekādasaman ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Saëāyatana-vagga-saüyuttaü-samattam\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Tassuddānaü || ||
Saëāyatana Vedanā ||
Mātugāmo Jambukhādako ||
Sāmaõķako Moggalāno ||
Citto Gāmaõi Saīkhataü ||
Avyākatan ti dasadhā ti || ||
Dasabalaselappabhavā\<*<5>*>/
nibbānamahāsamuddapariyantā
aņņhaīgamaggasalilā
Jinavacananadã ciraü vahatu\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Saëāyatana-vaggo || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This mention, driven back, without samyuttam, after the uddāna,
in S1-3, is the ending phrase of B2, which adds only prã: prã:
"finished," without uddāna or any recapitulation
2 S1-3 tatruddānam-
3 The uddāna of S1-3, much differing from that of B1, is this:
Khemam Anuruddho Paganaü Samuddaü yaü Pema ârāmaü âyatana 
Bandham Kutuhala sālā Attha (S1 atta-)nto Sabhã (S1 -hi-)
yena cāti
4 This mention and the following uddāna are to be found in B1 only
5 S3 omits -sela-
6 S3 nahatu-- This gāthā (?) and the following mention are to be
found in S1-3 only>/